Home
  By Author [ A  B  C  D  E  F  G  H  I  J  K  L  M  N  O  P  Q  R  S  T  U  V  W  X  Y  Z |  Other Symbols ]
  By Title [ A  B  C  D  E  F  G  H  I  J  K  L  M  N  O  P  Q  R  S  T  U  V  W  X  Y  Z |  Other Symbols ]
  By Language
all Classics books content using ISYS

Download this book: [ ASCII | HTML | PDF ]

Look for this book on Amazon


We have new books nearly every day.
If you would like a news letter once a week or once a month
fill out this form and we will give you a summary of the books for that week or month by email.

Title: The Evil Eye; Or, The Black Spector - The Works of William Carleton, Volume One
Author: Carleton, William
Language: English
As this book started as an ASCII text book there are no pictures available.


*** Start of this LibraryBlog Digital Book "The Evil Eye; Or, The Black Spector - The Works of William Carleton, Volume One" ***


THE EVIL EYE;

OR, THE BLACK SPECTOR


By William Carleton



PREFACE.

There is very little to be said about this book in the shape of a
preface. The superstition of the Evil Eye is, and has been, one of the
most general that ever existed among men. It may puzzle philosophers to
ask why it prevails wherever mankind exists. There is not a country on
the face of the earth where a belief in the influence of the Evil Eye
does not prevail. In my own young days it was a settled dogma of belief.
I have reason to know, however, that, like other superstitions, it is
fast fading out of the public mind. Education and knowledge will soon
banish those idle and senseless superstitions: indeed, it is a very
difficult thing to account for their existence at all. I think some of
them have come down to us from the times of the Druids,--a class of men
whom, excepting what is called their human sacrifices, I respect. My
own opinion is, that what we term human sacrifices was nothing but their
habitual mode of executing criminals. Toland has written on the subject
and left us very little the wiser. Who could, after all, give us
information upon a subject which to us is only like a dream?

What first suggested the story of the Evil Eye to me was this: A man
named Case, who lives within a distance of about three or four hundred
yards of my residence, keeps a large dairy; he is the possessor of five
or six and twenty of the finest cows I ever saw, and he told me that
a man who was an enemy of his killed three of them by his overlooking
them,--that is to say, by the influence of the Evil Eye.

The opinion in Ireland of the Evil Eye is this: that a man or woman
possessing it may hold it harmless, unless there is some selfish design
or some spirit of vengeance to call it into operation. I was aware of
this, and I accordingly constructed my story upon that principle. I have
nothing further to add: the story itself will detail the rest.



CHAPTER I. Short and Preliminary.


In a certain part of Ireland, inside the borders of the county of
Waterford, lived two respectable families, named Lindsay and Goodwin,
the former being of Scotch descent. Their respective residences were not
more than three miles distant; and the intimacy that subsisted between
them was founded, for many years, upon mutual good-will and esteem,
with two exceptions only in one of the families, which the reader will
understand in the course of our narrative. Each ranked in the class
known as that of the middle gentry. These two neighbors--one of whom,
Mr. Lindsay, was a magistrate--were contented with their lot in life,
which was sufficiently respectable and independent to secure to them
that true happiness which is most frequently annexed to the middle
station. Lindsay was a man of a kind and liberal heart, easy and passive
in his nature, but with a good deal of sarcastic humor, yet neither
severe nor prejudiced, and, consequently, a popular magistrate as
well as a popular man. Goodwin might be said to possess a similar
disposition; but he was of a more quiet and unobtrusive character than
his cheerful neighbor. His mood of mind was placid and serene, and his
heart as tender and affectionate as ever beat in a human bosom. His
principal enjoyment lay in domestic life--in the society, in fact, of
his wife and one beautiful daughter, his only child, a girl of nineteen
when our tale opens. Lindsay’s family consisted of one son and two
daughters; but his wife, who was a widow when he married her, had
another son by her first husband, who had been abroad almost since his
childhood, with a grand-uncle, whose intention was to provide for him,
being a man of great wealth and a bachelor.

We have already said that the two families were upon the most intimate
and friendly terms; but to this there was one exception in the person of
Mrs. Lindsay, whose natural disposition was impetuous, implacable, and
overbearing; equally destitute of domestic tenderness and good temper.
She was, in fact, a woman whom not even her own children, gifted as they
were with the best and most affectionate dispositions, could love as
children ought to love a parent. Utterly devoid of charity, she was
never known to bestow a kind act upon the poor or distressed, or a
kind word upon the absent. Vituperation and calumny were her constant
weapons; and one would imagine, by the frequency and bitterness with
which she wielded them, that she was in a state of perpetual warfare
with society. Such, indeed, was the case; but the evils which resulted
from her wanton and indefensible aggressions upon private character
almost uniformly recoiled upon her own head; for, as far as her name
was known, she was not only unpopular, but odious. Her husband was a man
naturally fond of peace and quietness in his own house and family and,
rather than occasion anything in the shape of domestic disturbance,
he continued to treat her intemperate authority sometimes with
indifference, sometimes with some sarcastic observation or other, and
occasionally with open and undisguised contempt. In some instances,
however, he departed from this apathetic line of conduct, and turned
upon her with a degree of asperity and violence that was as impetuous as
it was decisive. His reproaches were then general, broad, fearful; but
these were seldom resorted to unless when her temper had gone beyond
all reasonable limits of endurance, or in defence of the absent or
inoffensive. It mattered not, however, what the reason may have been,
they never failed to gain their object at the time; for the woman,
though mischievous and wicked, ultimately quailed, yet not without
resistance, before the exasperated resentment of her husband. Those
occasional victories, however, which he gained over her with reluctance,
never prevented her from treating him, in the ordinary business of life,
with a systematic exhibition of abuse and scorn. Much of this he bore,
as we have said; but whenever he chose to retort upon her with her own
weapons in their common and minor skirmishes, she found his sarcasm too
cool and biting for a temper so violent as hers, and the consequence
was, that nothing enraged her more than to see him amuse himself at her
expense.

This woman had a brother, who also lived in the same neighborhood, and
who, although so closely related to her by blood, was, nevertheless, as
different from her in both character and temper as good could be from
evil. He was wealthy and generous, free from everything like a worldly
spirit, and a warm but unostentatious benefactor to the poor, and
to such individuals as upon inquiry he found to be entitled to his
beneficence. His wife had, some years before, died of decline, which,
it seems, was hereditary in her family. He felt her death as a calamity
which depressed his heart to the uttermost depths of affliction, and
from which, indeed, he never recovered. All that remained to him after
her demise was a beautiful little girl, around whom his affections
gathered with a degree of tenderness that was rendered almost painful
by the apprehension of her loss. Agnes, from her eighth or ninth year,
began to manifest slight symptoms of the same fatal malady which had
carried away her mother. These attacks filled his heart with those
fearful forebodings, which, whilst they threw him into a state of terror
and alarm, at the same time rendered the love he bore her such as may
be imagined, but cannot be expressed. It is only when we feel the
probability of losing a beloved object that the heart awakens to a more
exquisite perception of its affections for it, and wonders, when the
painful symptoms of disease appear, why it was heretofore unconscious
of the full extent of its love. Such was the nature of Mr. Hamilton’s
feelings for his daughter, whenever the short cough or hectic cheek
happened to make their appearance from time to time, and foreshadow,
as it were, the certainty of an early death; and then he should be
childless--a lonely man in the world, possessing a heart overflowing
with affection, and yet without an object on which he could lavish it,
as now, with happiness and delight. He looked, therefore, upon decline
as upon an approaching foe, and the father’s heart became sentinel
for the welfare of his child, and watched every symptom of the dreaded
disease that threatened her, with a vigilance that never slept. Under
such circumstances we need not again assure our readers that his
parental tenderness for this beautiful girl--now his “only one,” as
he used to call her--was such as is rare even in the most affectionate
families; but in this case the slight and doubtful tenure which his
apprehensions told him he had of her existence raised his love of her
almost to idolatry. Still she improved in person, grace, and intellect;
and although an occasional shadow, as transient as that which passes
over and makes dim the flowery fields of May or April, darkened her
father’s heart for a time, yet it passed away, and she danced on in the
light of youthful happiness, without a single trace of anxiety or care.
Her father’s affection for her was not, however, confined to herself;
on the contrary, it passed to and embraced every object that was dear
to her--her favorite books, her favorite playthings, and her favorite
companions. Among the latter, without a single rival, stood her young
friend, Alice Goodwin, who was then about her own age. Never was the
love of sisters greater or more beautiful than that which knit the
innocent hearts of those two girls together. Their affections, in short,
were so dependent upon each other that separation and absence became a
source of anxiety and uneasiness to each. Neither of them had a sister,
and in the fervor of their attachment, they entered into a solemn
engagement that each of them should consider herself the sister of the
other. This innocent experiment of the heart--for such we must consider
it in these two sisterless girls--was at least rewarded by complete
success. A new affinity was superadded to friendship, and the force of
imagination completed what the heart begun.

Next to Agnes was Alice Goodwin awarded a place in Mr. Hamilton’s
heart. ‘Tis true he had nieces; but in consequence of the bitter and
exasperating temper of their mother, who was neither more nor less than
an incendiary among her relations, he had not spoken to her for
years; and this fast occasioned a comparative estrangement between
the families. Sometimes, however, her nieces and she visited, and were
always upon good terms; but Agnes’s heart had been preoccupied; and even
if it had not, the heartless predictions of her aunt, who entertained
her with the cheering and consoling information that “she had death in
her face,” and that “she knew from the high color of her cheek that
she would soon follow her mother,” would have naturally estranged
the families. Now, of this apprehension, above all others, it was the
father’s wish that Agnes should remain ignorant; and when she repeated
to him, with tears in her eyes, the merciless purport of her aunt’s
observations, he replied, with a degree of calm resentment which was
unusual to him, “Agnes, my love, let not anything your aunt may say
alarm you in the least; she is no prophetess, my dear child. Your life,
as is that of all his creatures, is in the hands of God who gave it. I
know her avaricious and acrimonious disposition--her love of wealth, and
her anxiety to aggrandize her family. As it is, she will live to regret
the day she ever uttered those cruel words to you, my child. You shall
visit at your uncle’s no more. Whenever the other members of her
family may please to come here, we shall receive them with kindness and
affection; but I will not suffer you to run the risk of listening to
such unfeeling prognostications in future.”

In the meantime her health continued in a state sufficiently
satisfactory to her father. It is true an occasional alarm was felt from
time to time, as a slight cold, accompanied with its hard and unusual
cough, happened to supervene; but in general it soon disappeared, and
in a brief space she became perfectly recovered, and free from every
symptom of the dreadful malady.

In this way the tenor of her pure and innocent life went on, until she
reached her sixteenth year. Never did a happier young creature enjoy
existence--never lived a being more worthy of happiness. Her inseparable
and bosom friend was Alice Goodwin, now her sister according to their
artless compact of love. They spent weeks and months alternately with
each other; but her father never permitted a day to pass without
seeing her, and every visit filled his happy spirit with more hopeful
anticipations.

At this period it occurred to him to have their portraits drawn, and
on hearing him mention this intention, their young hearts were ecstatic
with delight.

“But, papa,” said Agnes, “if you do I have a favor to ask of you.”

“Granted, Agnes, if it be possible.”

“O, quite possible, papa; it is to get both our portraits painted in
the same frame, for, do you know, I don’t think I could feel happy if
Alice’s portrait was separated from mine.”

“It shall be done, darling--it shall be done.”

And it was done, accordingly; for what father could refuse a request
founded upon an affection so tender and beautiful as theirs?

Agnes has now entered her seventeenth year--but how is this? Why does
her cheek begin to get alternately pale and red? And why does the
horizon of the father’s heart begin to darken? Alas! it is so--the
spoiler is upon her at last. Appetite is gone--her spirits are gone,
unless in these occasional ebullitions of vivacity which resemble the
lightnings which flash from the cloud that is gathering over her. It
would be painful to dwell minutely upon the history of her illness--upon
her angelic patience and submission to the will of God, and upon the
affection, now consecrated by approaching death into something sacred,
which she exhibited to her father and Alice. The latter was never from
her during the progress of that mournful decline. The poor dying girl
found all the tenderest offices of love and friendship anticipated.
Except heaven she had scarcely anything to wish for. But who can even
imagine the hopeless agony of her father’s soul? She had been the single
remaining plank which bore him through a troubled ocean to a calm and
delightful harbor; but now she is going down, leaving him to struggle,
weak and exhausted for a little, and then the same dark waves will cover
them both.

At length the dreadful hour arrived--the last slight spasm of death was
over, and her spotless soul passed into heaven from the bereaved arms
of her hopeless and distracted father, who was reduced by the depth and
wildness of despair to a state of agony which might wring compassion
from a demon.

On the morning of her interment, Alice, completely prostrated by excess
of grief and watching, was assisted to bed, being unable to accomplish
even the short distance to her father’s house, and for nearly a
fortnight serious doubts were entertained of her recovery. Her
constitution, however, though not naturally strong, enabled her to
rally, and in three weeks’ time she was barely able to go home to her
family. On the day following Mr. Hamilton called to see her--a task to
which, under the dreadful weight of his sorrow, he was scarcely equal.
He said he considered it, however, his duty, and he accordingly went.
His visit, too, was very short, nor had he much to say, and it was
well he had not; for he could by no exertion have summoned sufficient
fortitude for a lengthened conversation on a subject arising from the
loss of a child so deeply beloved.

“Alice,” said he, “I know the arrangement entered into between
you--and--and--”

Here he was overcome, and could not for a few minutes maintain
sufficient calmness to proceed, and poor Alice was almost as deeply
affected as himself. At last he strove to go on.

“You know,” he resumed, “the agreement I allude to. You were to be
sisters, and you were sisters. Well, my dear Alice, for her sake, as
well as for your own, and as she looked upon you in that affectionate
light, the contract between you, as far as it now can be done, shall be
maintained. Henceforth you are my daughter. I adopt you. All that
she was to have shall be yours, reverting, however, should you
die without-issue, to my nephew, Henry Woodward; and should he die
childless, to his brother, Charles Lindsay; and should he die without
offspring, then to my niece Maria. I have arranged it so, and have to
say that, except the hope of meeting my child in death, it is now the
only consolation left me. I am, I know, fulfilling her wishes; and, my
dear Alice, you will relieve my heart--my broken heart--by accepting
it.”

“O, would to God,” replied Alice, sobbing bitterly, “that I could give a
thousand times as much to have our beloved Agnes back again! I have now
no sister! Alas! alas! I have now no sister!”

“Ah, my child,” he replied, “for now I will call you so, your grief,
though deep and poignant, will pass away in time, but mine will abide
with me whilst I stay here. That period, however, will not be long; the
prop of my existence, the source of my happiness, is gone; and I will
never know what happiness is until I rejoin her and her blessed mother.
Good-by, my daughter; I will have neither reply nor remonstrance, nor
will I be moved by any argument from this my resolution.”

He then passed out of the house, entered his carriage with some
difficulty, and proceeded home with a heart considerably relieved by
what he had done.

It was in vain that Alice and her father did subsequently remonstrate
with him upon the subject. He refused to listen to them, and said, his
determination was immovable.

“But,” he added, “if it be any satisfaction to you to know it, I have
not forgotten my relations, to whom I have left the legacies originally
intended for them. I would have left it directly to Henry Woodward, were
it not that his grasping mother sent him to another relation, from whom
she calculated that he might have larger expectations; and I hope he
may realize them. At all events, my relatives will find themselves in
exactly the same position as if our beloved Agnes had lived.”

Mr. Hamilton, then advanced in years--for Agnes might be termed the
child of his old age--did not survive her death twelve months. That
afflicting event fairly broke him down. Death, however, to him had no
terrors, because he had nothing to detain him here. On the contrary,
he looked to it only as a release from sorrow; an event that would soon
wipe away all tears from his eyes, draw the sting of affliction from
his heart, and restore him once more to his beloved Agnes and her dear
mother. He looked forward only to close his eyes against the world and
sleep with them--and so he did.

When his will was opened, the astonishment and dismay of his
relations may be! easily imagined, as well as the bitterness of
their disappointment. The bequeathal of the bulk of his property to
a stranger, who I could urge no claim of consanguinity upon him,
absolutely astonished them; and their resentment at his caprice--or
rather what they termed his dotage--was not only deep, but loud. To say
the truth, such an unexpected demise of property was strongly calculated
to try their temper. After the death of Agnes--an event which filled the
unfeeling and worldly heart of her aunt with delight--they made many a
domestic calculation, and held many a family council as to the mode in
which their uncle’s property might be distributed among them, and many
anticipations were the result, because there was none in the usual
descent of property to inherit it but themselves. Now, in all this, they
acted very naturally--just, perhaps, as you or I, gentle reader, would
act if placed in similar circumstances, and sustained by the same
expectations.

In the meantime matters were not likely to rest in quiet. Murmurs went
abroad, hints were given, and broader assertions advanced, that the old
man had not been capable of making a will, and that his mind had been so
completely disordered and prostrated by excessive grief for the loss of
his daughter, that he became the dupe and victim of undue influence in
the person of a selfish and artful girl--that artful girl being no other
than Alice Goodwin, aided and abetted by her family. Every circumstance,
no matter how trivial, that could be raked up and collected, was now
brought together, and stamped with a character of significance, in order
to establish his dotage and their fraud. It is not necessary to dwell
upon this. In due time the matter came to a trial, for the will had
been disputed, and, after a patient hearing, its validity was completely
established, and all the hopes and expectations of the Lindsays blown
into air.

In the meantime, and while the suit was pending, the conduct of Alice
was both generous and disinterested. She pressed her parents to allow
her, under the peculiar circumstances of the case, to renounce the
bequest, inasmuch as she thought that Mr. Hamilton’s relatives had a
stronger and prior claim. This, however, they peremptorily refused to
do.

“I care not for money,” said her father, “nor have I much to spare;
but you must consider, my dear Alice, that the act upon the part of Mr.
Hamilton was a spontaneous demise of his own property, as a reward to
you on behalf of his daughter, for the affection which you bore her, and
which subsisted between you. You were her nurse, her friend, her sister;
you tended her night and day during her long illness, even to the injury
of your health, and almost at the risk of your very life. Suppose,
for instance, that Mr. Hamilton had had male heirs; in that case, the
Lindsays would have been just as they are, perhaps not so well; for he
might not have left them even a legacy. Then, they unjustly tax us with
fraud, circumvention, and the practice of undue influence; and, indeed,
have endeavored to stamp an indelible stain upon your character and
honor. Every man, my dear, as the proverb has it, is at liberty to
do what he pleases with his own, according to his free will, and a
reasonable disposition. Let me hear no more of this, then, but enjoy
with gratitude that which God and your kind friend have bestowed upon
you.”

We need not assure our readers that the Lindsays henceforth were
influenced by an unfriendly feeling toward the Goodwins, and that
all intercourse between the families terminated. On the part of Mrs.
Lindsay, this degenerated into a spirit of the most intense hatred and
malignity. To this enmity, however, there were exceptions in the family,
and strong ones, too, as the reader will perceive in the course of the
story.

Old Lindsay himself, although he mentioned the Goodwins with moderation,
could not help feeling strongly and bitterly the loss of property which
his children had sustained, owing to this unexpected disposition of it
by their uncle. Here, then, were two families who had lived in mutual
good-will and intimacy, now placed fronting each other in a spirit of
hostility. The Goodwins felt indignant that their motives should
be misinterpreted by what they considered deliberate falsehood and
misrepresentation; and the Lindsays could not look in silence upon
the property which they thought ought to be theirs, transferred to the
possession of strangers, who had wheedled a dotard to make a will
in their favor. Such, however, in thousands of instances, are the
consequences of the

     _“Opes irritamenta malorum.”_

The above facts, in connection with these two families, and the future
incidents of our narrative, we have deemed it necessary, for I the
better understanding of what follows, to place in a preliminary sketch
before our readers.



CHAPTER II. A Murderer’s Wake and the Arrival of a Stranger


It is the month of June, and the sun has gone down amidst a mass of
those red and angry clouds which prognosticate a night of storm and
tempest. The air is felt to be oppressive and sultry, and the whole
sky is overshadowed with gloom. On such a night the spirit sinks,
cheerfulness abandons the heart, and an indefinable anxiety depresses
it. This impression is not peculiar to man, who, on such occasions,
is only subject to the same instinctive apprehension which is known
to influence the irrational animals. The clouds are gathering in black
masses; but there is, nevertheless, no opening between them through
which the sky is visible. The gloom is unbroken, and so is the silence;
and a person might imagine that the great operations of Nature had been
suspended and stood still. The outlying cattle betake them to shelter,
and the very dogs, with a subdued and timid bark, seek the hearth, and,
with ears and tail hanging in terror, lay themselves down upon it as if
to ask protection from man. On such a night as this we will request the
reader to follow us toward a district that trenches upon the foot of
a dark mountain, from whose precipitous sides masses of gray rock,
apparently embedded in heath and fern, protrude themselves in uncouth
and gigantic shapes. ‘Tis true they were not then visible; but we wish
the reader to understand the character of the whole scenery through
which we pass. We diverge from the highway into a mountain road, which
resembles the body of a serpent when in motion, going literally up one
elevation, and down another. To the right, deep glens, gullies, and
ravines; but the darkness with which they are now filled is thick and
impervious to the eye, and nothing breaks the silence about us but the
rush of the mountain torrent over some jutting precipice below us. To
the left all is gloom, as it would be even were there light to guide the
sight, because on that side spreads a black, interminable moor. As it is
we can see nothing; yet as we get along we find that we are not alone.
Voices reach our ears; but they are not, as usual, the voices of mirth
and laughter. These which we hear--and they are not far from us--are
grave and serious; the utterance thick and low, as if those from whom
they proceed were expressing a sense of sympathy or horror. We have now
advanced up this rugged path about half a mile from the highway we
have mentioned, and discovered a light which will guide us to our
destination. As we approach the house the people are increasing in point
of numbers; but still their conversation is marked by the same strange
and peculiar character. Perhaps the solemn depth of their voices gains
something by the ominous aspect of the sky; but, be this as it may, the
feeling which it occasions fills one with a different and distinct sense
of discomfort.

We ourselves feel it, and it is not surprising; for, along this wild and
rugged path of darkness, we are conducting the reader to the wake of a
murderer. We have now arrived within fifty yards of the house, which,
however, we cannot see, for nothing but a solitary light is visible.
But, lo! a flash of lightning! and there for a moment is the whole
rugged and savage scenery revealed. The huge, pointed mountains, the
dreary wastes, the wild, still glens, the naked hills of granite, and
the tremendous piles of rocks, ready, one would think, to crash down
from the positions where they seem to hang, if only assailed by a strong
gale of wind--these objects, we say, were fearful and startling in
themselves; but the sensations which they produced were nothing in
comparison with the sight of an unpainted deal coffin which stood
near the door, against the side wall of the house. The appearance of a
coffin, but especially at night, is one that casts a deep shadow over
the spirits, because it is associated with death, of which it is the
melancholy and depressing exponent; but to look upon it by such an awful
though transient light as that which proceeds from the angry fires of
heaven, and to reflect upon the terrible associations of blood and
crime which mingle themselves with that of a murderer, is a dreadful but
wholesome homily to the heart. We now enter the house of death, where
the reader must suppose himself to be present, and shall go on to
describe the scene which presents itself.

On entering, we found the house nearly crowded; but we could observe
that there were very few of the young and light-hearted present, and
scarcely any females, unless those who were related to the family of the
deceased, or to himself. The house was low and long, and the kitchen
in which they had laid him out was spacious, but badly furnished.
Altogether its destitution was calculated to deepen the sense of awe
which impressed those who had come to spend the night with the miserable
widow and wailing orphans of the murderer.

The unfortunate man had been executed that morning after having
acknowledged his crime, and, as the laws of that period with respect to
the interment of the convicted dead were not so strict as they are at
present, the body was restored to his friends, in order that they might
bury it when and where they wished. The crime of the unhappy man was
deep, and so was that which occasioned it. His daughter, a young and
beautiful girl, had been seduced by a gentleman in the neighborhood who
was unmarried; and that act of guilt and weakness on her part was the
first act that ever brought shame upon the family. All the terrible
passions of the father’s heart leaped into action at the rain of his
child, and the disgrace which it entailed upon his name. The fury of
domestic affection stimulated his heart, and blazed in his brain even
to madness. His daughter was obliged to fly with her infant and
conceal herself from his vengeance, though the unhappy girl, until the
occurrence of that woful calamity, had been the solace and the sunshine
of his life. The guilty seducer, however, was not doomed to escape the
penalty of his crime. Morrissey--for that was the poor man’s name--cared
not for law; whether it was to recompense him for the degradation of
his daughter, or to punish him for inflicting the vengeance of outraged
nature upon the author of her ruin. What compensation could satisfy his
heart for the infamy entailed upon her and him? what paltry damages from
a jury could efface her shame or restore her innocence? Then, the man
was poor, and to the poor, under such circumstances, there exists no
law, and, consequently, no redress. He strove to picture to himself his
beautiful and innocent child; but he could not bear to bring the image
of her early and guiltless life near him. The injury was irreparable,
and could only be atoned for by the blood of the destroyer. He could
have seen her borne shameless and unpolluted to the grave, with the
deep, but natural, sorrow of a father; he could have lived with her in
destitution and misery; he could have begged with her through a hard and
harsh world; he could have seen her pine in want; moan upon the bed of
sickness; nay, more, he could have seen her spirit pass, as it were,
to the God who gave it, so long as that spirit was guiltless, and her
humble name without spot or stain; yes, he could have witnessed and
borne all this, and the blessed memory of her virtues would have
consoled him in his bereavement and his sorrow. But to reflect that she
was trampled down into guilt and infamy by the foot of the licentious
libertine, was an event that cried for blood; and blood he had, for he
murdered the seducer, and that with an insatiable rapacity of revenge
that was terrible. He literally battered the head of his victim out of
all shape, and left him a dead and worthless mass of inanimate matter.
The crime, though desperate, was openly committed, and there were
sufficient witnesses at his trial to make it a short one. On that
morning, neither arrest, nor friar, nor chaplain, nor jailer, nor
sheriff could wring from him one single expression of regret or
repentance for what he had done. The only reply he made them was
this--“Don’t trouble me; I knew what my fate was to be, and will die
with satisfaction.”

After cutting him down, his body, as we have said, was delivered to his
friends, who, having wrapped it in a quilt, conveyed it on a common car
to his own house, where he received the usual ablutions and offices of
death, and was composed upon his own bed into that attitude of the grave
which will never change.

The house was nearly filled with grave and aged people, whose
conversation was low, and impressed with solemnity, that originated from
the painful and melancholy spirit of the event that had that morning
taken place. A deal table was set lengthwise on the floor; on this were
candles, pipes, and plates of cut tobacco. In the usual cases of death
among the poor, the bed on which the corpse is stretched is festooned
with white sheets, borrowed for the occasion from the wealthier
neighbors. Here, however, there was nothing of the kind. The
associations connected with murder were too appalling and terrible
to place the rites required, either for the wake or funeral of the
murderer, within the ordinary claims of humanity for these offices
of civility to which we have alluded. In this instance none of the
neighbors would lend sheets for what they considered an unholy purpose;
the bed, therefore, on which the body lay had nothing to ornament it. A
plain drugget quilt was his only covering, but he did not feel the want
of a better.

It was not the first time I had ever seen a corpse, but it was the
first time I had ever seen that of a murderer. I looked upon it with an
impression which it is difficult, if not impossible, to describe. I felt
my nerves tingle, and my heart palpitate. To a young man, fresh, and
filled with the light-hearted humanity of youth, approximation to such
an object as then lay before me is a singular trial of feeling, and a
painful test of moral courage. The sight, however, and the reflections
connected with it, rendered a long contemplation of it impossible, and,
besides, I had other objects to engage my attention. I now began to
observe the friends and immediate connections of the deceased. In all,
there were only seven or eight women, including his wife. There were
four boys and no daughters; for, alas! I forgot to inform the reader
that his fallen daughter was his only one; a fact which, notwithstanding
his guilt, must surely stir up the elements of our humanity in
mitigation of his madness.

This house of mourning was, indeed, a strange, a solemn, and a peculiar
one. The women sat near the bed upon stools, and such other seats as
they had prepared. The wife and his two sisters were rocking themselves
to and fro, as is the custom when manifesting profound sorrow in
Irish wake-houses; the other women talked to each other in a low tone,
amounting almost to a whisper. Their conduct was marked, in fact, by a
grave and mysterious monotony; but after a little reflection, it soon
became painfully intelligible. Here was shame, as well as guilt and
sorrow--here was shame endeavoring to restrain sorrow; and hence the
silence, and the struggle between them which it occasioned. The wife
from time to time turned her heavy eyes upon the countenance of the
corpse; and after the first sensations of awe had departed from me, I
ventured to look upon it with a purpose of discovering in its features
the lineaments of guilt. Owing to the nature of his death, that collapse
which causes the flesh to shrink almost immediately after the spirit has
departed was not visible here. The face was rather full and livid, but
the expression was not such as penitence or a conviction of crime
could be supposed to have left behind it. On the contrary, the whole
countenance had somewhat of a placid look, and the general contour was
unquestionably that of affection and benevolence.

It was easy, however, to perceive that this agonizing restraint upon
the feelings of that loving wife could not last long, and that the task
which the poor woman was endeavoring to perform in deference to the
conventional opinions of society was beyond her strength. Hers, indeed,
was not a common nor an undivided sorrow; for, alas, she had not only
the loss of her kind husband and his ignominious death to distract her,
but the shame and degradation of their only daughter which occasioned
it; and what a trial was that for a single heart! From time to time a
deep back-drawing sob would proceed from her lips, and the eye was again
fixed upon the still and unconscious features of her husband. At length
the chord was touched, and the heart of the wife and mother could
restrain itself no longer. The children had been for some time
whispering together, evidently endeavoring to keep the youngest of them
still; but they found it impossible--he must go to awaken his daddy.
This was too much for them, and the poor things burst out into an
uncontrollable wail of sorrow. The conversation among the spectators was
immediately hushed; but the mother started to her feet, and turning to
the bed, bent over it, and raised a cry of agony such as I never heard
nor hope ever to hear again. She clapped her hands, and rocking herself
up and down over him, gave vent to her accumulated grief, which now
rushed like a torrent that had been dammed up and overcome its barriers,
from her heart.

“O Harry,” said she in Irish--but we translate it--“O Harry, the husband
of the kind heart, the loving father, and the good man! O Harry, Harry,
and is it come to this with you and me and our childre! They may say
what they will, but you’re not a murderer. It was your love for our
unfortunate Nannie that made you do what you did. O, what was the world
to you without her! Wasn’t she the light of your eyes, and the sweet
pulse of your loving heart! And did ever a girl love a father as she
loved you, till the destroyer came across her--ay, the destroyer that
left us as we now are, sunk in sorrow and misery that will never end in
this world more! And now, what is she, and what has the destroyer made
her? O, when I think of how you sought after her you loved as you did,
to take her life, and when I think of how she that loved you as she
did was forced to fly from the hand that would pluck out your own heart
sooner than injure a hair of her head--so long as she was innocent--O,
when I think of all this, and look upon you lying there now, and all for
the love you bore her, how can my heart bear it, and how can I live. O,
the destroyer, the villain! the devil! what has he wrought upon us!
But, thank God, he is punished--the father’s love punished him. They are
liars! you are no murderer. The mother’s heart within me tells me that
you did what was right--you acted like a man, my husband. God bless
you, and make your soul happy for its love to Nannie. I’ll kiss you,
Harry--I’ll kiss you, my heart’s treasure, for your noble deed--but O
Harry, you don’t know the lips of sorrow that kiss! you now. Sure they
are the lips of your own Rose, that gave her young heart to you, and was
happy for it. Don’t feel ashamed, Harry; it’s a good man’s case to die
the death you did, and be at rest, as I hope you are, for you are not a
murderer; and if you are, it is only in the eye of the law, and it was
your love for Nannie that did it.”

This woeful dirge of the mother’s heart, and the wife’s sorrow, had
almost every eye in tears; and, indeed, it was impossible that the
sympathy for her should not be deep and general. They all knew the
excellence and mildness of her husband’s character, and that every word
she uttered concerning him was truth.

In Irish wakehouses, it is to be observed, the door is never closed. The
heat of the house, and the crowding of the neighbors to it, render it
necessary that it should be open; but independently of this, we believe
it a general custom, as it is also to keep it so during meals. This last
arises from the spirit of hospitality peculiar to the Irish people.

When his wife had uttered the words “you are no murderer,” a young and
beautiful girl entered the house in sufficient time to have heard them
distinctly. She was tall, her shape was of the finest symmetry, her
features, in spite of the distraction which, at first glance, was
legible in them, were absolutely fascinating. They all knew her well;
but the moment she made her appearance, the conversation, and those
expressions of sympathy which were passing from one to another, were
instantly checked; and nothing now was felt but compassion for the
terrible ordeal that they knew was before her mother. She rushed up to
where her mother had sat down, her eyes flashing, and her long brown
hair floating about her white shoulders, which were but scantily
covered.

“You talk of a murderer, mother,” she exclaimed. “You talk of a
murderer, do you? But if murder has been committed, as it has, I am the
murderer. Keep back now, let me look upon my innocent father--upon that
father that I have murdered.”

She approached the bed on which he lay, her eyes still flashing, and her
bosom panting, and there she stood gazing upon his features for about
two minutes.

The silence of the corpse before them was not deeper than that which her
unexpected presence occasioned. There she stood gazing on the dead body
of her father, evidently torn by the pangs of agony and remorse, her
hands clenching and opening by turns, her wild and unwinking eyes
riveted upon those moveless features, which his love for her had so
often lit up with happiness and pride. Her mother, who was alarmed,
shocked, stunned, gazed upon her, but could not speak. At length she
herself broke the silence.

“Mother,” said she, “I came to see my father, for I know he won’t strike
me now, and he never did. O, no, because I ran away from him and from
all of you, but not till after I had deserved it; before that I was
safe. Mother, didn’t my father love me once better than his own life?
I think he did. O, yes, and I returned it by murdering him--by sending
him--that father there that loved me so well--by--by sending him to the
hangman--to a death of disgrace and shame. That’s what his own Nannie,
as he used to call me, did for him. But no shame---no guilt to you,
father; the shame and the guilt are your own Nannie’s, and that’s the
only comfort I have; for you’re happy, what I will never be, either in
this world or the next. You are now in heaven; but you will never see
your own Nannie there.”

The recollections caused by her appearance, and the heart-rending
language she used, touched her mother’s heart, now softened by her
sufferings into pity for her affliction, if not into a portion of the
former affection which she bore her.

“O Nannie, Nannie!” said she, now weeping bitterly upon a fresh sorrow,
“don’t talk that way--don’t, don’t; you have repentance to turn to; and
for what you’ve done, God will yet forgive you, and so will your mother.
It was a great crime in you; but God can forgive the greatest, if his
own creatures will turn to him with sorrow for what they’ve done.”

She never once turned her eyes upon her mother, nor raised them for a
moment from her father’s face. In fact, she did not seem to have heard
a single syllable she said, and this was evident from the wild but
affecting abstractedness of her manner.

“Mother!” she exclaimed, “that man they say is a murderer, and yet I am
not worthy to touch him. Ah! I’m alone now--altogether alone, and he--he
that loved me, too, was taken away from me by a cruel death--ay, a cruel
death; for it was barbarous to kill him as if he was a wild beast--ay,
and without one moment’s notice, with all his sins upon his head. He
is gone--he is gone; and there lies the man that murdered him--there
he lies, the sinner; curse upon his hand of blood that took him I loved
from me! O, my heart’s breakin’ and my brain is boilin’! What will I do?
Where will I go? Am I mad? Father, my curse upon you for your deed of
blood! I never thought I’d live to curse you; but you don’t hear me,
nor know what I suffer. Shame! disgrace--ay, and I’d bear it all for his
sake that you plunged, like a murderer, as you were, into eternity. How
does any of you know what it is to love as I did? or what it is to lose
the man you love by a death so cruel? And this hair that he praised so
much, who will praise it or admire it now, when he is gone? Let it go,
too, then. I’ll not keep it on me--I’ll tear it off--off!”

Her paroxysm had now risen to a degree of fury that fell little, if
anything, short of insanity--temporary insanity it certainly was.
She tore her beautiful hair from her head in handfuls, and would have
proceeded to still greater lengths, when she was seized by some of those
present, in order to restrain her violence. On finding that she was held
fast, she looked at them with blazing eyes, and struggled to set herself
free; but on finding her efforts vain, she panted deeply three or four
times, threw back her head, and fell into a fit that, from its violence,
resembled epilepsy. After a lapse of ten minutes or so, the spasmodic
action, having probably wasted her physical strength, ceased, and she
lay in a quiet trance; so quiet, indeed, that it might have passed for
death, were it not for the deep expression of pain and suffering which
lay upon her face, and betrayed the fury of the moral tempest which
swept through her heart and brain. All the mother’s grief now was
hushed--all the faculties of her soul were now concentrated on her
daughter, and absorbed by the intense anxiety she felt for her recovery.
She sat behind the poor girl, and drew her body back so that her head
rested on her bosom, to which she pressed her, kissing her passive lips
with streaming eyes.

“O, darling Nannie!” she exclaimed, “strive and rouse yourself; it is
your loving mother that asks you. Waken up, poor misled and heart-broken
girl, waken up; I forgive you all your errors. O, avillish machree
(sweetness of my heart), don’t you hear that it is your mother’s voice
that’s spakin’ to you!”

She was still, however, insensible; and her little brothers were all in
tears about her.

“O mother!” said the oldest, sobbing, “is Nannie dead too? When she went
away from us you bid us not to cry, that she would soon come back; and
now she has only come back to die. Nannie, I’m your own little Frank;
won’t you hear me I Nannie, will you never wash my face of a Sunday
morning more? will you never comb down my hair, put the pin in my shirt
collar, and kiss me, as you used to do before we went to Mass together?”

The poor mother was so much overcome by this artless allusion to her
innocent life, involving, as it did, such a manifestation of affection,
that she wept until fairly exhausted, after which she turned her eyes up
to heaven and exclaimed, whilst her daughter’s inanimate body still lay
in her arms,

“O Lord of mercy, will you not look down with pity and compassion on me
this night!”

In the course of about ten minutes after this her daughter’s eyes began
to fill with those involuntary tears which betoken in females recovery
from a fit; they streamed quietly, but in torrents, down her cheek.
She gave a deep sigh, opened her eyes, looked around her, first with
astonishment, and then toward the bed with a start of horror.

“Where am I?” said she.

“You are with me, darlin’,” replied the mother, kissing her lips, and
whispering, “Nannie, I forgive you--I forgive you; and whisper, your
father did before he went to death.”

She smiled faintly and sorrowfully in her mother’s face, and said,
“Mother, I didn’t know that.” After which she got up, and proceeding to
the bed, she fell upon his body, kissed his lips, and indulged in a wild
and heart-breaking wail of grief. This evidently afforded her relief,
for she now became more calm and collected.

“Mother,” said she, “I must go.”

“Why, sure you won’t leave us, Nannie?” replied the other with
affectionate alarm.

“O, I must go,” she repeated; “bring me the children till I see them
once--Frank first.”

The mother accordingly brought them to her, one by one, when she stooped
down and kissed them in turn, not without bitter tears, whilst they,
poor things, were all in an uproar of sorrow. She then approached her
mother, threw herself in her arms, and again wept wildly for a time, as
did that afflicted mother along with her.

“Mother, farewell,” said she at length--“farewell; think of me when I am
far away--think of your unfortunate Nannie, and let every one that hears
of my misfortune think of all the misery and all the crime that may come
from one false and unguarded step.”

“O, Nannie darling,” replied her mother, “don’t desert us now; sure you
wouldn’t desert your mother now, Nannie?”

“If my life could make you easy or happy, mother, I could give it for
your sake, worthless now and unhappy as it is; but I am going to a far
country, where my shame and the misfortunes I have caused will never
be known. I must go, for if I lived here, my disgrace would always be
before you and myself; then I would soon die, and I am not yet fit for
death.”

With these words the unhappy girl passed out of the house, and was
never after that night seen or heard of, but once, in that part of the
country.

In the meantime that most pitiable mother, whose afflicted heart could
only alternate from one piercing sorrow to another, sat down once more,
and poured forth a torrent of grief for her unhappy daughter, whom she
feared, she would never see again.

Those who were present, now that the distressing scene which we have
attempted to describe was over, began to chat together with more
freedom.

“Tom Kennedy,” said one of them, accosting a good-natured young fellow,
with a clear, pleasant eye, “how are all your family at Beech Grove?
Ould Goodwin and his pretty daughter ought to feel themselves in good
spirits after gaining the lawsuit in the case of Mr. Hamilton’s will.
They bate the Lindsays all to sticks.”

“And why not,” replied Kennedy; “who had a betther right to dispose of
his property than the man that owned it? and, indeed, if any one livin’
desarved it from another, Miss Alice did from him. She nearly brought
herself to death’s door, in attending upon and nursing her sister, as
she called poor Miss Agnes; and, as for her grief at her death, I never
saw anything like it, except “--he added, looking at the unfortunate
widow--“where there was blood relationship.”

“Well, upon my sowl,” observed another, “I can’t blame the Lindsays for
feeling so bittherly about it as they do. May I never see yestherday, if
a brother of mine had property, and left it to a stranger instead of to
his own--that is to say, my childre--I’d take it for granted that he was
fizzen down stairs for the same. It was a shame for the ould sinner to
scorn his own relations for a stranger.”

“Well,” said another, “one thing is clear--that since he did blink them
about the property, it couldn’t get into betther hands. Your master,
Tom, is the crame of a good landlord, as far as his property goes, and
much good may it do him and his! I’ll go bail that, as far as Miss Alice
herself is consarned, many a hungry mouth, will be filled many a naked
back covered, and many a heavy heart made light through the manes of
it.”

“Faith,” said a third spokesman, “and that wouldn’t be the case if that
skinflint barge of Lindsay’s had got it in her clutches. At any rate,
it’s a shame for her and them to abuse the Goodwins as they do. If ould
Hamilton left it to them surely it wasn’t their fault.”

“Never mind,” said another, “I’ll lay a wager that Mrs. Lindsay’s son--I
mane the step-son that’s now abroad with the uncle---will be sent for,
and a marriage will follow between him and Miss Goodwin.”

“It maybe so,” replied Tom, “but it’s not very probable. I know the man
that’s likely to walk into the property, and well worthy he is of it.”

“Come, Tom, let us hear who is the lucky youth?”

“Family saicrets,” replied Tom, “is not to be rovaled. All I can say is,
that he is a true gentleman. Give me another blast o’ the pipe, for I
must go home.”

Tom, who was servant to Mr. Goodwin, having now taken his “blast,”
 wished them good-night; but before he went he took the sorrowing widow’s
cold and passive hand in his, and said, whilst the tears stood in his
eyes,

“May God in heaven pity you and support your heart, for you are the
sorely tried woman this miserable night!”

He then bent his steps to Beech Grove, his master’s residence, the hour
being between twelve and one o’clock.

The night, as we have already said, had been calm, but gloomy and
oppressive. Now, however, the wind had sprung up, and, by the time
Kennedy commenced his journey home, it was not only tempestuous but
increasing in strength and fury every moment. This, however, was not
all;--the rain came down in torrents, and was battered against his
person with such force that in a few moments he was drenched to the
skin. So far, it was wind and rain--dreadful and tempestuous as they
were. The storm, however, was only half opened. Distant flashes of
lightning and sullen growls of thunder proceeded from the cloud masses
to the right, but it was obvious that the thunderings above them were
only commencing their deep and terrible pealings. In a short time they
increased in violence and fury, and resembled, in fact, a West Indian
hurricane more than those storms which are peculiar to our milder
climates. The tempest-voice of the wind was now in dreadful accordance!
with its power. Poor Kennedy, who fortunately knew every step of the
rugged road along which he struggled and staggered, was frequently
obliged to crouch himself and hold by the projecting crags about him,
lest the strength of the blast might hurl him over the rocky precipices
by the edges of which the road went. With great difficulty, however, and
not less danger, he succeeded in getting into the open highway below,
and into a thickly inhabited country. Here a new scene of terror and
confusion awaited him. The whole neighborhood around him were up and in
alarm. The shoutings of men, the screams of women and children, all in
a state of the utmost dread and consternation, pierced his ears, even
through the united rage and roaring of the wind and thunder. The
people had left their houses, as they usually do in such cases, from an
apprehension that if they remained in them they might be buried in their
ruins. Some had got ladders, and attempted, at the risk of their lives,
to secure the thatch upon the roofs by placing flat stones, sods, and
such other materials, as by their weight, might keep it from being borne
off like dust upon the wings of the tempest. Their voices, and! screams,
and lamentations, in accordance, as they were, with the uproar of the
elements, added a new feature of terror to this dreadful tumult. The
lightnings now became more vivid and frequent, and the pealing of the
thunder so loud and near, that he felt his very ears stunned by it.
Every cloud, as the lightnings flashed from it, seemed to open, and to
disclose, as it were, a furnace of blazing fire within its black
and awful shroud. The whole country around, with all its terrified
population running about in confusion and dismay, were for the moment
made as clear and distinct to the eye as if it were noonday, with this
difference, that the scene borrowed from the red and sheeted flashes a
wild and spectral character which the light of day never gives. In fact,
the human figures, as they ran hurriedly to and fro, resembled those
images which present themselves to the imagination in some frightful
dream. Nay, the very cattle in the fields could be seen, in those
flashing glimpses, huddled up together in some sheltered corner, and
cowering with terror at this awful uproar of the elements. It is a very
strange, but still a well-known fact, that neither man nor beast wishes
to be alone during a thunder-storm. Contiguity to one’s fellow creatures
seems, by some unaccountable instinct, to lessen the apprehension of
danger to one individual when it is likely to be shared by many,
a feeling which makes the coward in the field of battle fight as
courageously as the man who is naturally brave.

The tempest had not yet diminished any of its power; so far from that,
it seemed as if a night-battle of artillery was going on, and raging
still with more violence in the clouds. Thatch, doors of houses, glass,
and almost everything light that the winds could seize upon, were flying
in different directions through the air; and as Kennedy now staggered
along the main road, he had to pass through a grove of oaks, beeches,
and immense ash trees that stretched on each side for a considerable
distance. The noises here were new to him, and on that account the more
frightful. The groanings of the huge trees, and the shrieking of their
huge branches as they were crushed against each other, sounded in
his ears like the supernatural voices of demons, exulting at their
participation in the terrors of the storm. His impression now was that
some guilty sorcerer had raised the author of evil, and being unable to
lay him, the latter was careering in vengeance over the earth until he
should be appeased by the life of some devoted victim--for such, when a
storm more than usually destructive and powerful arises, is the general
superstition of the people--at least it was so among the ignorant in our
early youth.

In all thunder-storms there appears to be a regular gradation--a
beginning, a middle, and an end. They commence first with a noise
resembling the crackling of a file of musketry where the fire runs along
the line, man after man; then they increase, and go on deepening their
terrors until one stunning and tremendous burst takes place, which is
the acme of the tempest. After this its power gradually diminishes
in the same way as it increased--the peals become less loud and less
frequent, the lightning feebler and less brilliant, until at length it
seems to take another course, and after a few exhausted volleys it dies
away with a hoarse grumble in the distance.

Still it thundered and thundered terribly; nor had the sweep of
the wind-tempest yet lost any of its fury. At this moment Kennedy
discovered, by a succession of those flashes that were lighting the
country around him, a tall young female without cloak or bonnet, her
long hair sometimes streaming in the wind, and sometimes blown up in
confusion over her head. She was proceeding at a tottering but eager
pace, evidently under the influence of wildness and distraction, or
rather as if she felt there was something either mortal or spectral in
pursuit of her. He hailed her by her name as she passed him, for he knew
her, but received no reply. To Tom, who had, as the reader knows, been
a witness of the scene we have described, this fearful glimpse of Nannie
Morrissey’s desolation and misery, under the pelting of the pitiless
storm and the angry roar of the I elements, was distressing in the
highest degree, and filled his honest heart with compassion for her
sufferings.

He was now making his way home at his utmost speed, when he heard the
trampling of a horse’s feet coming on at a rapid pace behind him, and on
looking back he saw a horseman making his way in the same direction
with himself. As he advanced, the repeated flashes made them distinctly
visible to each other.

“I say,” shouted the horseman at the top of his lungs, “can you direct
me to any kind of a habitation, where I may take shelter?”

“Speak louder,” shouted Tom; “I can’t hear you for the wind.”

The other, in a voice still more elevated, repeated the question, “I
want to get under the roof of some human habitation, if there be one
left standing. I feel that I have gone astray, and this is no night to
be out in.”

“Faith, sir,” again shouted Tom, “it’s pure gospel you’re spakin’, at
any rate. A habitation! Why, upon my credibility, they’d not deserve a
habitation that ‘ud refuse to open the door for a dog on such a night
as this, much less to a human creature with a sowl to be saved. A
habitation! Well, I think I can, and one where you’ll be well treated. I
suppose, sir, you’re a gentleman?”

“Speak out,” shouted the traveller in his turn; “I can’t hear you.”

Tom shaded his mouth with his hand, and shouted again, “I suppose, sir,
you’re a gentleman?”

“Why, I suppose I am,” replied the stranger, rather haughtily.

“Becaise,” shouted Tom, “devil a traneen it ‘ud signify to them I’m
bringing you to whether you are or not. The poorest man in the parish
would be sheltered as well as you, or maybe a betther man.”

“Are we near the house?” said the other.

“It’s just at hand, sir,” replied Tom, “and thanks be to God for it; for
if ever the devil was abroad on mischief, he is this night, and may the
Lord save us! It’s a night for a man to tell his grandchildre about, and
he may call it the ‘night o’ the big storm.’”

A lull had now taken place, and Tom heard a laugh from the stranger
which he did not much relish; it was contemptuous and sarcastic, and
gave him no very good opinion of his companion. They had now arrived
at the entrance-gate, which had been blown open by the violence of the
tempest. On proceeding toward the house, they found that their way was
seriously obstructed by the fall of several trees that had been blown
down across it. With some difficulty, however, they succeeded in
reaching the house, where, although the hour was late, they found the
whole family up, and greatly alarmed by the violence of the hurricane.
Tom went in and found Mr. and Mrs. Goodwin in the parlor, to both of
whom he stated that a gentleman on horseback, who had lost his way,
requested shelter for the night.

“Certainly, Kennedy, certainly; why did you not bring the gentleman in?
Go and desire Tom Stinton to take his horse to the stable, and let him
be rubbed down and fed. In the meantime, bring the gentleman in.”

“Sir,” said Tom, going to the bottom of the hall door-steps, “will
you have the goodness to walk in; the masther and misthress are in the
parlor; for who could sleep on such a night as this?”

On entering he was received with the warmest and most cordial
hospitality.

“Sir,” said Mr. Goodwin, “I speak in the name of myself and my wife
when I bid you heartily welcome to whatever my roof can afford you,
especially on such an awful night as this. Take a seat, sir; you must
want refreshments before you put off those wet clothes and betake
yourself to bed, after the dreadful severity of such a tempest.”

“I have to apologize, sir, for this trouble,” replied the stranger, “and
to thank you most sincerely for the kindness of the reception you and
your lady have given to an utter stranger.”

“Do not mention it, sir,” said Mr. Goodwin; “come, put on a dry coat and
waistcoat, and, in the meantime, refreshments will be on the table in a
few minutes. The servants are all up and will attend at once.”

The stranger refused, however, to change his clothes, but in a few
minutes an abundant cold supper, with wine and spirits, were placed upon
the table, to all of which he did such ample justice that it would seem
as if he had not dined that day. The table having been cleared, Mr.
Goodwin joined him in a glass of hot brandy and water, and succeeded
in pressing him to take a couple more, whilst his wife, he said, was
getting a bed and room prepared for him. Their! chat for the next
half hour consisted in a discussion of the storm, which, although much
abated, was not yet over. At length, after an intimation that his room
was ready for him, he withdrew, accompanied by a servant, got into an
admirable bed, and in a few minutes was fast asleep.



CHAPTER III. Breakfast next morning.

--Woodward, on his way Home, meets a Stranger.--Their Conversation.


The next morning he joined the family in the breakfast parlor, where he
was received with much kindness and attention. The stranger was a young
man, probably about twenty-seven, well made, and with features that must
be pronounced good; but, from whatever cause it proceeded, they were
felt to be by no means agreeable. It was impossible to quarrel with, or
find fault with them; their symmetry was perfect; the lip well defined,
but hard and evidently unfeeling; his brows, which joined each other,
were black, and, what was very peculiar, were heaviest where they
met--a circumstance which, notwithstanding the regularity of his other
features, gave him, unless when he smiled, a frowning if not a sinister
aspect. That, however, which was most remarkable in his features was
the extraordinary fact that his eyes were each of a different color, one
being black and piercing in its gleam, and the other gray; from which
circumstance he was known from his childhood by the name of _Harry na
Suil Gloir_--Suil Gloir being an epithet always bestowed by the Irish
upon persons who possessed eyes of that unnatural character. This
circumstance, however, was not observed on that occasion by any of the
family. His general manners, though courteous, were cold, and by no
means such as were calculated either to bestow or inspire confidence.
His language, too, was easy enough when he spoke, but a cold habit of
reserve seemed to permeate his whole being, and to throw a chill upon
the feelings of those to whom he addressed himself. So much was this the
case that when ever he assumed an air of familiarity a dark, strange,
and undefinable spirit, which was strongly felt, seemed not only to
contradict his apparent urbanity, but to impress his auditors with a
sense of uneasiness sometimes amounting to pain--an impression, however,
for which they could not at all account.

“Sir,” said Mr. Goodwin, “I hope you slept well after what you suffered
under the tempest of last night?”

“I assure you, sir, I never enjoyed a rounder night’s sleep in my life,”
 replied their guest; “and were it not for the seasonable shelter of
your hospitable roof I know not what would have become of me. I am
unacquainted with the country, and having lost my way, I knew not where
to seek shelter, for the night was so dreadfully dark that unless by the
flashes of the lightning nothing could be seen.”

“It was certainly an awful--a terrible night,” observed his host;
“but come, its severity is now past; let me see you do justice to your
fare;--a little more ham?”

“Thank you, sir,” replied the other; “if you please. Indeed, I cannot
complain of my appetite, which is at all times excellent”--and he
certainly corroborated the truth of his statement by a sharp and
vigorous attack upon the good things before him.

“Sir,” said Mrs. Goodwin, “we feel happy to have had the satisfaction
of opening our doors to you last night; and there is only one other
circumstance which could complete our gratification.”

“The gratification, madam,” he replied, “as well as the gratitude, ought
to be all on my side, although I have no doubt, and can have none,
that the consciousness of your kindness and hospitality are equally
gratifying on yours. But may I ask to what you allude, madam?”

“You are evidently a gentleman, sir, and a stranger, and we would feel
obliged by knowing--”

“O, I beg your pardon, madam,” he replied, interrupting her; “I presume
that you are good enough to flatter me by a wish to know the name of
the individual whom your kindness and hospitality have placed under such
agreeable obligations. For my part I have reason to bless the tempest I
which, I may say, brought me under your roof. ‘It is an ill wind,’ says
the proverb, ‘that blows nobody good;’ and it is a clear case, my very
kind hostess, that at this moment we are mutually ignorant of each
other. I assure you, then, madam, that I am not a knight-errant
travelling in disguise and in quest of adventure, but a plain gentleman,
by name Woodward, step-son to a neighbor of yours, Mr. Lindsay, of
Rathfillan House. I need scarcely say that I am Mrs. Lindsay’s son by
her first husband. And now, madam, may I beg to know the name of the
family to whom I am indebted for so much kindness.”

Mrs. Goodwin and her husband exchanged glances, and something like a
slight cloud appeared to overshadow for a moment the expression of their
countenances. At length Mr. Goodwin spoke.

“My name, sir,” he proceeded, “is Goodwin; and until a recent melancholy
event, your family and mine were upon the best and most cordial terms;
but, unfortunately, I must say that we are not so now--a circumstance
which I and mine deeply regret. You must not imagine, however, that
the knowledge of your name and connections could make the slightest
difference in our conduct toward you on that account. Your family, Mr.
Woodward, threw off our friendship and disclaimed all intimacy with us;
but I presume you are not ignorant of the cause of it.”

“I should be uncandid if I were to say so, sir. I am entirely aware of
the cause of it; but I cannot see that there is any blame whatsoever
to be attached to either you or yours for the act of my poor uncle. I
assure you, sir, I am sorry that my family failed to consider it in its
proper light; and you will permit me to request that you we not identify
my conduct with theirs. So far as I am least am concerned, my uncle’s
disposition of his property shall make no breach nor occasion any
coolness between us. On the contrary, I shall feel honored by being
permitted to pay my respects to you all, and to make myself worthy of
your good opinions.”

“That is generously spoken, Mr. Woodward,” replied the old man; “and it
will afford us sincere pleasure to reciprocate the sentiments you have
just expressed.”

“You make me quite happy, sir,” replied Woodward, bowing very
courteously. “This, I presume, is the young lady to whom my cousin Agnes
was so much attached?”

“She is, sir,” replied her father.

“Might I hope for the honor of being presented to her, Mr. Goodwin?”

“With pleasure, sir. Alice, my dear, although you already know who this
gentleman is, yet allow me, nevertheless, to present him to you.”

The formal introduction accordingly took place, after which Woodward,
turning to Mrs. Goodwin, said,

“I am not surprised, madam, at the predilection which my cousin
entertained for Miss Goodwin, even from what I see; but I feel that I am
restrained by her presence from expressing myself at further length. I
have only to say that I wish her every happiness, long life, and health
to enjoy that of which she seems, and I am certain is, so worthy.”

He accompanied those words with a low bow and a very gracious smile,
after which, his horse having been brought to the door, he took his
leave with a great deal of politeness, and rode, according to the
directions received from Mr. Goodwin, toward his father’s house.

After his departure the family began to discuss his character somewhat
to the following effect:

“That is a fine young man,” said Mr. Goodwin, “liberal-minded and
generous, or I am much mistaken. What do you think, Martha,” he added,
addressing his wife.

“Upon my word,” replied that lady, “I am much of your opinion--yet I
don’t know either; although polite and courteous, there is something
rather disagreeable about him.”

“Why,” inquired her husband, “what is there disagreeable about him? I
could perceive nothing of the sort; and when we consider that his uncle,
who left this property to Alice, was his mother’s brother, and that he
was nephew by blood as well as by law, and that it was the old man’s
original intention that the property should go directly to him, or in
default of issue, to his brother--I think when we consider this, Martha,
that we cannot but entertain a favorable impression of him, considering
what he has lost by the unexpected turn given to his prospects in
consequence of his uncle’s will. Alice, my dear, what is your opinion of
him?”

“Indeed, papa,” she replied, “I have had--as we all have had--but a very
slight opportunity to form any opinion of him. As for me, I can judge
only by the impressions which his conversation and person have left upon
me.”

“Well, anything favorable or otherwise?”

“Anything at all but favorable, papa--I experienced something like pain
during breakfast, and felt a strong sense of relief the moment he left
the room.”

“Poor child, impressions are nothing. I have met men of whom first
impressions were uniformly unfavorable, who, notwithstanding their rough
outsides, were persons of sterling worth and character.”

“Yes, papa, and men of great plausibility and ease of manner, who, on
the contrary, were deep, hypocritical and selfish when discovered and
their hearts laid open. As regards Mr. Woodward, however, heaven forbid
that I should place the impressions of an ignorant girl like myself
against the knowledge and experience of a man who has had such
opportunities of knowing the world as you. All I can say is, that
whilst he seemed to breathe a very generous spirit, my impressions
were completely at variance with every sentiment he uttered. Perhaps,
however, I do him injustice--and I should regret that very much. I will
then, in deference to your opinion, papa, endeavor to control those
impressions and think as well of him as I can.”

“You are right, Alice, and I thank you. We should never, if possible,
suffer ourselves to be prematurely ungenerous in our estimate of
strangers, especially when we know that this world is filled with the
most absurd and ridiculous prejudices. How do you know, my dear child,
that yours is not one of them?”

“Alice, love,” said her mother, “I think, upon reflection, your father
is right, as he always is; let us not be less generous than this young
man, and you know it would be ungenerous to prejudge him; and this comes
the more strange from you, my love, inasmuch as I never yet heard you
express a prejudice almost against any person.”

“Because I don’t remember, mamma, that I ever felt such an
impression--prejudice--call it what you will--against any individual as
I do against this man. I absolutely fear him without knowing why.”

“Precisely so, my dear Alice,” replied her father, “precisely so; and,
as you say, with-out knowing why. In that one phrase, my child, you have
defined prejudice to the letter. Fie, Alice; have more sense, my dear;
have more sense. Dismiss this foolish prejudice against a young man,
who, from what he said at breakfast, is entitled to better feelings at
your hands.”

“As I said, papa, I shall certainly strive to do so.”

Alice Goodwin’s person and character must, at this stage of our
narrative, be made known to our readers. As to her person, it is only
sufficient to say that she was a tall, beautiful girl, of exceeding
grace and wonderful proportions. There was, however, a softness about
her appearance of constitutional delicacy that seemed to be incompatible
with a strong mind, or perhaps we should rather say that was identical
with an excess of feeling. This was exhibited in the tenderness of
her attachment to Agnes Hamilton, and in the agonizing grief which she
experienced at her death--a grief which had well-nigh become fatal to a
girl of her fragile organization. The predominant trait, however, in her
character was timidity and a terror of a hundred trifles, which, in the
generality of her sex, would occasion only indifference or laughter. On
that very morning, for instance, she had not recovered from her painful
apprehensions of the thunder-storm which had occurred on the preceding
night. Of thunder, but especially of lightning, she was afraid even to
pusillanimity; indeed so much so, that on such occurrences she would
bind her eyes, fly down stairs, and take refuge in the cellar until the
I hurly-burly in the clouds was over. This, however, was not so much
to be wondered at by those who live in our present and more enlightened
days; as our readers will admit when they are told that the period of
our narrative is in the reign of that truly religious monarch, Charles
the Second, who, conscious of his inward and invisible grace, was known
to exhaust himself so liberally of his virtue, when touching for the
Evil, that there was very little of it left to regulate that of his own
private life. In those days Ireland was a mass of social superstitions,
and a vast number of cures in a variety of diseases were said to be
performed by witches, wizards, fairy-men, fairy-women, and a thousand
other impostors, who, supported by the gross ignorance of the people,
carried that which was first commenced in fraud and cunning into a
self-delusion, which, in process of time, led them to become dupes to
their own impostures. It is not to be wondered at, then, that Alice
Goodwin, a young creature of a warm imagination and extraordinary
constitutional timidity, should feel the full force of the superstitions
which swarmed around her, and impregnated her fancy so strongly that
it teemed with an unhealthy creation, which frequently rendered her
existence painful by a morbid apprehension of wicked and supernatural
influences. In other respects she was artlessness itself, could never
understand what falsehood meant, and, as to truth, her unspotted
mind was transparent as a sunbeam. Our readers are not to understand,
however, that though apparently flexible and ductile, she possessed
no power of moral resistance. So very far from that, her disposition,
wherever she thought herself right, was not only firm and unbending,
but sometimes rose almost to obstinacy. This, however, never appeared,
unless she considered herself as standing upon the basis of truth. In
cases where her judgment was at fault, or when she could not see her
way, she was a perfect child, and, like a child, should be taken by the
hand and supported. It was, however, when mingling in society that her
timidity and bashfulness were most observable; these, however, were
accompanied with so much natural grace, and unaffected innocence of
manner, that the general charm of her whole character was fascinating
and irresistible; nay, her very weaknesses created an atmosphere of love
and sympathy around her that nobody could breathe without feeling her
influence. Her fear of ghosts and fairies, her dread of wizards and
witches, of wise women and strolling conjurers, with the superstitious
accounts of whom the country then abounded, were, in the eyes of
her more strong-minded friends, only a source of that caressing and
indulgent affection which made its artless and innocent object more dear
to them. Every one knows with what natural affection and tenderness we
love the object which clings to us for support under the apprehension
of danger, even when we ourselves are satisfied that the apprehension
is groundless. So was it with Alice Goodwin, whose harmless foibles
and weaknesses, associated as they were with so much truth and purity,
rendered her the darling of all who knew her.

Woodward had not proceeded far on his way when he was overtaken by
an equestrian, who came up to him at a smart pace, which, however, he
checked on getting beside him.

“A fine morning, sir, after an awful night,” observed the stranger.

“It is, sir,” replied Woodward, “and a most awful night it assuredly
was. Have you heard whether there has been destruction to life or
property to any extent?”

“Not so much to life,” replied his companion, “but seriously, I
understand, to property. If you had ridden far you must have observed
the number of dwelling-houses and out-offices that have been unroofed,
and some of them altogether blown down.”

“I have not ridden far,” said Woodward; “I was obliged to take shelter
in the house of a country gentleman named Goodwin, who lives over in the
trees.”

“You were fortunate in finding shelter anywhere,” replied the stranger,
“during such a tempest. I remember nothing like it.”

As they proceeded along, indulging in similar chat, they observed that
five or six countrymen, who had been walking at a smart pace, about a
couple of hundred yards before them, came suddenly to a stand-still,
and, after appearing to consult together, they darted off the road
and laid themselves down, as if with a view of concealment, behind the
grassy ditch which ran along it.

“What can these persons mean?” asked Woodward; “they seem to be
concealing themselves.”

“Unquestionably they do,” replied the stranger; “and yet there appears
to be no pursuit after them. I certainly can give no guess as to their
object.”

While attempting, as they went along, to account for the conduct of the
peasants, they were met by a female with a head of hair that was nearly
blood-red, and whose features were hideously ugly, or rather, we should
say, absolutely revolting. Her brows, which were of the same color as
the hair, were knit into a scowl, such as is occasioned by an intense
expression of hatred and malignity, yet which was rendered almost
frightful by a squint that would have disfigured the features of a
demon. Her coarse hair lay matted together in stiff, wiry waves! on each
side of her head, from whence it streamed down her shoulders, which
it covered like a cape of scarlet. As they approached each other, she
glanced at them with a look from which they could only infer that she
seemed to meditate the murder of each, and yet there was mingled with
its malignity a bitter but derisive expression that was perfectly
diabolical.

“What a frightful hag!” exclaimed Woodward, addressing his companion; “I
never had a perfect conception of the face of an ogress until now!
Did you observe her walrus tusks, as they projected over her misshapen
nether lip? The hag appears to be an impersonation of all that is evil.”

“She may be a very harmless creature for all that,” replied the other;
“we are not to judge by appearances. I know a man who had murder
depicted in his countenance, if ever a man had, and yet there lived!
not a kinder, more humane, or benevolent creature on earth. He was as
simple, too, as a child, and the most affectionate father! and husband
that ever breathed. These, however, may be exceptions; for most
certainly I am of opinion that the countenance may be considered, in
general, a very certain index to the character and disposition. But what
is this?--here are the men returning from their journey, let us question
them.”

“Pray,” said Woodward, addressing them, “if it be not impertinent, may
I inquire why you ran in such a hurry off the road just now, and hid
yourselves behind the ditch?”

“Certainly, sir, you may,” replied one of them; “we wor on our way to
the fair of, Knockmore, and we didn’t wish to meet Pugshy Roe.” (Red
Peggy).

“But why should you not wish to meet her?”

“Bekaise, sir, she’s unlucky--unlucky in the three ways--unlucky to man,
unlucky to baste, and unlucky to business. She overlooks, sir; she has
the Evil Eye--the Lord be about us!”

“The Evil Eye,” repeated Woodward, dryly; “and pray, what harm could her
evil eye do you?”

“Why, nothing in the World,” replied the man, naively, “barrin’ to
wither us off o’ the earth--that’s all.”

“Has she been long in this neighborhood?” asked the stranger.

“Too long, your honor. Sure she overlooked Biddy Nelligan’s child, and
it never did good afterwards.”

“And I,” said another, “am indebted to the thief o’ hell for the loss of
as good a cow as ever filled a piggin.”

“Well, sure,” observed a third, “Father Mullen is goin’ to read her out
next Sunday from the althar. She has been banished from every parish in
the counthry. Indeed, I believe he’s goin’ to drown the candles against
her, so that, plaise the Lord, she’ll have to tramp.”

“How does she live and maintain herself?” asked the stranger again.

“Why, sir,” replied the man, “she tuck possession of a waste cabin and
a bit o’ garden belongin’ to it; and Larry Sullivan, that owns it, was
goin’ to put her out, when, Lord save us, he and his whole family were
saized with sickness, and then he sent word to her that if she’d take it
off o’ them and put it on some one else he’d let her stay.”

“And did she do so?”

“She did, sir; every one o’ them recovered, and she put it on his
neighbor, poor Harry Commiskey and his family, that used to visit them
every day, and from them it went over the country--and bad luck to her!
Devil a man of us would have had luck or grace in the fair to-day if we
had met her. That’s another gift she has--to bring bad luck to any
one that meets her first in the mornin’; for if they’re goin’ upon
any business it’s sure not to thrive with them. She’s worse than Mrs.
Lindsay; for Mrs. Lindsay, although she’s unlucky to meet, and unlucky
to cattle, too, has no power over any one’s life; but they say it has
always been in her family, too.”

The equestrians then proceeded at a rather brisk pace until they had got
clear of the peasants, when they pulled up a little.

“That is a strange superstition, sir,” said Woodward, musingly.

“It is a very common one in this country, at all events,” replied the
other; “and I believe pretty general in others as well as here.”

“Do you place any faith in it?” asked the other.

The stranger paused, as if investigating the subject in question, after
which he replied,

“To a certain extent I do; but it is upon this principle, that I believe
the force of imagination on a weak mind constitutes the malady. What is
your own opinion?”

“Why, that it is not a superstition but a fact; a fact, too, which has
been frequently proved; and, what is more, it is known, as the man said,
to be hereditary in families.”

“I don’t give credence to that,” said the stranger.

“Why not, sir?” replied Woodward; “are not the moral qualities
hereditary? are not the tempers and dispositions hereditary, as well as
decline, insanity, scrofula, and other physical complaints?”

The stranger paused again, and said, “Perhaps so. There is certainly
much mystery in human nature; more, probably, than we can conceive or be
aware of. Time, however, and the progress of science, will develop much.
But who was this Mrs. Lindsay that the man spoke of?”

“That lady, sir,” replied the other, “is my mother.”

The stranger, from a feeling of delicacy, made no observation upon this,
but proceeded to take another view of the same subject.

“Suppose, then,” he added, “that we admit the fact that the eye of a
certain individual can transfuse, by the force of strong volition, an
evil influence into the being or bodily system of another--why should it
happen that an eye or touch charged with beneficence, instead of evil,
should fail to affect with a sanative contagion those who labor under
many diseases?”

“The only reply I can make to your question,” said Woodward, “is this:
the one has been long and generally known to exist, whereas the latter
has never been heard of, which most assuredly would not have been the
case if it had ever existed; as for the cure of the King’s Evil it is a
royal imposture.”

“I believe in the latter,” observed the other calmly.

“Upon what grounds?” asked his companion.

“Simply because I know a person who possesses the sanative power I speak
of.”

“And I believe in the former,” replied Woodward, “and upon better
grounds still, because I possess it myself.”

“You will pardon me,” said the other; “but I hesitate to believe that.”

Woodward, who felt this imputation against his veracity with resentment,
suddenly pulled up his horse, and, turning himself on the saddle, looked
upon his companion with an expression that was as extraordinary as it
was blighting. The stranger, on the other hand, reining in his horse,
and taking exactly the same attitude as Woodward, bent his eye on him in
return; and there they sat opposite to each other, where we will leave
them until we describe the somewhat extraordinary man who had become the
fellow-traveller of the hero of the breakfast table.

[Illustration: PAGE 631-- The gaze was long and combative]

He was mounted upon a powerful charger; for indeed it was evident at
a glance that no other would have been equal to his weight. He was
well-dressed--that is to say, in the garb of a country gentleman of the
day. He wore his own hair, however, which fell in long masses over his
shoulders, and a falling collar, which came down over his breast. His
person was robust and healthy looking, and, what is not very usual in
large men, it was remarkable for the most consummate proportion and
symmetry. He wore boots and silver spurs, and his feet were unusually
small, considering his size, as were also his hands. That, however,
which struck the beholder with amazement, was the manly beauty of his
features. At a first glance this was visible; but on contemplating
them more closely you began to feel something strange and wonderful
associated with a feeling of veneration and pleasure. Even this,
however, was comparatively little to what a still more deliberate
perusal of that face brought to light. There could be read that
extraordinary union of humility and grandeur; but above all, and beyond
all other expressions, there proceeded from his eyes, and radiated like
a halo from every part of his countenance, a sense of power which was
felt to be irresistible. His eyes, indeed, were almost transparent with
light--a light so clear, benignant, and strong, that it was impossible
to withstand their glance, radiant with benevolence though it was. The
surrender to that glance, however, was a willing and a pleasing one. The
spectator submitted to it as an individual would to the eye of a blessed
spirit that was known to communicate nothing but good. There, then, they
sat contemplating one another, each, as it were, in the exercise of some
particular power, which, in this case, appeared to depend altogether
on the expressions of the eye. The gaze was long and combative in its
character, and constituted a trial of that moral strength which each,
in the peculiar constitution of his being, seemed to possess. After some
time, however, Woodward’s glance seemed to lose its concentrative
power, and gradually to become vague and blank. In a little time he felt
himself rapidly losing ground, and could hardly avoid thinking that
the eyes of his opponent were looking into his very soul: his eyelids
quivered, his eyes assumed a dull and listless appearance, and
ultimately closed for some moments--he was vanquished, and he felt it.

“What is the matter with you?” said his companion at length, “and why
did you look at me with such a singular gaze? I hope you do not feel
resentment at what I said. I hesitated to believe you only because I
thought you might be mistaken.”.

“I entertain no resentment against you,” replied Woodward; “but I must
confess I feel astonished. Pray, allow me to ask, sir, are you a medical
man?”

“Not at all,” replied the other; “I never received a medical education,
and yet I perform a great number of cures.”

“Then, sir,” said Woodward, “I take it, with every respect, that you
must be a quack.”

“Did you ever know a quack to work a cure without medicine?” replied the
other; “I cure without medicine, and that is more than the quack is able
to do with it; I consequently, cannot be a quack.”

“Then, in the devil’s name, what are you?” asked Woodward, who felt that
his extraordinary fellow-traveller was amusing himself at his expense.

“I reply to no interrogatory urged upon such authority,” said the
stranger; “but let me advise you, young man, not to allow that
mysterious and malignant power which you seem to possess to gratify
itself by injury to your fellow-creatures. Let it be the principal
purpose of your life to serve them by every means within your reach,
otherwise you will neglect to your cost those great duties for which God
created you. Farewell, my friend, and remember my words; for they are
uttered in a spirit of kindness and good feeling.”

They had now arrived at cross-roads; the stranger turned to the right,
and Woodward proceeded, as directed, toward Rathfillan House, the
residence of his father.

The building was a tolerably large and comfortable one, without any
pretence to architectural beauty. It had a plain porch before the
hall-door, with a neat lawn, through which wound a pretty drive up to
the house. On each side of the lawn was a semicircle of fine old trees,
that gave an ancient appearance to the whole place.

Now, one might imagine that Woodward would have felt his heart bound
with affection and delight on his return to all that ought to have been
dear to him after so long an absence. So far from that, however, he
returned in disappointment and ill-temper, for he calculated that unless
there had been some indefensible neglect, or unjustifiable offence
offered to his uncle Hamilton by his family, that gentleman, who, he
knew, had the character of being both affectionate and good-natured,
would never have left his property to a stranger. The alienation of this
property from himself was, indeed, the bitter reflection which rankled
in his heart, and established in it a hatred against the Goodwins which
he resolved by some means to wreak upon them in a spirit of the blackest
vengeance. Independently of this, we feel it necessary to say here, that
he was utterly devoid of domestic affection, and altogether insensible
to the natural claims and feelings of consanguinity. His uncle abroad,
for instance, had frequently urged him to pay a visit to his relatives,
and, of course, to supply him liberally with the necessary funds for the
journey. To every such suggestion, however, he gave a decided negative.
“If they wish to see me,” he would reply, “let them come and see me: as
for me, I have no wish to see them, and I shall not go.”

This unnatural indifference to the claims of blood and affection, not
only startled his uncle, but shook his confidence in the honor and
integrity of his favorite. Some further discoveries of his dishonesty
ultimately led to his expulsion from the heart of that kind relative, as
well as from the hospitable roof of which he proved himself so unworthy.

With such a natural disposition, and affected as he must have been by a
train of circumstances so decidedly adverse to his hopes and prospects,
our readers need not feel surprised that he should return home in
anything but an agreeable mood of mind.



CHAPTER IV.

Woodward meets a Guide--His Reception at Home--Preparations for a Fete.


Woodward rode slowly, as he indulged in those disagreeable reflections
to which we alluded, until he reached a second crossroads, where he
found himself somewhat at a loss whether to turn or ride straight
onward. While pausing for a moment, as to which way he should take, the
mellow whistle of some person behind him indulging in a light-hearted
Irish air, caused him to look back, when he saw a well-made, compact,
good-looking young fellow approaching, who, finding his attention
evidently directed to him, concluded his melody and respectfully touched
hia hat.”

“Pray, my good friend,” said Woodward, “can you direct me to Rathfillan,
the residence of Mr. Lindsay, the magistrate?”

“Misther Lindsay’s, is it?”

“Yes; I said so.”

“Well, I think I can, sir.”

“Yes; but are you sure of it?”

“Well, I think I am, sir.”

“You think! why, d--n it, sir, do you not know whether you are or not?”

“May I ax, sir,” inquired the other in his turn, “if you are a religious
character?”

“WHy, what the devil has that to do with the matter in question?” said
Woodward, beginning to lose his temper. “I ask you to direct me to
the residence of a certain gentleman, and you ask me whether I am a
religious character? What do you mean by that?”

“Why, sir,” replied the man, “not much, I’m afeard--only if you had let
me speak, which you didn’t, God pardon you, I was going to say, that
if you knew the way to heaven as well as I do to Misther Lindsay’s you
might call yourself a happy man, and born to luck.”

Woodward looked with something of curiosity at his new companion, and
was a good deal struck with his appearance. His age might be about
twenty-eight or from that to thirty; his figure stout and well-made;
his features were decidedly Milesian, but then they were Milesian of
the best character; his mouth was firm, but his lips full, red, and
handsome; his clear, merry eyes would puzzle one to determine whether
they were gray or blue, so equally were the two colors blended in them.
After a very brief conversation with him, no one could doubt that humor
formed a predominant trait in his disposition. In fact, the spirit of
the forthcoming jest was visible in his countenance before the jest
itself came forth; but although his whole features bore a careless
and buoyant expression, yet there was no mistaking in them the
unquestionable evidences of great shrewdness and good sense. He also
indulged occasionally in an ironical and comic sarcasm, which, however,
was never directed against his friends; this he reserved for certain
individuals whose character entitled them to it at his hands. He
also drew the long-bow, when he wished, with great skill and effect.
Woodward, after having scrutinized his countenance for some time, was
about to make some inquiries, as a stranger, concerning his family and
the reputation they bore in the neighborhood, when he found himself,
considerably to his surprise, placed in the witness-box for a rather
brisk fire of cross-examination.

“You are no stranger in this part of the country, I presume” said
he, with a view of bringing him out for his own covert and somewhat
ungenerous purposes.

“I am no stranger, sure enough, sir,” replied the other, “so far as a
good slice of the counthry side goes; but if I am not you are, sir, or
I’m out in it.”

“Yes, I am a stranger here.”

“Never mind, sir, don’t let that disthress you; it’s a good, man’s case,
sir. Did you thravel far, wid submission? I spake in kindness, sir.”

“Why, yes, a--a--pretty good distance; but about Mr. Lindsay and--”

“Yes, sir; crossed over, sir, I suppose? I mane from the other side?”

“O! you want to know if I crossed the Channel?”

“Had you a pleasant passage, sir?”

“Yes, tolerable.”

“Thank God! I hope you’ll make a long stay with us, sir, in this part
of the counthry. If you have any business to do with Mr. Lindsay--as of
coorse you have--why, I don’t think you and he will quarrel; and by the
way, sir, I know him and the family well, and if I only got a glimpse, I
could throw in a word or two to guide you in dalin’ wid him--that is, if
I knew the business.”

“As to that,” replied Woodward, “it is not very particular; I am only
coming on a pretty long visit to him, and as you say you know the
family, I would feel glad to hear what you think of them.”

“Misther Lindsay, or rather Misther Charles, and you will have a fine
time of it, sir. There’s delightful fishin’ here, and the best of
shootin’ and huntin’ in harvest and winter--that is, if you stop so
long.”

“What kind of a man is Mr. Lindsay?”

“A fine, clever (*Portly, large, comely) man, sir; six feet in his
stockin’ soles, and made in proportion.”

“But I want to know nothing about his figure; is the man reputed good or
bad?”

“Why, just good or bad, sir, according as he’s treated.”

“Is he well liked, then? I trust you understand me now.”

“By his friends, sir, no man betther--by them that’s his enemies, not so
well.”

“You mentioned a son of his, Charles, I think; what kind of a young
fellow is he?”

“Very like his father, sir.”

“I see; well, I thank you, my friend, for the liberality of your
information. Has he any daughters?”

“Two, sir; but very unlike their mother.”

“Why, what kind of a woman is their mother?”

“She’s a saint, sir, of a sartin class--ever and always at her prayers,”
 (_sotto voce_, “such as they are--cursing her fellow-cratures from
mornin’ till night.”)

“Well, at all events, it is a good thing to be religious.”

“Devil a better, sir; but she, as I said, is a saint from--heaven”
 (_sotto voce_, “and very far from it too.) But, sir, there’s a lady
in this neighborhood--I won’t name her--that has a tongue as sharp and
poisonous as if she lived on rattlesnakes; and she has an eye of her own
that they say is every bit as dangerous.”

“And who is she, my good fellow?”

“Why, a very intimate friend of Mrs. Lindsay’s, and seldom out of her
company. Now, sir, do you see that house wid the tall chimleys, or
rather do you see the tall chimleys--for you can’t see the house itself?
That’s where the family we spake of lives, and there you’ll see Mrs.
Lindsay and the lady I mention.”

Woodward, in fact, knew not what to make of his guide; he found him
inscrutable, and deemed it useless to attempt the extortion of any
further intelligence from him. The latter was ignorant that Mrs.
Lindsay’s son was expected home, as was every member of that gentleman’s
family. He had, in fact, given them no information of his return.
The dishonest fraud which he had practised upon his uncle, and the
apprehension that that good old man had transmitted an account of his
delinquency to his relatives, prevented him from writing, lest he might,
by subsequent falsehoods, contradict his uncle, and thereby involve
himself in deeper disgrace. His uncle, however, was satisfied with
having got rid of him, and forbore to render his relations unhappy by
any complaint of his conduct. His hope was, that Woodward’s expulsion
from his house, and the withdrawal of his affections from him, might,
upon reflection, cause him to turn over a new leaf--an effort which
would have been difficult, perhaps impracticable, had he transmitted to
them a full explanation of his perfidy and ingratitude.

A thought now occurred to Woodward with reference to himself. He saw
that his guide, after having pointed out his father’s house to him, was
still keeping him company.

“Perhaps you are coming out of your way,” said he; “you have been
good enough to show me Mr. Lindsay’s residence, and I have no further
occasion for your services. I thank you: take this and drink my
health;”,and as he spoke he offered him some silver.

“Many thanks, sir,” replied the man, in a far different tone of voice,
“many thanks; but I never resave or take payment for an act of civility,
especially from any gentleman on his way to the family of Mr. Lindsay.
And now, sir, I will tell you honestly and openly that there is not
a better gentleman alive this day than he is. Himself, his son, and
daughter* are loved and honored by all that know them; and woe betide
the man that ‘ud dare to crock (crook) his finger at one of them.”

     * His daughter Jane was with a relation in England, and does
     not appear in this romance.

“You seem to know them very well.”

“I have a good right, sir, seein’ that I have been in the family ever
since I was a gorson.”

“And is Mrs. Lindsay as popular as her husband?”

“She is his wife, sir--the mother of his children, and my misthress;
afther that you may judge for yourself.”

“Of course, then, you are aware that they have a son abroad.”

“I am, sir, and a fine young man they say he is. Nothing vexes them so
much as that he won’t come to see them. He’s never off their tongue; and
if he’s aquil to what they say of him, upon my credit the sun needn’t
take the trouble of shinin’ on him.”

“Have they any expectation of a visit from him, do you know’?”

“Not that I hear, sir; but I know that nothing would rise the cockles of
their hearts aquil to seein’ him among them. Poor fellow! Mr. Hamilton’s
will was a bad business for him, as it was thought he’d have danced into
the property. But then, they say, his other uncle will provide for him,
especially as he took him from the family, by all accounts, on that
condition.”

This information--if information it could be called--was nothing more
nor less than wormwood and gall to the gentleman on whose ears and
into whose heart it fell. The consciousness of his present
position--discarded by a kind uncle for dishonesty, and deprived, as
he thought, by the caprice or mental imbecility, of another uncle, of a
property amounting to upwards of twelve hundred per annum--sank upon his
heart with a feeling which filled it with a deep and almost blasphemous
resentment at every person concerned, which he could scarcely repress
from the observation of his guide.

“What is your name?” said he abruptly to him; and as he asked the
question he fixed a glance upon him that startled his companion.

The latter looked at him, and felt surprised at the fearful expression
of his eye; in the meantime, we must say, that he had not an ounce of
coward’s flesh on his bones.

“What is my name, sir?” he replied. “Faith, afther that look, if you
don’t know my name, I do yours; there was your mother’s eye fastened on
me to the life. However, take it easy, sir; devil a bit I’m afeared. If
you’re not her son, Misther Woodward, why, I’m not Barney Casey, that’s
all. Don’t deny it, sir; you’re welcome home, and I’m glad to see you,
as they all will be.”

“Harkee, then,” said Woodward, “you are right; but, mark me, keep quiet,
and allow me to manage matters in my own way; not a syllable of the
discovery you have made, or it will be worse for you. I am not a person
to be trifled with.”

“Troth, and you’re right there, sir; it’s what I often said, often say,
and often will say of myself. Barney Casey is not the boy to be trifled
wid.”

On arriving at the house, Barney took round the horse--a hired one, by
the way--to the stable, and Woodward knocked. On the door being
opened, he inquired if Mr. Lindsay was within, and was answered in the
affirmative.

“Will you let him know a gentleman wishes to see him for a few minutes?”

“What name, sir, shall I say?”

“O, it doesn’t matter--say a gentleman.”

“Step into the parlor, sir, and he will be with you immediately.”

He did so, and there was but a very short time when his step-father
entered. Short, as the time was, however, he could not prevent himself
from reverting to the strange equestrian he had met on his way, nor to
the extraordinary ascendancy he had gained over him. Another young man
placed in his circumstances would have felt agitated and excited by his
approaching interview with those who were so nearly related to him, and
whom, besides, he had not seen for such a long period of time. To
every such emotion, however, he was absolutely insensible; there was
no beating pulse, no heaving of the bosom, not a nerve disturbed by the
tremulous vibrations of awakened affection, no tumult of the heart, no
starting tear--no! there was nothing of all this--but, on the contrary,
a calm, cold, imperturbable spirit, so dead and ignorant of domestic
attachment, that the man could neither feel nor understand what it
meant.

When his step-father entered, he naturally bowed to the stranger,
and motioned him to a seat, which the other accordingly took. Lindsay
certainly was, as Barney Casey had said, a very fine-looking man for his
years. He was tall, erect, and portly, somewhat inclined to corpulency,
of a handsome, but florid countenance, in which might be read a large
expression of cheerfulness and good humor, together with that peculiar
tinge which results from conviviality. Indeed, there could scarcely
be witnessed a more striking contrast than that between his open,
kind-looking features, and the sharp, disagreeable symmetry which marked
those of his step-son with such a dark and unpleasant character.

“My servant tells me,” said Lindsay, courteously, “that you wished to
see me.”

“I did, sir,” replied Woodward; “in that, he spoke correctly; I wished
to see you, and I am glad to see you.”

“I thank you, sir,” replied the other, bowing again; “but--ahem--in the
meantime, sir, you have the advantage of me.”

“And intend to keep it, sir, for a little,” replied Woodward with one of
his cold smiles. “I came to speak to you, sir, concerning your son who
is abroad, and to ask if you have recently heard from himself or his
uncle.”

“O, then, I presume, sir,” replied Lindsay, “you are an acquaintance
or friend of his; if so, allow me to bid you welcome; nothing, I assure
you, could afford either myself or my family greater pleasure than to
meet and show attention to any friend of his. Unfortunately, we have
heard nothing from him or his uncle for nearly the last year and a half;
but, you will be doubly welcome, sir, if you can assure us that they are
both well. His uncle, or rather I should, say his grand-uncle, for in
that relation he stands to him, adopted him, and a kinder man does not
live.”

“I believe Mr. Woodward and his uncle are both well, the former, I
think, sir, is your step-son only.”

“Don’t say only, sir, he is just as much the son of my affection as his
brother, and now, sir, may I request to know the name of the gentleman I
am addressing?”

“Should you wish to see Henry Woodward himself, sir?”

“Dear sir, nothing would delight me more, and all of us, especially his
mother; yet the ungrateful boy would never come near us, although he was
pressed and urged to do so a hundred times.”

“Well, then, sir,” replied that gentleman, rising up, “he now stands
before you; I am Henry Woodward, father.”

A hug that half strangled him was the first acknowledgment of his
identity. “Zounds, my dear Harry--Harry, my dear boy, you’re welcome a
thousand times, ten thousand times. Stand off a little till I look at
you; fine young fellow, and your mother’s image. Gadzooks, I was stupid
as a block not to know you; but who would have dreamed of it. There, I
say--hallo, Jenny!--come here, all of you; here is Harry at last. Are
you all deaf, or asleep?”

These words he shouted out at the top of his voice, and in a few minutes
his mother, Charles, and his sister Maria entered the room, the two
latter in a state of transport.

“Here, Jenny, here he is; you have the first claim; confound it,
Charley, Maria, don’t strangle the boy; ha, ha, ha!”

In fact, the precaution, so far as the affectionate brother and sister
were concerned, was anything but needless. His mother, seeing their
eagerness to embrace him, which they did with tears of delight, stood
calmly by until he was disentangled from their arms, when she approached
him and imprinted two kisses upon his lips, with an indifference of
manner that, to a stranger, would have been extraordinary, but which,
to those who were present, excited no surprise; for she had scarcely,
during her life, ever kissed one of her own children. Nothing, indeed,
could exceed the tumultuous exultation of spirits with which they
received him, nor was honest Lindsay himself less joyously affected. Yet
it might be observed that there was a sparkle in the eye of his mother,
which was as singular as it was concentrated and intense. Such an
expression might be observed in a menagerie when a tigress, indolently
dallying with one of her cubs, exhibits, even in repose, those fiery
scintillations in the eye which startle the beholders. The light of that
eye, though intense, was cold, calculating, and disagreeable to look
upon. The frigidity of her manner and reception of him might, to a
certain extent, be accounted for from the fact that she had gone to his
uncle’s several times for the purpose of seeing him, and watching his
interests. Let us not, therefore, impute to the coldness of her habits
any want of affection for him; on the contrary, his little finger was a
thousand times dearer to her than the bodies and souls of all her other
children, adding to them her husband himself, put together. Besides,
she was perfectly unsusceptible of emotions of tenderness, and,
consequently, a woman of powerful will, inflexible determination, and
the most inexorable resentments. She was also ambitious, as far as
she had scope for it, within her sphere of life, and would have been
painfully penurious in her family, were it not that the fiery resolution
of her husband, when excited by long and intolerable provocation, was at
all times able to subdue her--a superiority over her will and authority
which she never forgave him. In fact, she neither loved himself,
nor anything in common with him; and the natural affection which he
displayed on the return of her son was one reason why she received him
with such apparent indifference. To all the rest of the family she had a
heart of stone. Since her second marriage they had lost three children;
but, so far as she was concerned, each of them went down into a tearless
grave. She had once been handsome; but her beauty, like her son’s, was
severe and disagreeable. There is, however, such a class of beauty, and
it is principally successful with men who have a penchant for overcoming
difficulties, because it is well known that the fact of conciliating or
subduing it is justly considered no ordinary achievement. A great number
of our old maids may trace their solitude and their celibacy to the very
questionable gift of such beauty, and the dispositions which usually
accompany it. She was tall, and had now grown thin, and her features had
become sharpened by ill-temper into those of a flesh-less, angular-faced
vixen. Altogether she was a faithful exponent of her own evil and
intolerable disposition; and it was said that she had inherited that and
the “unlucky eye” from a family that was said to have I been deservedly
unpopular, and equally unscrupulous in their resentments.

“Well, Harry,” said she, after the warmhearted ebullition of feeling
produced by his appearance had subsided, “so you have returned to us at
last; but indeed, you return now to a blank and dismal prospect. Miss
Goodwin’s adder tongue has charmed the dotage of your silly old uncle to
some purpose for herself.”

“Confound it, Jenny,” said her husband, “let the young man breathe, at
least, before you bring up that eternal subject. Is not the matter over
and decided and where is the use of your making both yourself and us
unhappy by discussing it?”

“It may be decided, but it is not over, Lindsay,” she replied; “don’t
imagine it: I shall pursue the Goodwins, especially that sorceress,
Alice, with a vengeance that will annul the will, and circumvent those
who wheedled him into the making of it. My curse upon them all, as it
will be!”

“Harry, when you become better acquainted with your mother,” said his
step-father, “you will get sick of this. Have you breakfasted; for that
is more to the point?”

“I have, sir,” replied the other; “and you would scarcely guess where;”
 and here he smiled and glanced significantly at his mother.

“Why, I suppose,” said Lindsay, “in whatever inn you stopped at.”

“No,” he replied; “I was obliged to seek shelter from the storm last
night, and where do you think I found it?”

“Heaven knows. Where?”

“Why, with your friend and neighbor, Mr. Goodwin.”

“No friend, Harry,” said his mother; “don’t say that.”

“I slept there last night,” he proceeded, “and breakfasted there this
morning, and nothing could exceed the cordiality and kindness of my
reception.”

“Did they know who you were?” asked his mother, with evident interest.

“Not till this morning, at breakfast.”

“Well,” said she again, “when they heard it?”

“Why, their attention and kindness even redoubled,” replied her son;
“and as for Miss Goodwin herself, she’s as elegant, as sweet, and as
lovely a girl as I ever looked on. Mother, I beg you to entertain no
implacable or inveterate enmity against her. I will stake my existence
that she never stooped to any fraudulent circumvention of my poor
uncle. Take my word for it, the intent and execution of the will must be
accounted for otherwise.”

“Well and truly said, Harry,” said his step-father--“well and generously
said; give me your hand,--my boy; thank you. Now, madam,” he proceeded,
addressing his wife, “what have you to say to the opinion of a man who
has lost so much by the transaction, when you hear that that opinion is
given in her favor?”

“Indeed, my dear Harry,” observed his sister, “she is all that you
have said of her, and much more, if you knew her as we do; she is all
disinterestedness and truth, and the most unselfish girl that ever
breathed.”

Now, there were two persons present who paused upon hearing this
intelligence; one of whom listened to it with unexpected pleasure, and
the other with mingled emotions of pleasure and pain. The first of these
were Mrs. Lindsay, and the other her son Charles. Mrs. Lindsay, whose
eyes were not for a moment off her son, understood the significant
glance he had given her when he launched forth so heartily in the praise
of Alice Goodwin; neither did the same glance escape the observation of
his brother Charles, who inferred, naturally enough, from the warmth of
the eulogium that had been passed upon her, that she had made, perhaps,
too favorable an impression upon his brother. Of this, however, the
reader shall hear more in due time.

“Well,” said the mother slowly, and in a meditating voice, “perhaps,
after all, we may have done her injustice. If so, no person would regret
it more than myself; but we shall see. You parted from them, Harry, on
friendly terms?”

“I did, indeed, my dear mother, and am permitted, almost solicited, to
make their further acquaintance, and cultivate a friendly intimacy with
them, which I am determined to do.”

“Bravo, Harry, my fine fellow; and we will be on friendly terms with
them once more. Poor, honest, and honorable old Goodwin! what a pity
that either disunion or enmity should subsist between us. No; the
families must be once more cordial and affectionate, as they ought to
be. Bravo, Harry! your return is prophetic of peace and good feeling;
and, confound me, but you shall have a bonfire this night for your
generosity that will shame the sun. The tar-barrels shall blaze, and the
beer-barrels shall run to celebrate your appearance amongst us. Come,
Charley, let us go to Rathfillan, and get the townsfolk to prepare
for the fete: we must have fiddlers and pipers, and plenty of dancing.
Barney Casey must go among the tenants, too, and order them all into the
town. Mat Mulcahy, the inn-keeper, must give us his best room; and, my
life to yours, we will have a pleasant night of it.”

“George,” exclaimed his wife, in a tone of querulous remonstrance, “you
know how expensive--”

“Confound the expense and your penury both,” exclaimed her husband;
“is it to your own son, on his return to us after such an absence, that
you’d grudge the expense of a blazing bonfire?”

“Not the bonfire,” replied his wife, but--”

“Ay, but the cost of drink to the tenants. Why, upon my soul, Harry,
your mother is anything but popular here, you must know; and I think
if it were not from respect to me and the rest of the family she’d
be indicted for a witch. Gadzooks, Jenny, will I never get sense
or liberality into your head? Ay, and if you go on after your usual
fashion, it is not unlikely that you may have a tar-barrel of your own
before long. Go, you and Harry, and tell your secrets to each other
while we prepare for the jubilation. In the meantime, we must get up an
extempore dinner to-day--the set dinner will come in due time, and be a
different affair; but at all events some of the neighbors we must have
to join us in the jovialities--hurroo!”

“Well, George,” said she, with her own peculiar smile, “I see you are in
one of your moods to-day.”

“Ay, right enough, the imperative one, my dear.”

“And, so far as I am concerned, it would not certainly become me to
stand in the way of any honor bestowed upon my son Harry; so I perceive
you must only have it your own way--I consent.”

“I don’t care a fig whether you do or not. When matters come to a push,
I am always master of my own house, and ever will be so--and you know
it. Good-by, Harry, we will be back in time for dinner, with as many
friends as we can pick up on so short notice--hurroo!”

He and Charles accordingly went forth to make the necessary
preparations, and give due notice of the bonfire, after which they
succeeded in securing the attendance of about a dozen guests to partake
of the festivity.

Barney, in the meantime, having received his orders for collecting,
or, as it was then called, warning in the tenantry to the forthcoming
bonfire, proceeded upon his message in high spirits, not on account of
the honor it was designed to confer on Woodward, against whom he had
already conceived a strong antipathy, in consequence of the resemblance
he bore to his mother, but for the sake of the fun and amusement which
he purposed to enjoy at it himself. The first house he went into was a
small country cabin, such as a petty farmer of five or six acres at that
time occupied. The door was not of wood, but of wicker-work woven across
long wattles and plastered over with clay mortar. The house had two
small holes in the front side-walls to admit the light; but during
severe weather these were filled up with straw or rags to keep out the
storm. On one side of the door stood a large curra, or, “ould man,” for
it was occasionally termed both--composed of brambles and wattles tied
up lengthwise together--about the height of a man and as thick as an
ordinary sack. This was used, as they termed it, “to keep the wind from
the door.” If the blast came from the right, it was placed on that side,
and if from the left, it was changed to the opposite. Chimneys, at that
period, were to be found only upon the houses of extensive and wealthy
farmers, the only substitute for them being a simple hole in the roof
over the fireplace. The small farmer in question cultivated his acres
with a spade: and after sowing his grain he harrowed it in with a large
thorn bush, which he himself, or one of his sons, dragged over it with
a heavy stone on the top to keep it close to the surface. When Barney
entered this cabin he found the vanithee, or woman of the house, engaged
in the act of grinding oats into meal for their dinner with a quern,
consisting of two diminutive millstones turned by the hand; this was
placed upon a praskeen, or coarse apron, spread under it on the floor to
receive the meal. An old woman, her mother, sat spinning flax with the
distaff--for as yet flax wheels were scarcely known--and a lubberly
young fellow about sixteen, with able, well shaped limbs and great
promise of bodily strength, sat before the fire managing a double task,
to wit, roasting, first, a lot of potatoes in the _greeshaugh_, which
consisted of half embers and half ashes, glowing hot; and, secondly, at
a little distance from the larger lighted turf, two duck eggs, which,
as well as the potatoes, he turned from time to time, that they might
be equally done. All this he conducted by the aid of what was termed a
_muddha vristha_, or rustic tongs, which was nothing more than a wattle,
or stick, broken in the middle, between the ends of which he held
both his potatoes and his eggs while turning them. Two good-looking,
fresh-colored girls were squatted on their hunkers (hams), cutting
potatoes for seed--late as the season was--with two case knives, which,
had been borrowed from a neighboring farmer of some wealth. The dress
of the women was similar and simple. It consisted of a long-bodied gown
that had only half skirts; that is to say, instead of encompassing the
whole person, the lower part of it came forward only as far as the hip
bones, on each side, leaving the front of the petticoat exposed. This
posterior part of the gown would, if left to fall to its full length,
have formed a train behind them of at least two feet in length. It
was pinned up, however, to a convenient length, and was not at all an
ungraceful garment, if we except the sleeves, which went no farther than
the elbows--a fashion in dress which is always unbecoming, especially
when the arms are thin. The hair of the elder woman was doubled back in
front, from about the middle of the forehead, and the rest of the
head was covered by a _dowd cap_, the most primitive of all female
headdresses, being a plain shell, or skull-cap, as it were, for the
head, pointed behind, and without any fringe or border whatsoever.
This turning up of the hair was peculiar only to married life, of which
condition it was universally a badge. The young females wore theirs
fastened behind by a skewer; but on this occasion one of them, the
youngest, allowed it to fall in natural ringlets about her cheeks and
shoulders.

“God save all here,” said Barney, as he entered the house.

“God save you kindly, Barney,” was the instant reply from all.

“Ah, Mrs. Davoren,” he proceeded, “ever the same; by this and by that,
if there’s a woman living ignorant of one thing, and you are that
woman.”

“Sorrow off you, Barney! well, what is it?”

“Idleness, achora. Now, let me see if you have e’er a finger at all to
show; for upon my honorable word they ought to be worn to the stumps
long ago. Well, and how are you all? But sure I needn’t ax. Faith,
you’re crushin’ the _blanter_* anyhow, and that looks well.”

     * Blantur, a well-known description of oats. It was so
     called from having been originally imported from Blantire in
     Scotland.

“We must live, Barney; ‘tis a poor shift we’d make ‘idout the praties
and the broghan,” (meal porridge).

“What news from the big house?”

“News, is it? Come, Corney, come, girls, bounce; news is it? O, faitha’,
thin it’s I that has the news that will make you all shake your feet
to-night.”

“Blessed saints, Barney what is it?”

“Bounce, I say, and off wid ye to gather brusna (dried and rotten
brambles) for a bonfire in the great town of Rathfillan.”

“A bonfire, Barney! Arra, why, man alive?”

“Why? Why, bekaise the masther’s stepson and the misthress’s own pet has
come home to us to set the counthry into a state o’ conflagration wid
his beauty. There won’t be a whole cap in the barony before this day
week. They’re to have fiddlers, and pipers, and dancin’, and drinkin’
to no end; and the glory of it is that the masther, God bless him, is to
pay for all. Now!”

The younger of the two girls sprang to her feet with the elasticity and
agility of a deer.

“O, _beetha_, Barney,” she exclaimed, “but that will be the fun! And
the misthress’s son is home? Arra, what is he like, Barney? Is he as
handsome as Masther Charles?”

“I hope he’s as good,” said her mother.

“As good, Bridget? No, but worth a shipload of him; he has a pair of
eyes in his head, _Granua_,” (anglice, Grace,) addressing the younger,
“that ‘ud turn _Glendhis_ (the dark glen) to noonday at midnight; divil
a lie in it; and his hand’s never out of his pocket wid generosity.”

“O, mother,” said Grace, “won’t we all go?”

“Don’t ax your mother anything about it,” replied Barney, “bekaise
mother, and father, and sister, and brother, daughter and son, is all to
come.”

“Arra, Barney,” said Bridget Davoren, for such was her name, “is this
gentleman like his _ecald_ of a mother?”

“Hasn’t a feature of her purty face,” he replied, “and, to the back o’
that, is very much given to religion. Troth, my own opinion is, he’ll be
one of ourselves yet; for I can tell you a saicret about him.”

“A saicret, Barney,” said Grace; “maybe he’s married?”

“Married, no; he tould me himself this momin’ that it’s not his
intention ever to marry ‘till he meets a purty girl to plaise him; he’ll
keep a loose foot, he says, and an aisy conscience till then, he says;
but the saicret is this, he never aits flesh mate of a Friday--when
he emit get it. Indeed, I’m afeared he’s too good to be long for this
world; but still, if the Lord was to take him, wouldn’t it be a proof
that he had a great regard for him!”

Grace Davoren was flushed and excited with delight. She was about
eighteen, rather tall for her age, but roundly and exquisitely moulded;
her glossy ringlets, as they danced about her cheeks and shoulders, were
black as ebony; but she was no brunette; for her skin was milk white,
and that portion of her bosom, which was uncovered by the simple nature
of her dress, threw back a polished light like ivory; her figure was
perfection, and her white legs were a finer specimen of symmetry
than ever supported the body of the _Venus de Medicis_. This was all
excellent; but it was the sparkling lustre of her eyes, and the radiance
of her whole countenance, that attracted the beholder. If there was
anything to be found fault with, it was in the spirit, not in the
physical perfection, of her beauty. There was, for instance, too much
warmth of coloring and of constitution visible in her whole exquisite
person; and sometimes her glances, would puzzle you to determine whether
they were those of innocence or of challenge. Be this as it may, she was
a rare specimen of rustic beauty and buoyancy of spirit.

“O, Barney,” said she, “that’s the pleasantest news I heard this month
o’ Sundays--sich dancin’ as we’ll have! and maybe I won’t foot it, and
me got my new shoes and drugget gown last week;” and here she lilted a
gay Irish air, to which she set a-dancing with a lightness of foot
and vivacity of manner that threw her whole countenance into a most
exquisite glow of mirthful beauty.

“Granua,” said her mother, reprovingly, “think of yourself and what
you are about; if you worn’t a light-hearted, and, I’m afeard, a
light-headed, girl, too, you wouldn’t go on as you do, especially when
you know what you know, and what Barney here, too, knows.”

“Ah,” said Barney, his whole manner immediately changing, “have you
heard from him, poor fellow?”

“Torley’s gone to the mountains,” she replied, “and--but here he is.
Well, Torley, what news, asthore?”

Her husband having passed a friendly greeting to Barney, sat down, and
having taken off his hat, lifted the skirt of his cothamore (big coat)
and wiped the perspiration off his large and manly forehead, on which,
however, were the traces of deep care. He did not speak for some time,
but at length said:

“Bridget, give me a drink.”

His wife took a wooden noggin, which she dipped into a churn and handed
him. Having finished it at a draught, he wiped his mouth with his
gathered, palm, breathed deeply, but was still silent.

“Torley, did you hear me? What news of that unfortunate boy?”

“No news, Bridget, at least no good news; the boy’s an outlaw, and will
be an outlaw--or rather he won’t be an outlaw long; they’ll get him
soon.”

“But why would they get him? hasn’t he sense enough to keep from them?”

“That’s just what he has not, Bridget; he has left the mountains and
come down somewhere to the Infield country; but where, I cannot make
out.”

“Well, asthore, he’ll only bring on his own punishment. Troth, I’m not a
bit sorry that Granua missed him. I never was to say, for the match,
but you should have your way, and force the girl there to it, over and
above. Of what use is his land and wealth to him now?”

“God’s will be done,” replied her husband, sorrowfully. “As for me, I
can do no more in it, nor I won’t. I was doing the best for my child.
He’ll be guided by no one’s advice but his own.”

“That’s true,” replied his wife, “you did. But here’s Barney Casey, from
the big house, comin’ to warn the tenantry to a bonfire that’s to be
made to-night in Rathfillan, out of rejoicin’ for the misthress’s son
that’s come home to them.”

Here Barney once more repeated the message, with which the reader is
already acquainted.

“You are all to come,” he proceeded, “ould and young; and to bring every
one a backload of sticks and brusna to help to make the bonfire.”

“Is this message from the masther or misthress, Barney?” asked Davoren.

“O, straight from himself,” he replied. “I have it from his own lips.
Troth he’s ready to leap out of his skin wid delight.”

“Bekaise,” added Davoren, “if it came from the misthress, the sorrow
foot either I or any one of my family would set near her; but from
himself, that’s a horse of another color. Tell him, Barney, we’ll be
there, and bring what we can to help the bonfire.”

Until this moment the young fellow at the fire never uttered a syllable,
nor seemed in the slightest degree conscious that there was any
person in the house but himself. He was now engaged in masticating the
potatoes, and eggs, the latter of which he ate with a thin splinter of
bog deal, which served as a substitute for an egg-spoon, and which is
to-this day used among the poor for the same purpose in the remoter
parts of Ireland. At length he spoke:

“This won’t be a good night for a bonfire anyhow.”

“Why, Andy, _abouchal?_” (my boy.)

“Bekaise, mudher, _the storm was in the fire_* last night when I was
rakin’ it.”

     * This is a singular phenomenon, which, so far as I am
     aware, has never yet been noticed by any Irish or Scotch
     writers when describing the habits and usages of the people
     in either country. When stirring the _greeshaugh_, or red-
     hot ashes, at night at the settling, or mending, or Taking
     of the fire, a blue, phosphoric-looking light is distinctly
     visible in the embers, and the more visible in proportion to
     the feebleness of the light emitted by the fire. It is only
     during certain states of the atmosphere that this is seen.
     It is always considered as as prognostic of severe weather,
     and its appearance is termed as above.

“Then we’ll have rough weather,” said his father; “no doubt of that.”

“Don’t be afeard,” said Barney, laughing; “take my word for it, if
there’s to be rough weather, and that some witch or wizard has broken
bargain with the devil, the misthress has intherest to get it put off
till the bonfire’s over.”

He then bade them good-by, and took his departure to fulfil his
agreeable and welcome mission. Indeed, he spent the greater portion of
the day not only in going among the tenants in person, but in sending
the purport of the said mission to be borne upon the four winds of
heaven through every quarter of the barony; after which he proceeded to
the little market-town of Rathfillan, where he secured the services of
two fiddlers and two pipers. This being accomplished, he returned home
to his master’s, ripe and ready for both dinner and supper; for, as he
had missed the former meal, he deemed it most judicious to kill, as he
said, the two birds with one stone, by demolishing them both together.



CHAPTER V. The Bonfire--The Prodigy.


Andy Davoren’s prognostic, so far as the appearance of the weather went,
seemed, at a first glance, to be literally built on ashes. A calm, mild,
and glorious serenity lay upon the earth; the atmosphere was clear and
golden; the light of the sun shot in broad, transparent beams across
the wooded valleys, and poured its radiance upon the forest tops, which
seemed empurpled with its rich and glowing tones. All the usual signs
of change! or rough weather were wanting. Everything was quiet; and a
general stillness was abroad, which, when a sound did occur, caused
it to be heard at an unusual distance. Not a breath of air stirred the
trees, which stood as motionless as if they had been carved of marble.
Notwithstanding all these auspicious appearances, there were visible to
a clear observer of nature some significant symptoms of a change. The
surfaces of pools and rivers were covered with large white bubbles,
which are always considered as indications of coming rain. The dung
heaps, and the pools generally attached to them, emitted a fetid and
offensive smell; and the pigs were seen to carry straw into their sties,
or such rude covers as had been constructed for them.

In the meantime the dinner party in Lindsay’s were enjoying themselves
in a spirit quite as genial as his hospitality. It consisted of two
or three country squires, a Captain Dowd--seldom sober--a pair of twin
brothers, named Gumming, with a couple of half sirs--a class of persons
who bore the same relation to a gentleman that a salmon-trout does to
a salmon. The Protestant clergyman of the parish was there--a jocund,
rattling fellow, who loved his glass, his dog, his gun, and, if fame did
not belie him, paid more devotion to his own enjoyments than he did to
his Bible. He dressed in the extreme of fashion, and was a regular dandy
parson of that day. There also was! Father Magauran, the parish priest,
a rosy-faced, jovial little man, with a humorous! twinkle in his blue
eye, and an anterior rotundity of person that betokened a moderate
relish for the convivialities. Altogether it was a merry meeting; and of
the host himself it might be said that he held as conspicuous a place in
the mirth as he did in the hospitality.

“Come, gentleman,” said he, after the ladies had retired to the
withdrawing-room, “come, gentlemen, fill high; fill your glasses.”

“Troth,” said the priest, “we’d put a heap on them, if we could.”

“Right, Father Magauran; do put a heap on them, if you can; but, at all
events, let them be brimmers; I’m going to propose a toast.”

“Let it be a lady, Lindsay, if you love me,” said the parson, filling
his glass.

“Sorra hair I care if it is,” said the priest, “provided she’s dacent
and attends her duty; go on, squire; give us her name at once, and don’t
keep the parson’s teeth watering.”

“Be quiet, reverend gentlemen,” said Lindsay, laughing; “how can a man
speak when you take the words out of his mouth?”

“The Lord forbid we’d swallow them, though,” subjoined the parson; “if
we did, we’d not be long in a state of decent sobriety.”

“Talk about something you understand, my worthy friends, and, allow me
to proceed,” replied the host; “don’t you know that every interruption
keeps you from your glass? Gentlemen, I have great pleasure in proposing
the health of my excellent and worthy step-son, who has, after a long
absence, made me and all my family happy by his return amongst us. I
am sure you will all like him when you come to know him, and that the
longer you know him, the better you will like him. Come now, let me
see the bottom of every man’s glass uppermost. I do not address myself
directly to the parson or the priest, because that, I know, would be, as
the latter must admit, a want of confidence in their kindness.

“Parson,” said the priest, in a whisper, “that last observation is
gratifying from Lindsay.”

“Lindsay is a gentleman,” replied the other, in the same voice; “and the
most popular magistrate in the barony. Come, then.”

Here the worthy gentleman’s health was drank with great enthusiasm,
after which he thanked them in very grateful and courteous terms, paying
at the same time, some rather handsome compliments to the two clergymen
with respect to the appropriate gravity and exquisite polish of their
manners. He saw the rapidity with which they had gulped down the wine,
and felt their rudeness in interrupting Mr. Lindsay, when about to
propose his health, as offensive, and he retorted it upon them with
peculiar irony, that being one of the talents, which, among others, he
had inherited from his mother.

“I cannot but feel myself happy,” said he, “in returning to the roof of
so hospitable a father; but sensible to the influences of religion, as I
humbly trust I am, I must express a still higher gratification in having
the delightful opportunity of making the acquaintance of two reverend
gentlemen, whose proper and becoming example will, I am sure, guide
my steps--if I have only grace to follow it--into those serious and
primitive habits which characterize themselves, and are so decent and
exemplary in the ministers of religion. They may talk of the light of
the gospel; but, if I don’t mistake, the light of the gospel itself
might pale its ineffectual fires before that which shines in their
apostolic countenances.”

The mirth occasioned by this covert, but comical, rebuke, fell
rather humorously upon the two worthy gentlemen, who, being certainly
good-natured and excellent men, laughed heartily.

“That’s a neat speech,” said the parson, “but not exactly appropriate.
Father Tom and I are quite unworthy of the compliment he has paid us.”

“Neat,” said Father Tom; “I don’t know whether the gentleman has a
profession or not; but from the tone and spirit in which he spoke, I
think that if he has taken up any other than that of his church, he
has missed his vocation. My dear parson, he talks of the light of our
countenances--a light that is lit by hospitality on the one hand, and
moderate social enjoyment on the other. It is a light, however, that
neither of us would exchange for a pale face and an eye that seems to
have something mysterious at the back of it.”

“Come, come, Harry,” said Lindsay, “you mustn’t be bantering these two
gentlemen; as I said of yourself, the longer you know them the better
you will relish them. They have both too much sense to carry religion
about with them like a pair of hawkers, crying out ‘who’ll buy, who’ll
buy;’ neither do they wear long faces, nor make themselves disagreeable
by dragging religion into every subject that becomes the topic of
conversation. On the contrary, they are cheerful, moderately social, and
to my own knowledge, with all their pleasantry, are active exponents of
much practical benevolence to the poor. Come, man, take your wine, and
enjoy good company.”

“Lindsay,” said one of the guests, a magistrate, “how are we to get the
country quiet? Those rapparees and outlaws will play the devil with us
if we don’t put them down. That young scoundrel, _Shawn na Middogue_, is
at the head of them it is said, and, it would seem, possesses the
power of making himself invisible; for we cannot possibly come at him,
although he has been often seen by others.”

“Why, what has been Shawn’s last exploit?”

“Nothing that I have heard of since Bingham’s robbery; but there is none
of us safe. Have you your house and premises secured?”

“Not I,” replied Lindsay, “unless by good bolts and bars, together with
plenty of arms and ammunition.”

“How is it that these fellows are not taken?” asked another.

“Because the people protect them,” said a third; “and because they have
strength and activity; and thirdly, because we have no adequate force to
put them down.”

“All very sound reasons,” replied the querist; but as to _Shawn na
Middogue_, the people are impressed with a belief that he is under the
protection of the fairies, and can’t be taken on this account. Even if
they were willing to give him up, which they are not, they dare not
make the attempt, lest the vengeance of the fairies might come down on
themselves and their cattle, in a thousand shapes.”

“I will tell you what the general opinion upon the subject is,” replied
the other. “It seems his foster-mother was a midwife, and that she was
called upon once, about the hour of midnight, to discharge the duties
of her profession toward a fairyman’s wife, and this she refused to do
unless they conferred some gift either upon herself personally, or
upon some one whom she should name. Young Shawn, it appears, was her
favorite, and she got a solemn promise from them to take him under their
protection, and to preserve him from danger. This is the opinion of the
people; but whether it is true or not I won’t undertake to determine.”

“Come, gentlemen,” said their host, “push the bottle; remember we must
attend the bonfire.”

“So,” said the magistrate, “you are sending us to blazes, Mr. Lindsay.”

“Well, at all events, my friends,” continued Mr. Lindsay, “we must make
haste, for there’s little time to spare. Take your liquor, for we must
soon be off. The evening is delightful. If you are for coffee, let us
adjourn to the ladies; and after the bonfire we will return and make a
night of it.”

“Well said, Lindsay,” replied the parson; “and so we will.”

“Here, you young stranger,” said the priest, addressing Woodward, “I’ll
drink your health once more in this bumper. You touched us off decently
enough, but a little too much on the sharp, as you would admit if you
knew us. Your health again, sir, and you are welcome among us!”

“Thank you, sir,” replied Woodward; “I am glad to see that you can bear
a jest from me or my father, even when it is at your own expense--your
health.”

“Are you a sportsman?” asked the parson; “because, if you are not, just
put yourself under my patronage, and I will teach you something worth
knowing. I will let you see what shooting and hunting mean.”

“I am a bit of one,” replied Woodward, “but shall be very happy to put
myself into your hand, notwithstanding.”

“If I don’t lengthen your face I shall raise your heart,” proceeded, the
divine. “If I don’t make a sportsman of you--”

“Ay,” added the priest, “you will find yourself in excellent hands, Mr.
Woodward.”

“If I don’t make a sportsman of you:--confound your grinning, Father
Tom, what are you at?--I’ll make a far better thing of you, that is, a
good fellow, always, of course, provided that you have the materials in
you.”

“Not a doubt of it,” added Father Tom; “you’ll polish the same youth
until he shines like yourself or his worthy father here. He’ll give you
a complexion, my boy--a commodity that you sadly want at present.”

The evening was now too far advanced to think of having coffee--a
beverage, by the way, to which scarcely a single soul of them was
addicted. They accordingly got to their legs, and as darkness was
setting in they set out for the village to witness the rejoicings. Young
Woodward, however, followed his brother to the drawing-room, whither he
had betaken himself at an early hour after dinner. Under their escort,
their mother and sister accompanied them to the bonfire. The whole town
was literally alive with animation and delight. The news of the intended
bonfire had gone rapidly abroad, and the country people crowded into
the town in hundreds. Nothing can at any time exceed the enthusiasm with
which the Irish enter into and enjoy scenes like that to which they
now flocked with such exuberant spirits. Bells were ringing, drums were
beating, fifes were playing in the town, and horns sounding in every
direction, both in town and country. The people were apparelled in their
best costume, and many of them in that equivocal description of it
which could scarcely be termed costume at all. Bareheaded and barefooted
multitudes of both sexes were present, regardless of appearances, half
mad with delight, and exhibiting many a frolic and gambol considerably
at variance with the etiquette of fashionable life, although we question
whether the most fashionable fete, of them all ever produced half so
much happiness. Farmers had come from a distance in the country, mounted
upon lank horses ornamented with incrusted hips, and caparisoned with
long-straw back-suggauns that reached from the shoulders to the tail,
under which ran a crupper of the same material, designed, in addition to
a hay girth, to keep this primitive riding gear firm upon the animal’s
back. Behind the farmer, generally sat either a wife or a daughter,
remarkable for their scarlet cloaks and blue petticoats; sometimes with
shoes and stockings, and very often without them. Among those assembled,
we cannot omit to mention a pretty numerous sprinkling of that class
of strollers, vagabonds, and impostors with which the country, at the
period of our tale, was overrun. Fortune-tellers, of both sexes, quacks,
cardcutters, herbalists, cow-doctors, whisperers, with a long list
of such cheats, were at the time a prevailing nuisance throughout the
kingdom; nor was there a fair proportion of them wanting here. That,
however, which filled the people with the most especial curiosity,
awe, and interest, was the general report that nothing less than a live
conjurer, who had come to town on that very evening, was then
among them. The town, in fact, was crowded as if it had been for an
illumination; but as illuminations, unless they could be conducted with
rushlights, were pageants altogether unknown in such small remote towns
as Rathfillan, the notion of one had never entered their heads. All
around the country, however, even for many miles, the bonfires were
blazing, and shone at immense distances from every hill-top. We have
said before that Lindsay was both a popular landlord and a popular
magistrate; and, on this account alone the disposition to do honor
to any member of his family was recognized by the people as an act of
gratitude and duty.

The town of Rathfillan presented a scene of which we who live in the
present day can form but a faint conception. Yet, sooth to say, we
ourselves have, about forty years ago, witnessed in remote glens and
mountain fastnesses little clumps of cabins, whose inhabitants stood
still in the midst even of the snail’s progress which civilization
had made in the rustic parts of Ireland; and who, upon examination,
presented almost the same rude personal habits, antiquated social
usages, agricultural ignorance, and ineradicable superstition as their
ancestors did in the reign of Queen Elizabeth. Lindsay, knowing
how unpopular his wife was, not only among their own tenantry, but
throughout the country at large, and feeling, besides, how well that
unpopularity was merited, very properly left her and Maria to his son
Charles, knowing that as the two last named shared in the good-will
which the people bore him, their mother would be treated with
forbearance and respect so long as she was in their company. He wished,
besides, that Harry should seem to partake of the honor and gratitude
which their enthusiasm would prompt them to pay to himself.

The whole town was one scene of life, bustle, and enjoyment. It was
studded with bonfires, which were surrounded by wild groups of both
sexes, some tolerably dressed, some ragged as Lazarus, and others young
urchins with nothing but a slip of rag tied about their loins “to make
them look jinteel and daicent.” The monster bonfire, however--that which
was piled up into an immense pyramid in honor of the stranger--was not
ignited until the arrival of the quality. The moment the latter made
their appearance it was set in a flame, and in a few minutes a
blaze issued up from it into the air that not only dimmed the minor
exhibitions, but cast its huge glare over the whole town, making every
house and hut as distinctly visible as if it were broad daylight. Then
commenced the huzzaing--the bells rang out with double energy--the drums
were beaten more furiously--the large bullocks’ horns were sounded until
those who blew them were black in the face, and every manifestation of
joy that could be made was resorted to. Fiddles and pipes were in busy
requisition, and “The Boys of Rathfillan,” the favorite local air,
resounded in every direction. And now that the master and the quality
had made their appearance, of course the drink should soon follow, and
in a short time the hints to that effect began to thicken.

“Thunder and turf, Jemmy, but this is dry work; my throat’s like a
lime-burner’s wig for want of a drop o’ something to help me for the
cheerin’.”

Hould your tongue, Paddy; do you think the masther’s honor would allow
us to lose our voices in his behalf. It’s himself that hasn’t his heart
in a trifle, God bless him.”

“Ah, thin, your honor,” said another fellow, in tatters, “isn’t this
dust and hate enough to choke a bishop? O Lord, am I able to spake at
all? Upon my sowl, sir, I think there’s a bonfire in my throath.”

Everything, however, had been prepared to meet these demands; and in
about a quarter of an hour barrels of beer and kegs of whiskey were
placed under the management of persons appointed to deal out their
contents to the thirsty crowds. Then commenced the dancing, whilst the
huzzaing, shouting, jingling of bells, squeaking of fifes, blowing of
horns, and all the other component parts of this wild melody, were once
more resumed with still greater vigor. The great feat of the night,
however, so far as the people were concerned, was now to take place.
This was to ascertain, by superior activity, who among the young men
could leap over the bonfire, when burnt down to what was considered
such a state as might make the attempt a safe one. The circles about the
different fires were consequently widened to leave room for the run,
and then commenced those hazardous but comic performances. As may be
supposed, they proceeded with various success, and occasioned the most
uproarious mirth whenever any unfortunate devil who had overtasked his
powers in the attempt, happened to fail, and was forced to scamper
out of the subsiding flames with scorched limbs that set him a dancing
without music. In fact, those possessed of activity enough to clear them
were loudly cheered, and rewarded with a glass of whiskey, a temptation
which had induced so many to try, and so many to fail. When these
had been concluded about the minor fires, the victors and spectators
repaired to the great one, to try their fortune upon a larger and more
hazardous scale. It was now nearly half burned down, but was still a
large, glowing mass, at least five feet high, and not less than eighteen
in diameter at the base. On arriving there they all looked on in
silence, appalled by its great size, and altogether deterred from so
formidable an attempt.

It would be death to try it, they exclaimed; no living man could do it;
an opinion which was universally acceded to, with one single exception.
A thin man, rather above the middle size, dressed in a long, black coat,
black breeches, and black stockings, constituted that exception. There
was something peculiar, and even strikingly mysterious, in his whole
appearance. His complexion was pale as that of a corpse, his eyes dead
and glassy, and the muscles of his face seemed as if they were paralyzed
and could not move. His right hand was thrust in his bosom, and! over
his left arm he bore some dark garment of a very funereal cast, almost
reminding one of a mortcloth.

“There is one,” said he, in a hollow and sepulchral voice, “that could
do it.” Father Magauran, who was present, looked at him with surprise;
as indeed did every one who had got an opportunity of seeing him.

“I know there is,” he replied, “a sartin individual who could do it;
ay, in troth, and maybe if he fell into the flames, too, he’d only
find himself in his own element; and if it went to that could dance a
hornpipe in the middle of it.”

This repartee of the priest’s elicited loud laughter from the
by-standers, who, on turning round to see how the other bore it, found
that he had disappeared. This occasioned considerable amazement, not
unmixed with a still more extraordinary feeling. Nobody there knew him,
nor had ever even seen him before; and in a short time the impression
began to gain ground that he must have been no other than the conjurer
who was said to have arrived in the town that day. In the meantime,
while this point was under discussion, a clear, loud, but very mellow
voice was heard about twenty yards above them, saying, “Stand aside, and
make way--leave me room for a run.”

The curiosity of the people was at once excited by what they had only
a few minutes before pronounced to be a feat that was impossible to be
accomplished. They accordingly opened a lane for the daring individual,
who, they imagined, was about to submit himself to a scorching
that might cost him his life. No sooner was the lane made, and the
by-standers removed back, than a person evidently youthful, tall,
elastic, and muscular, approached the burning mass with the speed, and
lightness of a deer, and flew over it as if he had wings. A tremendous
shout burst forth, which lasted for more than a minute, and the people
were about to bring him to receive his reward at the whiskey keg, when
it was found that he also had disappeared. This puzzled them once more,
and they began to think that, there were more present at these bonfires
than had ever received baptism; for they could scarcely shake themselves
free of the belief that the mysterious stranger either was something
supernaturally evil himself, or else the conjurer as aforesaid, who, by
all accounts, was not many steps removed from such a personage. Of the
young person who performed this unprecedented and terrible exploit they
had little time to take any notice. Torley Davoren, however, who was one
of the spectators, turned round to his wife and whispered,

“Unfortunate boy--madman I ought-to say--what devil tempted him to come
here?”

“Was it him?” asked his wife.

“Whist, whist,” he replied; “let us say no more about it.”

In the meantime, although the youthful performer of this daring feat may
be said to have passed among them like an arrow from a bow, yet it so
happened that the secret of his identity did not rest solely with Torley
Davoren. In a few minutes whisperings began to take place, which spread
gradually through the crowd, until at length the name of _Shawn na
Middogue_ was openly pronounced, and the secret--now one no longer--was
instantly sent abroad through the people, to whom his fearful leap was
now no miracle. The impression so long entertained of his connection
with the fairies was thus confirmed, and the black stranger was no
other, perhaps, than the king of the fairies himself.

At this period of the proceedings Mrs. Lindsay, in consequence of some
significant whispers which were directly levelled at her character,
suggested to Maria that having seen enough of these wild proceedings,
it would be more advisable to return home--a suggestion to which Maria,
whose presence there at all was in deference to her father’s wishes,
very gladly consented. They accordingly placed themselves under the
escort of the redoubtable and gallant twins, and reached home in safety.

It was now expected that the quality would go down to the inn, where the
largest room had been fitted up for refreshments and dancing, and into
which none but the more decent and respectable classes were admitted.
There most of the beauties of the town and the adjoining neighborhood
were assembled, together with their admirers, all of whom entered into
the spirit of the festivity with great relish. When Lindsay and his
company were about to retire from the great bonfire, the conductors of
the pageant, who also acted as spokesmen on the occasion, thus addressed
them:

“It’s right, your honors, that you should go and see the dancin’ in
the inn, and no harm if you shake a heel yourselves, besides taking
something to wash the dust out o’ your throats; but when you come out
again, if you don’t find a fresh and high blaze before you still, the
devil’s a witch.”

As they proceeded toward the inn, the consequences of the drink, which
the crowd had so abundantly received, began, here and there, to manifest
many unequivocal symptoms. In some places high words were going on, in
others blows; and altogether the affair seemed likely to terminate in a
general conflict.

“Father,” said his son Charles, “had you not better try and settle these
rising disturbances?”

“Not I,” replied the jovial magistrate; “let them thrash one another
till morning; they like it, and I make it a point never to go between
the poor people and their enjoyments. Gadzooks, Charley, don’t you know
it would be a tame and discreditable affair without a row?”

“Yes; but now that they’ve got drunk, they’re cheering you, and groaning
my mother.”

“Devil’s cure to her,” replied his father; “if she didn’t deserve it
she’d not get it. What right had she to send my bailiffs to drive their
cattle without my knowledge, and to take duty fowl and duty work from
them whenever my back is turned, and contrary to my wishes? Come in till
we have some punch; let them shout and fight away; it wouldn’t fee the
thing, Charley, without it.”

They found an exceedingly lively scene in the large parlor of the inn;
but, in fact, every available room in the house was crowded. Then, after
they had looked on for some time, every eye soon singled out the
pride and beauty of the assembly in the person of Grace Davoren, whose
features were animated into greater loveliness, and her eyes into
greater brilliancy, by the light-hearted spirit which prevailed. She
was dressed in her new drugget gown, had on her new shoes and blue
stockings, a short striped blue and red petticoat, which displayed as
much of her exquisite limbs as the pretty liberal fashion of the day
allowed; her bust was perfection; and, as her black, natural ringlets
fluttered about her milk-white neck and glowing countenance, she not
only appeared inexpressibly beautiful, but seemed to feel conscious
of that beauty, as was evident by a dash of pride--very charming,
indeed--which shot from her eye, and mantled on her beautiful cheek.

“Why, Charles,” exclaimed Woodward, addressing his brother in a whisper,
“who is that lovely peasant girl?”

“Her father is one of our tenants,” replied Charles; “and she was about
to be married some time ago, but it was discovered, fortunately in time,
that her intended husband was head and leader of the outlaws that infest
the country. It was he, I believe, that leaped over the bonfire.”

“Was she fond of him?”

“Well, it is not easy to say that; some say she was, and others that
she was not. Barney Casey says she was very glad to escape him when he
became an outlaw.”

“By the way, where is Barney? I haven’t seen him since I came to look at
this nonsense.”

“Just turn your eye to the farthest corner of the room, and you may see
him in his glory.”

On looking in the prescribed direction, there, sure enough, was Barney
discovered making love hard and fast to a pretty girl, whom Woodward
remembered to have seen that morning in Mr. Goodwin’s, and with whom
he (Barney) had become acquainted when the families were on terms of
intimacy. The girl sat smiling on his knee, whilst Barney who had a
glass of punch in his hand, kept applying it to her lips from time to
time, and pressing her so lovingly toward him, that she was obliged
occasionally to give him a pat upon the cheek, or to pull his whiskers.
Woodward’s attention, however, was transferred once more to Grace
Davoren, from whom he could not keep his eyes--a fact which she soon
discovered, as was evident by a slight hauteur and affectation of manner
toward many of those with whom she had been previously on an equal and
familiar footing.

“Charles,” said he, “I must have a dance with this beautiful girl; do
you think she will dance with me?”

“I cannot tell,” replied his brother, “but you can ask her.”

“By the way, where are my father and the rest? They have left the room.”

“The landlord has got them a small apartment,” replied Charles, “where
they are now enjoying themselves. If you dance with Grace Davoren,
however, be on your good behavior, for if you take any unbecoming
liberties with her, you may repent it; don’t imagine because you see
these humble girls allowing their sweethearts to kiss them in corners,
that either they or their friends will permit you to do so.”

“That’s as it may be managed, perhaps,” said Woodward, who immediately
approached Grace in imitation of what he had seen, and making her a low
bow, said,

“I dance to you, Miss Davoren, if you will favor me.”

She was then sitting, but immediately rose up, with a blushing but
gratified face, and replied,

“I will, sir, but I’m not worthy to dance with a gentleman like you.”

“You are worthy to dance with a prince,” he replied, as he led her to
their station, fronting the music.

“Well, my pretty girl,” said he, “what do you wish?”

“Your will, sir, is my pleasure.”

“Very well. Piper,” said he, “play up ‘Kiss my lady;’” which was
accordingly done, and the dance commenced. Woodward thought the most
popular thing he could do was to affect no superiority over the young
fellows present, but, on the contrary, to imitate their style and
manner of dancing as well as he could; and in this he acted with great
judgment. They felt flattered and gratified even at his awkward and
clumsy imitations of their steps, and received his efforts with much
laughter and cheering; nor was Grace herself insensible to the mirth
he occasioned. On he went, cutting and capering, until he had them in
convulsions; and when the dance was ended, he seized his partner in his
arms, swung her three times round, and imprinted a kiss upon her lips
with such good humor that he was highly applauded. He then ordered in
drink to treat her and her friends, which he distributed to them with
his own hand; and after contriving to gain a few minutes’ private chat
with Grace, he amply rewarded the piper. He was now about to take
his leave and proceed with his brother, when two women, one about
thirty-five, and the other far advanced in years, both accosted him
almost at the same moment.

“Your honor won’t go,” said the less aged of the two, “until you get
your fortune tould.”

“To be sure he won’t, Caterine,” they all replied; “we’ll engage the
gentleman will cross your hand wid silver, like his father before him,
his heart’s not in the money.”

“Never mind her, sir,” said the aged crone, “she’s a schemer, and will
tell you nothing but what she knows will plaise you. Show me your hand,
sir, and I’ll tell you the truth.”

“Never mind the _calliagh_, sir, (old woman, by way of reproach;) she’s
dotin’, and hasn’t remembered her own name these ten years.”

“It doesn’t matter,” said Woodward, addressing Caterine, “I shall hear
what you both have to say--but you first.”

He accordingly crossed her hand with a piece of silver, after which she
looked closely into it--then upon his countenance, and said,

“You have two things in your mind, and they’ll both succeed.”

“But, my good woman, any one might tell me as much.”

“No,” she replied, with confidence; “examine your own heart and you’ll
find the two things there that it is fixed upon; and whisper,” she
added, putting her lips to his ear, “I know what they are, and can help
you in both. When you want me, inquire for Caterine Collins. My uncle is
Sol Donnell, the herb doctor.”

He smiled and nodded, but made no reply.

“Now,” said he, “my old crone, come and let me hear what you have to say
for me;” and as he spoke another coin was dropped into her withered and
skinny hand.

“Bring me a candle,” said she, in a voice that whistled with age, and if
one could judge by her hag-like and repulsive features, with a malignity
that was a habit of her life. After having inspected his palm with
the candle, she uttered three eldrich laughs, or rather screams, that
sounded through the room as if they were more than natural.

“Ha, ha, ha!” she exclaimed; “look here; there’s the line of life
stopped by a red instrument; that’s not good; I see it, I feel it; your
life will be short and your death violent; ay, indeed, the purty
bonfire of your life, for all so bright as it burns, will be put out wid
blood--and that soon.”

“You’re a d--d old croaker,” said Woodward, “and take delight in
predicting evil. Here, my good woman,” he added, turning to the other,
“there’s an additional half-crown for you, and I won’t forget your
words.”

He and Charles then joined their friends in the other room, and as it
was getting late they all resolved to stroll once more through the town,
in order to take a parting look at the bonfires, to wish the people
good-night, and to thank them for the kindness and alacrity with which
they got them up, and manifested their good feeling upon so short a
notice. The large fire was again blazing, having been recruited with
a fresh supply of materials. The crowd were looking on; many were
staggering about, uttering a feeble huzza, in a state of complete
intoxication, and the fool of the parish was attempting to dance a
hornpipe, when large, blob-like drops began to fall, as happens at the
commencement of a heavy shower. Lindsay put his hand to his face, on
which some few of them had fallen, and, on looking at his fingers,
perceived that they were spotted as if with blood!

“Good God!” he exclaimed, “what is this? Am I bleeding?”

They all stared at him, and then at each other, with dismay and horror;
for there, unquestionably, was the hideous and terrible fact before
them, and legible on every! face around them--it was raining blood!

An awe, which we cannot describe, and a silence, deep as that of the
grave, followed this terrible prodigy. The silence did not last long,
however, for in a few minutes, during which the blood fell very thickly,
making their hands and visages appear as if they had been steeped
in gore--in a few moments, we say, the heavens, which had become one
black and dismal mass, opened, and from the chasm issued a red flash of
lightning, which was followed almost immediately by a roar of thunder,
so loud and terrific that the whole people became fearfully agitated
as they stood round the blaze. It was extremely difficult, indeed, for
ignorant persons to account for, or speculate upon, this strange and
frightful phenomenon. As they stood in fear and terror, with their faces
apparently bathed in blood, they seemed rather to resemble a group of
hideous murderers, standing as if about to be driven into the! flames of
perdition itself. To compare them to a tribe of red Indians surrounding
their war fires, would be but a faint and feeble simile when contrasted
with the terror which, notwithstanding the gory hue with which they
were covered from top to toe, might be read in their terrified eyes and
visages. After a few minutes, however, the alarm became more intense,
and put itself forth into words. The fearful intelligence now spread.
“It is raining blood! it is raining blood!” was shouted from every
mouth; those who were in the houses rushed out, and soon found that it
was true; for the red liquid was still descending, and in a few minutes
they soon were as red as the others. The flight home now became one of
panic; every house was crowded with strangers, who took refuge wherever
they could find shelter; and in the meantime the lightning was flashing
and the thunder pealing with stunning depth throughout the heavens. The
bonfires were soon deserted; for even those who were drunk and tipsy
had been aroused by the alarm, and the language in which it was uttered.
Nobody, in fact, was left at the great fire except those who composed
the dinner party, with the exception of the two clergymen, who fled and
disappeared along with the mob, urged, too, by the same motives.

“This will not be believed,” said Lindsay; “it is, beyond all doubt
and scepticism, a prodigy from heaven, and must portend some fearful
calamity. May God in heaven protect us! But who is this?”

As he spoke, a hideous old hag, bent over her staff, approached them;
but it did not appear that she was about to pay them any particular
attention. She was mumbling and cackling to herself when about to pass,
but was addressed by Lindsay.

“Where are you going, you old hag? They say you are acquainted with more
than you ought to know. Can you account for this blood that’s falling?”

“Who are you that axes me?” she squeaked.

“I’m Mr. Lindsay, the magistrate.”

“Ay,” she screamed again, “it was for your son, Harry, na Suil Gloir,
(* Suil Gloir was an epithet bestowed on persons whose eyes were of
different colors) that this bonfire was made to-night. Well he knows
what I tould him, and let him think of it; but there will be more blood
than this, and that before long, I can tell you and him.”

So saying, she hobbled on, mumbling and muttering to herself like a
witch rehearsing her incantations on her way to join their sabbath. They
now turned their steps homewards, but had not proceeded far, when the
rain came down as it might be supposed to have done in the deluge; the,
lightnings flashed, the thunder continued! to roar, and by the time they
reached Rathfillan House they were absolutely drenched to the skin. The
next morning, to the astonishment of the people, there was not visible
a trace or fragment of the bonfires; I every vestige of them had
disappeared; and the general impression now was, that there must have
been something evil and unhallowed connected with the individual for
whom they had been prepared.



CHAPTER VI. Shawn-na-Middogue

--Shan-Dhinne-Dhuv, or The Black Spectre.


The next evening was calm and mild; the sun shone with a serene and
mellow light from the evening sky; the trees were green, and still; but
the music of the blackbird and the thrush came sweetly from their
leafy branches. Henry Woodward had been listening to a rather lengthy
discussion upon the subject of the blood-shower, which, indeed, was the
topic of much conversation and great wonder throughout the whole parish.
His father, a Protestant gentleman, and with some portion of
education, although not much, was, nevertheless, deeply imbued with
the superstitions which prevailed around him, as, in fact, were most of
those who existed in his day; the very air which he breathed was rife
with them; but what puzzled him and his family most was the difficulty
which they found in shaping the prodigy into significance. Why should
it take place, and upon such an occasion, they could not for their
lives imagine. The only persons in the family who seemed altogether
indifferent to it were Woodward and his mother, both of whom treated it
with ridicule and contempt.

“It comes before some calamity,” observed Mr. Lindsay.

“It comes before a fiddle-stick, Lindsay,” replied his wife. “Calamity!
yes; perhaps you may have a headache to-morrow, for which the world must
be prepared by a storm of thunder and lightning, and a shower of blood.
The head that reels over night with an excess of wine and punch will
ache in the morning without a prodigy to foretell it.”

“Say what you will,” he replied, “I believe the devil had a hand in
it; and I tell you,” he added, laughing, “that if you be advised by me,
you’ll begin to prepare yourself--‘a stitch in time saves nine,’ you
know--so look sharp, I say.”

“This, Harry,” she said, addressing her son, “is the way your mother has
been treated all along; yes, by a brutal and coarse-minded husband, who
pays no attention to anything but his own gross and selfish enjoyments;
but, thank God, I have now some person to protect me.”

“O, ho!” said her husband, “you are for a battle now. Harry, you don’t
know her. If she lets loose that scurrilous tongue of hers I have
no chance; upon my soul, I’d encounter another half dozen of
thunder-storms, and as many showers of blood, sooner than come under it
for ten minutes; a West India hurricane is a zephyr to it.”

“Ah, God help the unhappy woman that’s blistered for life with an
ignorant sot!--such a woman is to be pitied.--and such a woman am I;--I,
you good-for-nothing drunken booby, who made you what you are.”

“O, fie! mamma,” said Maria, “this is too bad to papa, who, you know,
seldom replies to you at all.”

“Miss Lindsay, I shall suffer none of your impertinence,” said her
mother; “leave the room, madam, this moment--how dare you? but I am not
surprised at it;--leave the room, I say.”

The poor, amiable girl, who was all fearfulness and affection, quietly
left the room as she was desired, and her father, who saw that his
worthy wife was brimful of a coming squall, put on his hat, and after
having given one of his usual sardonic looks, left the apartment also.

“Mother,” said her son Charles, “I must protest against the
unjustifiable violence of temper with which you treat my father. You
know he was only jesting in what he said to you this moment.”

“Let him carry his jests else were, Mr. Charles,” she replied, “he
shan’t indulge in them at my expense; nor will I have you abet him in
them as you always do--yes, sir, and laugh at them in my face. All this,
however, is very natural; as the old cock crows the young one learns.
As for Maria, if she makes as dutiful a wife as she does a daughter, her
husband may thank God for getting his full share of evil in this life.”

“I protest to heaven, Harry,” said Charles, addressing his brother, “if
ever there was a meek, sweet-tempered girl living, Maria is. You do not
yet know her, but you will, of course, have an opportunity of judging
for yourself.”

“You perceive, Harry,” said his mother, addressing him in turn, “you
perceive how they are banded against me; in fact, they are joined with
their father in a conspiracy to destroy my peace and happiness. This is
the feeling that prevails against me in the house at large, for which I
may thank my husband and children--I don’t include you, Harry. There
is not a servant in our establishment but could poison me, and probably
would, too, were it not for fear of the gallows.”

Woodward listened to this strange scene with amazement, but was prudent
enough to take no part in it whatsoever. On the contrary, he got his hat
and proceeded out to take a stroll, as the evening was so fine, and the
aspect of the country was so delightful.

“Harry,” said his brother, “if you’re for a walk I’ll go with you.”

“Not at present, Charley,” said he, “I am in a thoughtful mood, and
generally prefer a lonely stroll on such a beautiful evening as this.”

He accordingly went out, and bent his I steps by a long, rude green
lane, which extended upwards of half a mile across a rich! country,
undulating with fields and meadows. This was terminated by a clump of,
hawthorn trees, then white and fragrant with their lovely blossoms,
which lay in rich profusion on the ground. Contiguous to this was a
small but delightful green glen, from the side of which issued one of
those beautiful spring wells for which the country is so celebrated.
Over a verdant little hill, which concealed this glen and the well we
mention, from a few humble houses, or rather a decenter kind of cabins,
was visible a beaten pathway by which the inhabitants of this small
hamlet came for their water. Upon this, shaded as he was by the
trees, he steadily kept his eye for a considerable time, as if in the
expectation of some person who had made an appointment to meet him. Half
an hour had nearly elapsed--the shades of evening were now beginning
to fall, and he had just come to the resolution of retracing his steps,
with a curse of disappointment on his lips, when, on taking another,
and what he intended to be a last glance at the pathway in question,
he espied the individual for whom he waited. This was no other than the
young beauty of the neighborhood--Grace Davoren. She was tripping along
with a light and merry step, lilting an Irish air of a very lively
character, to which she could scarcely prevent herself from dancing, so
elastic and buoyant were her spirits. On coming to the brow of the glen
she paused a moment and cast her eye searchingly around her, but seemed
after the scrutiny to hesitate about proceeding farther.

Woodward immediately showed himself, and after beckoning to her,
proceeded toward the well. She still paused, however, as if irresolute;
but after one or two significant gestures on his part, she descended
with a slow and apparently a timid step, and in a couple of minutes
stood beside the well. The immediate purport of their conversation
is not essential to this narrative; but, indeed, we presume that our
readers may give a very good guess at it without any assistance from
us. The beautiful girl was young, and credulous, and innocent, as
might naturally be inferred from the confusion of her manner, and the
tremulous tones of her voice, which, indeed, were seductive and full of
natural melody. Her heart palpitated until its beatings might be
heard, and she trembled with that kind of terror which is composed of
apprehension and pleasure. That a gentleman--one of the quality--could
condescend to feel any interest in a humble girl like her, was what she
could scarcely have dreamed; but when he told her of her beauty, the
natural elegance and symmetry of her figure, and added that he loved her
better than any girl, either high or low, he had ever seen, she believed
that his words were true, and her brain became almost giddy with wonder
and delight. Then she considered what a triumph it was over all her
female acquaintances, who, if they knew it, would certainly envy
her even far more than they did already. After about half an hour’s
conversation the darkness set in, and she expressed an apprehension
lest some of her family should come in quest of her--a circumstance, she
said, which might be dangerous to them both. He then prevailed on her
to promise another meeting, which at length she did; but on his taking
leave of her she asked him by which way he intended to go home.

“I came by the old green path,” said he, “but intend to turn down the
glen into the common road.”

“O, don’t go that way,” said she; “if you do, you’ll have to pass the
haunted house, ay, and maybe, might meet the _Shan-dhinne-dhuv_.”

“What is that,” said he.

“O, Lord save us, sir,” said she, “did you never hear of the
_Shan-dhinne-dhuv?_ A spirit, sir, that appears about the haunted house
in the shape of a black ould man, and they say that nobody lives long
afther seein’ him three times.”

“Yes; but did he ever take any person’s life?”

“They say so, sir.”

“When? How long ago?”

“Indeed, I can’t tell that, sir; but sure every one says it.”

“Well, what every one says must be true,” he replied, smiling. “I,
however, am not afraid of him, as I never go unarmed; and if I happen to
meet him, trust me I will know what mettle he’s made of before we part,
or whether he belongs to this world or the other.”

He then went down the glen, by the bottom of which the road went; and at
a lonely place in a dark angle of it this far-famed spirit was said to
appear.

This vain, but simple girl, the pride of her honest parents and all her
simple relations and friends, took up her pitcher and proceeded with an
elated heart by the pathway house. We say her heart was elated at
the notion of having engaged the affections of a handsome, young, and
elegant gentleman, but at the same time she felt a secret sense of
error, if not of guilt, in having given him a clandestine meeting, and
kept an appointment which she knew her parents and brothers would have
heard with indignation and shame. She was confident, however, in her own
strength, and resolved in her mind that Woodward’s attachment for her
never should terminate either in her disgrace or “ruin.” There were,
however, many foolish and pernicious ballads sung about that period
at the hearths of the peasantry, in which some lord or squire of high
degree was represented to have fallen in love with some beautiful girl
of humble life, whom he married in spite of his proud relations, and
after having made her a lady of rank, and dressed her in silks and
satins, gold rings and jewels, brought her home to his castle, where
they lived in grandeur and happiness for the remainder of their lives.
The simple-minded girl began to imagine that some such agreeable destiny
might be reserved for herself; and thus endeavored, by the deceitful
sophistry of a credulous heart, and proud of her beauty, to palliate her
conduct amidst the accusations of her own conscience, which told her she
was acting wrong.

She had now got about half way home, when she saw an individual approach
her at a rapid pace; and as the moon had just risen, his figure was
distinctly before her, and she immediately felt a strong impression
of terror and alarm. The individual in question was young, tall, and
muscular; his person had in it every symptom of extraordinary activity
and vigor. His features, however, were not at all such as could be
termed handsome; so far from that, they were rude and stern, but not
without a wild and disagreeable dignity. His eyes were at all times
fierce and fiery, and gave unequivocal indications of a fierce and fiery
spirit. He wore a pair of rude pantaloons that fitted closely to his
finely made limbs, a short jacket or Wyliecoat that also fitted closely
to his body, over which he wore the usual cloak of that day, which was
bound about his middle with a belt and buckle, in which was stuck a
middogue, or, as it ought to be written, _meadoige_, and pronounced
_maddogay_. He wore a kind of cap or _barrad_, which, as well as his
cloak, could, by being turned inside out, instantly change his whole
appearance, and mislead his pursuers--for he was the outlaw. Such was
the startling individual who now approached her, and at whose fierce
aspect she trembled--not less from her knowledge of the natural violence
of his character than from a consciousness of her interview with
Woodward.

“Well, Granua (Grace),” said he, quickly and with some vehemence, “where
have you been?”

“At the well,” she replied; “have you eyes in your head? Don’t you see
my pitcher?”

“I do; but what kept you there so long? and why is your voice tremblin’,
as if you wor afeard, or did something wrong? Why is your face pale,
too?--it’s not often so.”

“The Lord save us, Shawn,” replied Grace, attempting to treat those
pointed interrogatories with a jocular spirit, “how can you expect me to
answer such a catechize as you’re puttin’ to me at wanst.”

“Answer me, in the mane time,” he replied; “I’ll have no doubling,
Granua.”

“Has anything vexed you, Shawn?”

“_Chorp an diaoul!_ tell me why you staid so long at the well”--and as
he spoke his eyes flashed with resentment and suspicion.

“I didn’t stay long at it.”

“I say you did. What kept you?”

“Why, bekaise I didn’t hurry myself, but took my time. I was often
longer.”

“You were spakin’ to some one at the well.”

“Ah, thin, Shawn, who would I be spakin’ to?”

“Maybe I know--I believe I do--but I want now to know whether you’re a
liar, as I suspect you to be, or whether you are honest enough to tell
the truth.”

“Do you suspect me, then?”

“I do suspect you; or rather I don’t--bekaise I know the truth. Answer
me--who were you spakin’ with?”

“Troth,” said she, “I was lookin’ at your sweetheart in the well,”
 meaning her own shadow, “and was only asking her how she did.”

“You danced with _Harry-na-Suil Balor_ last night?”

“I did; because the gentleman axed me--and why would I refuse him?”

“You whispered in a corner with him?”

“I did not,” she replied; “how could I when the room was so throng?”

“Ay, betther in a throng room than a thin one; ay, and you promised to
meet him at the well to-night; and you kept your word.”

A woman’s courage and determination to persist in falsehood are never
so decided and deliberate as when she feels that the suspicion expressed
against her is true. She then gets into heroics and attempts to turn the
tables upon her opponent, especially when she knows, as Miss Davoren did
on this occasion, that he has nothing but suspicion to support him. She
knew that her lover had been at the bonfire, and that his friends must
have seen her dance with Woodward; and this she did not attempt to deny,
because she could not; but as for their tryst at the well, she felt
satisfied, from her knowledge of his jealous and violent character, that
if he had been aware of it, it would not have been by seeking the fact
through the medium of his threats and her fears that he would have
proceeded. Had he seen Woodward, for instance, and herself holding a
secret meeting in such a place and at such an hour, she concluded justly
that the _middogue_ or dagger, for the use of which he had been already
so celebrated, would have been brought into requisition against either
one or both.

“I’ll talk no more to you,” she replied, with a flushed face; “for even
if I tould you the truth, you wouldn’t believe me. I did meet him, then;
are you satisfied now?”

This admission was an able stroke of policy on her part, as the reader
will soon perceive.

“O,” he exclaimed, with a bitter, or, rather, a furious expression of
face, “_dar manim_, if you had, you wouldn’t dare to confess as much.
But listen to me; if I ever hear or know, to my own satisfaction, that
you meet him, or keep his company, or put yourself in his power,
I’ll send six inches of this “--and he pulled out the glittering
weapon--“into your heart and his; so now be warned and avoid him, and
don’t bring down my vengeance on you both.”

“I don’t see what right you have to bring me over the coals about any
one. My father was forcin’ me to marry you; but I now tell you to your
teeth, that I never had the slightest intention of it. No! I wouldn’t
take the wealth of the barony, and be the wife of sich a savage
murdherer. No man wid blood upon his hands and upon his sowl, as you
have--a public robber, a murdherer, an outlaw--will ever be my husband.
What right have you to tell me who I’m to spake to, or who I’m not to
spake to?”

“Ah,” he replied, “that wasn’t your language to me not long ago.”

“But you were a different boy then from what you are now. If you had
kept your name free from disgrace and blood, I might have loved you; but
I cannot love a man with such crimes to answer for as you have.”

“You accuse me of shedding blood,” he replied; “that is false. I have
never shed blood nor taken life; but, on the contrary, did all in my
power to prevent those who have placed me at their head from doin’ so.
Yet, when they did it in my absence, and against my orders, the blame
and guilt is charged upon me because I am their leader. As for anything
else I have done, I do not look upon it as a crime; let it rest upon the
oppression that drove me and others to the wild lives we lead. We are
forced to live now the best way we can, and that you know; but as to
this gentleman, you mustn’t spake to him at any rate,” he proceeded;
“why should you? What ‘ud make a man so high in life, and so far above
you as he is, strive to become acquainted with you, unless to bring
about your ruin to gratify his own bad passions? Think of it, and bring
it home to your heart. You have too many examples before your eyes,
young as you are, of silly girls that allow themselves to be made fools
of, and desaved and ruined by such scoundrels as this. Look at that
unfortunate girl in the mountains there--Nannie Morrissey; look at her
father hanged only for takin’ God’s just revenge, as he had a right to
do, on the villain that brought destruction upon her and his innocent
family, and black shame upon their name that never had a spot upon it
before. After these words you may now act as you like; but remember that
you have got _Shawn-na-Middogue’s_ warning, and you ought to know what
that is.”

He then started off in the same direction which Woodward had taken, and
Grace, having looked after him with considerable indignation on her own
part and considerable apprehension on behalf of Woodward, took up her
pitcher and proceeded home.

She now felt herself much disturbed, and experienced that state of mind
which is often occasioned by the enunciation of that which is known
to be truth, but which, at the same time, is productive of pain to the
conscience, especially when that conscience begins to abandon the field
and fly from its duty.

Woodward, as he had intended, preferred the open and common road home,
although it was much longer, rather than return by the old green
lane, which was rugged and uneven, and full of deep ruts, dangerous
inequalities, and stumps of old trees, all of which rendered it not only
a disagreeable, but a dangerous, path by night. Having got out upon
the highway, which here, and until he reached near home, was, indeed,
solemn-looking and lonely, not a habitation except the haunted house
being visible for upwards of two miles, he proceeded on his way,
thinking of his interview with Grace Davoren. The country on each side
of him was nearly a desert; a gray ruin, some of whose standing and
isolated fragments assumed, to the excited imagination of the terrified
peasants as they passed it by night, the appearance of supernatural
beings, stood to the left, in the centre of an antiquated church-yard,
in which there had not been a corpse buried for nearly half a century--a
circumstance which always invests a graveyard with a more fearful
character. As Woodward gazed at these still and lonely relics of the
dead, upon which the faint rays of the moon gleamed with a spectral and
melancholy light, he could not help feeling that the sight itself, and
the associations connected with it, were calculated to fill weak minds
with strong feelings of supernatural terror. His, however, was not a
mind accessible to any such impressions; but at the same time he could
make allowance for them among those who had seldom any other notions to
guide them on such subjects than those of superstition and ignorance.

The haunted house, which was not yet in sight, he did not remember, nor
was he acquainted with its history, with the exception of Grace’s
slight allusion to it. At length he came to a part of the road which was
overhung, or rather altogether covered with long beech trees, whose huge
arms met and intertwined with each other across it, filling the arch
they made with a solemn darkness even in the noon of day. At night,
however, the obscurity was black and palpable; and such upon this
occasion was its awful solemnity and stillness, and the sense of
insecurity occasioned by the almost supernatural gloom about him, that
Woodward could not avoid the idea that it afforded no bad conception
of the entrance to the world of darkness and of spirits. He had not
proceeded far, however, under this dismal canopy, when an incident
occurred which tested his courage severely. As he went along he imagined
that he heard the sound of human footsteps near him. This, to be sure,
gave him at first no trouble on the score of anything supernatural. The
country, however, was, as we have already intimated, very much infested
with outlaws and robbers, and although Woodward was well armed, as he
had truly said, and was no coward besides, yet it was upon this view
of the matter that he experienced anything like apprehension. He
accordingly paused, in order to ascertain whether the footsteps he heard
might not have been the echo of his own. When his steps ceased, so
also did the others; and when he advanced again so did they. He coughed
aloud, but there was no echo; he shouted out “Is there any one there?”
 but still there was a dead stillness. At length he said again, “Whoever
you may be, and especially if your designs be evil and unlawful, you had
better beware; I am well armed, and both able and determined to defend
myself; if money is your object, pass on, for I have none about me.”

Again there was the silence, as there was the darkness of the grave. He
now resumed his former pace, and the noise of footsteps, evidently and
distinctly different from his own, were once more heard near him. Those
that accompanied him fell upon his ear with a light, but strange and
chilling sound, that filled him with surprise, and something like awe.
In fact, he had never heard anything similar to it before. It was very
strange, he thought, for the sounds, though light, were yet as distinct
and well-defined as his own. He still held a pistol in each hand, and as
he had no means of unravelling this mystery so long as he was inwrapped
in such Cimmerian gloom, he resolved to accelerate his pace and get into
the light of the moon as soon as he could. He accordingly did so; but
the footsteps, although they fell not now so quickly as his own, still
seemed to maintain the same distance from him as before. This certainly
puzzled him; and he was attempting, if possible, to solve this new
difficulty, when he found himself emerging from the darkness, and in
a few moments standing in the light of the moon. He immediately looked
about him, but except the usual inanimate objects of nature, he could
see nothing. Whatever it is, thought he, or, rather, whoever it is, he
has thought proper to remain undiscovered in the darkness. I shall now
bid him good-night, and proceed on my way home. He accordingly moved
on once more, when, to his utter astonishment, he heard the footsteps
again, precisely within the same distance of him as before.

“Tut,” said he, “I now perceive what the matter with me is. This is a
mere hallucination, occasioned by a disordered state of the nerves; and
as he spoke he returned his pistols into his breast pockets, where
he usually wore them, and once more resumed his journey. There
was, however, something in the sound of the footsteps--something so
hollow--so cold, as it were, and so unearthly, that he could not throw
off the unaccountable impression which it made upon him, infidel and
sceptic as he was upon all supernatural intimations and appearances. At
length, he proceeded, or rather they proceeded, onward until he arrived
within sight of what he supposed to be the haunted house. He paused
a few moments, and was not now so insensible to its lonely and dismal
aspect. It was a two-storied house, and nothing could surpass the
spectral appearance of the moon’s light as it fell with its pale and
death-like lustre upon the windows. He stood contemplating it for
some time, when, all at once, he perceived, walking about ten yards in
advance of him, the shape of a man dressed in black from top to toe. It
was not within the scope of human fortitude to avoid being startled by
such a sudden and incomprehensible apparition. Woodward was startled;
but he soon recovered himself, and after the first shock felt rather
satisfied that he had some visible object with which he could make the
experiment he projected, viz., to ascertain the nature, whether mortal
or otherwise, of the being before him. With this purpose in view, he
walked very quickly after him, and as the other did not seem to quicken
his pace into a corresponding speed, he took it for granted that
he would soon overtake him. In this, however, he was, much to his
astonishment, mistaken. His own walk was quick and rapid, whilst that of
this incomprehensible figure was slow and solemn, and yet he could not
lessen the distance between them a single inch.

“Stop, sir,” said Woodward, “whoever or whatever you are--stop, I wish
to speak with you; be you mortal or spiritual, I fear you not--only
stop.”

The being before him, however, walked on at the same slow and solemn
pace, but still persisted in maintaining his distance. Woodward was
resolute, fearless--a sceptic, an infidel, a materialist--but here was a
walking proposition in his presence which he could not solve, and which,
up to that point, at least, had set all his theories at defiance. His
blood rose--he became annoyed at the strange silence of the being before
him, but more still at the mysterious and tardy pace with which it
seemed to precede and escape him.

[Illustration: PAGE 652-- I will follow it until morning]

“I will follow it until morning,” he said to himself, “or else I shall
develop this startling enigma.”

At this moment his mysterious fellow-traveller, after having advanced as
if there had not been such an individual as Woodward in existence, now
stood; he was directly opposite the haunted house, and turning round,
faced the tantalized and bewildered mortal. The latter looked on him;
his countenance was the countenance of the dead--of the sheeted dead,
stretched out in the bloodless pallor which lies upon the face of
vanished life--of existence that is no more, at least in flesh and
blood. Woodward approached him--for the thing had stood, as we have
said, and permitted, him to come within a few yards from him. His eyes
were cold and glassy, and apparently without speculation, like those
of a dead man open; yet, notwithstanding this, Woodward felt that they
looked at him, if not into him.

“Speak,” said he, “speak; who or what are you?”

He received no reply; but in a few seconds the apparition, if it were
such, put his hand into his bosom, and, pulling out a dagger, which
gleamed with a faint and visionary light, he directed it as if to his
(Woodward’s) heart. Three times he did this, in an attitude more of
warning than of anger, when, at length, he turned and approached the
haunted house, at the door of which he disappeared.

Woodward, as the reader must have perceived, was a strong-minded,
fearless man, and examined the awful features of this inscrutable being
closely.

“This, then,” thought he, “is the _Shan-dhinne-dhuv_, or the Black
Spectre; but, be it what it may, I am strongly of opinion that it
was present at the bonfire last night, and as I am well armed, I will
unquestionably pursue it into the house. Nay, what is more, I
suspect that it is in some way or I other connected with the outlaw
_Shawn-na-Middogue_, who it was, they say, made that amazing leap over
the aforesaid bonfire in my own presence.”

On that very account, however, he reflected that such an intrusion might
be attended with more danger than that to be apprehended from a ghost.
He consequently paused for some time before he could decide on following
up such a perilous resolution. While he thus stood deliberating upon
the prudence of this daring exploit, he heard a variety of noises, and
knockings, and rollings, as if of empty barrels, and rattling of chains,
all going on inside, whilst the house itself appeared to be dark and
still, without smoke from the chimneys, or light in the windows, or any
other symptom of being inhabited, unless by those who were producing the
wild and extraordinary noises he then heard.

“If I do not see this out,” said he, “my account of it will go to add
another page to the great volume of superstition. I am armed, not a whit
afraid, and I will see it out, if human enterprise can effect it.”

He immediately entered the door, which he found, somewhat to his
surprise, was only laid to, and, after listening for a few moments,
resolved to examine the premises closely. In deference to the reader,
whose nerves may not be so strong as those of Henry Woodward, and who
consequently may entertain a very decided objection to enter a haunted
house, especially one in such a lonely and remote situation, we will
only say that he remained in it for at least an hour and a half; at
the expiration of which time he left it, walked home in a silent and
meditative mood, spoke little to his family, who were a good deal
surprised at his abstracted manner, and, after sipping a tumbler of
punch with his step-father, went rather gloomily to bed.

The next morning at breakfast he looked a good deal paler than they had
yet seen him, and for some time his contribution to the family dialogue
was rather scanty.

“Harry,” said his mother, “what is the matter with you? You are silent,
and look pale. Are you unwell?”

“No, ma’am,” he replied, “I cannot say that I am. But, by the way,
have you not a haunted house in the neighborhood, and is there not an
apparition called the Black Man, or the Black Spectre, seen occasionally
about the premises?”

“So it is said,” replied Lindsay, “but none of this family has ever seen
it, although I believe it has undoubtedly been seen by many persons in
the neighborhood.”

“What is supposed to have been the cause of its appearance?” asked
Harry.

“Faith, Harry,” replied his brother, “I fear there is nobody here
can give you that information. To speak for myself, I never heard its
appearance accounted for at all. Perhaps Barney Casey knows. Do you,
father?”

“Not I,” replied his father; “but as you say, Charley, we had better try
Barney. Call him up.”

“Perhaps,” said Mrs. Lindsay, sharply and disdainfully, “it was the
Black Spectre who produced the shower of blood last night?”

“Faith, it’s not unlikely,” replied her husband, “if he be, as the
people think, connected with the devil.”

In a couple of minutes Barney entered to know what was wanted.

“Barney,” said his master, “can you inform us who or what the
_Shan-dhinne-dhuv_ is, or why he appears in this neighborhood? Damn the
fellow; he has that house of mine on my hands this many a long year, for
I cannot get it set. I’ve had priests and parsons to lay him, and for
some time we thought the country was free of him; but it was all to no
purpose; he was still sure to return, and no earthly habitation should
serve him but that unlucky house of mine. It is very odd that he never
began to appear until after my second marriage.”

“Sir,” replied Barney, “I heard something about it; but I’m not clear
on it. To tell you the truth, there’s two or three accounts of him; but
anyhow, sir, you’re in luck for the right one; for if livin’ man can
give it to you, Bandy Brack, the peddler, is the man. He’s now at his
breakfast in the kitchen; but I’ll have him up.”

“Not in the parlor,” said his mistress; “a strolling knave like him.
Who ordered him his breakfast in the kitchen without my knowledge?” she
asked. “The moment I can find out the person that dared to do so, that
moment they shall leave my family. Must I keep an open house for every
strolling vagabond in the country?”

“If you choose to turn me out,” replied her husband, “you may try your
hand at it. It was I ordered the poor man his breakfast; and, what is
more, I desire you instantly to hold your peace.”

As he spoke, she saw that one of his determined looks settled upon his
countenance--a pretty certain symptom that she had better be guided by
his advice.

“Come, Barney,” said he, “throw up that window and send the poor man
here, until he tells us what he knows about this affair.”

The window was accordingly thrown open, and in a few minutes Bandy Brack
made his appearance outside, and, on being interrogated on the subject
in question, took off his hat, and was about to commence his narrative,
when Lindsay said,

“Put on your hat, Bandy; the sun’s too hot to be uncovered.”

“That’s more of it,” said his wife; “a fine way to make yourself
respected, Lindsay.”

“I love to be respected,” he replied sternly, “and to deserve respect:
but I have no desire to incur the hatred of the poor by oppression and
want of charity, like some of my female acquaintances.”

“Plase your honor,” said Bandy, “all that I know about the
_Shan-dhinne-dhuv_, or the Black Spectre, as the larned call him, won’t
require many words to tell you. It’s not generally known what I’m goin’
to say now. The haunted house, as your honor, maybe, remimbers, was
an inn--a carman’s inn chiefly--and one night, it seems, there came a
stranger to stop in it. He was dressed in black, and when he thought it
time to go to bed he called the landlord, Antony McMurt, and placed in
his hands a big purse o’ goold to keep for him till he should start at
daybreak, as he intended, the next morning. Antony--

“Ay,” said Lindsay, interrupting him, “that accounts for the nature of
the villain’s death. I remember him well, Bandy, although I was only
a boy at the time; go on--he was always a dishonest scoundrel it was
said--proceed.”

“Well it seems, Antony, sir, mistook him for a Protestant parson; and
as he had a hankerin’ afther the goold, he opened a gusset in the man’s
throat that same night, when the unsuspectin’ traveller was sound in
that sleep that he never woke from in this world. When the deed was done
Antony stripped him of his clothes, and in doing so discovered a silver
crucifix upon his breast, and a bravery (breviary) under his head, by
which he found that he had murdhered a priest of his own religion in
mistake. They say he stabbed him in the jigler vein wid a _middoge_. At
all events, the body disappeared, and there never was any inquiry made
about it--a good proof that the unfortunate man was a stranger. Well and
good, your honor--in the coorse of a short time, it seems, the murdhered
priest began to appear to him, and haunted him almost every night, until
the unfortunate Antony began to get out of his rason, and, it is said,
that when he appeared to him he always pointed the _middoge_ at him,
just as if he wished to put it into his heart. Antony then, widout
tellin’ his own saicret, began to tell everybody that he was doomed to
die a bloody death; in short, he became unsettled--got fairly beside
himself, and afther mopin’ about for some months in ordher to avoid the
bloody death the priest threatened him wid, he went and hanged himself
in the very room where he killed the unfortunate priest before.”

“I remember when he hanged himself, very well,” observed Lindsay, “but
d--n the syllable of the robbery and murder of the priest or any body
else ever I heard of till the present moment, although there was an
inquest held over himself. The man got low-spirited and depressed,
because his business failed him, or, rather, because he didn’t attend
to it; and in one of these moods hanged himself; but by all accounts,
Bandy, if he hadn’t done the deed for himself the hangman would have
done it for him. He was said, I think, to have been connected with some
of the outlaws, and to have been a bad boy altogether. I think it is now
near fifty years ago since he hanged himself.”

“‘Tis said, sir, that this account comes from one of his own relations;
but there’s another account, sir, of the _Shan-dhinne-dhuv_ that I don’t
believe a word of.”

“Another--what is that, Bandy?”

“O, bedad, sir,” replied Bandy, “it’s more than I could venture to tell
you here.”

“Come, come--out with it.”

Mrs. Lindsay went over with an inflamed face, and having ordered him
to go about his business, slapped down the window with great violence,
giving poor Bandy a look of wrath and intimidation that sealed his
lips upon the subject of the other tradition he alluded to. He was,
consequently, glad to escape from the threatening storm which he
saw brewing in her countenance, and, consequently, made a very hasty
retreat. Barney, who met him in the yard returning to fetch his pack
from the kitchen, noticed his perturbation, and asked him what was the
matter.

“May the Lord protect me from that woman’s eye!” replied the pedler, “if
you’d ‘a’ seen the look she gave me when she thought I was goin’ to tell
them the true story of the Shan-dhinne-dhuv.”

“And why should she put a sword in her eye against you for that, Bandy?”
 asked the other.

Bandy looked cautiously about him, and said in a whisper:

“Because it’s connected with her family, and follows it.”

He then proceeded to the kitchen, and having secured his pack, he made
as rapid a disappearance as possible from about the premises.



CHAPTER VII. A Council of Two

--Visit to Beech Grove.--The Herbalist


Woodward now amused himself by walking and riding about the country
and viewing its scenery, most of which he had forgotten during his long
absence from home. It was not at all singular in that dark state of
popular superstition and ignorance, that the shower of blood should,
somehow or another, be associated with him and his detested mother. Of
course, the association was vague, and the people knew not how to apply
it to their circumstances. As they believed, however, that Mrs. Lindsay
possessed the power of overlooking cattle, which was considered an evil
gift, and in some mysterious manner connected with the evil spirit, and
as they remembered--for superstition, like guilt, always possesses a
good memory--that even in his young days, when little more than a child,
her son Harry was remarkable for having eyes of a different color, from
which circumstance he was even then called _Harry na Suil Gloir_, they
naturally inferred that his appearance in the country boded nothing
good; that, of course, he had the Evil Eye, as every one whose eyes
differed, as his did, had; and that the thunder and lightning, the
rain which drowned the bonfires, but, above all, the blood-shower, were
indications that the mother and son were to be feared and avoided as
much as possible, especially the latter. Others denied that the
devil had anything to do with the shower of blood, or the storm which
extinguished the fires, and stoutly maintained that it was God himself
who had sent them to warn the country against having any intercourse
that could possibly be avoided, with them. Then there was the Black
Spectre that was said to follow her family; and did not every one know
that when it appeared three times to any person, it was a certain proof
that that person’s coffin might be purchased? We all know how rapidly
such opinions and colloquies spread, and we need scarcely say that in
the course of a fortnight after the night of the bonfires all these
matters had been discussed over half the barony. Some, in fact, were
for loading him with the heavy burden of his mother’s unpopularity;
but others, more generous, were for waiting until the people had an
opportunity of seeing how he might turn out--whether he would follow in
his mother’s footsteps, or be guided by the benevolent principles of his
step-father and the rest of the family. Owing to these circumstances,
need we say, that there was an unusual interest, almost an excitement,
felt about him, which nothing could repress. His brother Charles was
as well-beloved and as popular as his father, but, then, he excited no
particular interest, because he was not suspected to possess the Evil
Eye, nor to have any particular connection with the devil.

In this case matters stood, when one day Woodward, having dressed
himself with particular care, ordered his horse, saying that he would
ride over to Beech Grove and pay a visit to the Goodwins. There were
none in the room at the time but Charles and his mother. The former
started, and seemed uneasy at this intelligence; and his mother, having
considered for a time, said: “Charles, I wish to speak to Harry.”
 Charles took the hint, and left the mother and son to the following
dialogue:--

“Harry,” said she, “you spoke very warmly of that cunning serpent who
defrauded you of your inheritance, and all of us out of our right. May
I ask for what purpose you wish to cultivate an intimacy with such a
scheming and dishonest crew as that?”

“Faith, mother, to tell you the truth, you don’t detest them, nor feel
the loss of the property more than I do; but the truth is, that the game
I wish to play with them will be a winning one, if I can induce them
to hold the cards. I wish to get the property, and as I feel that that
can’t be done without marrying their milk-and-curd of a daughter, why,
it is my intention to marry her accordingly.”

“Then you don’t marry a wife to be happy with her?”

“In one sense not I--in another I do; I shall make myself happy with her
property.”

“Indeed, Harry, to tell you the truth, there is very little happiness in
married life, and they are only fools that expect it. You see how I am
treated by Lindsay and my own children.”

“Well, but you provoke them--why disturb yourself with them? Why not
pass through life as quietly as you can? Imitate Lindsay.”

“What! make a sot of myself--become a fool, as he is?”

“Then, why did you marry him?”

“Because I was the fool then, but I have suffered for it. Why, he
manages this property as if it wasn’t mine--as if I didn’t bring it to
him. Think of a man who is silly enough to forgive a tenant his gale
of rent, provided he makes a poor mouth, and says he is not able to pay
it.”

“But I see no harm in that either; if the man is not able to pay, how
can he? What does Lindsay do but make a virtue of necessity. He cannot
skin a flint, can he?”

“That’s an ugly comparison,” she replied, “and I can’t conceive why
you make it to me. I am afraid, Harry, you have suffered yourself to be
prejudiced against the only friend--the only true friend, you have in
the house. I can tell you, that although they keep fair faces to you,
you are not liked here.”

“Very well; if I find that to be true, they will lose more than they’ll
gain by it.”

“They have been striving to secure your influence against me. I know it
by your language.”

“In the devil’s name, how can you know it by my language, mother?”

“You talked about skinning a flint; now, you had that from them
with reference to me. It was only the other day that an ill-tongued
house-maid of mine, after I had paid her her wages, and ‘stopped’ for
the articles she injured on me, turned round, and called me a skinflint;
they have made it a common nickname on me. I’d have torn her eyes out
only for Lindsay, who had the assurance to tell me that if he had not
interfered I’d have had the worst of it--that I’d come off second best,
and such slang; yes, and then added afterwards, that he was sorry he
interfered. That’s the kind of a husband he is, and that’s the life
I lead. Now, this property is mine, and I can leave it to any one I
please; he hasn’t even a life interest in it.”

“O,” exclaimed the son, in surprise, “is that the case?”

“It is,” she replied, “and yet you see how I am treated.”

“I was not aware of that, my dear mother,” responded worthy Harry. “That
alters the case entirely. Why, Lindsay, in these circumstances, ought to
put his hands under your feet; so ought they all I think. Well, my dear
mother, of one thing I can assure you, no matter how they may treat you,
calculate firmly upon my support and protection; make yourself sure
of that. But, now, about Miss Milk-and-curds--what do you think of my
project?”

“I have been frequently turning it over in my mind, Harry, since the
morning you praised her so violently, and I think, as you cannot get the
property without the girl, you must only take her with it. The notion of
its going into the hands of strangers would drive me mad.”

“Well, then, we understand each other; I have your sanction for the
courtship.”

“You have; but I tell you again, I loathe her as I do poison. I never
can forgive her the art with which she wheedled that jotter-headed old
sinner, your uncle, out of twelve hundred a year. Unless it returns to
the family, may my bitter malediction fall upon her and it.”

“Well, never mind, my dear mother, leave her to me--I shall have the
girl and the property--but by hook or crook, the property. I shall ride
over there, now, and it will not be my fault, if I don’t tip both her
and them the saccharine.”

“By the way, though, Harry, now that I think of it, I’m afraid you’ll
have opposition.”

“Opposition! How is that?”

“It is said there is a distant relation of theirs, a gentleman named
O’Connor, a Ferdora O’Connor, I think, who, it is supposed, is likely
to be successful there; but, by the way, are you aware that they are
Catholics?”

“As to that, my dear mother, I don’t care a fig for her religion; my
religion is her property, or rather will be so when I get it. The other
matter, however, is a thing I must look to--I mean the rivalry; but on
that, too, we shall put our heads together, and try what can be done. I
am not very timid; and the proverb says, you know, a faint heart never
won a fair lady.”

Our readers may perceive, from the spirit of the above conversation,
that the son was worthy of the mother, and the mother of the son. The
latter, however, had, at least, some command over his temper, and a
great deal of dexterity and penetration besides; whilst the mother,
though violent, was clumsy in her resentments, and transparent in her
motives. Short as Woodward’s residence in the family was, he saw at
a glance that the abuse she heaped upon her husband and children was
nothing more nor less than deliberate falsehood. This, however, to him
was a matter of perfect indifference. He was no great advocate of truth
himself, whenever he found that his interests or his passions could be
more effectually promoted by falsehood; although he did not disdain even
truth whenever it equally served his purpose. In such a case it gave him
a reputation for candor under which he could, with more safety, avail
himself of his disingenuity and prevarication. He knew, as we said, that
his mother’s description of the family contained not one atom of truth;
and yet he was too dastardly and cunning to defend them against her
calumny. The great basis of his character, in fact, was a selfishness,
which kept him perpetually indifferent to anything that was good or
generous in itself, or outside the circle of his own interests, beyond
which he never passed. Now, nothing, on the other hand, could be more
adversative to this, than the conduct, temper, and principles of his
brother and sister. Charles was an amiable, manly, and generous young
fellow, who, with both spirit and independence, was, as a natural
consequence, loved and respected by all who knew him; and as for his
sweet and affectionate sister, Maria, there was not living a girl more
capable of winning attachment, nor more worthy of it when attained; and
severely, indeed, was the patience of this admirable brother and sister
tried, by the diabolical temper of their violent and savage mother. As
for Harry, he had come to the resolution, now that he understood the
position of the property, to cultivate his mother’s disposition upon
such a principle of conduct as would not compromise him with either
party. As to their feuds he was perfectly indifferent to them; but now
his great object was, to study how to promote his own interests in his
own way.

Having reached Beech Grove, he found that unassuming family at home,
as they usually were; for, indeed, all their principal enjoyments lay
within the quiet range of domestic life. Old Goodwin himself saw him
through the parlor window as he approached, and, with ready and sincere
kindness, met him in the hall.

“I am very glad to see you, Mr. Woodward,” said he. “Allow me to conduct
you to the drawing-room, where you will meet Mrs. Goodwin, Alice, and a
particular friend of ours. I cannot myself stop long with you, because
I am engaged on particular business; but you will not miss an old fellow
like me when you have better company. I hope my old friends are all
well. Step in, sir. Here is Mr. Woodward, ladies; Mr. Woodward, this
gentleman is a friend of ours, Mr. Ferdora O’Connor; Ferdora, this is
Mr. Woodward; and now I must leave you to entertain each other; but I
shall return, Mr. Woodward, before you go, unless you are in a great
harry. Bridget, see that luncheon is ready; but you must lay it in the
front parlor, because I have these tenants about me in the dining-room,
as it is so much larger.”

“I have already given orders for that,” replied his wife. He then
hurried out and left them, evidently much gratified by Woodward’s visit.
O’Connor and the latter having scanned each other by a glance or two,
bowed with that extreme air of politeness which is only another name for
a want of cordiality. O’Connor was rather a plain-looking young fellow,
as to his person and general appearance; but his Milesian face was
handsome, and his eye clear and candid, with a dash of determination
and fire in it. Very different, indeed, was it from the eye that was
scrutinizing him at that moment, with such keenness and penetration.
There are such things as antipathies; otherwise why should those two
individuals entertain, almost in a moment’s time, such a secret and
unaccountable disrelish towards each other? Woodward did not love Alice,
so that the feeling could not proceed from jealousy; and we will so far
throw aside mystery as to say here, that neither did O’Connor; and,
we may add still further, that poor, innocent, unassuming Alice was
attached to neither of them.

“I hope your brother is well, sir,” said O’Connor, anxious to break the
ice, and try the stuff Woodward was made of. “I have not seen him for
some time.”

“O! then, you are acquaintances?” said Woodward.

“We are more, sir,” replied O’Connor, “we are friends.”

“I hope you are all well,” interrupted kind-hearted Mrs. Goodwin.

“Quite well, my dear madam,” he replied. Then turning to O’Connor: “To
be a friend to my brother, sir,” he said, “next to finding you a friend
and favorite in this family, is the warmest recommendation to me. My
long absence from home prevented me from knowing his value until now;
but now that! I do know him, I say it, perhaps, with too much of the
partiality of a brother, I think that any man may feel proud of his
friendship; and I say so with the less hesitation, because I am sure
he would select no man for his friend who was not worthy of it;” and he
bowed courteously as he spoke.

“Faith, sir,” replied O’Connor, “you have hit it; I for one am proud
of it; but, upon my conscience, he wouldn’t be his father’s son if he
wasn’t what he is.”

Alice was sewing some embroidery, and seemed to take no notice, if one
could judge by her downcast locks, of what they said. At length she
said, with a smile:

“As you, Ferdora, have inquired for your favorite, I don’t see why I
should not inquire after mine; how is your sister, Mr. Woodward?”

“Indeed, she’s the picture of health, Miss Goodwin; but I will not”--he
added, with a smile to balance her own--“I will not be answerable for
the health of her heart.”

Alice gave a low laugh, that had the slightest tincture of malice in it,
and glanced at O’Connor, who began to tap his boot with his riding whip.

“She is a good girl as ever lived,” said Mrs. Goodwin, “and I hope will
never have a heartache that may harm her.”

“Heaven knows, madam,” replied Woodward, “it is time only that will tell
that. Love is a strange and sometimes rather a painful malady.”

“Of course you speak from your own experience, Mr. Woodward,” replied
Alice.

“Then you have had the complaint, sir,” said O’Connor, laughing. “I
wonder is it like small-pox or measles?”

“How is that, sir?” said Woodward, smiling.

“Why, that if you’ve had it once you’ll never have it a second time.”

“Yes, but if I should be ill of it now?” and he glanced at Alice, who
blushed.

“Why, in that case,” replied O’Connor, “it’s in bed you ought to be; no
man with an epidemic on him should be permitted to go abroad among his
majesty’s liege subjects.”

“Yes, Ferdora,” said Alice, “but I don’t think Mr. Woodward’s complaint
is catching.”

“God forbid that the gentleman should die of it, though,” replied
Ferdora, “for that would be a serious loss to the ladies.”

“You exaggerate that calamity, sir,” replied Woodward, with the
slightest imaginable sneer, “and forget that if I die you survive me.”

“Well, certainly, there is consolation in that,” said O’Connor,
“especially for the ladies, as I said; isn’t there, Alley?”

“Certainly,” replied Alice; “in making love, Ferdora, you have the
prowess of ten men.”

“Do you speak from experience, now, Miss Goodwin?” asked Woodward,
rather dryly.

“O! no,” replied Alice, “I have only his own word for it.”

“Only his own word. Miss Goodwin! Do you imply by that, that his own
word requires corroboration?”

Alice blushed again, and felt confused.

“I assure you, Mr. Woodward,” said O’Connor, “that when my word requires
corroboration, I always corroborate it myself.”

“But, according to Miss Goodwin’s account of it, sir, that’s not likely
to add much to its authenticity.”

“Well, Mr. Woodward,” said O’Connor, with the greatest suavity of
manner, “I’ll tell you my method under such circumstances; whenever I
meet a gentleman that doubts my word, I always make him eat his onion.

“There’s nothing new or wonderful in that,” replied the other; “it has
been my own practice during life.”

“What? to eat your own words!” exclaimed O’Connor, purposely mistaking
him; “very windy feeding, faith. Upon my honor and conscience, in that
case, your complaint must be nothing else but the colic, and not love at
all. Try peppermint wather, Mr. Woodward.”

Alice saw at once, but could not account for the fact, that the
worthy gentlemen were cutting at each other, and the timid girl became
insensibly alarmed at the unaccountable sharpness of their brief
encounter. She looked with an anxious countenance, first at one, and
then at the other, but scarcely knew what to say. Woodward, however, who
was better acquainted with the usages of society, and the deference due
to the presence of women, than the brusque, but somewhat fiery Milesian,
now said, with a smile and a bow to that gentleman:

“Sir, I submit; I am vanquished. If you are as successful in love as you
are in banter, I should not wish to enter the list against you.

“Faith, sir,” replied O’Connor, with a poor-humored laugh, “if your
sword is as sharp as your wit, you’d be an ugly customer to meet in a
quarrel.”

O’Connor, who had been there for some time, now rose to take his leave,
at which Alice felt rather satisfied. Indeed, she could not avoid
observing that, whatever the cause of it might be, there seemed to exist
some secret feeling of dislike between them, which occasioned her no
inconsiderable apprehension. O’Connor she knew was kind-hearted and
generous, but, at the same time, as quick as gunpowder in taking and
resenting an insult. On the other hand, she certainly felt much regret
at being subjected to the presence of Woodward, against whom she
entertained, as the reader knows, a strong feeling that amounted
absolutely to aversion. She could not, however, think of treating him
with anything bordering on disrespect, especially in her own house, and
she, consequently, was about to say something merely calculated to pass
the time. In this, however, she was anticipated by Woodward, who, as he
had his suspicions of O’Connor, resolved to sound her on the subject.

“That seems an agreeable young fellow,” said he; “somewhat free and easy
in his deportment.”

“Take care, Mr. Woodward,” said her mother, “say nothing harsh against
Ferdora, if you wish to keep on good terms with Alley. He’s the
white-headed boy with her.”

“I am not surprised at that, madam,” he replied, “possessed as he is of
such a rare and fortunate quality.”

“Pray, what is that, Mr. Woodward?” asked Alice, timidly.

“Why, the faculty of making love with the power of ten men,” he replied.

“You must be a very serious man,” she replied.

“Serious, Miss Goodwin! Why do you think so?”

“I hope you are not in the habit of receiving a jest as a matter of
fact.”

“Not,” he replied, “if I could satisfy myself that there was no fact in
the jest; but, indeed, in this world, Miss Goodwin, it is very difficult
to distinguish jest from earnest.”

“I am a bad reasoner, Mr. Woodward,” she replied.

“But, perhaps, Miss Goodwin, Mr. O’Connor would say that you make up in
feeling what you want in logic.”

“I hope, sir,” replied Alice, with some spirit--for she felt hurt at his
last observation--“that I will never feel on any subject until I have
reason as well as inclination to support me.”

“Ah,” said he, “I fear that if you once possess the inclination you
will soon supply the reason. But, by the way, talking of your friend and
favorite, Mr. O’Connor, I must say I like him very much, and I am, not
surprised that you do.”

“I do, indeed,” she replied; “I know of nobody I like better than
honest, frank, and generous Ferdora.”

“Well, Miss Goodwin, I assure you he shall be a favorite of mine for
your sake.”

“Indeed, Mr. Woodward, if you knew him, he would become one for his
own.”

“Have you known him long, may I ask, Miss Goodwin?”

“O dear, yes,” said Mrs. Goodwin, who now, finding this a fair opening
in the conversation, resolved to have her share of it--“O dear! yes;
Alley and he know each other ever since her childhood; he’s some three
or four years older than she is, to be sure, but that makes little
difference.”

“And, I suppose, Mrs. Goodwin, their intimacy--perhaps I may say
attachment--has the sanction of their respective families?”

“God bless you, sir, to be sure it has--are they not distantly related?”

“That, indeed, is a very usual proceeding among families,” observed
Woodward; “the boy and girl are thrown together, and desired to look
upon each other as destined to become husband and wife; they accordingly
do so, fall in love, are married, and soon find themselves--miserable;
in fact, these matches seldom turn out well.”

“But there is no risk of that here,” replied Alice.

“I sincerely hope not, Miss Goodwin. In your case, unless the husband
was a fool, or a madman, or a villain, there must be happiness. Of
course you will be happy with him; need I say,” and here he sighed,
“that he at least ought to be so with you?”

“Upon my word, Mr. Woodward,” replied Alice, smiling, “you are a much
cleverer man than I presume your own modesty ever permitted you to
suspect.”

“I don’t understand you,” he replied, with a look of embarrassment.

“Why,” she proceeded, “here have you, in a few minutes, made up a match
between two persons who never were intended to be married at all; you
have got the sanction of two families to a union which neither of
them even for a moment contemplated. Dear me, sir, may not a lady and
gentleman become acquainted without necessarily falling in love?”

“Ah, but, in your case, my dear Miss Goodwin, it would be
difficult--impossible I should say--to remain indifferent, if the
gentleman had either taste or sentiment; however, I assure you I am
sincerely glad to find that I have been mistaken.”

“God bless me, Mr. Woodward,” said Mrs. Goodwin, “did you think they
were sweethearts?”

“Upon my honor, madam, I did--and I was very sorry for it.”

“Mr. Woodward,” replied Alice, “don’t mistake me; I am inaccessible to
flattery.”

“I am delighted to hear it,” said he, “because I know that for that
reason you are not and will not be insensible to truth.”

“Unless when it borrows the garb of flattery, and thus causes itself to
be suspected.”

“In that case,” said Woodward, “nothing but good sense, Miss Goodwin,
can draw the distinction between them--and now I know that you are
possessed of that.”

“I hope so, sir,” she replied, “and that I will ever continue to observe
that distinction. Mamma, I want more thread,” she said: “where can I get
it?”

“Up stairs, dear, in my work-box.”

She then bowed slightly to Woodward and went up to find her thread, but
in fact from a wish to put an end to a conversation that she felt to be
exceedingly disagreeable. At this moment old Goodwin came in.

“You will excuse me, I trust, Mr. Woodward,” said he, “I was down in the
dining-room receiving rents for------.” He paused, for, on reflection,
he felt that this was a disagreeable topic to allude to; the fact
being that he acted as his daughter’s agent, and I had been on that and
the preceding day receiving her rents. “Martha,” said he, “what! about
luncheon? You’ll take luncheon with us, Mr. Woodward?”

Woodward bowed, and Mrs. Goodwin was about to leave the room, when he
said:

“Perhaps, Mrs. Goodwin, you’d be good enough to remain for a few
minutes.” Mrs. Goodwin sat down, and he proceeded: “I trust that my
arrival home will, under Providence, be the means of reconciling and
reuniting two families who never should have been at variance. Not
but that I admit, my dear friends,--if you will allow me to call
you so,--that the melancholy event of my poor uncle’s death, and the
unexpected disposition of so large a property, were calculated to try
the patience of worldly-minded people--and who is not so in a more or
less I degree?”

“I don’t think any of your family is,” replied Goodwin, bluntly, “with
one exception.”

“O! yes, my mother,” replied Woodward, “and I grant it; at least she was
so, and acted upon worldly principles; but I think you will admit, at
least as Christians you must, that the hour of change and regret may
come to every human heart when its errors, and its selfishness, if you
will, have been clearly and mildly pointed out. I do not attribute the
change that has happily taken place in my dear mother to myself, but to
a higher power; although I must admit, as I do with all humility, that
I wrought earnestly, in season and out of season, since my return, to
bring it about; and, thank heaven, I have succeeded. I come this day
as a messenger of peace, to state that she is willing that the families
should be reconciled, and a happier and more lasting union effected
between them.”

“I am delighted to hear it, Mr. Woodward,” said Goodwin, much moved;
“God knows I am. Blessed be the peace-maker, and you are he; an easy
conscience and a light heart must be your reward.”

“They must,” added his wife, wiping her eyes; “they must and they will.”

“Alas!” proceeded Woodward, “how far from Gospel purity is every human
motive when it comes to be tried by the Word! I will not conceal from
you the state of my heart, nor deny that in accomplishing this thing it
was influenced by a certain selfish feeling on my part; in one sense
a disinterested selfishness I admit, but in another a selfishness that
involves my own happiness. However, I will say no more on that subject
at present. It would scarcely be delicate until the reconciliation is
fully accomplished; then, indeed, perhaps I may endeavor, with fear and
trembling, to make myself understood. Only until then, I beg of you to
think well of me, and permit me to consider myself as not unworthy of a
humble place in your affections.”

Old Goodwin shook him warmly by the hand, and his wife once more had
recourse to her pocket-handkerchief. “God bless you, Mr. Woodward!”
 he exclaimed, “God bless you, I now see your worth, and know it; you
already have our good-will and affections, and, what is more, we feel
that you deserve them.”

“I wish, my dear sir,” said the other, “that Miss Goodwin understood me
as well as you and her respected mother.”

“She does, Mr. Woodward,” replied her father; “she does, and she will
too.”

“I tremble, however,” said Woodward, with a deep sigh; “but I will leave
my fate in your hands, or, I should rather say in the hands of Heaven.”

Lunch was then announced, and they went down to the front parlor,
where it was laid out. On entering the room Woodward was a good deal
disappointed to find that Miss Goodwin was not there.

“Will not Miss Goodwin join us?” he asked.

“Certainly,” said her father; “Martha, where is she?”

“You know, my dear, she seldom lunches,” replied her mother.

“Well, but she will now,” said Goodwin; “it is not every day we have Mr.
Woodward; let her be sent for. John, find out Miss Goodwin, and say we
wish her to join us at luncheon.”

John in a few moments returned to say that she had a slight headache,
and could not have the pleasure of coming down.

“O, I am very sorry to hear she is unwell,” said Woodward, with an
appearance of disappointment and chagrin, which he did not wish to
conceal; or, to speak the truth, which, in a great measure, he assumed.

After lunch his horse was ordered, and he set out on his way to
Rathfillan, meditating upon his visit, and the rather indifferent
reception he had got from Alice.

Miss Goodwin, though timid and nervous, was, nevertheless, in many
things, a girl of spirit, and possessed a great deal of natural wit and
penetration. On that day Woodward exerted himself to the utmost, with
a hope of making a favorable impression upon her. He calculated a good
deal upon her isolated position and necessary ignorance of life and the
world, and in doing so, he calculated, as thousands of self-sufficient
libertines, in their estimate of women, have done both before and since.
He did not know that there is an intuitive spirit in the female heart
which often enables it to discover the true character of the opposite
sex; and to discriminate between the real and the assumed with almost
infallible accuracy. But, independently of this, there was in Woodward’s
manner a hardness of outline, and in his conversation an unconscious
absence of all reality and truth, together with a cold, studied
formality, dry, sharp, and presumptuous, that required no extraordinary
penetration to discover; for the worst of it was, that he made himself
disagreeably felt, and excited those powers of scrutiny and analysis
that are so peculiar to the generality of the other sex. In fact, he
sought his way home in anything but an agreeable mood. He thought to
have met Alice an ignorant country girl, whom he might play upon; but he
found himself completely mistaken, because, fortunately for herself, he
had taken her upon one of her strong points. As it was, however, whilst
he could not help admiring the pertinence of her replies, neither could
he help experiencing something of a bitter feeling against her, because
she indulged in them at his own expense; whilst against O’Connor, who
bantered him with such spirit and success, and absolutely turned
him into ridicule in her presence, he almost entertained a personal
resentment. His only hope now was in her parents, who seemed as anxious
to entertain his proposals with favor as Alice was to reject them with
disdain. As for Alice herself, her opinion of him is a matter with which
the reader is already acquainted.

Our hero was about half way home when he overtook a thin, lank old man,
who was a rather important character in the eyes of the ignorant people
at the period of which we write. He was tall, and so bare of flesh, that
when asleep he might pass for the skeleton of a corpse. His eyes were
red, cunning, and sinister-looking; his lips thin, and from under the
upper one projected a single tooth, long and yellow as saffron. His
face was of unusual length, and his parchment cheeks formed two inward
curves, occasioned by the want of his back teeth. His breeches were open
at the knees; his polar legs were without stockings; but his old brogues
were foddered, as it is called, with a wisp of straw, to keep his feet
warm. His arms were long, even in proportion to his body, and his bony
fingers resembled claws rather than anything! else we can now remember.
They (the claws): were black as ebony, and resembled in length and
sharpness those of a cat when she is stretching herself after rising
from the! hearth. He wore an old _barrad_ of the day, the greasy top of
which fell down upon the collar of his old cloak, and over his shoulder
was a bag which, from its appearance, must have contained something not
very weighty, as he walked on without seeming to travel as a man who
carried a burden. He had a huge staff in his right hand, the left having
a hold of his bag. Woodward at first mistook him for a mendicant, but
upon looking at him more closely, he perceived nothing of that watchful
and whining cant for alms which marks the character of the professional
beggar. The old skeleton walked on, apparently indifferent and
independent, and never once put himself into the usual posture
of entreaty. This, and the originality of his appearance, excited
Woodward’s curiosity, and he resolved to speak to him.

“Well, my good old man, what may you be carrying in the bag?”

The man looked at him respectfully, and raising his hand and staff,
touched his barrad, and replied:

“A few yarribs, your honor.”

“Yarribs? What the deuce is that?”

“Why, the yarribs that grow, sir--to cure the people when they are
sick.”

“O, you mean herbs.”

“I do, sir, and I gather them too for the potecars.”

“O, then you are what they call a herbalist.”

“I believe I am, sir, if you put that word against (to) a man that
gethers yarribs.”

“Yes, that’s what I mean. You sell them to the apothecaries, I suppose?”

“I do a little, sir, but I use the most of them myself. Sorra much the
potecars knows about the use o’ them; they kill more than they cure wid
‘em, and calls them that understands what they’re good for rogues and
quacks. May the Lord forgive them this day! _Amin, acheernah!_ (Amen, O
Lord!)”

“And do you administer these herbs to the sick?”

“I do, sir, to the sick of all kinds--man and baste. There’s nothing
like them, sir, bekaise it was to cure diseases of all kinds that the
Lord, blessed be His name! _amin, acheernah!_ planted them in the earth
for the use of his cratures. Why, sir, will you listen to me now, and
mark my words? There never was a complaint that follied either man or
baste, brute or bird, but a yarrib grows that ‘ud cure it if it was
known. When the head’s hot wid faver, and the heart low wid care, the
yarrib is to be found that will cool the head and rise the heart.”

“Don’t you think, now,” said Woodward, imagining that he would catch
him, “that a glass of wine, or, what is better still, a good glass of
punch, would raise the heart better than all the herbs in the universe?”

“Lord bless me!” he exclaimed, as if in soliloquy; “the ignorance of the
rich and wealthy, and of great people altogether, is unknown! Wine
and punch! And what, will you tell me, does wine and punch come from?
Doesn’t the wine come from the grapes that grow in forrin parts--sich
as we have in our hot-houses--and doesn’t the whiskey that you make your
punch of grow from the honest barley in our own fields? So much for your
knowledge of yarribs.”

“Why, there you are right, my old friend. I forgot that.”

“You forgot it? Tell the truth at once, and say you didn’t know it. But
may be you did forget it, for troth he’d be a poor crature that didn’t
know whiskey was made from barley.”

He here turned his red satirical eye upon Woodward, with a glance that
was strongly indicative of contempt for his general information.

“Well,” he proceeded, “the power of yarribs is wondherful,--if it was
known to many as it is to me.”

“Why, from long practice, I suppose, you must be skilful in the
properties ol herbs?”

“Well, indeed, you needn’t only suppose it, but you may be sartin of it.
Have you a good appetite?”

“A particularly good one, I assure you.”

“Now, wouldn’t you think it strange that I could give you a dose that
‘ud keep you on half a male a day for the next three months.”

“God forbid,” replied Woodward, who, among his other good qualities, was
an enormous trencherman,--“God forbid that ever such a dose should go
down my throat.”

“Would you think, now,” he proceeded, with a sinister grin that sent his
yellow tusk half an inch out of his mouth, “that if a man was jealous
of his wife, or a wife of her husband, I couldn’t give either o’ them a
dose that ‘ud cure them?”

“Faith, I dare say you could,” replied Woodward; “a dose that would free
them from care of all sorts, as well as jealousy.”

“I don’t mane that,” said the skeleton; “ha, ha! you’re a funny
gentleman, and maybe I--but no--I don’t mane that; but widout injurin’ a
hair in either o’ their heads.”

“I am not married,” said the other, “but I expect to be soon, and when
I am I will pay you well for the knowledge of that herb--for my wife, I
mean. Where do you live?”

“In Rathfillan, sir. I’m a well-known man there, and for many a long
mile about it.”

“You must be very useful to the country people hereabouts?”

“Ay,” he exclaimed, “you mane to the poor, I suppose, and you’re right;
but maybe I’m of sarvice to the rich, too. Many a face I save from--I
could save from shame, I mane--if I liked, and could get well ped for
it, too. Some young, extravagant people that have rich ould fathers do
be spakin’ to me, too; but thin, you know, I have a sowl to be saved,
and am a religious man, I hope, and do my duty as sich, and that every
one that has a sowl to be saved, may! _Amin, acheernah!_

“I am glad to find that your sense of duty preserves you against such
strong temptations.”

“Then, there’s another set of men--these outlaws that do be robbin’ rich
people’s houses, and they, too, try to tempt me.”

“Why should they tempt you?”

“Bekaise the people, now knowin’ that they’re abroad, keep watch-dogs,
bloodhounds, and sich useful animals, that give the alarm at night, and
the robbers wishin’, you see, to get them out of the way, do be temptin’
me about wishin’ me to pison them.”

“Of course you resist them?”

“Well, I hope I do; but sometimes it’s hard to get over them, especially
when they plant a _skean_ or a _middogue_ to one’s navel, and swear
great oaths that they’ll make a scabbard for it of my poor ould bulg
(belly)--I say, when the thieves do the business that way, it requires
a grate dale of the grace o’ God to deny them. But what’s any Chr’sthen
‘idout the grace o’ God? May we all have it! _Amin, acheernah!_”

“Well, when I marry, as I will soon, I’ll call upon you; I dare say my
wife will get jealous, for I love the ladies, if that’s a fault.”

Another grin was his first reply to this, after which he said:

“Well, sir, if she does, come to me.”

“Where in Rathfillan do you live?”

“O, anybody will tell you; inquire for ould Sol Donnel, the yarrib man,
and you’ll soon find me out.”

“But ‘suppose I shouldn’t wish it to be known that I called on you?”

“Eh?” said the old villain, giving him another significant grin that
once more projected the fang; “well, maybe you wouldn’t. If you want
my sarvices then, come to the cottage that’s built agin the church-yard
wall, on the north side; and if you don’t wish to be seen, why you can
come about midnight, when every one’s asleep.”

“What’s this you say your name is?”

“Sol Donnel.”

“What do you mean by Sol?”

He turned up his red eyes in astonishment, and exclaimed:

“Well, now, to think that, a larned man as you must be shouldn’t know
what Sol means! Well, the ignorance of you great people is unknown.
Don’t you know--but you don’t--oughn’t you know, then, that Sol means
Solomon, who was the wisest many and the biggest blaggard that ever
lived! Faith, if I had lived in his day he’d be a poor customer to me,
bekaise he had no shame in him; but indeed, the doin’s that goes on now
in holes and corners among ourselves was no shame in his time. That’s a
fine bay horse you ride; would you like to have him dappled? A dappled
bay, you know, is always a great beauty.”

“And could you dapple him?

“Ay, as sure as you ride him.”

“Well, I’ll think about it and let you know; there’s some silver for
you, and good-by, honest Solomon.”

Woodward then rode on, reflecting on the novel and extraordinary
character of this hypocritical old villain, in whose withered and
repulsive visage he could not discover a single trace of anything that
intimated the existence of sympathy with his kind. As to that, it was a
_tabula rasa_, blank of all feelings except those which characterize the
hyena and the fox. After he had left him, the old fellow gave a bitter
and derisive look after him.

“There you go,” said he, “and well I knew you, although you didn’t think
so. Weren’t you pointed out to me the night o’ the divil’s bonfire,
that your mother, they say, got up for you; and didn’t I see you since
spakin’ to that skamin’ blaggard, Caterine Collins, my niece, that takes
many a penny out o’ my hands; and didn’t I know that you couldn’t be
talkin’ to her about anything that was good. Troth, you’re not your
mother’s son or you’ll be comin’ to me as well as her. Bad luck to her!
she was near gettin’ me into the stocks when I sowld her the dose of
oak bark for the sarvants, to draw in their stomachs and shorten
their feedin’. My faith, ould Lindsay ‘ud have put me in them only for
bringin’ shame upon his wife.” *

     * Some of our readers may imagine that in the enumeration of
     the cures which old Sol professed to effect we have drawn
     too largely upon their credulity, whereas there is scarcely
     one of them that, is not practised, or attempted, in remote
     and uneducated parts of Ireland, almost down to the present
     day. We ourselves in early youth saw a man who professed,
     and was believed to be able, to cure jealousy in either man
     or woman by a potion; whilst charms for colics, toothaches,
     taking motes out of the eye, and for producing love, were
     common among the ignorant people within our own
     recollection.



CHAPTER VIII. A Healing of the Breach.

--A Proposal for Marriage Accepted.


On that evening, when the family were assembled at supper, Mrs. Lindsay,
who had had a previous consultation with her son Harry, thought proper
to introduce the subject of the projected marriage between him and Alice
Goodwin.

“Harry has paid a visit to these neighbors of ours,” said she, “these
Goodwins, and I think, now that he has come home, it would be only
prudent on our part to renew the intimacy that was between us. Not that
I like, or ever will like, a bone in one of their bodies; but it’s only
right that we should foil them at their own weapons, and try to get back
the property into the hands of one of the family at least, if we can,
and so prevent it from going to strangers. I am determined to pay them a
friendly visit tomorrow.”

“A friendly visit!” exclaimed her husband, with an expression of
surprise and indignation on his countenance which he could not conceal;
“how can you say a friendly visit, after having just told us that you
neither like them, nor ever will like them? not that it was at all
necessary for you to assure us of that. It is, however, the hypocrisy of
the thing on your part that startle? and disgusts me.”

“Call it prudence, if you please, Lindsay, or worldly wisdom, if you
like, after all the best kind of wisdom; and I only wish you had more of
it.”

“That makes no difference in life,” replied her husband, calmly, but
severely; “as it is, you have enough, and more than enough for the whole
family.”

“But has Harry any hopes of success with Alice Goodwin,” asked Charles,
“because everything depends on that?”

“If he had not, you foolish boy, do you think I would be the first to
break the ice by going to pay them a visit? The girl, I dare say, will
make a very good wife, or if she does not, the property will not be a
pound less in value on that account; that’s one comfort.”

“And is it upon this hollow and treacherous principle that you are about
to pay them a friendly visit?” asked her husband, with ill-repressed
indignation.

“Lindsay,” she replied, sharply, “I perceive you are rife for a
quarrel now; but I beg to tell you, sir, that I will neither seek your
approbation nor regard your authority. I must manage these people after
my own fashion.”

“Harry,” said his step-father, turning abruptly, and with incredulous
surprise to him, “surely it is not possible that you are a party to such
a shameful imposture upon this excellent family?”

His brother Charles fastened his eyes upon him as if he would read his
heart.

“I am sorry, sir,” replied that gentleman, “that you should think it
necessary to apply the word imposture to any’ proceeding of mine. You
ought to know my mother’s outspoken way, and that her heart is kinder
than her language. The fact is, from the first moment I saw that
beautiful girl I felt a warm interest in her, and I feel that interest
increasing every day. I certainly am very anxious to secure her for her
own sake, whilst I candidly admit that I am not wholly indifferent to
the property. I am only a common man like others, and not above the
world and its influences--who can be that lives in it? My mother,
besides, will come to think better of Alice, and all of them, when she
shall be enabled to call Alice daughter; won’t you, mother?”

The mother, who knew by the sentiments which he had expressed to her
before on this subject, that he was now playing a game with the
family, did not consider it prudent to contradict him; she consequently
replied,--

“I don’t know, Harry; I cannot get their trick about the property out
of my heart; but, perhaps, if I saw it once more where it ought to be, I
might change. That’s all I can say at present.”

“Well, come, Harry,” said Lindsay--adverting to what he had just
said--“I think you have spoken fairly enough; I do--it’s candid; you are
not above this world; why should you be?--come, it is candid.”

“I trust, sir, you will never find me un-candid, either on this or any
other subject.”

“No; I don’t think I shall, Harry. Well, be it so--setting your mother
out of the question,--proceed with equal candor in your courtship. I
trust you deserve her, and, if so, I hope you may get her.”

“If he does not,” said Maria, “he will never get such a wife.”

“By the way, Harry,” asked Charles, “has she given you an intimation of
anything like encouragement?”

“Well, I rather think I am not exactly a fool, Charles, nor likely to
undertake an enterprise without some prospect of success. I hope you
deem me, at least, a candid man.”

“Yes; but there is a class of persons who frequently form too high an
estimate of themselves, especially in their intercourse with women; and
who very often mistake civility for encouragement.”

“Very true, Charles--exceedingly just and true; but I hope I am not one
of those either; my knowledge of life and the world will prevent me
from that, I trust.”

“I hope,” continued Charles, “that if the girl is adverse to such a
connection she will not be harassed or annoyed about it.”

“I hope, Charles, I have too much pride to press any proposal that may
be disagreeable to her; I rather think I have. But have you, Charles,
any reason to suppose that she should not like me?”

“Why, from what you have already hinted, Harry, you ought to be the best
judge of that yourself.”

“Well, I think so, too. I am not in the habit of walking blindfold into
any adventure, especially one so important as this. Trust to my address,
my dear fellow,” he added, with a confident smile, “and, believe me, you
shall soon see her your sister-in-law.”

“And I shall be delighted at it, Harry,” said his sister; “so go on and
prosper. If you get her you will get a treasure, setting her property
out of the question.”

“Her property!” ejaculated Mrs. Lindsay; “but no matter; we shall see. I
can speak sweetly enough when I wish.”

“I wish to God you would try it oftener, then,” said her husband; “but
I trust that during this visit of yours you will not give way to your
precious temper and insult them at the outset. Don’t tie a knot with
your tongue that you can’t unravel with your teeth. Be quiet, now;
I didn’t speak to raise the devil and draw on a tempest--only let us
have a glass of punch, till Charley and I drink success to Harry.”

The next day Mrs. Lindsay ordered the car, and proceeded to pay her
intended visit to the Goodwins. She had arrived pretty near the house,
when two of Goodwin’s men, who were driving his cows to a grazing field
on the other side of the road by which she was approaching, having
noticed and recognized her, immediately turned them back and drove them
into a paddock enclosed by trees, where they were completely out of her
sight.

“Devil blow her, east and west!” said one of them. “What brings her
across us now that we have the cattle wid us? and doesn’t all the world
know that she’d lave them sick and sore wid one glance of her unlucky
eye. I hope in God she didn’t see them, the thief o’ the devil that she
is.”

“She can’t see them now, the cratures,” replied the other; “and may the
devil knock the light out of her eyes at any rate,” he added, “for sure,
they say it’s the light of hell that’s in them.”

“Well, when she goes there she’ll be able to see her way, and sure
that’ll be one comfort,” replied his companion; “but in the mane time,
if anything happens the cows--poor bastes--we’ll know the rason of it.”

“She must dale wid the devil,” said the other, “and I hope she’ll be
burned for a witch yet; but whisht, here she comes, and may the devil
roast her on his toastin’ iron the first time he wants a male!”

“Troth, an’ he’d find her tough feedin’,” said his comrade; “and.
barrin’ he has strong tusks, as I suppose he has, he’d find it no
every-day male wid him.”

As they spoke, the object of their animadversion appeared, and turned
upon them, so naturally, a sinister and sharp look, that it seemed to
the men as if she had suspected the subject of their conversation.

“You are Mr. Goodwin’s laborers, are you not?”

“We are, ma’am,” replied one of them, without, as usual, touching his
hat however.

“You ill-mannered boor,” she said, “why do you not touch your hat to a
lady, when she condescends to speak to you?”

“I always touch my hat to a lady, ma’am,” replied the man sharply.

“Come here, you other man,” said she; “perhaps you are not such an
insolent ruffian as this? Can you tell me if Mr. and Mrs. Goodwin are at
home?”

“Are you goin’ there?” asked the man, making a low bow.

“Yes, I am, my good man,” she replied.

“Well, then, ma’am,” he added, bowing again, “you’ll find that out
when you go to the house;” and he made her another bow to wind up the
information with all due politeness.

“Barney,” said she to the servant, her face inflamed with rage, “drive
on. I only wish I had those ruffianly scoundrels to deal with; I would
teach them manners to their betters at all events; and you, sirra, why
did you not use your whip and chastise them?”

“Faith, ma’am,” replied our friend Barney Casey, “it’s aisier said than
done wid some of us. Why, ma’am, they’re the two hardiest and best men
in the parish; however, here’s Pugshy Ruah turnin’ out o’ the gate, and
she’ll be able to tell you whether they are at home or not.”

“O, that’s the woman they say is unlucky,” observed his
mistress--“unlucky to meet, I mean; I have often heard of her; indeed,
it may be so, for I believe there are such persons; we shall speak to
her, however. My good woman,” she said, addressing Pugshy, “allow me to
ask, have you been at Mr. Goodwin’s?”

Now Pugshy had all the legitimate characteristics of an “unlucky” woman;
red-haired, had a game eye--that is to say, she squinted with one of
them; Pugshy wore a caubeen hat, like a man; had on neither shoe nor
stocking; her huge, brawny arms, uncovered almost to the shoulders,
were brown with freckles, as was her face; so that, altogether, she
would have made a bad substitute either for the Medicean Venus or the
Apollo Belvidere.

“My good woman, allow me to ask if you have been at Mr. Goodwin’s.”

Pugshy, who knew her well, stood for a moment, and closing the eye with
which she did not squint, kept the game one fixed upon her very steadily
for half a minute, and as she wore the caubeen rather rakishly on one
side of her head, her whole figure and expression were something between
the frightful and the ludicrous.

“Was I at Misther Goodwin’s, is it? Lord love you, ma’am, (and ye need
it, _sotto voce_), an’ maybe you’d give us a thrifle for the male’s
mate; it’s hard times wid us this weader.”

“I have no change; I never bring change out with me.”

“You’re goin’ to Mr. Goodwin’s, ma’am?”

“Yes; are he and Mrs. Goodwin at home, can you tell me?”

“They are, ma’am, but you may as well go back again; you’ll have no luck
this day.”

“Why so?”

“Why, bekaise you won’t; didn’t you meet me? Who ever has luck that
meets me? Nobody ought to know that betther than yourself, for, by all
accounts, you’re tarred wid the same stick.”

“Foolish woman,” replied Mrs. Lindsay, “how is it in your power to
prevent me?”

“No matther,” replied the woman; “go an; but mark my words, you’ll have
your journey for nuttin’, whatever it is. Indeed, if I turned back three
steps wid you it might be otherwise, but you refused to cross my hand,
so you must take your luck,” and with a frightful glance from the eye
aforesaid, she passed on.

As she drove up to Mr. Goodwin’s residence she was met on the steps of
the hall-door by that kind-hearted gentleman and his wife, and received
with a feeling of gratification which the good people could not
disguise.

“I suppose,” said Mrs. Lindsay, after they had got seated in the
drawing-room, “that you are surprised to see me here?”

“We are delighted, say, Mrs. Lindsay,” replied Mr. Goodwin--“delighted.
Why should ill-will come between neighbors and friends without any just
cause on either side? That property--”

“O, don’t talk about that,” replied Mrs. Lindsay; “I didn’t come to
speak about it; let everything connected with it be forgotten; and
as proof that I wish it should be so, I came here to-day to renew the
intimacy that should subsist between us.”

“And, indeed,” replied Mrs. Goodwin, “the interruption of that intimacy
distressed us very much--more, perhaps, Mrs. Lindsay, than you might
feel disposed to give us credit for.”

“Well, my dear madam,” replied the other, “I am sure you will be glad
to hear that I have not only my own inclination, but the sanction and
wish of my whole family, in making this friendly visit, with the hope of
placing us all upon our former footing. But, to tell you the truth, this
might not have been so, were it not for the anxiety of my son Henry, who
has returned to us, and whom, I believe, you know.”

“We have that pleasure,” replied Goodwin; “and from what we have seen of
him, we think you have a right to feel proud of such a son.”

“So I do, indeed,” replied his mother; “he is a good and most amiable
young man, without either art or cunning, but truthful and honorable
in the highest degree. It is to him we shall all be indebted for this
reconciliation; or, perhaps, I might say,” she added, with a smile, “to
your own daughter Alice.”

“Ah! poor Alice,” exclaimed her father; “none of us felt the
estrangement of the families with so much regret as she did.”

“Indeed, Mrs. Lindsay,” added his wife, “I can bear witness to that;
many a bitter tear it occasioned the poor girl.”

“I believe she is a most amiable creature,” replied Mrs. Lindsay; “and
I believe,” she added with a smile, “that there is one particular young
gentleman of that opinion as well as myself.”

We believe in our souls that the simplest woman in existence, or that
ever lived, becomes a deep and thorough diplomatist when engaged in
a conversation that involves in the remotest degree any matrimonial
speculation for a daughter. Now, Mrs. Goodwin knew as well as the reader
does, that Mrs. Lindsay made allusion to her son Harry, the new-comer;
but she felt that it was contrary to the spirit of such negotiations
to make a direct admission of that feeling; she, accordingly, was of
opinion that in order to bring Mrs. Lindsay directly to the point, and
to exonerate herself and her husband from ever having entertained the
question at all, her best plan was to misunderstand her, and seem to
proceed upon a false scent.

“O, indeed, Mrs. Lindsay,” she replied, “I am not surprised at that;
Charles and Alice were always great favorites with each other.”

“Charles!” exclaimed Mrs. Lindsay; “Charles! What could induce you
to think of associating Charles and Alice? He is unworthy of such an
association.”

“Bless me,” exclaimed Mrs. Goodwin in her turn; “why, I thought you
alluded to Charles.”

“No,” said her neighbor, “I alluded to my eldest son, Harry, to whose
good offices in this matter both families are so much indebted. He is
worthy of any girl, and indeed few girls are worthy of him; but as for
Alice, you know what a favorite she was with me, and I trust now I shall
like her even better than ever.”

“You are right, Mrs. Lindsay,” said Goodwin, “in saying that few women
are worthy of your eldest son; he is a most gentlemanly, and evidently
a most accomplished young man; his conversation at breakfast here the
morning after the storm was so remarkable, both for good sense and good
feeling, that I am not surprised at your friendly visit today, Mrs.
Lindsay. He was sent, I hope, to introduce a spirit of peace and concord
between us, and God forbid that we should repel it; on the contrary,
we hail his mediation with delight, and feel deeply indebted to him for
placing both families in their original position.”

“I trust in a better position,” replied his adroit mother; “I trust in a
better position, Mr. Goodwin, and a still nearer and dearer connection.
It is better, however, to speak out; you know me of old, my dear
friends, and that I am blunt and straightforward--as the proverb has it,
‘I think what I say, and I say what I think.’ This visit, then, is made,
as I said, not only by my own wish, but at the express entreaty of my
son Harry, and the great delight of the whole family; there is therefore
no use in concealing the fact--he is deeply attached to your daughter,
Alice, and was from the first moment he saw her;--of course you now
understand my mission--which is, in fact, to make a proposal of marriage
in his name, and to entreat your favorable consideration of it, as well
as your influence in his behalf with Alice herself.”

“Well, I declare, Mrs. Lindsay,” replied Mrs. Goodwin, (God forgive
her!) “you have taken us quite by surprise--you have indeed;--dear
me--I’m quite agitated; but he is, indeed, a fine young man--a perfect
gentleman in his manners, and if he be as good as he looks--for
marriage, God help us, tries us all--”

“I hope it never tried you much, Martha,” replied her husband, smiling.

“No, my dear, I don’t say so. Still, when the happiness of one’s child
is concerned--and such a child as Alice--”

“But consider, Mrs. Goodwin,” replied the ambassadress, who, in
fact, was not far from an explosion at what she considered a piece of
contemptible vacillation on the part of her neighbor--“consider, Mrs.
Goodwin,” said she, “that the happiness of my son is concerned.”

“I know it is,” she replied; “but speak to her father, Mrs. Lindsay--he,
as such, is the proper person--O, dear me.”

“Well, Mr. Goodwin--you have heard what I have said?”

“I have, madam,” said he; “but thank God I am not so nervous as my good
wife here. I like your son, Harry, very much, from what I have seen
of him--and, to be plain with you, I really see no objection to such a
match. On the contrary, it will promote peace and good-will between
us; and, I have no doubt, will prove a happy event to the parties most
concerned.”

“O, there is not a doubt of it,” exclaimed Mrs. Goodwin, now chiming in
with her husband; “no, there can be no doubt of it. O, they will be very
happy together, and that will be so delightful. My darling Alice!”--and
here she became pathetic, and shed tears copiously--“yes,” she added,
“we will lose you, my darling, and a lonely house we will have after
you, for I suppose they will live in the late Mr. Hamilton’s residence,
on their own property.”

This allusion to the arrangements contemplated in the event of the
marriage, redeemed, to a certain degree, the simple-hearted Mrs. Goodwin
from the strongest possible contempt on the part of a woman who was
never known to shed a tear upon any earthly subject.

“Well, then,” proceeded Mrs. Lindsay, “I am to understand that this
proposal on the behalf of my son is accepted?”

“So far as I and Mrs. Goodwin are concerned,” replied Goodwin, “you are,
indeed, Mrs. Lindsay, and so far all is smooth and easy; but, on the
other hand, there is Alice--she, you know, is to be consulted.”

“O! as for poor Alice,” said her mother, “there will be no difficulty
with her; whatever I and her father wish her to do, if it be to please
us, that she will do.”

“I trust,” said Mrs. Lindsay, “she has no previous attachment; for that
would be unfortunate for herself, poor girl.”

“She an attachment!” exclaimed her mother; “no, the poor, timid creature
never thought of such a thing.”

“It is difficult for parents to know that,” replied Mrs. Lindsay; “but
where is she?”

“She’s gone out,” replied her mother, “to take a pleasant jaunt somewhere
with a young friend of ours, a Mr. O’Connor; but, indeed, I’m glad she
is not here, for if she was, we could not, you know, discuss this matter
in her presence.”

“That is very true,” observed Mrs. Lindsay, dryly; “but perhaps she
doesn’t regret her absence. As it is, I think you ought to impress upon
her that, in the article of marriage, a young and inexperienced girl
like her ought to have no will but that of her parents, who are best
qualified, from their experience and knowledge of life to form and
direct her principles.”

“I do not think,” said her father, “that there is anything to be
apprehended on her part. She is the most unselfish and disinterested
girl that ever existed, and sooner than give her mother or me a pang, I
am sure she would make any sacrifice; but at the same time,” he added,
“if her own happiness were involved in the matter, I should certainly
accept no such sacrifice at her hands.”

“As to that, Mr. Goodwin,” she replied, “I hope we need calculate upon
nothing on her part but a willing consent and obedience. At all events,
it is but natural that they should be pretty frequently in each other’s
society, and that my son should have an opportunity of inspiring her
with good will towards him, if not a still warmer feeling. The matter
being now understood, of course, that is and will be his exclusive
privilege.”

“Your observations, my dear madam, are but reasonable and natural,”
 replied Goodwin. “Why, indeed, should it be otherwise, considering their
contemplated relation to each other? Of course, we shall be delighted
to see him here as often as he chooses to come, and so, I am sure, will
Alice.”

They then separated upon the most cordial terms; and Mrs. Lindsay,
having mounted her vehicle, proceeded on her way home. She was, however,
far from satisfied at the success of her interview with the Goodwins. So
far as the consent of her father and mother went, all was, to be sure,
quite as she could have wished it; but then, as to Alice herself, there
might exist an insurmountable difficulty. She did not at all relish the
fact of that young lady’s taking her amusement with Mr. O’Connor, who
she knew was of a handsome person and independent circumstances, and
very likely to become a formidable rival to her son. As matters stood,
however, she resolved to conceal her apprehensions on this point, and to
urge Harry to secure, if possible, the property, which both she herself
and he had solely in view. As for the girl, each of them looked on her
as a cipher in the transaction, whose only value was rated by the broad
acres which they could not secure without taking her along with them.

The family were dispersed when she returned home, and she, consequently,
reserved the account of her mission until she should meet them in the
evening. At length the hour came, and she lost no time in opening
the matter at full length, suppressing, at the same time, her own
apprehensions of Alice’s consent, and her dread of the rivalry on the
part of O’Connor.

“Well,” said she, “I have seen these people; I have called upon them, as
you all know; and, as I said, I have seen them.”

“To very little purpose, I am afraid,” said her husband; “I don’t like
your commencement of the report.”

“I suppose not,” she replied; “but, thank God, it is neither your liking
nor disliking that we regard, Lindsay. I have seen them, Harry; and I am
glad to say that they are civil people.”

“Is it only now you found that out?” asked her husband; “why, they never
were anything else, Jenny.”

“Well, really,” said she, “I shall be forced to ask you to leave the
room if you proceed at this rate. Children, will you protect me from the
interruption and the studied insults of this man?”

“Father,” said Charles, “for Heaven’s sake will you allow her to state
the result of her visit? We are all very anxious to hear it; none more
so than I.”

“Please except your elder brother,” said Harry, laughing, “whose
interest you know, Charley, is most concerned.”

“Well, perhaps so,” said Charles; “of course, Harry--but proceed,
mother, we shan’t interrupt you.”

“O, go on,” said his mother, “go on; discuss the matter among you, I can
wait; don’t hesitate to interrupt me; your father there has set you that
gentlemanly example.”

“It must surely be good when it comes,” said Harry,with a smile; “but do
proceed, my dear mother, and never mind these queer folk; go on at once,
and let us know all: we--that is, myself--are prepared for the worst; do
proceed, mother.”

“Am I at liberty to speak?” said she, and she looked at them with a
glance that expressed a very fierce interrogatory. They all nodded, and
she resumed:

“Well, I have seen these people, I say; I have made a proposal of
marriage between Harry and Alice, and that proposal is--”

She paused, and looked around her with an air of triumph; but whether
that look communicated the triumph of success, or that of her inveterate
enmity and contempt for them ever since the death of old Hamilton,
was as great a secret to them as the Bononian enigma. There was a dead
silence, much to her mortification, for she would have given a great
deal that her husband had interrupted her just then, and taken her upon
the wrong tack.

“Well,” she proceeded, “do you all wish to hear it?”

Lindsay put his forefinger on his lips, and nodded to all the rest to do
the same.

“Ah, Lindsay,” she exclaimed, “you are an ill-minded man; but it matters
not so far as you are concerned--in three words, Harry, the proposal is
accepted; yes, accepted, and with gratitude and thanksgiving.”

“And you had no quarrel?” said Lindsay, with astonishment; “nor you
didn’t let out on them? Well, well!”

“Children, I am addressing myself to you, and especially to Harry here,
who is most interested; no, I see nothing to prevent us from having back
the property and the curds-and-whey along with it.”

“Faith, and the curds-and-whey are the best part of it after all,” said
Lindsay; “but, in the meantime, you might be a little more particular,
and give us a touch of your own eloquence and ability in bringing it
about.”

“What did Alice herself say, mother?” asked Charles; “was she a party to
the consent? because, if she was, your triumph, or rather Harry’s here,
is complete.”

“It is complete,” replied his mother, having recourse to a dishonest
evasion; “the girl and her parents have but one opinion. Indeed, I
always did the poor thing the credit to believe that she never was
capable of entertaining an opinion of her own, and it now turns out a
very fortunate thing for Harry that it is so; but of course he has made
an impression upon her.”

“As to that, mamma,” said Maria, “I don’t know--he may, or he may not;
but of this I am satisfied, that Alice Goodwin is a girl who can form
an opinion for herself, and that, whatever that opinion be, she will
neither change or abandon it upon slight grounds. I know her well, but
if she has consented to marry Harry she will marry him, and that is all
that is to be said about it.”

“I thought she would,” said Harry; “I told you, Charley, that I didn’t
think I was a fool--didn’t I?”

“I know you did, Harry,” replied his brother; “but I don’t know how--it
strikes me that I would rather have any other man’s opinion on that
subject than your own; however, time will tell.”

“It will tell, of course; and if it proves me a fool, I will give
you leave to clap the fool’s cap on me for life. And now that we
have advanced so far and so well, I may go and take one of my evening
strolls, in order to meditate on my approaching happiness.” And he did
so.

The family were not at all surprised at this, even although the period
of his walks frequently extended into a protracted hour of the night.
Not so the servants, who wondered why Master Harry should walk so much
abroad and remain out so late at night, especially considering the
unsettled and alarming state of the country, in consequence of the
outrages and robberies which were of such frequent occurrence. This,
it is true, was startling enough to these simple people; but that which
filled them not only with astonishment, but with something like awe,
was the indifference with which he was known to traverse haunted places
alone and unaccompanied, when the whole country around, except thieves
and robbers, witches, and evil spirits, were sound asleep. “What,” they
asked each other, “could he mean by it?”

“Barney Casey, you that knows a great deal for an unlarned man, tell
us what you think of it,” said the cook; “isn’t it the world’s wondher,
that a man that’s out at such hours doesn’t see somethin’? There’s Lanty
Bawn, and sure they say he saw the _white woman_ beyant the end of the
long _boreen_ on Thursday night last, the Lord save us; eh, Barney?”

Barney immediately assumed the oracle.

“He did,” said he; “and what is still more fearful, it’s said there was
a black man along wid her. They say that Lanty seen them both, and that
the black man had his arm about the white woman’s waist, and was kissin’
her at full trot.”

The cook crossed herself, and the whole kitchen turned up its eyes at
this diabolical piece of courtship.

“Musha, the Lord be about us in the manetime; but bad luck to the ould
boy, (a black man is always considered the devil, or the ould boy,
as they call him,) wasn’t it a daisant taste he had, to go to kiss a
ghost?”

“Why,” replied Barney with a grin, “I suppose the ould chap is hard set
on that point; who the devil else would kiss him, barrin’ some she ghost
or other? Some luckless ould maid, I’ll go bail, that gather a beard
while she was here, and the devil now is kissin’ it off to get seein’
what kind of a face she has. Well, all I can say,” he proceeded, “is,
that I wish him luck of his employment, for in troth it’s an honorable
one and he has a right to be proud of it.”

“Well, well,” said the housemaid, “it’s a wondher how any one can walk
by themselves at night; wasn’t it near the well at the foot of the long
hill that goes up to where the Davorens live that they were seen?”

“It was,” replied Barney; “at laste they say so.”

“And didn’t yourself tell me,” she proceeded, “that that same lonesome
boreen is a common walk at night wid Master Harry?”

“And so it is, Nanse,” replied Barney: “but as for Misther Harry, I
believe it’s party well known, that by night or by day he may walk where
he likes.”

“Father of heaven!” they exclaimed in a low, earnest voice; “but why,
Barney?” they asked in a condensed whisper.

“Why! Why is he called _Harry na Suil Balor_ for? Can you tell me that?”

“Why, bekaise his two eyes isn’t one color.”

“And why aren’t they one color? Can you tell me that?”

“O, the sorra step farther I can go in that question.”

“No,” said Barney, full of importance, “I thought not, and what is more,
I didn’t expect it from you. His mother could tell, though. It’s in her
family, and there’s worse than that in her family.”

“Troth, by all accounts,” observed the girl, “there never was anything
good in her family. But, Barney, achora, will you tell us, if you know,
what’s the rason of it?”

“If I know?” said Barney, rather offended; “maybe I don’t know, and
maybe I do, if it came to that. Any body, then, that has two eyes of
different colors always has the Evil Eye, or the _Suil Balor_, and has
the power of overlookin’; and, between ourselves, Masther Harry has it.
The misthress herself can only overlook cattle, bekaise both her eyes is
of the one color; but Masther Harry could overlook either man or woman
if he wished. And how do you think that comes?”

“The Lord knows,” replied the cook, crossing herself; “from no good, at
any rate. Troth, I’ll get a gospel and a scapular, for, to tell you the
truth, I observed that Masther Harry gave me a look the other day that
made my flesh creep, by rason that he thought the mutton was overdone.”

“O, you needn’t be afeard,” replied Barney; “he can overlook or not, as
he plaises; if he does not wish to do so, you’re safe enough; but when
any one like him that has the power wishes to do it, they could wither
you by degrees off o’ the airth.”

“God be about us! But, Barney, you didn’t tell us how it comes, for all
that.”

“It comes from the fairies. Doesn’t every one know that the fairies
themselves has the power of overlookin’ both cattle and Christians?”

“That’s true enough,” she replied; “every one, indeed, knows that. Sure,
my aunt had a child that died o’ the fairies.”

“Yes, but Masther Harry can see them.”

“What! is it the fairies?”

“Ay, the fairies, but only wid one eye, that piercin’ black one of his.
No, no; as I said before, he may walk where he likes, both by night and
by day; he’s safe from everything of the kind; even a ghost daren’t lay
a finger on him; and as the devil and the fairies are connected, he’s
safe from him, too, in this world at laste; but the Lord pity him when
he goes to the next; for there he’ll suffer _lalty_.”

The truth is, that in those days of witchcraft and apparitions of all
kinds, and even in the present, among the ignorant and uneducated of the
lower classes, any female seen at night in a lonely place, and supposed
to be a spirit, was termed a white woman, no matter what the color
of her dress may have been, provided it was not black. The same
superstition held good when anything in the shape of a man happened to
appear under similar circumstances. Terror, and the force of an excited
imagination, instantly transformed it into a black man, and that black
man, of course, was the devil himself. In the case before us, however,
our readers, we have no doubt, can give a better guess at the nature
of the black man and white woman in question than either the cook, the
housemaid, or even Barney himself.

It was late that night when Harry came in. The servants, with whose
terrors and superstitions Casey had taken such liberties, now looked
upon him as something awful, and, as might be naturally expected, felt a
dreadful curiosity with respect to him and his movements. They lay
awake on the night in question, with the express purpose of satisfying
themselves as to the hour of his return, and as that was between twelve
and one, they laid it down as a certain fact that there was something
“not light,” and beyond the common in his remaining out so late.



CHAPTER IX. Chase of the White Hare.

“Hark, forward, forward; holla ho!”


The next morning our friend Harry appeared at the breakfast table rather
paler than usual, and in one of his most abstracted moods; for it may be
said here that the frequent occurrence of such moods had not escaped the
observation of his family, especially of his step-father, in whose good
grace, it so happened, that he was not improving. One cause of this
was his supercilious, or, rather, his contemptuous manner towards his
admirable and affectionate brother. He refused to associate with him
in his sports or diversions; refused him his confidence, and seldom
addressed him, except in that tone of banter which always implies an
offensive impression of inferiority and want of respect towards the
object of it. After breakfast the next morning, his father said to
Charles, when the other members of the family had all left the room,--

“Charley, there is something behind that gloom of Harry’s which I don’t
like. Indeed, altogether, he has not improved upon me since his return,
and you are aware that I knew nothing of him before. I cannot conceive
his object in returning home just now, and, it seems, with no intention
of going back. His uncle was the kindest of men to him, and intended to
provide for him handsomely. It is not for nothing he would leave such an
uncle, and it is not for nothing that such an uncle would part with him,
unless there was a screw loose somewhere. I don’t wish to press him into
an explanation; but he has not offered any, and refuses, of course, to
place any confidence in me.”

“My dear father,” replied the generous brother, “I fear you judge him
too harshly. As for these fits of gloom, they may be constitutional;
you know my mother has them, and won’t speak to one of us sometimes
for whole days together. It is possible that some quarrel or
misunderstanding may have taken place between him and his uncle; but
how do you know that his silence on the subject does not proceed from
delicacy towards that relative?”

“Well, it may be so; and it is a very kind and generous interpretation
which you give of it, Charley. Let that part of the subject pass, then;
but, again, regarding this marriage. The principle upon which he and
his mother are proceeding is selfish, heartless, and perfidious in the
highest degree; and d---- me if I think it would be honorable in me to
stand by and see such a villainous game played against so excellent a
family--against so lovely and so admirable a girl as Alice Goodwin. It
is a union between the kite and the dove, Charley, and it would be base
and cowardly in me to see such a union accomplished.”

“Father,” said Charles, “in this matter will you be guided by me?
If Alice herself is a consenting party to the match, you have, in my
opinion, no right to interfere, at least with her affections. If she
marries him without stress or compulsion, she does it deliberately, and
she shapes her own course and her own fate. In the meantime I advise
you to hold back for the present, and wait until her own sentiments are
distinctly understood. That can be effected by a private interview with
yourself, which you can easily obtain. Let us not be severe on Harry. I
rather think he is pressed forward in the matter by my mother, for the
sake of the property If his uncle has discarded him, it is not, surely,
unreasonable that a young man like him, without a profession or
any fixed purpose in life, should wish to secure a wife--and such a
wife--who will bring back to him the very property which was originally
destined for himself in the first instance. Wait, then, at all events,
until Alice’s conduct in the matter is known. If there be unjustifiable
force and pressure upon her, act; if not, I think, sir, that, with every
respect, your interference would be an unjustifiable intrusion.”

“Very well, Charley; I believe you are right; I will be guided by you
for the present; I won’t interfere; but in the meantime I shall have an
eye to their proceedings. I don’t think the Goodwins at all mercenary or
selfish, but it is quite possible that they may look upon Harry as the
heir of his uncle’s wealth; and, after all, Charley, nature is nature;
that may influence them even unconsciously, and yet I am not in a
condition to undeceive them.”

“Father,” said Charles, “all I would suggest is, as I said before, a
little patience for the present; wait a while until we learn how Alice
herself will act. I am sorry to say that I perceived what I believe to
be an equivocation on the part of my mother in her allusion to Alice. I
think it will be found by and by that her personal consent has not been
given; and, what is more, that she was not present at all during
their conversation on the subject. If she was, however, and became a
consenting party to the proposal, then I say now, as I said before, you
have no right to interfere in the business.”

“What keeps him out so late at night? I mean occasionally. He is out two
or three nights every week until twelve or one o’clock. Now, you
know, in the present state of the country, that it is not safe.
_Shawn-na-Middogue_ and such scoundrels are abroad, and they might put a
bullet through him some night or other.

“He is not at all afraid on that score,” replied Charles; “he never goes
out in the evening without a case of pistols freshly loaded.”

“Well, but it, is wrong to subject himself to danger. Where is he gone
now?”

“He and Barney Casey have gone out to course; I think they went up
towards the mountains.”

Such was the fact. Harry was quite enamoured of sport, and, finding
dogs, guns, and fishing-rods ready to his hand, he became a regular
sportsman--a pursuit in which he found Barney a very able and
intelligent assistant, inasmuch as he knew the country, and every spot
where game of every description was to be had. They had traversed a
considerable portion of rough mountain land, and killed two or three
hares, when the heat of the day became so excessive that they considered
it time to rest and take refreshments.

“The sun, Masther Harry, is d---- hot,” said Barney; “and now that ould
Bet Harramount hasn’t been in it for many a long year, we may as well
go to that desolate cabin there above, and shelter ourselves from the
hate--not that I’d undhertake to go there by myself; but now that you
are wid me I don’t care if I take a peep into the inside of it, out of
curiosity.”

“Why,” said Woodward, “what about that cabin?”

“I’ll tell you that, sir, when we get into it. It’s consarnin’ coorsin’
too; but nobody ever lived in it since she left it.”

“Since who left it?”

“Never mind, sir; I’ll tell you all about it by and by.”

It was certainly a most desolate and miserable hut, and had such an
air of loneliness and desertion about it as was calculated to awaken
reflections every whit as deep and melancholy as the contemplation of
a very palace in ruins, especially to those who, like Barney, knew the
history of its last inhabitant. It was far up in the mountains, and not
within miles of another human habitation. Its loneliness and desolation
alone would not have made it so peculiarly striking and impressive
had it been inhabited; but its want of smoke--its still and lifeless
appearance--the silence and the solitude around it--the absence of
all symptoms of human life--its significant aspect of destitution and
poverty, even at the best--all contributed to awaken in the mind that
dreamy reflection that would induce the spectator to think that, apart
from the strife and bustle of life, it might have existed there for a
thousand years. Humble and contemptible in appearance as it was, yet
there, as it stood--smokeless, alone, and desolate, as we have said,
with no exponent of existence about it--no bird singing, no animal
moving, as a token of contiguous life, no tree waving in the breeze, no
shrub, even, stirring, but all still as the grave--there, we say, as
it stood, afar and apart from the general uproar of the world, and
apparently gray with long antiquity, it was a solemn and a melancholy
homily upon human life in all its aspects, from the cabin to the palace,
and from the palace to the grave. Now, its position and appearance might
suggest to a thinking and romantic mind all the reflections to which v&
have alluded, without any additional accessories; but when the reader is
informed that it was supposed to be the abode of crime, the rendezvous
of evil spirits, the theatre of unholy incantations, and the temporary
abode of the Great Tempter--and when all these facts are taken in
connection with its desolate character, he will surely admit that it was
calculated to impress the mind of all those who knew the history of its
antecedents with awe and dread.

“I have never been in it,” said Barney, “and I don’t think there’s a man
or woman in the next three parishes that would enter it alone, even by
daylight; but now that you are wid me, I have a terrible curiosity to
see it inside.”

A curse was thought to hang over it, but that curse, as it happened, was
its preservation in the undilapidated state in which it stood.

On entering it, which Barney did not do without previously crossing
himself, they were surprised to find it precisely in the same situation
in which it had been abandoned. There were one small pot, two stools, an
earthen pitcher, a few wooden trenchers lying upon a shelf, an old dusty
salt-bag, an ash stick, broken in the middle, and doubled down so as to
form a tongs; and gathered up in a corner was a truss of straw, covered
with a rug and a thin old blanket, which had constituted a wretched
substitute for a bed. That, however, which alarmed Barney most, was an
old broomstick with a stump of worn broom attached to the end of it, as
it stood in an opposite corner. This constituted the whole furniture of
the hut.

“Now, Barney,” said Harry, after they had examined it, “out with the
brandy and water and the slices of ham, till we refresh ourselves in the
first place, and after that I will hear your history of this magnificent
mansion.”

“O, it isn’t the mansion, sir,” he replied, “but the woman that lived in
it that I have to spake about. God guard us! There in that corner is the
very broomstick she used to ride through the air upon!”

“Never mind that now, but ransack that immense shooting-pocket, and
produce its contents.”

They accordingly sat down, each upon one of the stools, and helped
themselves to bread and ham, together with some tolerably copious
draughts of brandy and water which they had mixed before leaving
home. Woodward, perceiving Barney’s anxiety to deliver himself of his
narrative, made him take an additional draught by way of encouragement
to proceed, which, having very willingly finished the bumper offered
him, he did as follows:

“Well, Masther Harry, in the first place, do you believe in the Bible?”

“In the Bible!--ahem--why--yes--certainly, Barney; do you suppose I’m
not a Christian?”

“God forbid,” replied Barney; “well, the Bible itself isn’t thruer than
what I’m goin’ to tell you--sure all the world for ten miles round knows
it.”

“Well, but, Barney, I would rather you would let me know it in the first
place.”

“So I will, sir. Well, then, there was a witch-woman, by name one Bet
Harramount, and on the surface of God’s earth, blessed be his name!
there was nothin’ undher a bonnet and petticoats so ugly. She was pitted
wid the small-pox to that degree that you might hide half a peck of
marrowfat paise (peas) in her face widout their being noticed; then the
sanies (seams) that ran across it were five-foot raspers, every one of
them. She had one of the purtiest gooseberry eyes in Europe; and only
for the squint in the other, it would have been the ornament of her
comely face entirely; but as it was, no human bein’ was ever able to
decide between them. She had two buck teeth in the front of her mouth
that nobody could help admirin’; and, indeed, altogether I don’t wondher
that the devil fell in consate wid her, for, by all accounts, they
say he carries a sweet tooth himself for comely ould women like Bet
Harramount. Give the tasty ould chap a wrinkle any day before a dimple,
when he promotes them to be witches, as he did her. Sure he was seen
kissin’ a ghost the other night near Crukanesker well, where the
Davorens get their wather from. O, thin, bedad, but Grace Davoren is a
beauty all out; and maybe ‘tis herself doesn’t know it.”

“Go on with your story,” said Woodward, rather dryly; “proceed.”

“Well, sir, there is Bet Harramount’s face for you, and the rest of her
figure wasn’t sich as to disgrace it. She was half bent wid age, wore
an ould black bonnet, an ould red cloak, and walked wid a staff that was
bent at the top, as it seems every witch must do. Where she came from
nobody could ever tell, for she was a black stranger in this part of the
country. At all events, she lived in the town below, but how she lived
nobody could tell either. Everything about her was a riddle; no wondher,
considherin’ she hardly was ever known to spake to any one, from the
lark to the lamb. At length she began to be subjected by many sensible
people to be something not right; which you know, sir, was only natural.
Peter O’Figgins, that was cracked--but then it was only wid dhrink and
larnin’--said it; and Katty McTrollop, Lord Bilberry’s henwife, was of
the same opinion, and from them and others the thing grew and spread
until it became right well known that she was nothin’ else than a witch,
and that the big wart on her neck was nothin’ more nor less than the
mark the devil had set upon her, to suckle his babies by. From this out,
them that had Christian hearts and loved their religion trated the thief
as she desarved to be trated. She was hissed and hooted, thank God,
wherever she showed her face; but still nobody had courage to lay a hand
upon her by rason of her blasphaimin’ and cursin’, which, they say, used
to make the hair stand like wattles upon the heads of them that heard
her.”

“Had she not a black cat?” asked Woodward; “surely, she ought to have had
a familiar.”

“No,” replied Barney; “the cat she had was a white cat, and the mainin’
of its color will appear to you by and by; at any rate, out came the
truth. You have heard of the Black Spectre--the _Shan-dhinne-dhuv?_”

“I have,” replied the other; “proceed.”

“Well, sir, as I said, the truth came out at last; in the coorse of
a short time she was watched at night, and seen goin’ to the haunted
house, where the Spectre lives.”

“Did she walk there, or fly upon her broomstick?” asked Woodward,
gravely.

“I believe she walked, sir,” replied Barney; “but afther that every eye
was upon her, and many a time she was seen goin’ to the haunted house
when she thought no eye was upon her. Afther this, of coorse, she
disappeared, for, to tell you the truth, the town became too hot
for her; and, indeed, this is not surprisin’. Two or three of the
neighborin’ women miscarried, and several people lost their cattle after
she came to the town; and to make a long story short, just as it was
made up to throw her into the parson’s pond, she disappeared, as I said,
exactly as if she had known their intention: and becoorse she did.”

“And did they ever find out where she went to?”

“Have patience, sir, for patience, they say, is a virtue. About a month
afterwards some of the townspeople came up to the mountains here, to
hunt hares, just as we did. Several of them before this had seen a
white hare near the very spot we’re sittin’ in, but sorra dog of any
description, either hound, greyhound, or lurcher could blow wind in her
tail; even a pair of the Irish bloodhounds were brought, and when they
came on her, she flew from them like the wind, I and laughed at them,
becoorse. Well, sir, the whole country was in a terrible state of alarm
about the white hare, for every one knew, of coorse, that she was a
witch; and as the cows began, here and there, to fail in their milk,
why, it was a clear case that she sucked them in ordher to supply some
imp of the devil that sucked herself. At that time there was a priest
in this parish, a very pious man by name Father McFeen; and as he liked,
now and then, to have a dish of hare soup, he kept a famous greyhound,
called Koolawn, that was never said to miss a hare by any chance. As I
said, some of the townspeople came up here to have a hunt, and as they
wished, above all things, to bring the priest’s greyhound and the white
hare together, they asked the loan of him from his reverence, telling
him, at the same time, what they wanted him for. Father McFeen was very
proud of his dog, and good right he had, and tould them they should have
him with pleasure.

“‘But, as he’s goin’ to try his speed against a witch,’ said he, ‘I’ll
venture to say that you’ll have as pretty a run as ever was seen on the
hills.’

“Well, sir, at all events, off they set to the mountains; and sure
enough, they weren’t long there when they had the best of sport, but no
white hare came in their way. Koolawn, however, was kept in the slip the
whole day, in the hope of their startin’ her, for they didn’t wish to
have him tired if they should come across her. At last, it was gettin’
late, and when they were just on the point of givin’ her up, and, goin’
home, begad she started, and before you’d say Jack Kobinson, Koolawn
and she were at it. Sich a chase, they say, was never seen. They flew at
sich a rate that the people could hardly keep their eyes upon them. The
hare went like the wind; but, begad, it was not every evening she had
sich a dog as famous Koolawn at her scut. He turned her, and turned her,
and every one thought he had her above a dozen of times, but still she
turned, and was off from him again. At this rate they went on for long
enough, until both began to fail, and to appear nearly run down. At
length the gallaut Koolawn had her; she gave a squeal that was heard,
they say, for miles. He had her, I say, hard and fast by the hip, but
it was only for a moment; how she escaped; from him nobody knows; but it
was thought that he wasn’t able, from want of breath, to keep his hoult.
To make a long story short, she got off from him, turned up towards the;
cabin we’re sittin’ in, Koolawn, game as ever, still close to her; at
last she got in, and as the dog was about to spring in afther her, he
found the door shut in his face. There now was the proof of it; but
wait till you hear what’s comin’. The men all ran up here and opened
the door, for there was only a latch upon it, and if the hare was in
existence, surely they’d find her now. Well, they closed the door at
wanst for fraid she’d escape them; but afther sarchin’ to no purpose,
what do you think they found? No hare, at any rate, but ould Bet
Harramount pantin’ in the straw there, and covered wid a rug, for she
hadn’t time to get on the blanket--just as if the life was lavin’
her. The sweat, savin’ your presence, was pourin’ from her; and upon
examinin’ her more closely, which they did, they found the marks of the
dog’s teeth in one of her ould hips, which was freshly bleedin’. They
were now satisfied, I think, and--”

“But why did they not seize and carry her before a magistrate?”

“Aisy, Masther Harry; the white cat, all this time, was sittin’ at the
fireside there, lookin’ on very quietly, when the thought struck the men
that they’d set the dogs upon it, and so they did, or rather, so they
tried to do, but the minute the cat was pointed out to them, they
dropped their ears and tails, and made out o’ the house, and all the
art o’ man couldn’t get them to come in again. When the men looked at it
agin it was four times the size it had been at the beginin’, and, what
was still more frightful, it was gettin’ bigger and bigger, and fiercer
and fiercer lookin’, every minute. Begad, the men seein’ this took to
their heels for the present, wid an intention of comin’ the next momin’,
wid the priest and the magisthrate, and a strong force to seize upon
her, and have her tried and convicted, in ordher that she might be
burned.”

“And did they come?”

“They did; but of all the storms that ever fell from the heavens, none
o’ them could aquil the one that come on that night. Thundher, and wind,
and lightnin’, and hail, and rain, were all at work together, and every
one knew at wanst that the devil was riz for somethin’. Well, I’m near
the end of it. The next mornin’ the priest and the magisthrate, and a
large body of people from all quarthers, came to make a prisoner of her;
but, indeed, wherever she might be herself, they didn’t expect to find
this light, flimsy hut standin’, nor stick nor stone of it together
afther such a storm. What was their surprise, then, to see wid their own
eyes that not a straw on the roof of it was disturbed any more than if
it had been the calmest night that ever came on the earth!”

“But about the witch herself?”

“She was gone; neither hilt nor hair of her was there; nor from that day
to this was she ever seen by mortal. It’s not hard to guess, however,
what became of her. Every one knows that the devil carried her and her
imp off in the tempest, either to some safer place, or else to give her
a warm corner below stairs.”

“Why, Barney, it must be an awful little house, this.”

“You may say that, sir; there’s not a man, woman, or child in the barony
would come into it by themselves. Every one keeps from it; the very
rapparees, and robbers of every description, would take the shelter of
a cleft or cave rather than come into it. Here it is, then, as you see,
just as she and the devil and his imp left it; no one has laid a hand on
it since, nor ever will.”

“But why was it not pulled down and levelled at the time?”

“Why, Masther Harry? Dear me, I wondher you ask that. Do you think the
people would be mad enough to bring down her vengeance upon themselves
or their property, or maybe upon both? and for that matther she may be
alive yet.”

“Well, then, if she is,” replied Woodward, “here goes to set her at
defiance;” and as he spoke he tossed bed, straw, rug, blanket, and every
miserable article of furniture that the house contained, out at the
door.

Barney’s hair stood erect upon his head, and he looked aghast.

“Well, Masther Harry,” said he, “I’m but a poor man, and I wouldn’t take
the wealth of the parish and do that. Come away, sir; let us lave it; as
I tould you, they say there’s a curse upon it, and upon every one that
makes or meddles wid it. Some people say it’s to stand there till the
day of judgment.”

Having now refreshed themselves, they left Bet Harramont’s cabin, with
all its awful associations, behind them, and resumed their sport, which
they continued until evening, when, having killed as many hares as
they could readily carry, they took a short cut home through the lower
fields. By this way they came upon a long, green hill, covered in some
places with short furze, and commanding a full view of the haunted
house, which lay some four or five hundred yards below them, with its
back door lying, as usual, open.

“Let us beat these furze,” said Woodward, “and have one run more, if we
can, before getting home; it is just the place for a hare.”

“With all my heart,” replied Barney; “another will complete the half
dozen.”

They accordingly commenced searching the cover, which they did to no
purpose, and were upon the point of giving up all hope of I success,
when, from the centre of a low, broad clump of furze, out starts a hare,
as white almost as snow. Barney for a moment was struck dumb; but at
length exerting his voice, for he was some distance from Woodward, he
shouted out--

“O, for goodness’ sake, hould in the dogs, Masther Harry!”

It was too late, however; the gallant, animals, though fatigued by their
previous exertions, immediately gave noble chase, and by far the most
beautiful and interesting course they had had that day took place upon
the broad, clear plain that stretched before them. It was, indeed,
to the eye of a sportsman, one of intense and surpassing interest--an
interest which, even to Woodward, who only laughed at Barney’s story
of the witch, was, nevertheless, deepened tenfold by the coincidence
between the two circumstances. The swift and mettlesome dogs pushed her
hard, and succeeded in turning her several times, when it was observed
that she made a point to manage her running so as to approximate to
the haunted house--a fact which was not unobserved by Barney, who now,
having joined Woodward, exclaimed--

“Mark it, Masther Harry, mark my words, she’s alive still, and will be
wid the _Shan-dhinne-dhuv_ in spite o’ them! Bravo, Sambo! Well done,
Snail; ay, Snail, indeed--hillo! by the sweets o’ rosin they have
her--no, no--but it was a beautiful turn, though; and poor Snail, so
tired afther his day’s work. Now, Masther Harry, thunder and turf! how
beautiful Sambo takes her up. Bravo, Sambo! stretch out, my darlin’ that
you are!--O, blood, Masther Harry, isn’t that beautiful? See how they go
neck and neck wid their two noses not six inches from her scut; and dang
my buttons but, witch or no witch, she’s a thorough bit o’ game, too.
Come, Bet, don’t be asleep, my ould lady; move along, my darlin’--do
you feel the breath of your sweetheart at your bottom? Take to your
broomstick; you want it.”

As he uttered these words the hare turned,--indeed it was time for
her--and both dogs shot forward, by the impetus of their flight, so far
beyond the point of her turn, that she started off towards the haunted
house. She had little time to spare, however, for they were once more
gaining on her; but still she approached the house, the dogs nearing her
fast. She approached the house, we say; she entered the open door, the
dogs within a few yards of her, when, almost in an instant, they came to
a standstill, looked into it, but did not enter; and when whistled back
to where Woodward and Barney stood, they looked in Barney’s eye, not
only panting and exhausted, as indeed they were, but terrified also.

“Well, Masther Harry,” said he, assuming the air of a man who spoke with
authority, “what do you think of that?”

“I think you are right,” replied Woodward; assuming on his part, for
reasons which will be subsequently understood, an impression of sudden
conviction. “I think you are right, Barney, and that the Black Spectre
and the witch are acquaintances.”

“Try her wid a silver bullet,” said Barney; “there is nothing else for
it. No dog can kill her--that’s a clear case; but souple as she is, a
silver bullet is the only messenger that can overtake her. Bad luck
to her, the thief! sure, if she’d turn to God and repint, it isn’t
codgerin’ wid sich company she’d be, and often in danger, besides, of
havin’ a greyhound’s nose at her flank. I hope you’re satisfied, Masther
Harry?”

“Perfectly, Barney; there can be no doubt about it now. As for my part,
I know not what temptation could induce me to enter that haunted house.
I see that I was on dangerous ground when I defied the witch in the hut;
but I shall take care to be more cautious in future.”

They then bent their steps homewards, each sufficiently fatigued and
exhausted after the sports of the day to require both food and rest.
Woodward went early to bed, but Barney, who was better accustomed to
exercise, having dined heartily in the kitchen, could not, for the
soul of him, contain within his own bosom the awful and supernatural
adventure which had just occurred. He assumed, as before, a very solemn
and oracular air; spoke little, however, but that little was deeply
abstracted and mysterious. It was evident to the whole kitchen that
he was brimful of something, and that that something was of more than
ordinary importance.

“Well, Barney, had you and Masther Harry a pleasant day’s sport? I see
you have brought home five hares,” said the cook.

“Hum!” groaned Barney; “but no matther; it’s a quare world, Mrs. Malony,
and there’s strange things in it. Heaven bless me! Heaven bless me, and
Heaven bless us all, if it comes to that! Masther Harry said he’d send
me down a couple o’ glasses of------O, here comes Biddy wid them; that’s
a girl, Bid--divil sich a kitchen-maid in Europe!”

Biddy handed him a decanter with about half a pint of stout whiskey in
it, a portion of which passed into a goblet, was diluted with water, and
drunk off, after which he smacked his lips, but with a melancholy air,
and then, looking solemnly and meditatively into the fire, relapsed into
silence.

“Did you meet any fairies on your way?” asked Nanse, the housemaid. For
about half a minute Barney did not reply; but at length, looking about
him, he started--

“Eh? What’s that? Who spoke to me?”

“Who spoke to you?” replied Nanse. “Why, I think you’re beside yoursel’--I
did.”

“What did you say, Nanse? I am beside myself.”

There was now a sudden cessation in all the culinary operations, a
general pause, and a rapid congregating around Barney, who still sat
looking solemnly into the fire.

“Why, Barney, there’s something strange over you,” said the cook.
“Heaven help the poor boy; sure, it’s a shame to be tormentin’ him this
way; but in the name of goodness, Barney, and as you have a sowl to be
saved, will you tell us all? Stand back, Nanse, and don’t be torturin’
the poor lad this way, as I said.”

“Biddy,” said Barney, his mind still wandering, and his eyes still fixed
on the fire--“Biddy, darlin’, will you hand me that de-canther agin; I
find I’m not aquil to it. Heaven presarve us! Heaven presarve us! that’s
it; now hand me the wather, like an angel out of heaven, as you are,
Bid. Ah, glory be to goodness, but that’s refreshin’, especially afther
sich a day--sich a day! O saints above, look down upon us poor sinners,
one and all, men and women, wid pity and compassion this night! Here;
I’m very wake; let me get to bed; is there any pump wather in the
kitchen?”

To describe the pitch to which he had them wound up would be utterly
impossible. He sat in the cook’s arm-chair, leaning a little back,
his feet placed upon the fender, and his eyes, as before, immovably,
painfully, and abstractedly fixed upon the embers. He was now the centre
of a circle, for they were all crowded about him, wrapped up to the
highest possible pitch of curiosity.

“We were talkin’ about Masther Harry,” said he, “the other night, and I
think I tould you something about him; it’s like a dhrame to me that I
did.”

“You did, indeed, Barney,” said the cook, coaxingly, “and I hope that
what you tould us wasn’t true.”

“Aye, but about to-day, Barney; somthin’ has happened to-day that’s
troublin’ you.”

“Who is it said that?” said he, his eyes now closed, as if he were
wrapped up in some distressing mystery. “Was it you, Nanse? It’s like
your voice, achora.”

Now, the reader must know that a deadly jealousy lay between Nanse and
the cook, _quoad_ honest Barney, who, being aware of the fact, kept
the hopes and fears of each in such an exact state of equilibrium,
that neither of them could, for the life of her, claim the slightest
advantage over the other. The droll varlet had an appetite like a shark,
and a strong relish for drink besides, and what between precious
tidbits from the cook and borrowing small sums for liquor from Nanse, he
contrived to play them off one against the other with great tact.

“I think,” said he, his eyes still closed, “that that is Nanse’s voice;
is it, acushla?”

“It is, Barney, achora,” replied Nanse; “but there’s something wrong wid
you.”

“I wish to goodness, Nanse, you’d let the boy alone,” said the cook;
“when he chooses to spake, he’ll spake to them that can undherstand
him.”

“O, jaminy stars! that’s you, I suppose; ha, ha, ha.”

“Keep silence,” said Barney, “and listen. Nanse, you are right in one
sinse, and the cook’s right in another; you’re both right, but at
the present spakin’ you’re both wrong. Listen--you all know the
_Shan-dhinne-dhuv?_”

“Know him! The Lord stand between us and him,” replied Nanse; “I hope in
God we’ll never either know or see him.”

“You know,” proceeded Barney, “that he keeps’ the haunted house, and
appears in the neighborhood of it?”

“Yes, we know that, achora,” replied the cook, sweetly.

“Well, you can’t forget Bet Harramount, the witch, that lived for some
time in Rathfillan? She that was hunted in the shape of a white hare by
pious Father McFeen’s famous greyhound, Koolawn.”

“Doesn’t all the world know it, Barney, avillish?” said Nanse.

“Divil the word she’ll let out o’ the poor boy’s lips,” said the cook,
with a fair portion of venom. Nanse made no reply, but laughed with
a certain description of confidence, as she glanced sneeringly at the
cook, who, to say the truth, turned her eyes with a fiery and impulsive
look towards the ladle.

“Well,” proceeded Barney, “you all know that the divil took her and her
imp, the white cat, away on the night of the great storm that took place
then?”

“We do! Sure we have heard it a thousand times.”

“Very well--I want to show you that Bet Harramount, the white witch,
and the Black Speacthre are sweethearts, and are leadin’ a bad life
together.”

“Heavenly father! Saints above! Blessed Mother!” were ejaculated by the
whole kitchen. Barney, in fact, was progressing with great effect.

“O, yez needn’t be surprised,” he continued, “for it was well known
that they had many private meetin’s while Bet was livin’ in Rathfillan.
But it was thought the devil had taken her away from the priest and
magisthrate on the night o’ the storm, and so he did; and he best knew
why. Listen, I say--Masther Harry and I went out this day to coorse
hares; we went far up into the mountains, and never pulled bridle till
we came to the cabin where the witch lived, the same that Koolawn
chased her into in the shape of a white hare, after taking a bite out
of her--out of the part next her scut. Well, we sat down in the cursed
cabin, much against my wishes, but he would rest nowhere else--mark
that--so while we were helpin’ ourselves to the ham and brandy, I up and
tould him the history of Bet Harramount from a to izzard. ‘Well,’ said
he, ‘to show you how little I care about her, and that I set her at
defiance, I’ll toss every atom of her beggarly furniture out of the
door;’ and so he did--but by dad I thought he done it in a jokin’ way,
as much as to say, I can take the liberty where another can’t. I knew,
becoorse, he was wrong; but that makes no maxim--I’ll go on wid my
story. On our way home we came to the green fields that lie on this side
of the haunted house; a portion of it, on a risin’ ground, is covered
with furz. Now listen--when we came to it he stood; ‘Barney,’ says he,
‘there’s a hare here; give me the dogs, Sambo and Snail; they’ll have
sich a hunt as they never had yet, and never will have agin.’

“He then closed his eyes, raised his left foot, and dhrew it back
three times in the divil’s name, pronounced some words that I couldn’t
understand, and then said to me, ‘Now, Barney, go down to that withered
furze, and as you go, always keep your left foot foremost; cough three
times, then kick the furze with your left foot, and maybe you’ll see an
old friend o’ yours.’

“Well, I did so, and troth I thought there was somethin’ over me when I
did it; but--what ‘ud you think?--out starts a white hare, and off went
Sambo and Snail after her, full butt. I have seen many a hard run, but
the likes o’ that I never seen. If they turned her wanst they turned her
more than a dozen times; but where do you think she escaped to at last?”

“The Lord knows, Barney; where?”

“As heaven’s above us, into the haunted house; and if the dogs were to
get a thousand guineas apiece, one of them couldn’t be forced into it
afther her. They ran with their noses on her very scut, widin five or
six yards of it, and when she went into it they stood stock still, and
neither man nor sword could get them to go farther. But what do you
think Masther Harry said afther he had seen all this? ‘Barney,’ said he,
‘I’m detarmined to spend a night in the haunted house before I’m much
ouldher; only keep that to yourself, and don’t make a blowing horn of it
through the parish.’ And what he said to me, I say to you--never breathe
a syllable of it to man or mortal. It’ll be worse for you if you do. And
now, do you remember what Lanty Malony saw the other night? The
black man kissin’ the white woman. Is it clear to yez now? The
_Shan-dhinne-dhuv_--_the Black Specthre_--kissin’ Bet Harramount, the
white woman. There it is; and now you have it as clear as a, b, c.”

Barney then retired to his bed, leaving the denizens of the kitchen in a
state which the reader may very well understand.



CHAPTER X. True Love Defeated.


Mr. and Mrs. Goodwin, in the absence of their daughter, held a very
agreeable conversation on the subject of Mrs. Lindsay’s visit. Neither
Goodwin nor his wife was in the slightest degree selfish, yet, somehow,
there crept into their hearts a certain portion of selfishness, which
could be traced only to the affection which they felt for Alice. They
calculated that Henry Woodward, having been reared and educated by
his uncle, would be amply provided for by that wealthy gentleman--who,
besides, was childless. This consideration became a strong element in
their deliberations and discussions upon the projected match, and
they accordingly resolved to win over Alice’s consent to it as soon as
possible. From the obedience of her disposition, and the natural pliancy
of her character with the opinions of others, they concluded the matter
as arranged and certain. They forgot, however, that Alice, though
a feeble thinker on matters of superstition and others of a minor
importance, could sometimes exercise a will of her own, but very seldom,
if ever, when opposed to theirs. They knew her love and affection
for them, and that she was capable of making any sacrifice that
might contribute to their happiness. They had, however, observed of
late--indeed for a considerable time past--that she appeared to be in
low spirits, moved about as if there was a pressure of some description
in her mind; and when they asked her if she were at ease--which they
often did--she only replied by a smile, and asked them in return why she
should be otherwise. With this reply they were satisfied, for they knew
that upon the general occurrences of life she was almost a mere child,
and that, although her health was good, her constitution was naturally
delicate, and liable to be affected by many things indifferent in
themselves, which girls of a stronger mind and constitution would
neither perceive nor feel. The summing up of all was that they
apprehended no obstruction to the proposed union from any objection on
her part, as soon as she should be made acquainted with their wishes.

In the course of that very evening they introduced the subject to
her, with that natural confidence which resulted from their foregone
conclusions upon it.

“Alley,” said her mother, “I hope you’re in good spirits this evening.”

“Indifferent enough, mamma; my spirits, you know, are not naturally
good.”

“And why should they not?” said her mother; “what on earth have you to
trouble you?”

“O, mamma,” she exclaimed, “you don’t know how often I miss my
sister;--at night I think I see her, and she looks pale and melancholy,
and full of sorrow--just as she did when she felt that her hope of life
was gone forever. O, how willingly--how joyfully--would I return her
fortune, and if I had ten times as much of my own, along with it, if it
could only bring her back to me again!”

“Well, you know, my darling, that can’t be done; but cheer up; I have
good news for you--news that I am sure will delight you.”

“But I don’t stand in need of any good news, mamma.”

This simple reply proved an unexpected capsize to her mother, who knew
not how to proceed; but, in the moment of her embarrassment, looked to
her husband for assistance.

“My dear Alice,” said her father, “the fact is this--you have achieved a
conquest, and there has been a proposal of marriage made for you.”

Alice instantly suspected the individual from whom the proposal came,
and turned pale as death.

“That does not cheer my spirits, then, papa.”

“That may be, my dear Alice,” replied her father; “but, in the opinion
of your mother and me, it ought.”

“From what quarter has it come, papa, may I ask? I am living very lonely
and retired here, you know.”

“The proposal, then, my dear child, has come from Henry Woodward, this
day; and what will surprise you more, through his mother, too--who has
been of late such an inveterate enemy to our family. So far as I have
seen of Henry himself, he is everything I could wish for a son-in-law.”

“But you have seen very little of him, papa.”

“What I have seen of him has pleased me very much, Alice.”

“How strange,” said she musingly, “that father and daughter should draw
such different conclusions from the same premises. The very thought of
that young man sinks the heart within me. I beg, once for all, that you
will never mention his name to me on this subject, and in this light,
again. It is not that I hate him--I trust I hate nobody--but I feel an
antipathy against him; and what is more, I feel a kind of terror when I
even think of him; and an oppression, for which I cannot account, whilst
I am in his society.”

“This is very strange, Alice,” replied her father; “and, I am afraid,
rather foolish, too. There is nothing in his face, person, manner, or
conversation that, in my opinion, is not calculated to attract any young
woman in his own rank of life--at least, I think so.”

“Well, but the poor child,” said her mother, “knows nothing about
love--how could she? Sure, my dear Alley, true love never begins until
after marriage. You don’t know what a dislike I had to your father,
there, whilst our friends on both sides were making up the courtship.
They literally dragged me into it.”

“Yes, Alley,” added her father, smiling, “and they literally dragged
me into it; and yet, when we came together, Alice, there never was a
happier couple in existence.”

Alice could not help smiling, but the smile soon passed away. “That may
be all very true,” she replied, “but in the meantime, you must not press
me on this subject. Don’t entertain it for a moment. I shall never marry
this man. Put an end to it--see his mother, and inform her, without loss
of time, of the unalterable determination I have made. Do not palter
with them, father---do not, mother; and above all things, don’t attempt
to sacrifice the happiness of your only daughter. I could make any
sacrifice for your happiness but this; and if, in obedience to your
wishes, I made it, I can tell you that I would soon be with my sister.
You both know that I am not strong, and that I am incapable of severe
struggles. Don’t, then, harass me upon this matter.”

She here burst into tears, and for a few minutes wept bitterly.

“We must give it up,” said her father, looking at Mrs. Goodwin.”

“No such thing,” replied his wife; “think of our own case, and how happy
we have been in spite of ourselves.”

“Ay, but we were neither of us fools, Martha; at least you were not, or
you would never have suffered yourself to be persuaded into matrimony,
as you did at last. There was, it is true, an affected frown upon your
brow; but then, again, there was a very sly smile under it. As for me,
I would have escaped the match if I could; but no matter, it was all for
the best, although neither of us anticipated as much. Alice, my child,
think of what we have said to you; reflect upon it. Our object is to
make you happy; our experience of life is much greater than yours. Don’t
reply to us now; we will give you a reasonable time to think of it.
Consider that you will add to your mother’s happiness and mine by
consenting to such an unobjectionable match. This young man will, of
course, inherit his uncle’s property; he will elevate you in life; he is
handsome, accomplished, and evidently knows the world, and you can look
up to him as a husband of whom you will have a just right to feel proud.
Allow the young man to visit you; study him as closely as you may; but
above all things do not cherish an unfounded antipathy against him or
any one.”

Several interviews took place afterwards between Alice and Henry
Woodward; and after each interview her parents sought her opinion
of him, and desired to know whether she was beginning to think more
favorably of him than she had hitherto done. Still, however, came the
same reply. Every interview only increased her repugnance to the match,
and her antipathy to the man. At length she consented to allow him one
last interview--the last, she asserted, which she would ever afford him
on the subject, and he accordingly presented himself to know her
final determination. Not that from what came out from their former
conversations he had any grounds, as a reasonable man, to expect a
change of opinion on her part; but as the property was his object, he
resolved to leave nothing undone to overcome her prejudice against him
if he could. They were, accordingly, left in the drawing-room to discuss
the matter as best they might, but with a hope on the part of her
parents that, knowing, as she did, how earnestly their hearts were fixed
upon her marriage with him, she might, if only for their sakes, renounce
her foolish antipathy, ard be prevailed upon, by his ardor and his
eloquence, to consent at last.

“Well, Miss Goodwin,” said he, when they were left together, “this I
understand, and what is more, I fear, is to be my day of doom. Heaven
grant that it may be a favorable one, for I am badly prepared to see my
hopes blasted, and my affection for you spurned! My happiness, my dear
Miss Goodwin--my happiness for life depends upon the result of this
interview. I know--but I should not say so--for in this instance I must
be guided by hearsay--well, I know from hearsay that your heart is kind
and affectionate. Now I believe this; for who can look upon your face
and doubt it? Believing this, then, how can you, when you know that
the happiness of a man who loves you beyond the power of language to
express, is at stake, depends upon your will--how can you, I say, refuse
to make that individual--who appreciated all your virtues, as I
do--who feels the influence of your extraordinary beauty, as I do--who
contemplates your future happiness as the great object of his life, as I
do--how can you, I say, refuse to make that man happy?”

“Mr. Woodward,” she said, “I will not reply to your arguments; I
simply wish to ask you, Are you a gentleman?--in other words, a man of
integrity and principle?”

“Do you doubt me, Miss Goodwin?” he inquired, as if he felt somewhat
hurt.

“It is very difficult, Mr. Woodward,” she replied, “to know the heart;
I request, however, a direct and a serious answer, for I can assure you
that I am about to place the deepest possible confidence in your faith
and honor.”

“O,” he exclaimed, “that is sufficient; in such a case I feel bound to
respect your confidence as sacred; do not hesitate to confide in me. Let
me perish a thousand times sooner than abuse such a trust. Speak out,
Miss Goodwin.”

“It is necessary that I should,” she replied, “both for your sake and my
own. Know, then, that my heart is not at my own disposal; it is engaged
to another.”

“I can only listen, Miss Goodwin--I can only listen--but--but--excuse
me--proceed.”

“My heart, as I said, is engaged to another--and that other is your
brother Charles.”

Woodward fixed his eyes upon her face--already scarlet with blushes, and
when she ventured to raise hers upon him, she beheld a countenance sunk
apparently in the deepest sorrow.

“Alas! Miss Goodwin,” he replied, “you have filled my heart with a
double grief. I could resign you--of course it would and must be with
the most inexpressible anguish--but to resign you to such a--. O!”
 he proceeded, shaking his head sorrowfully, “you know not in what a
position of torture you place me. You said you believed me to be a
gentleman; so I trust--I feel--I am, and what is more, a brother, and
an affectionate brother, if I--O, my God, what am I to do? How, knowing
what I know of that unfortunate young man, could I ever have expected
this? In the meantime I thank you for your confidence, Miss Goodwin; I
hope it was God himself who inspired you to place it in me, and that
it may be the means of your salvation from--but perhaps I am saying
too much; he is my brother; excuse me, I am not just now cool and calm
enough to say what I would wish, and what you, poor child, neither know
nor suspect, and perhaps I shall never mention it; but you must give me
time. Of course, under the circumstances you have mentioned, I resign
all hopes of my own happiness with you; but, so help me Heaven, if I
shall resign all hopes of yours. I cannot now speak at further length;
I am too much surprised, too much agitated, too much shocked at what I
have heard; but I shall see you, if you will allow me, to-morrow; and as
I cannot become your husband, perhaps I may become your guardian angel.
Allow me to see you to-morrow. You have taken me so completely by
surprise that I. am quite incapable of speaking on this subject, as
perhaps--but I know not yet--I must become more cool, and reflect deeply
upon what my conduct ought to be. Alas! my dear Miss Goodwin, little you
suspect how completely your happiness and misery are in my power. Will
you permit me to see you to-morrow?”

“Certainly, sir,” replied Alice, “since it seems that you have something
of more than ordinary importance to communicate to me--something, which,
I suppose, I ought to know. I shall see you.”

He then took his leave with an air of deep melancholy and sorrow, and
left poor Alice in a state of anxiety very difficult to be described.
Her mind became filled with a sudden and unusual alarm; she trembled
like an aspen leaf; and when her mother came to ask her the result of
the interview, she found her pale as death and in tears.

“Why, Alley, my child,” said she, “what is the matter? Why do you look
so much alarmed, and why are you in tears? Has the man been rude or
offensive to you?”

“No, mamma, he has not; but--but--I am to see him again to-morrow,
and until then, mamma, do not ask me anything upon the subject of our
interview to-day.”

Her mother felt rather gratified at this. There was, then, to be another
interview, and that was a proof that Woodward had not been finally
discarded. So far, matters did not seem so disheartening as she had
anticipated. She looked upon Alice’s agitation, and the tears she had
been shedding, as the result of the constraint which she had put upon
her inclination in giving him, she hoped, a favorable reception; and
with this impression she went to communicate what she conceived to be
the good intelligence to her husband.

Alice, until the next interview took place, passed a wretched time
of it. As the reader knows, she was constitutionally timid and easily
alarmed, and she consequently anticipated, something very distressing
in the disclosures which Woodward was about to make. That there was
something uncommon and painful in connection with Charles Lindsay to
be mentioned, was quite evident from Woodward’s language and his
unaccountable agitation. He was evidently in earnest; and, from the
suddenness with which the confession of her attachment to his brother
came upon him, it was impossible, she concluded, that he could have
had time to concoct the hints which he threw out. Could she have been
mistaken in Charles? And yet, why not? Had he not, as it were, abandoned
her ever since the occurrence of the family feud? and why should he have
done so unless there had been some reason for it? It was quite clear,
she thought, that, whatever revelation Woodward was about to make
concerning him, it was one which would occasion himself great pain
as his brother, and that nothing but the necessity of saving her from
unhappiness could force him to speak out. In fact, her mind was in a
tumult; she felt quite nervous--tremulous--afraid of some disclosure
that might destroy her hopes and her happiness, and make her wretched
for life.

On the next day Woodward made his appearance and found Alice by herself
in the drawing-room, as when he left her the day before. His countenance
seemed the very exponent of suffering and misery.

“Miss Goodwin,” said he, “I have passed a period of the deepest anxiety
since I saw you last. You may, indeed, read what I have suffered, and
am suffering, in my face, for unfortunately it is a tell-tale upon my
heart; but I cannot help that, nor should I wish it to be otherwise.
Believe me, however, that it is not for myself that I suffer, but for
you, and the prospects of your future happiness. You must look upon my
conduct now as perfectly disinterested, for I have no hope. What, then,
should that conduct be in me as a generous man, which I trust I am, but
to promote your happiness as far as I can? and on that I am determined.
You say you love my brother; are you certain that your affection is
reciprocated?”

“I believe your brother certainly did love me,” she replied, with a
tremor in her voice, which she could not prevent,

“Just so, my dear Miss Goodwin; that is well expressed--did love you;
perhaps it may have been so; possessing anything like a heart, I don’t
see how it could have been otherwise.”

“I will thank you, Mr. Woodward, to state what you have to say with
as little circumlocution and ambiguity as possible. Take me out of
suspense, and let me know the worst. Do not, I entreat you, keep me in
a state of uncertainty. Although I have acknowledged my love for your
brother, in order to relieve myself from your addresses, which I could
not encourage, still I am not without the pride of a woman who respects
herself.”

“I am aware of that; but before I proceed, allow me to ask, in order
that I may see my way the clearer, to what length did the expression of
my brother’s affection go?”

“It went so far,” she replied, blushing, “as an avowal of mutual
attachment; indeed, it might be called an engagement; but ever since the
death of his cousin, and the estrangement of our families, he seems to
have forgotten me. It is very strange; when I was a portionless girl he
was ardent and tender, but, ever since this unfortunate property came
into my hands, he seems to have joined in the hard and unjust feeling of
his family against me. I have certainly met him since at parties, and on
other occasions, but we met almost as strangers; he was not the Charles
Lindsay whom I had known when I was comparatively a poor girl; he
appeared to shrink from me. In the meantime, as I have already confessed
to you, he has my heart; and, so long as he has, I cannot encourage the
addresses of any other man.”

Woodward paused, and looked upon her with well-feigned admiration and
sorrow.

“The man is blind,” he at length said, “not only to the fascinations of
your person and character, but to his own interests. What is he in point
of property? Nothing. He has no rich uncle at his back to establish him
in life upon a scale, almost, of magnificence. Why, it is since you came
into this property that he ought to have urged his suit with greater
earnestness. I am speaking now like a man of the world, Miss Goodwin;
and I am certain that he would have done so but for one fact, of which I
am aware: he has got into a low intrigue with a peasant’s daughter,
who possesses an influence over him such as I have never witnessed. She
certainly is very beautiful, it is said; but of that I cannot speak, as
I have not yet seen her; but I am afraid, Miss Goodwin, from all I hear,
that a very little time will disclose her calamity and his guilt. You
will now understand what I felt yesterday when you made me acquainted
with your pure and virtuous attachment to such a man; what shall I say,”
 he added, rising, and walking indignantly through the room, “to such a
profligate?”

“Mr. Woodward,” replied Alice, “I can scarcely believe that; you must
have been imposed on by some enemy of his. Depend upon it you are.
I think I know Charles well--too well to deem him capable of such
profligacy; I will not believe it.”

“I don’t wish you, my dear Miss Goodwin, to believe it; I only wish you
to suspend your opinion until time shall convince you. I considered it
my duty to mention the fact, and after that to leave you to the exercise
of your own judgment.”

“I will not believe it,” replied Alice, “because I place his
estrangement to a higher and nobler motive, and one more in accordance
with his honorable and generous character. I do believe, Mr. Woodward,
that his apparent coldness to me, of late, proceeds from delicacy, and
a disinterestedness that is honorable to him; at least I will interpret
his conduct in this light until I am perfectly convinced that he is the
profligate you describe him. I do not impute, in the disclosure you have
made, ungenerous motives to you; because, if you attempted to displace
my affections from your brother by groundless slander or deliberate
falsehood, you would be a monster, and as such I would look upon you,
and will, if it appears that you are maligning him for selfish
purposes of your own. I will now tell you to what I impute his apparent
estrangement; I impute it to honor, sir--to an honorable pride. He
knows now that I am rich; at least comparatively so, and that he is
comparatively poor; he hesitates to renew our relations with each
other lest I might suspect him of mingling a selfish principle with his
affection. That is the conduct of a man of honor; and until the facts
you hint at come out broadly, and to public proof, as such I shall
continue to consider him. But, Mr. Woodward, I shall not rest here; I
shall see him, and give him that to which his previous affection and
honorable conduct have entitled him at my hands--that is, an opportunity
of making an explanation to myself. But, at all events, I assure you of
this fact, that, if I do not marry him, I shall never marry another.”

“Great God!” exclaimed Woodward, “what a jewel he has lost. Well, Miss
Goodwin, I have nothing further to say; if I am wrong, time will convict
me. I have mentioned these matters to you, not on my own account but
yours. I have no hope of your affection; and if there were any living
man, except myself, to whom I should wish to see you united, it would
be my brother Charles--that is, if I thought he was worthy of you. All
I ask of you, however, is to wait a little; remain calm and quiet,
and time will tell you which of us feels the deepest interest in your
happiness. In the meantime, aware of your attachment to him, as I am,
I beg you will no longer consider me in any other light than that of a
sincere friend. To seduce innocence, indeed--but I will not dwell upon
it; the love of woman, they say, is generous and forgiving; I hope yours
will be so. But, Miss Goodwin, as I can approach you no longer in
the character of a lover, I trust I may be permitted the privilege of
visiting the family as a friend and acquaintance. Now that your decision
against me is known, it will be contrary to the wishes of our folks at
home; especially of my mother, whose temper, as I suppose you are aware,
is none of the coolest; you will allow me, then, to visit you, but no
longer as claimant for your hand.”

“I shall always be happy to see you, Mr. Woodward, but upon that
condition.”

After he had token his leave, her parents, anxious to hear the result,
came up to the drawing-room, where they found her in a kind of a
reverie, from which their appearance startled her.

“Well, Alley,” said her mother, smiling, “is everything concluded
between you?”

“Yes, mamma,” replied Alice, “everything is concluded, and finally,
too.”

“Did he name the day?” said her father, smiling gravely.

Alice stared at him; then recollecting herself, she replied--

“I thought I told you both that this was a man I could never think
of marrying. I don’t understand him; he is either very candid or very
hypocritical; and I feel it painful, and, besides, unnecessary in me to
take the trouble of balancing the character of a person who loses ground
in my opinion on every occasion I see him. Of course, I have discarded
him, and I know very well that his mother will cast fire and sword
between us as she did before; but to do Mr. Woodward justice, he
proposes to stand aloof from her resentments, and wishes to visit us as
usual.”

“Then it’s all over between you and him?” said her mother.

“It is; and I never gave you reason to anticipate any other result,
mamma.”

“No, indeed,” said her father, “you never did, Alice; but still I think
it is generous in him to separate himself from the resentments of that
woman, and as a friend we will be always glad to see him.”

“I know not how it is,” replied Alice; “but I felt that the expression
of his eye, during our last interview, oppressed me excessively; it was
never off me. There was a killing--a malignant influence in it, that
thrilled through me with pain; but, perhaps, I can account for that.
As it is, he has asked leave to visit us as usual, and to stand, with
respect to me, in the light of a friend only. So far as I am concerned,
papa, I could not refuse him a common privilege of civility; but,
to tell you both the truth, I shall always meet him not only with
reluctance, but with something almost amounting to fear.”

Woodward, now that he had learned his fate, and was aware that his
brother stood between him and his expectations, experienced a feeling of
vengeance against him and Alice, which he neither could, nor attempted
to, restrain. The rage of his mother, too, when she heard that the
latter had rejected him, and avowed her attachment to Charles, went
beyond all bounds. Her son, however, who possessed a greater restraint
upon his feelings, and was master of more profound hypocrisy and
cunning, requested her to conceal the attachment of Alice to his
brother, as a matter not to be disclosed on any account.

“Leave me to my resources,” said he, “and it will go hard or I will
so manage Charles as to disentangle him from the consequences of her
influence over him. But the families, mother, must not be for the
present permitted to visit again. On the contrary, it is better for our
purposes that they should not see each other as formerly, nor resume
their intimacy. If you suffer your passions to overcome you, even in our
own family, the consequence is that you prevent us both from playing our
game as we ought, and as we shall do. Leave Charles to me; I shall make
O’Connor of use, too; but above all things do not breathe a syllable to
any one of them of my having been thrown off. I think, as it is, I have
damped her ardor for him a little, and if she had not been obstinate and
foolishly romantic, I would have extinguished it completely. As it is,
I told her to leave the truth of what I mentioned to her respecting him,
to time, and if she does I shall rest satisfied. Will you now be guided
by me, my dear mother?”

“I will endeavor to do so,” she replied; “but it will be a terrible
restraint upon me, and I scarcely know how I shall be able to keep
myself calm. I will try, however; the object is worth it. You know if
she dies without issue the property reverts to you.”

“Yes, mother, the object is worth much more than the paltry sacrifice
I ask of you. Keep yourself quiet, then, and we will accomplish our
purposes yet. I shall set instruments to work who will ripen our
projects, and, I trust, ultimately accomplish them.”

“Why, what instruments do you intend to use?”

“I know the girl’s disposition and character well. I have learned much
concerning her from Casey, who is often there as a suitor for the fair
hand of her favorite maid. Casey, however, is a man in whom I can place
no confidence; he is too much attached to the rest of the family, and
does not at all relish me. I will make him an unconscious agent of mine,
notwithstanding. In the meantime, let nothing appear in your manner that
might induce them to suspect the present position of affairs between us.
They may come to know it soon enough, and then it will be our business
to act with greater energy and decision.”

And so it was arranged between this precious mother and son.

Woodward who was quick in the conception of his projects, had them
all laid even then; and in order to work them out with due effect, he
resolved to pay a visit to our friend, Sol Donnel, the herb doctor.
This hypocritical old villain was uncle to Caterine Collins, the
fortune-teller, who had prognosticated to him such agreeable tiding’s on
the night of the bonfire. She, too, was to be made useful, and, so far
as money could do it, faithful to his designs--diabolical as they were.
He accordingly went one night, about the hour mentioned by Donnel,
to the cabin of that worthy man; and knocking gently at the door, was
replied to in a peevish voice, like that of an individual who had been
interrupted in the performance of some act of piety and devotion.

“Who is there?” said the voice inside.

“A friend,” replied Woodward, in a low, cautious tone; “a friend, who
wishes to speak to you.”

“I can’t spake to you to-night,” replied Sol; “you’re disturbin’ me at
my prayers.”

“But I wish to speak to you on particular business.”

“What business? Let me finish my padereens and go to bed like a vile
sinner, as I am--God help me. Who are you?”

“I don’t intend to tell you that just now, Solomon; do you wish me to
shout it out to you, in order that the whole neighborhood may hear it? I
have private business with you.”

“Well,” replied the other, “I think, by your voice and language, you’re
not a common man, and, although it’s against my rule to open at this time
o’ night to any one, still I’ll let you in--and sure I must only say my
prayers aftherwards. In the manetime it’s a sin for you or any one to
disturb me at them; if you knew what the value of one sinful sowl is in
the sight of God, you wouldn’t do it--no, indeed. Wait till I light a
candle.”

He accordingly lighted a candle, and in the course of a few minutes
admitted Woodward to his herbarium. When the latter entered, he looked
about him with a curiosity not unnatural under the circumstances. His
first sensation, however, was one that affected his olfactory nerves
very strongly. A combination of smells, struggling with each other, as
it were, for predominance, almost overpowered him. The good and the bad,
the pleasant and the oppressive, were here mingled up in one sickening
exhalation--for the disagreeable prevailed. The whole cabin was hung
about with bunches of herbs, some dry and withered, others fresh and
green, giving evidence that they had been only newly gathered. A number
of bottles of all descriptions stood on wooden shelves, but without
labels, for the old sinner’s long practice and great practical memory
enabled him to know the contents of every bottle with as much accuracy
as if they had been labelled in capitals.

“How the devil can you live and sleep in such a suffocating compound of
vile smells as this?” asked Woodward.

The old man glanced at him keenly, and replied,--

“Practice makes masther, sir--I’m used to them; I feel no smell but
a good smell; and I sleep sound enough, barrin’ when I wake o’ one
purpose, to think of and repent o’ my sins, and of the ungrateful world
that is about me; people that don’t thank me for doin’ them good--God
forgive them! _amin acheernah!_”

“Why, now,” replied Woodward, “if I had a friend of mine that was
unwell--observe me, a friend of mine--that stood between me and my
own interests, and that I was kind and charitable enough to forget any
ill-will against him, and wished to recover him from his illness through
the means of your skill and herbs, could you not assist me in such a
good and Christian work?”

The old fellow gave him a shrewd look and piercing glance, but
immediately replied--

“Why, to be sure, I could; what else is the business of my whole life
but to cure my fellow-cratures of their complaints?”

“Yes; I believe you are very fortunate in that way; however, for the
present, I don’t require your aid, but it is very likely I shall soon.
There is a friend of mine in poor health, and if he doesn’t otherwise
recover, I shall probably apply to you; but, then, the party I speak of
has such a prejudice against quacks of all sorts, that I fear we must
substitute one of your draughts, in a private way, for that of the
regular doctor. That, however, is not what I came to speak to you about.
Is not Caterine Collins, the fortune-teller a niece of yours?”

“She is, sir.”

“Where and when could I see her?--but mark me, I don’t wish to be seen
speaking to her in public.”

“Why not?--what’s to prevent you from chattin’ wid her in an aisy
pleasant way in the streets; nobody will obsarve any thing then, or
think it strange that a gentleman should have a funny piece o’ discoorse
wid a fortune-teller.”

“I don’t know that; observations might be made afterwards.”

“But what can she do for you that I can’t? She’s a bad graft to have
anything to do wid, and I wouldn’t recommend you to put much trust in
her.”

“Why so?”

“Why, she’s nothin’ else than a schemer.”

Little did old Solomon suspect that he was raising her very highly in
the estimation of his visitor by falling foul of her in this manner.

“At all events,” said Woodward, “I wish to see her; and, as I said, I
came for the express purpose of asking you where and when I could see
her--privately, I mean.”

“That’s what I can’t tell you at the present spakin’,” replied
Solomon. “She has no fixed place of livin’, but is here to-day and
away to-morrow. God help you, she has travelled over the whole kingdom
tellin’ fortunes. Sometimes she’s a dummy, and spakes to them by
signs--sometimes a gypsy--sometimes she’s this and sometimes she’s
that, but not often the same thing long; she’s of as many colors as the
rainbow. But if you do wish to see her, there’s a chance that you may
to-morrow. A conjurer has come to town, and he’s to open to-morrow, for
both town and country, and she’ll surely be here, for that’s taking the
bit out of her mouth.”

“A conjurer!”

“Yes, he was here before some time ago, about the night of that bonfire
that was put out by the shower o’ blood, but somehow he disappeared from
the place, and he’s now come back.”

“A conjurer--well, I shall see the conjurer myself to-morrow; but can
you give me no more accurate information with respect to your niece?”

“Sarra syllable--as I tould you, she’s never two nights in the same
place; but, if I should see her, I’ll let her know your wishes; and what
might I say, sir, that you wanted her to do for you?”

“That’s none of your affair, most sagacious Solomon--I wish to speak
with her myself, and privately, too; and if you see her, tell her to
meet me here to-morrow night about this hour.”

“I’ll do so; but God forgive you for disturbin’ me in my devotions, as
you did. It’s not often I’d give them up for any one; but sure out of
regard for the proprietor o’ the town I’d do that, and more for you.”

“Here,” replied Woodward, putting some silver into his hand, “let that
console you; and tell your niece when you see her that I am a good
paymaster; and, if I should stand in need of your skill, you shall find
me so, too. Good-night, and may your prayers be powerful, as I know they
come from a Christian heart, honest Solomon.”



CHAPTER XI. A Conjurer’s Levee.


We cannot form at this distance of time any adequate notion of the
influence which a conjurer of those days exercised over the minds and
feelings of the ignorant. It was necessary that he should be, or be
supposed at least to be, well versed in judicial astrology, the use of
medicine, and consequently able to cast a nativity, or cure any earthly
complaint. There is scarcely any grade or species of superstition that
is not associated with or founded upon fear. The conjurer, consequently,
was both feared and respected; and his character appeared in different
phases to the people--each phase adapted to the corresponding character
of those with whom he had to deal. The educated of those days, with but
few exceptions, believed in astrology, and the possibility of developing
the future fate and fortunes of an individual, whenever the hour of his
birth and the name of the star or planet under which he was born could
be ascertained. The more ignorant class, however, generally associated
the character of the conjurer with that of the necromancer or magician,
and consequently attributed his predictions to demoniacal influence.
Neither were they much mistaken, for they only judged of these impostors
as they found them. In nineteen cases out of twenty, the character of
the low astrologer, the necromancer, and the quack was associated, and
the influence of the stars and the aid of the devil were both considered
as giving assurance of supernatural knowledge to the same individual.
This unaccountable anxiety to see, as it were, the volume of futurity
unrolled, so far as it discloses individual fate, has characterized
mankind ever since the world began; and hence, even in the present
day, the same anxiety among the ignorant to run after spae-women,
fortunetellers, and gypsies, in order to have their fortunes told
through the means of their adroit predictions.

On the following morning the whole town of Rathfillan was in a state of
excitement by the rumor that a conjurer had arrived, for the purpose not
only of telling all their future fates and fortunes, but of discovering
all those who had been guilty of theft, and the places where the stolen
property was to be found. This may seem a bold stroke; but when we
consider the materials upon which the sagacious conjurer had to work, we
need not feel surprised at his frequent success.

The conjurer in question had taken up his residence in the best inn
which the little town of Rathfillan afforded. Immediately after his
arrival he engaged the beadle, with bell in hand, to proclaim his
presence in the town, and the purport of his visit to that part of the
country. This was done through the medium of printed handbills, which
that officer read and distributed through the crowds who attended him.
The bill in question was as follows:

“To the inhabitants of Rathfillan and the adjacent neighborhood, the
following important communications are made:--

“Her Zander Vanderpluckem, the celebrated German conjurer, astrologist,
and doctor, who has had the honor of predicting the deaths of three
kings, five queens, twenty-one princesses, and seven princes, all of
royal blood, and in the best possible state of health at the time the
predictions were made, and to all of whom he had himself the honor
of being medical attendant and state physician, begs to announce his
arrival in this town. He is the seventh son of the great and renowned
conjurer, Herr Zander Vanderhoaxem, who made the stars tremble, and the
devil sweat himself to powder in a fit of repentance. His influence over
the stars and heavenly bodies is tremendous, and it is a well-known fact
throughout the universe that he has them in such a complete state of
terror and subjection, that a single comet dare not wag his tail unless
by his permission. He travels up and down the milky way one night in
every month, to see that the dairies of the sky are all right, and that
that celebrated path be properly lighted; brings down a pail of the milk
with him, which he churns into butyrus, an unguent so efficacious that
it cures all maladies under the sun, and many that never existed. It
can be had at five shillings a spoonful. He can make Ursa Major, or
the Great Bear, dance without a leader, and has taught Pisces, or the
Fishes, to live out of water--a prodigy never known or heard of before
since the creation of _terra firma_. Such is the power of the great and
celebrated Her Vanderpluckem over the stars and planets. But now to come
nearer home: he cures all patients of all complaints. No person asking
his assistance need ever be sick, unless when they happen to be unwell.
His insight into futurity is such that, whenever he looks far into it,
he is obliged to shut his eyes. He can tell fortunes, discover hidden
wealth to any amount, and create such love between sweethearts as will
be sure to end in matrimony. He is complete master of the fairies,
and has the whole generation of them under his thumb; and he generally
travels with the king of the fairies in his left pocket closed up in a
snuffbox. He interprets dreams and visions, and is never mistaken; can
foretell whether a child unborn will be a boy or a girl, and can also
inform the parents whether it will be brought to the bench or the
gallows. He can also foretell backwards, and disclose to the individual
anything that shall happen to him or her for the last seven years. His
philters, concocted upon the profound science of alchemistic philosophy,
have been sought for by persons of the highest distinction, who have
always found them to produce the very effects for which they were
intended, to wit, mutual affection between the parties, uniformly ending
in matrimony and happiness. Devils expelled, ghosts and spirits laid on
the shortest notice, and at the most moderate terms. Also, recipes to
farmers for good weather or rain, according as they may be wanted.

“(Signed,) Her Zander VANDERPLUCKEM,”

“The Greatest Conjurer, Astrologer, and Doctor in the world.”

To describe the effect that this bill, which, by the way, was posted
against every dead wall in the town, had upon the people, would be
impossible. The inn in which he stopped was, in a short time, crowded
with applicants, either for relief or information, according as their
ills or wishes came under the respective heads of his advertisement. The
room he occupied was upstairs, and he had a door that led into a smaller
one, or kind of closet, at the end of it; here sat an old-looking man,
dressed in a black coat, black breeches, and black stockings; the very
picture of the mysterious individual who had appeared and disappeared so
suddenly at the bonfire. He had on a full-bottomed wig, and a long white
beard, depending from the lower part of his face, swept his reverend
breast. A large book lay open before him, on the pages of which were
inscribed cabalistic characters and strange figures. He only admitted
those who wished to consult him, singly; for on no occasion did he ever
permit two persons at a time to approach him. All the paraphernalia of
astrology were exposed upon the same table, at one end of which he sat
in an arm-chair, awaiting the commencement of operations. At length
a good-looking country-woman, of about forty-five years, made her
appearance, and, after a low courtesy, was solemnly motioned to take a
seat.

“Well, Mrs. Houlaghan,” said he, “how do you do?”

The poor woman got as pale as death. “Heavenly Father,” thought she,
“how does it happen that he comes to know my name!”

“Mrs. Houlaghan, what can I do for you? not that I need ask, for I could
give a very good guess at it;” and this he added with a very sage and
solemn visage, precisely as if he knew the whole circumstances.

“Why, your honor,” she replied--“but, blessed Father, how did you come
to know my name?”

“That’s a question,” he replied, solemnly, “which you ought not to ask
me. It is enough that you see I know it. How is your husband, Frank, and
how is your daughter, Mary? She’s complaining of late--is she not?”

This private knowledge of the family completely overwhelmed her, and she
felt unable to speak for some time.

“Do not be in a hurry, Mrs. Honlaghan,” said he, mildly; “reflect upon
what you are about to say, and take your time.”

“It’s a ghost, your reverence,” she replied--“a ghost that haunts the
house.”

“Very well, Mrs. Houlaghan; the fee for laying a ghost is five
shillings; I will trouble you for that sum; we conjurers have no power
until we get money from the party concerned, and then we can work with
effect.”

The simple woman, in the agitation of the moment, handed him the amount
of his demand, and then collected herself to hear the response, and the
means of laying the ghost.

“Well, now,” said he, “tell me all about this ghost, Mrs. Houlaghan. How
long has it been troubling the family?”

“Why, then, ever since Frank lost the use of his sight, now goin’ upon
five months.”

“When does it appear?”

“Why, generally afther twelve at night; and what makes it more strange
is, that poor Mary’s more afeard o’ me than she is of the ghost. She
says it appears to her in her bedroom every night; but she knows I’m so
timersome that she keeps her door always locked for fraid I’d see it,
poor child.”

“Does it terrify her?”

“Not a bit; she says it does her no harm on earth, and that it’s great
company for her when she can’t sleep.”

“Has Mary many sweethearts?”

“She has two: one o’ them rather ould, but wealthy and well to do; her
father and myself, wishin’ to see her well settled, are doin’ all we can
to get her consent to marry him.”

“Who’s the other?”

“One Brine Oge M’Gaveran, a good-lookin’ vagabone, no doubt, but not
worth a copper.”

“Is she fond of him?”

“Troth, to tell you the truth, I’m afeard she is; he has been often seen
about the house in the evenin’s.”

“Well, Mrs. Houlaghan, I will tell you how to lay this ghost.”

“God bless you, sir; poor Mary, although she purtends that the ghost is
good company for her, is lookin’ pale and very quare somehow.”

“Well, then, here is the receipt for laying the ghost: Marry her as soon
as you possibly can to Brine Oge M’Gaveran--do that and the ghost will
never appear again; but if you refuse to do it--I may lay that ghost of
course--but another ghost, as like it as an egg is to an egg, will
haunt your house until she is married to Brine Oge. You have wealth
yourselves, and you can make Brine and her comfortable if you wish.
She is your only child”--(“Blessed Father, think of him knowin’
this!”)--“and as you are well to do in the world, it’s both a sin and a
scandal for you to urge a pretty young girl of nineteen to marry an
old miserly runt of fifty. You know now how to lay the ghost, Mrs.
Houlaghan--and that is what I can do for you; but if you do not marry
her to Brine Oge, as I said, another ghost will certainly contrive to
haunt you. You may now withdraw.”

A farmer, with a very shrewd and comic expression of countenance, next
made his appearance, and taking his hat off and laying it on the floor
with his staff across it, took his seat, as he had been motioned to do,
upon the chair which Mrs. Houlaghan had just vacated.

“Well, my friend,” said the conjurer, “what’s troubling you?”

“A crock o’ butther, your honor.”

“How is that? explain yourself.”

“Why, sir, a crock o’ butther that was stolen from me; and I’m tould for
a sartinty that you can discover the thief o’ the world that stole it.”

“And so I can. Do you suspect anybody?”

“Troth, sir, I can’t say--for I live in a very honest neighborhood.
The only two thieves that were in it--Charley Folliott and George
Austin--were hanged not long ago, and I don’t know anybody else in the
country side that would stale it.”

“What family have you?”

“Three sons, sir.”

“How many daughters?”

“One, sir--but she’s only a _girsha_” (a little girl).

“I suppose your sons are very good children to you?”

“Betther never broke bread, sir--all but the youngest.”

“What age is he?”

“About nineteen, sir, or goin’ an twenty; but he’s a, heart-scald to me
and the family--although he’s his mother’s pet; the divil can’t stand
him for dress--and, moreover, he’s given to liquor and card-playin’, and
is altogether goin’ to the bad. Widin the last two or three days he has
bought himself a new hat, a new pair o’ brogues, and a pair o’ span-new
breeches--and, upon my conscience, it wasn’t from me or mine he got the
money to buy them.”

The conjurer looked solemnly into his book for some minutes, and then
raising his head, fastened his cold, glassy, glittering eyes on the
farmer with a glance that filled him with awe.

“I have found it out,” said he; “there are two parties to the
theft--your wife and your youngest son. Go to the hucksters of the town,
and ask them if they will buy any more butter like the last of yours
that they bought, and, depend on it, you will find out the truth.”

“Then you think, sir, it was my wife and son between them that stole the
butter?”

“Not a doubt of it, and if you tell them that I said so, they will
confess it. You owe me five shillings.”

The farmer put his hand in his pocket, and placing the money before
him, left the room, satisfied that there was no earthly subject, past,
present, or to come, with which the learned conjurer was not acquainted.

The next individual that came before him was a very pretty buxom
widow, who, having made the venerable conjurer a courtesy, sat down and
immediately burst into tears.

“What is the matter with you, madam?” asked the astrologer, rather
surprised at this unaccountable exhibition of the pathetic.

“O, sir, I lost, about fifteen months ago, one of the best husbands that
ever broke the world’s bread.”

Here came another effusion, accompanied with a very distracted blow of
the nose.

“That must have been very distressing to you, madam; he must have been
extremely fond of such a very pretty wife.”

“O sir, he doted alive upon me, as I did upon him--poor, darling old
Paul.”

“Ah, he was old, was he?”

“Yes, sir, and left me very rich.”

“But what do you wish me to do for you?”

“Why, sir, he was very fond of money; was, in fact, a--a--kind of miser
in his way. My father and mother forced me to marry the dear old man,
and I did so to please them; but at the same time he was very kind in
his manner to me--indeed, so kind that he allowed me a shilling a month
for pocket money.”

“Well, but what is your object in coming to me?”

“Why, sir, to ask your opinion on a case of great difficulty.”

“Very well, madam; you shall have the best opinion in the known world
upon the subject--that is, as soon as I hear it. Speak out without
hesitation, and conceal nothing.”

“Why, sir, the poor dear man before his death--ah, that ever my darling
old Paul should have been taken away from me!--the poor dear man,
before his death--ahem--before his death--O, ah,”--here came another
effusion--“began to--to--to--get jealous of me with a young man in the
neighborhood that--that--I was fond of before I married my dear old
Paul.”

“Was the young man in question handsome?”

“Indeed, sir, he was, and is, very handsome--and the impudent minxes of
the parish are throwing their caps at him in dozens.”

“But still you are keeping me in the dark.”

“Well, sir, I will tell you my difficulty. When poor dear old Paul was
dying, he called me to the bed-side one day, and says to me: ‘Biddy,’
says he, ‘I’m going to die--and you know I am wealthy; but, in the
meantime, I won’t leave you sixpence.’ ‘It’s not the loss of your
money I am thinking of, my darling Paul,’ says I, ‘but the loss of
yourself”--and I kissed him, and cried. ‘You didn’ often kiss me that
way before,’ said he--’ and I know what you’re kissing me for now.’
‘No,’ I said, ‘I did not; because I had no notion then of losing you, my
own darling Paul--you don’t know how I loved you all along, Paul,’ said
I; ‘kiss me again, jewel.’ ‘Now,’ said he,’ I’m not going to leave you
sixpence, and I’ll tell you why--I saw young Charley Mulvany, that you
were courting before I married you--I saw him, I say, through the windy
there, kiss you, with my own eyes, when you thought I was asleep--and
you put your arms about his neck and hugged him,’ said he. I must be
particular, sir, in order that you may understand the difficulty I’m
in.”

“Proceed, madam,” said the conjurer. “If I were young I certainly would
envy Charley Mulvany--but proceed.”

“Well, sir, I replied to him: ‘Paul, dear,’ said I, ‘that was a kiss of
friendship--and the reason of it was, that poor Charley was near crying
when he heard that you were going to die and to leave me so lonely.’
‘Well,’ said he, ‘that may be--many a thing may be that’s not
likely--and that may be one of them. Go and get a prayer-book, and come
back here.’ Well, sir, I got a book and I went back. ‘Now,’ said he,
‘if you swear by the contents of that book that you will never put a
ring on man after my death, I’ll leave you my property.’ ‘Ah, God pardon
you, Paul, darling,’ said I, ‘for supposing that I’d ever dream of
marrying again’--and I couldn’t help kissing him once more and crying
over him when I heard what he said. ‘Now,’ said he, ‘kiss the book, and
swear that you’ll never put a ring on man after my death, and I’ll leave
you every shilling I’m worth.’ God knows it was a trying scene to a
loving heart like mine--so I swore that I’d never put a ring on man
after his death--and then he altered his will and left me the property
on those conditions.”

“Proceed, madam,” said the conjurer; “I am still in the dark as to the
object of your visit.”

“Why, sir, it is to know--ahem--O, poor old Paul. God forgive me! it was
to know, sir, O--”

“Don’t cry, madam, don’t cry.”

“It was to know, sir, if I could ever think of--of--you must know, sir,
we had no family, and I would not wish that the property should die with
me; to know if--if you think I could venture to marry again?”

“This,” replied the conjurer, “is a matter of unusual importance and
difficulty. In the first place you must hand me a guinea--that is my fee
for cases of this kind.”

The money was immediately paid, and the conjurer proceeded: “I said it
was a case of great difficulty, and so it is, but--”

“I forgot to mention, sir, that when I went out to get the prayer-book,
I found Charley Mulvany in the next room, and he said he had one in his
pocket; so that the truth, sir, is, I--I took the oath upon a book
of ballads. Now,” she proceeded, “I have strong reasons for marrying
Charley Mulvany; and I wish to know if I can do so without losing the
property.”

“Make your mind easy on that point,” replied the conjurer; “you swore
never to put a ring on man, but you did not swear that a man would never
put a ring on you. Go home,” he continued, “and if you be advised by me,
you will marry Charley Mulvany without loss of time.”

A man rather advanced in years next came in, and taking his seat, wiped
his face and gave a deep groan.

“Well, my friend,” said the conjurer, “in what way can I serve you?”

“God knows it’s hard to tell that,” he replied--“but I’m troubled.”

“What troubles you?”

“It’s a quare world, sir, altogether.”

“There are many strange things in it certainly.”

“That’s truth, sir; but the saison’s favorable, thank God, and there’s
every prospect of a fine spring for puttin’ down the crops.”

“You are a farmer, then; but why should you feel troubled about what you
call a fine season for putting down the crops?”

The man moved uneasily upon his chair, and seemed at a loss how to
proceed; the conjurer looked at him, and waited for a little that he
might allow him sufficient time to disclose his difficulties.

“There are a great many troubles in this life, sir, especially in
married families.”

“There is no doubt of that, my friend,” replied the conjurer.

“No, sir, there is not. I am not aisy in my mind, somehow.”

“Hundreds of thousands are so, as well as you,” replied the other. “I
would be glad to see the man who has not something to trouble him; but
will you allow me to ask you what it is that troubles you?”

“I took her, sir, widout a shift to her back, and a betther husband
never breathed the breath of life than I have been to her;” and then he
paused, and pulling out his handkerchief, shed bitter tears. “I would
love her still, if I could, sir; but, then, the thing’s impossible.”

“O, yes,” said the conjurer; “I see you are jealous of her; but will you
state upon what grounds?”

“Well, sir, I think I have good grounds for it.”

“What description of a woman is your wife, and what age is she?”

“Why, sir, she’s about my own age. She was once handsome enough--indeed,
very handsome when I married her.”

“Was the marriage a cordial one between you and her?”

“Why, sir, she was dotin’ upon me, as I was upon her?”

“Have you had a family?”

“A fine family, sir, of sons and daughters.”

“And how long is it since you began to suspect her?”

“Why, sir, I--I--well, no matther about that; she was always a good wife
and a good mother, until--” Here he paused, and again wiped his eyes.

“Until what?”

“Why, sir, until Billy Fulton, the fiddler, came across her.”

“Well, and what did Billy Fulton do?”

“He ran away wid my ould woman, sir.”

“What age is Billy Fulton?”

“About my own age, sir; but by no means so stout a man; he’s a dancin’
masther, too, sir; and barrin’ his pumps and white cotton stockin’s,
I don’t know what she could see in him; he’s a poor light crature, and
walks as if he had a hump on his hip, for he always carries his fiddle
undher his skirt. Ay, and what’s more, sir, our daughter, Nancy, is gone
off wid him.”

“The devil she is. Why, did the old dancing-master run off with both of
them? How long is it since this elopement took place?”

“Only three days, sir.”

“And you wish me to assist you?”

“If you can, sir; and I ought to tell you that the vagabone’s son is
gone off wid them too.”

“O, O,” said the conjurer, “that makes the matter worse.”

“No, it doesn’t, sir, for what makes the matter worse is, that they took
away a hundred and thirty pounds of my money along wid ‘em.”

“Then you wish to know what I can do for you in this business?”

“I do, sir, i’ you plaise.”

“Were you ever jealous of your wife before?”

“No, not exactly jealous, sir, but a little suspicious or so; I didn’t
think it safe to let her out much; I thought it no harm to keep my eye
on her.”

“Now,” said the conjurer, “is it not notorious that you are the most
jealous--by the way, give me five shillings; I can make no further
communications till I am paid; there--thank you--now, is it not
notorious that you are one of the most jealous old scoundrels in the
whole country?”

“No, sir, barrin’ a little wholesome suspicion.”

“Well, sir, go home about your business. Your daughter and the dancing
master’s son have made a runaway match of it, and your wife, to protect
the character of her daughter, has gone with them. You are a miser, too.
Go home now; I have nothing more to say to you, except that you have
been yourself a profligate. Look at that book, sir; there it is; the
stars have told me so.”

“You have got my five shillings, sir; but say what you like, all
the wather in the ocean wouldn’t wash her clear of the ould
dancin’-masther.”

In the course of a few minutes a beautiful peasant girl entered the
room, her face mantled with blushes, and took her seat on the chair as
the others had done, and remained for some time silent, and apparently
panting with agitation.

“What is your name, my pretty girl?” asked the conjurer.

“Grace Davoren,” replied the girl.

“And what do you wish to know from me, Miss Davoren?”

“O, don’t call me miss, sir; I’m but a poor girl.”

The conjurer looked into his book for a few minutes, and then, raising
his head, and fixing his eyes upon her, replied--

“Yes, I will call you miss, because I have looked into your fate, and I
see that there is great good fortune before you.”

The young creature blushed again and smiled with something like
confidence, but seemed rather at a loss what to say, or how to proceed.

“From your extraordinary beauty you must have a great many admirers,
Miss Davoren.”

“But only two, sir, that gives me any trouble--one of them is a--”

The conjurer raised his hand as an intimation to her to stop, and after
poring once more over the book for some time, proceeded:--

“Yes--one of them is Shawn-na-Middogue; but he’s an outlaw--and that
courtship is at an end now.”

“Wid me, it is, sir; but not wid him. The sogers and autorities is out
for him and others; but still he keeps watchin’ me as close as he can.”

“Well, wait till I look into the book of fate again--yes--yes--here
is--a gentleman over head and ears in love with you.”

Poor Grace blushed, then became quite pale. “But, sir,” said she, “will
the gentleman marry me?”

“To be sure he will marry you; but he cannot for some time.”

“But will he save me from disgrace and shame, sir?” she asked, with a
death-like face.

“Don’t make your mind uneasy on that point;--but wait a moment till I
find out his name in the great book of fatality;--yes, I see--his name
is Woodward. Don’t, however, make your mind uneasy; he will take care of
you.”

“My mind is very uneasy, sir, and I wish I had never seen him. But I
don’t know what could make him fall in love wid a poor simple girl like
me.”

This was said in the coquettish consciousness of the beauty which she
knew she possessed, and it was accompanied, too, by a slight smile of
self-complacency.

“Do you think I could become a lady, sir?”

“A lady! why, what is to prevent you? You are a lady already. You want
nothing but silks and satins, jewels and gold rings, to make you a
perfect lady.”

“And he has promised all these to me,” she replied.

“Yes; but there is one thing you ought to do for your own sake and
his--and that is to betray Shaivn-na-Middogue, if you can; because if
you do not, neither your own life, nor that of your lover, Mr. Woodward,
will be safe.”

“I couldn’t do that, sir,” replied the girl, “it would be treacherous;
and sooner than do so, I’d just as soon he would kill me at wanst--still
I would do a great deal to save Mr. Woodward. But will Mr. Woodward
marry me, sir? because he said he would--in the coorse of some time.”

“And if he said so don’t be uneasy; he is a gentleman, and a gentleman,
you know, always keeps his word. Don’t be alarmed, my pretty girl--your
lover will provide for you.”

“Am I to pay you anything, sir?” she asked, rising.

“No, my dear, I will take no money from you; but if you wish to save
Mr. Woodward from danger, you will enable the soldiers to, arrest
Shawn-na-Middogue. Even you, yourself, are not safe so long as he is at
large.”

She then took her leave in silence.

It is not to be supposed that among the crowd that was assembled around
the inn door there were not a number of waggish characters, who felt
strongly inclined to have, if possible, a hearty laugh at the great
conjurer. No matter what state of society may exist, or what state of
feeling may prevail, there will always be found a class of persons who
are exceptions to the general rule. Whilst the people were chatting
in wonder and admiration, not without awe and fear, concerning the
extraordinary knowledge and power of the conjurer, a character peculiar
to all times and all ages made his appearance, and soon joined them.
This was one of those circulating, unsettled vagabonds, whom, like
scum, society, whether agitated or not, is always sure to throw on the
surface. The comical miscreant no sooner made his appearance than, like
Liston, when coming on the stage, he was greeted with a general roar of
laughter.

“So,” said he, “you have a conjurer above. But wait a while; by the
powdhers o’ delf Rantin’ Rody’s the boy will try his mettle. If he can
look farther than his nose, I’m the lad will find it out. If he doesn’t
say I’ll be hanged, he knows nothing about his business. I have myself
half-a-dozen hangmen engaged to let me down aisy; it’s a death I’ve a
great fancy for, and, plaise God, I’m workin’ honestly to desarve it.
Which of you has a cow to steal? for, by the sweets o’ rosin, I’m low in
cash, and want a thrifle to support nather; for nather, my boys, must be
supported, and it was never my intintion to die for want o’ my vittles;
aitin’ and drinkin’ is not very pleasant to most people, I know, but I
was born wid a fancy for both.”

“Rantin’ Rody, in airnest, will you go up and have your fortune tould?”

“But wait,” he proceeded; “wait, I say,--wait,--I have it.” And as he
said so he went at the top of his speed down the street, and disappeared
in Sol Donnel’s cabin.

“By this and by that,” said one of them, “Rtn’tin’ Rody will take spunk
out of him, if it’s in him.”

“I think he had better have notin’ to do wid him,” said an old woman,
“for fraid he’d rise the devil--Lord guard us! Sure it’s the same man
that was in this very town the night he was _riz_ before, and that the
bonfire for Suil Balor (the eye of Balor, or the Evil Eye) Woodward was
drowned by a shower of blood. Troth I wouldn’t be in the same Woodward’s
coat for the wealth o’ the world. As for Rantin’ Rody, let him take care
of himself. It’s never safe to sport wid edged tools, and he’ll be apt
to find it so, if he attempts to put his tricks upon the conjurer.”

In the meantime, while that gentleman was seated above stairs, a female,
tall, slim, and considerably advanced in years, entered the room and
took her seat. Her face was thin, and red in complexion, especially
about the point of a rather long nose, where the color appeared to be
considerably deeper in hue.

“Sir,” said she, in a sharp tone of voice, “I’m told you can tell
fortunes.”

“Certainly, madam,” he replied, you have been correctly informed.”

“You won’t be offended, then, if I wish to ask you a question or two.
It’s not about myself, but a sister of mine, who is--ahem--what the
censorious world is pleased to call an old maid.”

“Why did your sister not come herself?” he asked; “I cannot predict
anything unless the individual is before me; I must have him or her, as
the case may be, under my eye.”

“Bless me, sir! I didn’t know that; but as I am now here--could you tell
me anything about myself?”

“I could tell you many things,” replied the conjurer, who read old maid
in every line of her face--“many things not very pleasant for you to
reflect upon.”

“O, but I don’t wish to hear anything unpleasant,” said she; “tell me
something that’s agreeable.”

“In the first place, I cannot do so,” he replied; “I must be guided
by truth. You have, for instance, been guilty of great cruelty; and
although you are but a young woman, in the very bloom of life--”

Here the lady bowed to him, and simpered--her thin, red nose twisted
into a gracious curl, as thanking him for his politeness.

“In the very prime of life, madam--yet you have much to be accountable
for, in consequence of your very heartless cruelty to the male sex--you
see, madam, and you feel too, that I speak truth.”

The lady put the spectre of an old fan up to her withered visage, and
pretended to enact a blush of admission.

“Well, sir,” she replied, “I--I--I cannot say but that--indeed I have
been charged with--not that it--cruelty--I mean--was ever in my heart;
but you must admit, sir, that--that--in fact--where too many press, upon
a person, it is the more difficult choose.”

“Unquestionably; but you should have, made a judicious selection--and
that was because you were in no hurry--and indeed you need not be; you
have plenty of time before you. Still, there is much blame attached to
you--you have defrauded society of its rights. Why, now, you might have
been the proud mother of a son or daughter at least five years old by
this time, if it had not been for your own obduracy--excuse me.”

Up went the skeleton fan again with a wonderfully modest if not an
offended simper at the notion of such an insinuation; but, said she
in her heart, this is the most gentlemanly conjurer that ever told a
fortune; quite a delightful old gentleman; he is really charming; I wish
I had met him twenty years ago.”

“Well, sir,” she replied, “I see there is no use in denying--especially
to you, who seem to know everything--the truth of the facts you have
stated. There was one gentleman in particular whom I rejected--that
is, conditionally--rather harshly; and do you know, he took the
scarlet-fever soon afterwards and died of a broken-heart.”

“Go on, madam,” said he; “make a clean breast of it--so shall you enable
me to compare the future with the past, and state your coming fortunes
more distinctly.”

“Another gentleman, sir--a country squire--owes, I fear, his death to my
severity; he was a hard drinker, but I gave him a month to reform--which
sentence he took so much to heart that he broke his neck in a fox-chase
from mere despair. A third individual--a very handsome young man--of
whom I must confess I was a little jealous about his flirting with
another young lady--felt such remorse that he absolutely ran away with
and married her. I know, of course, I am accountable for all these
calamities; but it cannot be helped now--my conscience must bear it.”

“You should not look back upon these things with too much remorse,”
 replied the conjurer; “forget them--bear a more relenting heart; make
some man happy, and marry. Have you no person at present in your eye
with whom you could share your charms and your fortune?”

“O, sir, you are complimentary.”

“Not at all, madam; speak to me candidly, as you perceive I do to you.”

“Well, then,” she replied, “there is a young gentleman with whom
I should wish to enter into a--a domestic--that is--a matrimonial
connection.”

“Pray what age is he?”

“Indeed, he is but young, scarce nineteen; but then he is very wild, and
I--I--have--indeed I am of too kind a heart, sir. I have supplied his
extravagance--for so I must call it--poor boy--but cannot exactly
get him to accept a legitimate right over me--I fear he is attached
elsewhere--but you know he is young, sir, and. not come to his ripe
judgment yet. I read your handbill, sir; and if you could furnish me
with a--something--ahem--that might enable me to gain, or rather to
restore his affections--for I think he was fond of me some few months
ago--I would not grudge whatever the payment might be.”

“You mean a philter?”

“I believe that is what it is called, sir.”

“Well, madam, you shall be supplied with a philter that never fails, on
the payment ol twenty-one shillings. This, philter, madam, will not only
make him fond of you before marriage, but will secure his affections
during life, increasing them day by day, so that every month of your
lives will be a delicious honeymoon. There is another bottle at the same
price; it may not, indeed, be necessary for you, but I can assure you
that it has made many families happy where there had been previously
but little prospect of happiness; the price is the same--twenty-one
shillings.”

Up went the spectral fan again, and out came the forty-two shillings,
and, with a formal courtesy, the venerable old maid walked away with the
two bottles of aqua pura in her pocket.

Now came the test for the conjurer’s knowledge--the sharp and unexpected
trial of his skill and sagacity. After the old maid had taken her leave,
possessed of the two bottles, a middle-aged, large-sized woman walked
in, and, after making a low courtesy, sat down as she had been desired.
The conjurer glanced keenly at her, and something like a smile might be
seen to settle upon his features; it was so slight, however, that the
good woman did not notice it.

“Pray, what’s the object of your visit to me, may I ask?”

“My husband, sir--he runn’d away from me, sure.”

“Small blame to him,” replied the conjurer. “If I had such a wife I
would not remain a single hour in her company.”

“And is that the tratement you give a heart-broken and desarted crature
like me?”

“Come, what made him run away from you?”

“In regard, sir, of a dislike he took to me.”

“That was a proof that the man had some taste.”

“Ay, but why hadn’t he that taste afore he married me?”

“It was very well that he had it afterwards--better late than never.”

“I want you to tell me where he is.”

“What family have you?”

“Seven small childre that’s now fatherless, I may say.”

“What kind of a man was your husband?”

“Why, indeed, as handsome a vagabone as you’d see in a day’s
travellin’.”

“Mention his name; I can tell you nothing till I hear it.”

“He’s called Rantin’ Rody, the thief, and a great schamer he is among
the girls.”

“Ranting Rody--let me see,” and here he looked very solemnly into his
book--“yes; I see--a halter. My good woman, you had better not inquire
after him; he was born to be hanged.”

“But when will that happen, sir?”

“Your fate and his are so closely united, that, whenever he swings, you
will swing. You will both hang together from the same gallows; so that,
in point of fact, you need not give yourself much trouble about the time
of his suspension, because I see it written here in the book of fate,
that the same hangman who swings you off, will swing him off at the same
moment. You’ll ‘lie lovingly together; and when he puts his tongue out
at those who will attend his execution, so will you; and when he dances
his last jig in their presence, so will you. Are you now satisfied?”

“Troth, and I’m very fond o’ the vagabone, although he’s the worst
friend I ever had. But you won’t tell me where he is? and I know why,
because, with all your pretended knowledge, the devil a know you know.”

“Are you sure of that?”

“Ay, cocksure.”

“Then I can tell you that he is sitting on the chair there, opposite me.
Go about your business, Rody, and rant elsewhere; you may impose upon
others, but not upon a man that can penetrate the secrets of human life
as I can. Go now; there is a white wand in the corner,--my conjuring
rod,--and if I only touched you with it, I could leave you a cripple and
beggar for life. Go, I say, and tell Caterine Collins how much she and
you gained by this attempt at disgracing me.”

Rody, for it was he, was thunderstruck at this discovery, and, springing
to his feet, disappeared.

“Well, Rody,” said the crowd, “how did you manage? Did he know you?”

Rody was as white in the face as a sheet. “Let me alone,” he replied;
“the conjurer above is the devil, and nothin’ else. I must get a glass
o’ whiskey; I’m near faintin’; I’m as wake as a child; my strength’s
gone The man, or the devil, or whatsomever he is, knows everything, and,
what is worse, he tould me I am to be hanged in earnest.”

“Faith, Rody, that required no great knowledge on his part; there’s not
a man here but could have tould you the same thing, and there’s none of
us a conjurer.”

Rody, however, immediately left them to discuss the matter among
themselves, and went, thoroughly crestfallen, to give an account of his
mission to Caterine Collins, who had employed him, and to reassume his
own clothes, which, indeed, were by no means fresh from the tailor.

The last individual whose interview with the conjurer we shall notice
was no other than Harry Woodward, our hero. On entering he took his
seat, and looked familiarly at the conjurer.

“Well,” said he, “there was no recognition?”

“How could there?” replied the other; “you know the thing’s impossible;
even without my beard, nobody in the town or about it knows my face,
and to those who see me in character, they have other things to think of
than the perusal of my features.”

“The girl was with you?”

“She yes, and I feel that, unless we can get Shawn-na-Middogue taken off
by some means or other, your life will not, cannot, be safe.”

“She won’t betray him, then? But I need not ask, for I have pressed her
upon that matter before.”

“She is very right in not doing so,” replied the conjurer; “because, if
she did, the consequence would be destruction to herself and her family.
In addition to this, however, I don’t think it’s in her power to betray
him. He never sleeps more than one night in the same place; and since
her recent conduct to him--I mean since her intimacy with you--he would
place no confidence in her.”

“He certainly is not aware of our intimacy.”

“Of course he is not; you would soon know it to your cost if he were.
The place of your rendezvous is somewhat too near civilization for him;
you should, however, change it; never meet twice in the same place, if
you can.”

“You are reaping a tolerably good harvest here, I suppose. Do they ever
place you in a difficulty?”

“Difficulty! God help you; there is not an individual among them, or
throughout the whole parish, with whose persons, circumstances, and
characters I am not acquainted; but even if it were not so, I could make
them give me unconsciously the very information they want--returned to
them, of course, in a new shape. I make them state the facts, and I draw
the inferences; nothing is easier; it is a trick that every impostor is
master of. How do you proceed with Miss Goodwin?”

“That matter is hopeless by fair means--she’s in love with that d----d
brother of mine.”

“No chance of the property, then?”

“Not as affairs stand at present; we must, however, maintain our
intimacy; if so, I won’t despair yet.”

“But what do you intend to do? If she marries your brother the property
goes to him--and you may go whistle.”

“I don’t give it up, though--I bear a brain still, I think; but the
truth is, I have not completed my plan of operations. What I am to do, I
know not yet exactly. If I could break off the match between her and my
brother, she might probably, through the influence of her parents
and other causes, he persuaded into a reluctant marriage with Harry
Woodward; time, however, will tell, and I must only work my way through
the difficulty as well as I can. I will now leave you, and I don’t think
I shall be able to see you again for a week to come.”

“Before you go let me ask if you know a vagabond called Ranting Rody,
who goes about through the country living no one knows how?”

“No, I do not know him; what is he?”

“He’s nothing except a paramour of Caterine Collins’s, who, you know,
is a rival of ours; nobody here knows anything about him, whilst he, it
appears, knows every one and everything.”

“He would make a good conjurer,” replied Woodward, smiling.

“If the fellow could be depended on,” replied the other, “he might
be useful; in fact, I am of opinion that if he wished he could trace
_Shawn-na-Middogue’s_ haunts. The scoundrel attempted just now to impose
upon me in the dress of a woman, and, were it not that I knew him so
well, he might have got my beard stripped from my face, and my bones
broken besides; but I feel confident that if any one could trace and
secure the outlaw, he could--I mean with proper assistance. Think of
this.”

“I shall find him out,” replied Woodward, “and sound him, at all events,
and I think through Caterine Collins I may possibly secure him; but we
must be cautious. Good-by; I wish you success!”

After which he passed through the crowd, exclaiming,

“A wonderful man--an astonishing man--and a fearful man; that is if he
be a man, which I very much doubt.”



CHAPTER XII. Fortune-telling


Ever since the night of the bonfire Woodward’s character became
involved more or less in a mystery that was peculiar to the time and
the superstitions of the period. That he possessed, the Evil Eye was
whispered about; and what was still more strange, it was not his wish
that such rumors should be suppressed. They had not yet, however,
reached either Alice Goodwin or her parents. In the meantime the
feelings of the two families were once more suspended in a kind of
neutral opposition, each awaiting the other to make the first advance.
Poor Alice, however, appeared rather declining in health and spirits,
for, notwithstanding her firm and generous defence of Charles Lindsay,
his brother, to a certain extent, succeeded in shaking her confidence
in his attachment. Her parents; frequently asked her the cause of her
apparent melancholy, but she only gave them evasive replies, and stated
that she had not felt herself very well since Henry Woodward’s last
interview with her.

They now urged her to take exercise--against which, indeed, she always
had a constitutional repugnance--and not to sit so much in her own room
as she did; and in order to comply with their wishes in this respect,
she forced herself to walk a couple of hours each day in the lawn, where
she generally read a book, for the purpose, if possible, of overcoming
her habitual melancholy. It was upon one of these occasions that she saw
the fortune-teller, Caterine Collins, approach her, and as her spirits
were unusually depressed for the moment, she felt no inclination to
enter into any conversation with her. Naturally courteous, however, and
reluctant to give offence, she allowed the woman to advance, especially
as she could perceive from the earnestness of her manner that she was
anxious to speak with her.

“Well, Caterine,” said she, “I hope you are not coming to tell my
fortune to-day; I am not in spirits to hear much of the future, be
it good or bad. Will you not go up to the house? They will give you
something to eat.”

“Thank you, Miss Alice, I will go up by and by; but in the manetime,
what fortune could any one tell you but good fortune? There’s nothin’
else before you; and if there is, I’m come to put you on your guard
against it, as I will, plaise goodness. I heard what I’m goin’ to
mention to you on good autority, and, as I know it’s true, I think
it’s but right you should know of it, too.” Alice immediately became
agitated; but mingled with that agitation was a natural wish--perhaps
it might be a pardonable curiosity, under the circumstances--to hear
how what the woman had to disclose could affect herself. Being nervous,
restless, and depressed, she was just in the very frame of mind to
receive such an impression as might be deeply prejudicial to the ease of
her heart--perhaps her happiness, and consequently her health.

“What is it that you think I should know, Caterine?”

Caterine, who looked about her furtively, as if to satisfy herself that
there was no one present but themselves, said,--

“Now, Miss Goodwin, everything depends on whether you’ll answer me one
question truly, and you needn’t be afeard to spake the truth to me.”

“Is it concerning myself?”

“It is, Miss Goodwin, and another, too, but principally yourself.”

“But what right have you, Caterine, to question me upon my own affairs?”

“No right, miss; but I wish to prevent you from, harm.”

“I thank you for your good wishes, Caterine; but what is it you would
say?”

“Is it true, Miss Alice, that you and Mr. Woodward are coortin’?”

“It is not, Caterine,” replied Alice, uttering the disavowal with a good
deal of earnestness; “there is no truth whatsoever in it; nothing can
be more false and groundless--I wonder how such a rumor could have got
abroad; it certainly could not proceed from Mr. Woodward.”

“It did not, indeed, Miss Alice; but it did from his brother, who, it
seems, is very fond of him, and said he was glad of it; but indeed,
miss, it delights my heart to hear that there is no truth in it. Mr.
Woodward, God save us! is no fit husband for any Christian! woman.”

“Why so?” asked Alice, laboring under, some vague sense of alarm.

“Why, Heavenly Father! Miss Alice, sure it’s well known he has the Evil
Eye; it’s in the family upon his mother’s side.”

“My God!” exclaimed Alice, who became instantly as pale as death, “if
that be true, Caterine, it’s shocking.”

“True,” replied Caterine; “did you never I observe his eyes?”

“Not particularly.”

“Did you remark that they’re of different colors? that one of them is as
black as the devil’s, and the other a gray?”

“I never observed that,” replied Alice, who really never had.

“Yes, and I could tell you more than that about him,” proceeded
Caterine; “they say he’s connected wid what’s not good. Sure, when they
got up a bonfire for him, doesn’t all the world know that it was put out
by a shower of blood; and that’s a proof that he’s a favorite wid the
devil and the fairies.”

“I believe,” replied Alice, “that there is no doubt whatsoever about the
shower of blood; but I should not consider that fact as proof that he is
a favorite with either the devil or the fairies.”

“Ay, but you don’t know, miss, that this is the way they have of showin’
it. Then, ever since he has come to the country, Bet Harramount, the
witch, in the shape of a white hare, is come back to the neighborhood,
and the _Shawn-dhinne-dhuv_ is now seen about the Haunted House, oftener
than he ever was. It’s well known that the white hare plays about Mr.
Woodward like a dog, and that she goes into the Haunted House, too,
every night.”

“And what brought you to tell me all this, Caterine?” asked Alice.

“Why, miss, to put you on your guard; afraid you might get married to a
man that, maybe, has sould himself to the devil. It’s well known by his
father’s sarvints that he’s out two or three nights in the week, and
nobody can tell where he goes.”

“Are the servants your authority for that?”

“Indeed they are; Barney Casey knows a great deal about him. Now, Miss
Alice, you’re on your guard; have nothing to do wid him as a sweetheart;
but above all things don’t fall out wid him, bekaise, if you did, as
sure as I stand here he’d wither you off o’ the earth. And above all
things again watch his eyes; I mane the black one, but don’t seem to do
so; and now good-by, miss; I’ve done my duty to you.”

“But about his brother, Caterine? He has not the Evil Eye, I hope?”

“Ah, miss, I could tell you something about him, too. They’re a bad
graft, these Lindsays; there’s Mr. Charles, and it’s whispered he’s
goin’ to make a fool of himself and disgrace his family.”

“How is that, Caterine?”

“I don’t know rightly; I didn’t hear the particulars; but I’ll be on the
watch, and when I can I’ll let you know it.”

“Take no such trouble, Caterine,” said Alice; “I assure you I feel no
personal interest whatsoever in any of the family except Miss Lindsay.
Leave me, Caterine, leave me; I must finish my book; but I thank you
for your good wishes. Go up, and say I desired them to give you your
dinner.”

Alice soon felt herself obliged to follow; and it was, indeed, with some
difficulty she was able to reach the house. Her heart got deadly sick;
an extraordinary weakness came over her; she became alarmed, frightened,
distressed; her knees tottered under her, and she felt on reaching
the hall-door as if she were about to faint. Her imagination became
disturbed; a heavy, depressing gloom descended upon her, and darkened
her flexible and unresisting spirit, as if it were the forebodings of
some terrible calamity.

The diabolical wretch who had just left her took care to perform her
base and heartless task with double effect. It was not merely the
information she had communicated concerning Woodward that affected her
so deeply, although she felt, as it were, in the Inmost recesses of her
soul, that it was true, but that which went at the moment with greater
agony to her heart was the allusion to Charles Lindsay, and the
corroboration it afforded to the truth of the charge which Woodward had
brought, with so much apparent reluctance, against him--the charge of
having neglected and abandoned her for another, and that other a person
of low birth, who, by relinquishing her virtue, had contrived to gain
such an artful and selfish ascendancy over him. How could she doubt
it? Here was a woman ignorant of the communication Woodward had made to
her,--ignorant of the vows that had passed between them,--who had heard
of his falsehood and profligacy, and who never would have alluded to
them had she not been questioned. So far, then, Woodward, she felt,
stood without blame with respect to his brother. And how could she
suspect Caterine to have been the agent of that gentleman, when she knew
now that her object in seeking an interview with herself was to put her
on her guard against him? The case was clear, and, to her, dreadful
as it was clear. She felt herself now, however, in that mood which no
sympathy can alleviate or remove. She experienced no wish to communicate
her distress to any one, but resolved to preserve the secret in her
own bosom. Here, then, was she left to suffer the weight of a twofold
affliction--the dread of Woodward, with which Caterine’s intelligence
had filled her heart, feeble, and timid, and credulous as it was upon
any subject of a superstitious tendency--and the still deeper distress
which weighed her down in consequence of Charles Lindsay’s treachery and
dishonor. Alas! poor Alice’s heart was not one for struggles,
nurtured and bred up, as she had been, in the very wildest spirit of
superstition, in all its degrading ramifications. There was something
in the imagination and constitution of the poor girl which generated and
cherished the superstitions which prevailed in her day. She could not
throw them off her mind, but dwelt upon them with a kind of fearful
pleasure which we can understand from those which operated upon our
own fancies in our youth. These prepare the mind for the reception of a
thousand fictions concerning ghosts, witches, fairies, apparitions, and
a long catalogue of nonsense, equally disgusting and repugnant to reason
and common-sense. It is not surprising, then, that poor Alice’s mind on
that night was filled with phantasms of the most feverish and excited
description. As far as she could, however, she concealed her agitation
from her parents, but not so successfully as to prevent them from
perceiving that she was laboring under some extraordinary and
unaccountable depression. This unfortunately was too true. On that night
she experienced a series of such wild and frightful visions as, when she
was startled out of them, made her dread to go again to sleep. The white
hare, the Black Spectre, but, above all, the fearful expression her
alarmed fancy had felt in Woodward’s eye, which was riveted upon her,
she thought, with a baleful and demoniacal glance, that pierced and
prostrated her spirit with its malignant and supernatural power; all
these terrible images, with fifty other incoherent chimeras, flitted
before the wretched girl’s imagination during her feverish slumbers.
Towards morning she sank into a somewhat calmer state of rest, but still
with occasional and flitting glimpses of the same horrors.

So far the master-spirit had set, at least, a portion of his machinery
in motion, in order to work out his purposes; but we shall find that his
designs became deeper and blacker as he proceeded in his course.

In a few days Alice became somewhat relieved from the influence of these
tumultuous and spectral phantasms which had run riot in her terrified
fancy; and this was principally owing to the circumstance of her having
prevailed upon one of the maid-servants, a girl named Bessy Mangan,
Barney Casey’s sweetheart, to sleep privately in her room. The attack
had reduced and enfeebled her very much, but still she was slightly
improved and somewhat relieved in her spirits. The shock, and the
nervous paroxysm that accompanied it, had nearly passed away, and she
was now anxious, for the sake of her health, to take as much exercise
as she could. Still--still--the two leading thoughts would recur
to her--that of Charles’s treachery, and the terrible gift of curse
possessed by his brother Henry; and once more her heart would sink to
the uttermost depths of distress and terror. The supernatural, however,
in the course of a little time, prevailed, as it was only reasonable
to suppose it would in such a temperament as hers; and as her mind
proceeded to struggle with the two impressions, she felt that her dread
of Woodward was gradually gaining upon and absorbing the other. Her
fear of him, consequently, was deadly; that terrible and malignant
eye--notwithstanding its dark brilliancy and awful beauty, alas! too,
significant of its power--was constantly before her imagination, gazing
upon her with a fixed, determined, and mysterious look, accompanied by
a smile of triumph, which deepened its satanity, if we may be allowed to
coin a word, at every glance. It was not mere antipathy she felt for him
now, but dread and horror. How, then, was she to act? She had pledged
herself to receive his visits upon one condition, and to permit him
to continue a friendly intimacy altogether apart from love. How, then,
could she violate her word, or treat him with rudeness, who had always
not only treated her with courtesy, but expressed an interest in her
happiness which she had every reason to believe sincere? Thus was the
poor girl entangled with difficulties on every side without possessing
any means of releasing herself from them.

In a few days after this she was sitting in the drawing-room when
Woodward unexpectedly entered it, and saluted her with great apparent
good feeling and politeness. The surprise caused her to become as pale
as death; she felt her very limbs relax with weakness, and her breath
for a few moments taken away from her; she looked upon him with an
expression of alarm and fear which she could not conceal, and it was
with some difficulty that she was at length enabled to speak.

“You will excuse me, sir,” she said, “for not rising; I am very nervous,
and have not been at all well for the last week or upwards.”

“Indeed, Miss Goodwin, I am very sorry to hear this; I trust it is only
a mere passing indisposition; I think the complaint is general, for my
sister has also been ailing much the same way for the last few days.
Don’t be alarmed, Miss Goodwin, it is nothing, and won’t signify. You
should mingle more in society; you keep too much alone.”

“But I do not relish society; I never mingle in it that I don’t feel
exhausted and depressed.”

“That certainly makes a serious difference; in such a case, then, I
imagine society would do you more harm than good. I should not have
intruded on you had not your mother requested me to come up and try to
raise your spirits--a pleasure which I would gladly enjoy if I could.”

“I am much obliged to you, Mr. Woodward,” she replied; “I hope a short
time will remove this unusual depression, and I must only have a little
patience.”

“Just so, Miss Goodwin; a little time, as you say, will restore you to
yourself.”

Now all this was very courteous and kind of Mr. Woodward, and might have
raised her spirits were it not for the eye. From the moment he entered
the apartment that dreaded instrument of his power was fixed upon her
with a look so concentrated, piercing, and intense, that it gave a
character of abstraction to all he said. In other words, she felt as
if his language proceeded out of his lips unconsciously, and that some
mysterious purport of his heart emanated from his eye. It appeared to
her that he was thinking of something secret connected with herself, to
which his words bore no reference whatsoever. She neither knew what to
do nor what to say under this terrible and permeating gaze; it was in
vain she turned away her eyes; she knew--she felt--that his was upon
her--that it was drinking up her strength--that, in fact, the evil
influence was; mingling with and debilitating her frame, and operating
upon all her faculties. There was still, however, a worse symptom, and
one which gave that gaze a significance that appalled her--this was
the smile of triumph which she had seen playing coldly but triumphantly
about his lips in her dreams. That smile was the feather to the arrow
that pierced her, and that was piercing her at that moment--it was the
cold but glittering glance of the rattlesnake, when breaking down by the
poison of his eyes the power of resistance in his devoted victim.

“Mr. Woodward,” said she, after a long pause, “I am unable to bear an
interview--have the goodness to withdraw, and when you go down-stairs
send my mother up. Excuse me, sir; but you must perceive how very ill I
have got within a few minutes.”

“I regret it exceedingly, Miss Goodwin. I had something to mention to
you respecting that unfortunate brother of mine; but you are not now in
a condition to hear anything unpleasant and distressing; and, indeed,
it is better, I think, now that I observe your state of health, that you
should not even wish to hear it.”

“I never do wish to hear it, sir; but have the goodness to leave me.”

“I trust my next visit will find you better. Good-by, Miss Goodwin! I
shall send your mother up.”

[Illustration: PAGE 697-- One long, dark, inexplicable gaze]

He withdrew very much after the etiquette of a subject leaving a crowned
head--that is, nearly backwards; but when he came to the door he paused
a moment, turning upon her one long, dark, inexplicable gaze, whilst
the muscles of his hard, stony mouth were drawn back with a smile
that contained in its expression a spirit that might be considered
complacent, but which Alice interpreted as derisive and diabolical.

“Mamma,” said she, when her mother joined her, “I am ill, and I know not
what to do.”

“I know you are not well, my love,” replied her mother, “but I hope
you’re not worse; how do you feel?”

“Quite feeble, utterly without strength, and dreadfully depressed and
alarmed.”

“Alarmed, Alley! Why, what could alarm you? Does not Mr. Woodward always
conduct himself as a gentleman?”

“He does, ma’am; but, nevertheless, I never wish to see him again.”

“Why, dear me! Alice, is it reasonable that you should give way to such
a prejudice against that gentleman? Indeed I believe you absolutely hate
him.”

“It is not personal hatred, mother; it is fear and terror. I do not,
as I said, hate the man personally, because I must say that he never
deserved such a feeling at my hands, but, in the meantime, the sight of
him sickens me almost to death. I am not aware that he is or ever was
immoral, or guilty of any act that ought to expose him to hatred; but,
notwithstanding that, my impression, when conversing with him, is, that
I am in the presence of an evil spirit, or of a man who is possessed of
one. Mamma, he must be excluded the house, and forbidden to visit here
again, otherwise my health will be destroyed, and my very life placed
in danger.”

“My dear Alice, that is all very strange,” replied her mother,
now considerably alarmed at her language, but still more so at her
appearance; “why, God bless me, child! now that I look at you, you
certainly do seem to be in an extraordinary state. You are the color of
death, and then you are all trembling! Why is this, I ask again?”

“The presence of that man,” she replied, in a faint voice; “his presence
simply and solely. That is what has left me as you see me.”

“Well, Alice, it is very odd and very strange, and it seems as if there
was some mystery in it. I will, however, talk to your father about it,
and we will hear what he shall say. In the meantime, raise your spirits,
and don’t be so easily alarmed. You are naturally nervous and timid, and
this is merely a poor, cowardly conceit that has got into your head; but
your own good sense will soon show you the folly of yielding to a mere
fancy. Amuse yourself on the spinet, and play some brisk music that will
cheer your spirits; it is nothing but the spleen.”

Woodward, in the meantime, having effected his object, and satisfied
himself of his power over Alice, pursued his way home in high spirits.
To his utter astonishment, however, he found the family in an uproar,
the cause of which we will explain. His mother, whose temper neither she
herself nor any other human being, unless her husband, when provoked
too far, could keep under anything like decent restraint, had got into a
passion, while he, Woodward, was making his visit; and while in a blaze
of resentment against the Goodwins she disclosed the secret of
his rejection by Alice, and dwelt with bitter indignation upon the
attachment she had avowed for Charles--a secret which Henry had most
dishonorably intrusted to her, but which, as the reader sees, she had
neither temper nor principle to keep.

On entering the house he found his; mother and step-father at high feud.
The I brows of the latter were knit, as was always the case when he
found himself bent upon mischief. He was calm, however, which was
another bad sign, for in him the old adage was completely reversed,
“After a storm comes a calm,” whilst in his case it uniformly preceded
it.

Woodward looked about him with amazement; his step-father was standing
with his back to the parlor fire, holding the skirts of his coat divided
behind, whilst his wife stood opposite to him, her naturally red face
still naming more deeply with a tornado of indignation.

“And you dare to tell me that you’ll consent to Charles’s marriage with
her?”

“Yes, my dear, I dare to tell you so. You have no objection that she
should marry your son Harry there. You forgot or dissembled your scorn
and resentment against her, when you thought you could make a catch of
her property: a very candid and disinterested proceeding on your part,
Well, what’s the consequence? That’s all knocked up; the girl won’t have
him, because she is attached to his brother, and because his brother is
attached to her. Now that is just as it ought to be, and, please God,
we’ll have them married. And I now I take the liberty of asking you both
to the wedding.”

“Lindsay, you’re an offensive old dog, sir.”

“I might retort the compliment by changing the sex, my dear,” he
replied, laughing! and nodding at her, with a face, from the nose down,
rather benevolent than otherwise, but still the knit was between the
brows.

“Lindsay, you’re an unmanly villain, and a coward to boot, or you
wouldn’t use such language to a woman.”

“Not to a woman; but I’m sometimes forced to do so to a termagant.”

“What’s the cause of all this?” inquired Woodward; “upon my honor, the
language I hear is very surprising, as coming from a justice of quorum
and his lady. Fie! fie! I am ashamed of you both. In what did it
originate?”

“Why, the fact is, Harry, she has told us that Alice Goodwin, in the
most decided manner, has rejected your addresses, and confided to you an
avowal of her attachment to Charles here. Now, when I heard this, I felt
highly delighted at it, and said we should have them married, and so
we shall. Then your mother, in flaming indignation at this, enacted
Vesuvius in a blaze, and there she stands ready for another eruption.”

“I wish you were in the bottom of Vesuvius, Lindsay; but you shall not
have your way, notwithstanding.”

“So I am, my dear, every day in my life. I have a little volcano of my
own here, under the very roof with me; and I tell that volcano that I
will have my own way in this matter, and that this marriage must take
place if Alice is willing; and I’m sure she is, the dear girl.”

“Sir,” said Woodward, addressing his step-father calmly, “I feel a good
deal surprised that a thinking man, of a naturalise late temper as you
are,--”

“Yes, Harry, I am so.”

“Of such a sedate temper as you are, should not recollect the
possibility of my mother, who sometimes takes up impressions hastily, if
not erroneously--as the calmest of us too frequently do--of my mother,
I say, considerably mistaking and unconsciously misrepresenting the
circumstances I mentioned to her.”

“But why did you mention them exclusively to her?” asked Charles; “I
cannot see your object in concealing them from the rest of the family,
especially from those who were most interested in the knowledge of
them.”

“Simply because I had nothing actually decisive to mention. I
principally confined myself to my own inferences, which unfortunately
my mother, with her eager habit of snatching at conclusions, in this
instance, mistook for facts. I shall satisfy you, Charles, of this, and
of other matters besides; but we will require time.”

“I assure you, Harry, that if your mother does not keep her temper
within some reasonable bounds, either she or I shall leave the
house--and I am not likely to be the man to do so.”

“This house is mine, Lindsay, and the property is mine--both in my own
right; and you and your family may leave it as soon as you like.”

“But you forget that I have property enough to support myself and them
independently of you.”

“Wherever you go, my dear papa,” said Maria, bursting into tears, “I
will accompany you. I admit it is a painful determination for a daughter
to be forced to make against her own mother; but it is one I should have
died sooner than come to if she had ever treated me as a daughter.”

Her good-natured and affectionate father took her in his arms and kissed
her.

“My own darling Maria,” said he, “I could forgive your mother all her
domestic violence and outrage had she acted with the affection of a
mother towards you. She has a heart only for one individual, and that is
her son Harry, there.”

“As for me,” said Charles, “wherever my father goes, I, too, my dear
Maria, will accompany him.”

“You hear that, Harry,” said Mrs. Lindsay; “you see now they are in a
league--in a conspiracy against your happiness and mine;--but think of
their selfishness and cunning--it is the girl’s property they want.”

“Perish the property,” exclaimed Charles indignantly. “I will now
mention a fact which I have hitherto never breathed--Alice Goodwin and I
were, I may say, betrothed before ever she dreamed of possessing it; and
if I held back since that time, I did so from the principles of a man
of honor, lest she might imagine that I renewed our intimacy, after the
alienation of the families, from mercenary motives.”

“You’re a fine fellow, Charley,” said his father; “you’re a fine fellow,
and you deserve her and her property, if it was ten times what it is.”

“Don’t you be disheartened, Harry,” said his mother; “I have a better
wife in my eye for you--a wife that will bring you connection, and that
is Lord Bilberry’s niece.”

“Yes,” said her husband, ironically, “a man with fifty thousand acres
of mountain. Faith, Harry, you will be a happy man, and may feed on
bilberries all your life; but upon little else, unless you can pick the
spare bones of an old maid who has run herself into an asthma in the
unsuccessful sport of husband-hunting.”

“She will inherit her uncle’s property, Lindsay.”

“Yes, she will inherit the heather and the bilberries. But go in God’s
name; work out that project; there is nobody here disposed to hinder
you. Only I hope you will ask us to the wedding.”

“Mother,” said Woodward, affectionately taking her hand and giving it a
significant squeeze; “mother, you must excuse me for what I am about
to say”--another squeeze, and a glance which was very well
understood--“upon my honor, mother, I must give my verdict for the
present”--another squeeze--“against you. You--must be kinder to Charles
and Maria, and you must not treat my father with such disrespect and
harshness. I wish to become a mediator and pacificator in the family. As
for myself, I care not about property; I wish to marry the girl I love.
I am not, I trust, a selfish man--God forbid I should; but for the
present”--another squeeze--“let me entreat you all to forget this little
breeze; urge nothing, precipitate nothing; a little time, perhaps, if
we have patience to wait, may restore us all, and everything else we are
quarrelling about, to peace and happiness. Charles, I wish to have some
conversation with you.”

“Harry,” said Lindsay, “I am glad you have spoken as you did; your words
do you credit, and your conduct is manly and honorable.”

“I do believe, indeed,” said his unsuspecting brother, “that the best
thing we could all do would be to put ourselves under his guidance; as
for my part I am perfectly willing to do so, Harry. After hearing the
good sense you have just uttered, I think you are entitled to every
confidence from us all.”

“You overrate my abilities, Charles; but not, I hope, the goodness of an
affectionate heart that loves you all. Charles, come with me for a few
minutes; and, mother, do you also expect a private lecture from me by
and by.”

“Well,” said the mother, “I suppose I must. If I were only spoken to
kindly I could feel as kindly; however, let there be an end to this
quarrel as the boy says, and I, as well as Charles, shall be guided by
his advice.”

“Now, Charles,” said he, when they had gone to another room, “you know
what kind! of a woman my mother is; and the truth is, until matters get
settled, we will have occasion for a good, deal of patience with her;
let us, therefore, exercise it. Like most hot-tempered women, she has
a bad memory, and wrests the purport of words too frequently to a wrong
meaning. In the account she gave you of what occurred between Alice
Goodwin and me, she entirely did.”

“But what did occur between Alice Goodwin and you, Harry?”

“A very few words will tell it. She admitted that there certainly has
been an attachment between you and her, but--that--that--I will
not exactly repeat her words, although I don’t say they were meant
offensively; but it amounted, to this, that she now filled a different
position in the eyes of the world; that she would rather the matter
were not renewed; that if her mind had changed, she had good reason for
justifying the change; and when I, finding that I had no chance myself,
began to plead for you, she hinted to me that, in consequence of the
feud that had taken place between the families, and the slanders that my
mother had cast upon her honor and principles, she was resolved to
have no further connection whatsoever with any one of the blood; her
affections were not now her own.”

“Alas, Harry!” said Charles, “how few can bear the effects of unexpected
prosperity. When she and I were both comparatively poor, she was all
affection; but now that she has become an heiress, see what a change
there is! Well, Harry, if she can be faithless and selfish, I can be
both resolute and proud. She shall have no further trouble from me on
that subject; only I must say, I don’t envy her her conscience.”

“Don’t be rash, Charles---we should judge of her charitably and
generously; I don’t think myself she is so much to blame. O’Connor
Fardour, or Farther, or whatever you call him--”

“O, Ferdora!”

“Yes, Ferdora; that fellow is at the bottom of it all; he has plied her
well during the estrangement, and to some purpose. I never visit them
that I don’t find him alone with her. He is, besides, both frank and
handsome, with a good deal of dash and insinuation in his address and
manner, and, besides, a good property, I am told. But, in the meantime,
I have a favor to ask of you; that is, if you think you can place
confidence in me.”

“Every confidence, my dear Harry,” said Charles, clasping his hand
warmly; “every confidence. As I said before, you shall be my guide and
adviser.”

“Thank you, Charles. I may make mistakes, but I shall do all for the
best. Well, then, will you leave O’Connor to me? If you do, I shall not
promise much, because I am not master of future events; but this is all
I ask of you--yes, there is one thing more--to hold aloof from her and
her family for a time.”

“After what you have told me, Harry, that is an unnecessary request now;
but as for O’Connor, I think he ought to be left to myself.”

“And so he shall in due time; but I must place him in a proper position
for you first--a thing which you could not do now, nor even attempt to
do, without meanness. Are you, then, satisfied to leave this matter in
my hands, and to remain quiet until I shall bid you act?”

“Perfectly, Harry, perfectly; I shall be guided by you in everything.”

“Well, now, Charley, we will have a double triumph soon, I hope. All
is not lost that’s in danger. The poor girl is surrounded by a clique.
Priests have interfered. Her parents, you know, are Catholics; so, you
know, is O’Connor. Poor Alice, you know, too, is anything but adamant.
And now I will say no more; but in requital for what I have said, go
and send our patient mild mamma, to me. I really must endeavor to try
something with her, in order to save us all from this kind of life she
is leading us.”

When his mother entered he assumed the superior and man of authority;
his countenance exhibited something unpleasant, and in a decisive and
rather authoritative tone he said,--

“Mother, will you be pleased to take a seat?”

“You are angry with me, Harry--I know you are; but I could not restrain
my feelings, nor keep your secret, when I thought of their insolence in
requiting you--you, to whom the property would and ought to have come--”

“Pray, ma’am, take a seat.”

She sat down--anxious, but already subdued, as was evident by her
manner.

“I,” proceeded her son, “to whom the property would and ought to have
come--and I to whom it will come--”

“But are you sure of that?”

“Not, I am afraid, while I have such a mother as you are--a woman in
whom I can place no confidence with safety. Why did you betray me to
this silly family?”

“Because, as I said before, I could not help it; my temper got the
better of me.”

“Ay, and I fear it will always get the better of you. I could now give
you very agreeable information as to that property and the piece of
curds that possesses it; but then, as I said, there is no placing any
confidence in a woman of your temper.”

“If the property is concerned, Harry, you may depend your life on me. So
help me, God, if ever I will betray you again.”

“Well, that’s a solemn asseveration, and I will depend on it; but if
you betray me to this family the property is lost to us and our heirs
forever.”

“Do not fear me; I have taken the oath.”

“Well, then, listen; if you could understand Latin, I would give you a
quotation from a line of Virgil--

     ‘_Haeret lateri lethhalis arundo_.’

The girl’s doomed--subdued--overcome; I am in the process of killing
her.”

“Of killing her! My God, how? not by violence, surely--that, you know,
would not be safe.”

“I know that; no--not by violence, but by the power of this dark eye
that you see in my head.”

“Heavenly Father! then you possess it?”

“I do; and if I were never to see her again I don’t think she could
recover; she will merely wither away very gently, and in due time will
disappear without issue--and then, whose is the property?”

“As to that, you know there can be no doubt about it; there is the
will--the stupid; will, by which she got it.”

“I shall see her again, however--nay, in spite of them I shall see
her time after time, and shall give her the Evil Eye, until the; scene
closes--until I attend her funeral.”

“My mind is somewhat at ease,” replied his mother; “because I was
alarmed lest you should have had recourse to any process that might have
brought you within the operation of the law.”

“Make your mind easy on that point, my dear mother. No law compels a man
to close his eyes; a cat, you know, may look on a king; but of one thing
you may be certain--she dies--the victim is mine.”

“One thing is certain,” replied his mother, “that if she and Charles
should marry, you are ousted from the property.”

“Don’t trouble yourself about such a contingency; I have taken steps
which I think will prevent that. I speak in a double sense; but if I
find, after all, that they are likely to fail, I shall take others still
more decisive.”



CHAPTER XIII. Woodward is Discarded from Mr. Goodwin’s Family

--Other Particulars of Importance.


The reader sees that Harry Woodward, having ascertained the mutual
affection which subsisted between his brother and Alice, resorted to
such measures as were likely to place obstructions in the way of their
meeting, which neither of them was likely to remove. He felt, now,
satisfied that Charles, in consequence of the malignant fabrications
which he himself had palmed upon him for truth, would, most assuredly,
make no further attempt to renew their former intimacy. When Alice, too,
stated to him, that if she married not Charles, whether he proved worthy
of her or otherwise, she would never marry another, he felt that she was
unconsciously advancing the diabolical plans which he was projecting and
attempting to carry into effect. If she died without marriage or without
issue, the property, at her death, according to his uncle’s will,
reverted, as we have said, to himself. His object, therefore, was to
expedite her demise with as little delay as possible, in order that he
might become master of the patrimony. With this generous principle for
his guide, he made it a point to visit the Goodwins, and to see Alice
as often as was compatible with the ordinary usages of society. Had
Caterine Collins not put the unsuspecting and timid girl on her guard
against the influence of the Evil Eye, as possessed by Woodward, for
whom she acted as agent in the business, that poor girl would not have
felt anything like what this diabolical piece of information occasioned
her to experience. From the moment she heard it her active imagination
took the alarm. An unaccountable terror seized upon her; she felt as if
some dark doom was impending over her. It was in a peculiar degree the
age of superstition; and the terrible influence of the Evil Eye was
one not only of the commonest, but the most formidable of them all. The
dark, significant, but sinister gaze of Harry Woodward was, she thought,
forever upon her. She could not withdraw her imagination from it. It
haunted her; it was fixed upon her, accompanied by a dreadful smile of
apparent courtesy, but of a malignity which she felt as if it penetrated
her whole being, both corporeal and mental. She hurried to bed at night
with a hope that sleep might exclude the frightful vision which followed
her; but, alas! even sleep was no security to her against its terrors.
It was now that in her distempered dreams imagination ran riot. She fled
from him, or attempted to fly, but feared that she had not strength for
the effort; he followed her, she thought, and when she covered her face
with her hands in order to avoid the sight of him, she felt him seizing
her by the wrists, and removing her arms in order that he might pour the
malignant influence of that terrible eye into her very heart. From these
scenes she generally awoke with a shriek, when her maid, Sarah Sullivan,
who of late slept in the same room with her, was obliged to come to her
assistance, and soothe and sustain her as well as she could. She then
lay for hours in such a state of terror and agitation as cannot be
described, until near morning, WHen she generally fell into something
like sound sleep. In fact, her waking moments were easy when compared
with the persecution which the spirit of that man inflicted on her
during her broken and restless slumbers. The dreadful eye, as it rested
upon her, seemed as if its powerful but killing expression proceeded
from the heart and spirit of some demon who sought to wither her by
slow degrees out of life; and she felt that he was succeeding in his
murderous and merciless object. It is not to be wondered at, then,
that she dreaded the state of sleep more than any other condition of
existence in which she could find herself. As night, and the hour of
retiring to what ought to have been a refreshing rest returned, her
alarms also returned with tenfold terror; and such was her apprehension
of those fiend-like and nocturnal visits, that she entreated Sarah
Sullivan to sleep with and awaken her the moment she heard her groan or
shriek. Our readers may perceive that the innocent girl’s tenure of life
could not be a long one under such strange and unexampled sufferings.

The state of her health now occasioned her parents to feel the most
serious alarm. She herself disclosed to them the fearful intelligence
which had been communicated to her in such a friendly spirit by Caterine
Collins, to wit, that Harry Woodward possessed the terrible power of the
Evil Eye, and that she felt he was attempting to kill her by it; adding,
that from the state of her mind and health she feared he had succeeded,
and that certainly, if he were permitted to continue his visits, she
knew that she could not long survive.

“I remember well,” said her father, “that when he was a boy of about six
or seven he was called, by way of nickname, _Harry na Suil Glair_; and,
indeed, the common report always has been that his mother possesses the
evil eye against cattle, when she wishes to injure any neighbor that
doesn’t treat her with what she thinks to be proper and becoming
respect. If her son Harry has the accursed gift it comes from her blood;
they say there is some old story connected with her family that accounts
for it, but, as I never heard it, I don’t know what it is.”

“I agree with you,” said his wife; “if he has it at all, he may thank
her for it. There is, I fear, some bad principle in her; for surely
the fierceness and overbearing spirit of her pride, and the malignant
calumnies of her foul and scandalous tongue, can proceed from nothing
that’s good.”

“Well, Martha,” observed her husband, “if the devilish and unaccountable
hatred which she bears her fellow-creatures is violent, she has the
satisfaction of knowing--and well she knows it--that it is returned to
her with compound interest; I question if the devil himself is detested
with such a venomous feeling as she is. Her own husband and children
cannot like a bone in her skin.”

“And yet,” replied Alice, “you would have made this woman my
mother-in-law! Do you think it was from any regard to us that she came
here to propose a marriage between her son and me? No, indeed, dear
papa, it was for the purpose of securing the property, which her brother
left me, for him who would otherwise have inherited it. And do you
imagine for a moment that Harry Woodward himself ever felt one emotion
of personal affection for me? If you do you are quite mistaken. I
knew and felt all along--even while he was assuming the part of the
lover--that he actually hated, not only me, but every one of the family.
His object was the property, and so was that of his mother; but I
absolve all the other members of the family from any knowledge of, or
participation in, their schemes. As it is, if you wish to see yourselves
childless you will allow his, visits, or, if not, you will never permit
his presence under this roof again. I fear, however, that it is now
too late--you see that I am already on the brink of the grave, in
consequence of the evil influence which the dreadful villain has gained
over me, and, indeed,” she added, bursting into tears, “I have, at this
moment, no hopes of recovery. My strength, both bodily and mental, is
gone--I am as weak as an infant, and I see nothing before me but an
early grave. I have also other sorrows, but even to you I will not
disclose them--perhaps on my bed of death I may.”

The last words were scarcely uttered when she fainted. Her parents were
dreadfully alarmed--in a moment both were in tears, but they immediately
summoned assistance. Sarah Sullivan made her appearance, attended by
others of the servants; the usual remedies were applied, and in the
course of about ten or twelve minutes she recovered, and was weeping in
a paroxysm bordering on despair when Harry Woodward entered the room.
This was too much for the unfortunate girl. It seemed like setting the
seal of death to her fate. She caught a glimpse of him. There was the
malignant, but derisive look--one which he meant to be courteous, but
which the bitter feeling within him overshadowed with the gloomy triumph
of an evil spirit. She placed her hands over her eyes, gave one loud
shriek, and immediately fell into strong convulsions.

“Good heavens!” exclaimed Woodward, “what is the matter with Miss
Goodwin? I am sincerely sorry to see this. Is not her health good?”

“Pray, sir,” replied her father, “how did you come to obtrude yourself
here at such a moment of domestic distress?”

“Why, my dear sir,” replied Woodward, “of course you must know that I
was ignorant of all this. The hall-door was open, as it generally is, so
was the door of this room, and I came in accordingly, as I have been in
the habit of doing, to pay my respects to the family.”

“Yes,” said Mr. Goodwin, “the hall-door is generally open, but it shall
not be so in future. Come out of the room, Mr. Woodward; your presence
is not required here.”

“O, certainly,” replied Woodward, “I feel that; and I assure you I
would not by any means have intruded had I known that Miss Goodwin was
unwell.”

“She is unwell,” responded her father; “very unwell; unwell unto death,
I fear. And now, Mr. Woodward,” he proceeded, when they had reached the
hall, “I beg to state peremptorily and decidedly that all intimacy and
intercourse between you and our family must cease from this hour. You
visit here no more.”

“This is very strange language, Mr. Goodwin,” replied the other, “and
I think, as between two gentlemen, I am entitled to an explanation. I
received the permission of yourself, your lady, and your daughter to
visit here. I am not conscious of having done anything unbecoming a
gentleman, that could or ought to deprive me of a privilege which I
looked upon as an honor.”

“Well, then,” replied her father, “look into your own conscience, and
perhaps you will find the necessary explanation there. I am master of my
own house and my own motions, and now I beg you instantly to withdraw,
and to consider this your last visit here.”

“May I not be permitted to call to-morrow to inquire after Miss
Goodwin’s health?”

“Assuredly not.”

“Nor to send a messenger?”

“By no means; and now, sir, withdraw; I must go in to my daughter, till
I see what can be done for her, or whether anything can or not.”

Harry Woodward looked upon him steadily for a time, and the old man felt
as if his very strength was becoming relaxed; a sense of faintness and
terror came over him, and, as Woodward took his departure in silence,
the father of Alice began to abandon all hopes of her recovery. He
himself felt the effects of the mysterious gaze which Woodward had
fastened on him, and entered the room, conscious of the fatal power of
the Evil Eye.

Fit after fit succeeded each other for the space of, at least, an hour
and a half, after which they ceased, but left her in such a state of
weakness and terror that she might be said, at that moment, to hover
between life and death. She was carried in her distracted father’s
arms to bed, and after they had composed her as well as they could, her
father said,--

“My darling child, you may now summon strength and courage; that man,
that bad man, will never come under this roof again. I have finally
settled the point, and you have nothing further now, nor anything worse,
to dread from him. I have given the villain his _nunc dimittis_ once and
forever, and you will never see him more.”

“But I fear, papa,” she replied, feebly, “that, as I said before, it is
now too late. I feel that he has killed me. I know not how I will
pass this night. I dread the hours of sleep above all conditions of my
unhappy existence. O, no wonder that the entrance of that man-demon to
our house should be heralded by the storms and hurricanes of heaven, and
that the terrible fury of the elements, as indicative of the Almighty’s
anger, should mark his introduction to our family. Then the prodigy
which took place when the bonfires were lighted to welcome his accursed
return--the shower of blood! O, may God support me, and, above all
things, banish him from my dreams! Still, I feel some relief by the
knowledge that he is not to come here again. Yes, I feel that it
relieves me; but, alas! I fear that even the consciousness of that
cannot prevent the awful impression that I think I am near death.”

“No, darling,” replied her mother, “don’t allow that thought to gain
upon you. We’ll get a fairy-man or a fairy-woman, because they know the
best remedies against everything of that kind, when a common leech or
chirurgeon can do nothing.”

“No,” replied her father, “I will allow nothing of the kind under this
roof. It’s not a safe thing to have dealings with such people. We know
that the Church forbids it. Perhaps it’s a witch we might stumble
on; and would it not be a frightful thing to see one of those who are
leagued with the devil bringing their unconsecrated breaths about us
this week, as it were, and, perhaps, burned the next? No, we will have
a regular physician, who has his own character, as such, to look to and
support by his honesty and skill, but none of those withered classes of
hell that are a curse to the country.”

“Very well,” replied Mrs. Goodwin, “have your own way in it. I dare say
you are right.”

“O, don’t bring any fairy-women or fairy-men about me,” said Alice. “The
very sight of them would take away the little life I have left.”

In the meantime Harry Woodward, who had a variety of plans and projects
to elaborate, found himself, as every villain of his kind generally
does, encompassed by doubt and apprehension of their failure. The reader
will understand the condition of his heart and feelings when he advances
further in this narrative. Old Lindsay, who was of a manly and generous
disposition, felt considerable surprise that all intimacy should have
been discontinued between his son Charles and Alice Goodwin. As for
the property which she now possessed, he never once thought of it in
connection with their former affection for each other. He certainly
appreciated the magnanimity and disinterestedness of his son in ceasing
to urge his claims after she had become possessed of such a fortune; and
it struck him that something must have been wrong, or some evil agency
at work, which prevented the Goodwins from reestablishing their former
intimacy with Charles whilst they seemed to court that of his brother.
Here was something strange, and he could not understand it. One.
morning, when they were all seated at breakfast, he spoke as follows:--

“I can’t,” he said, “comprehend the conduct of the Goodwins. Their
daughter, if we are to judge from appearances, has discarded her
accepted lover, poor Charles, here. Now, this doesn’t look well. There
seems to be something capricious, perhaps selfish, in it. Still, knowing
the goodness of their hearts, as I do, I cannot but feel that there
is something like a mystery in it. I had set my heart upon a marriage
between Charles and Alice before ever she came into the property
bequeathed to her. In this I was not selfish certainly. I looked only to
their happiness. Yes, and my mind is still set upon this marriage, and
it shall go hard with me or I will accomplish it.”

“Father,” said Charles, “if you regard or respect me, I entreat of you
to abandon any such project. Ferdora O’Connor is now the favorite there.
He is rich and I am poor; no, the only favor I ask is that you will
never more allude to the subject in my hearing.”

“But I will allude to it, and I will demand an explanation besides,”
 replied Lindsay.

“Father,” observed Harry, “I trust that no member of this family is
capable of an act of unparalleled meanness. I, myself, pleaded my
brother’s cause with that heartless and deceitful girl in language which
could not be mistaken. And what was the consequence? Because I ventured
to do so I have been forbidden to visit there again. They told me,
without either preface or apology, that they will have no further
intercourse with our family. Ferdora O’Connor is the chosen man.”

“It is false,” said his sister, her eyes sparkling with indignation as
she spoke; “it is abominably false; and, father, you are right; seek
an explanation from the Goodwins. I feel certain that there are evil
spirits at work.”

“I shall, my dear girl,” replied her father; “it is only an act of
justice to them. And if the matter be at all practicable, I shall have
Charles and her married still.”

“Why not think of Harry?” said his wife; “as the person originally
destined to receive the property, he has the strongest claim.”

“You are talking now in the selfish and accursed principles of the
world,” replied Lindsay. “Charles has the claim of her early affection,
and I shall urge it.”

“Very well,” said his wife; “if you succeed in bringing about a marriage
between her and Charles, I will punish both you and him severely.”

“As how, madam?” asked her husband.

“Are you aware of one fact, Lindsay?”

“I am aware of one melancholy fact,” he replied, sarcastically.

“And, pray, what is it?” she inquired.

“Faith,” he replied, “that I am your husband.”

“O, yes--just so--that is the way I am treated, children; you see it
and you hear it. But, now, listen to me; you know, Lindsay, that the
property I brought you, as your unfortunate wife, was property in my own
right; you know, too, that by our marriage settlement that property was
settled on me, with the right of devising it to any of my children whom
I may select for that purpose. Now, I tell you, that if you press this
marriage between Charles and Alice Goodwin, I shall take this property
into my own hands, shall make my will in favor of Harry, and you and
your children may seek a shelter where you can find one.”

“Me and my children! Why, I believe you think you have no children but
Harry here. Well, you may do as you like with your property; I am not so
poor but I and my children can live upon my own. This house and place,
I grant you, are yours, and, as for myself, I am willing to leave it
to-day; a life of exclusion and solitude will be better than that which
I lead with you.”

“Papa,” said Maria, throwing her arms about his neck and bursting into
tears, “when you go I shall go; and wherever you may go to, I shall
accompany you.”

“Father,” said Charles, in a choking voice, and grasping his hand as he
spoke, “if you leave this house you shall not go alone. Neither I nor
Maria shall separate ourselves from you. We will have enough to live on
with comfort and decency.”

“Mother,” said Harry, rising up and approaching her with a face of
significant severity; “mother, you have forced me to say--and heaven
knows the pain with which I say it--that I am ashamed of you. Why will
you use language that is calculated to alienate from me the affections
of a brother and sister whom I love with so much tenderness? I trust
you understand me when I tell you now that I identify myself with their
feelings and objects, and that no sordid expectation of your property
shall ever induce me to take up your quarrel or separate myself from
them. Dispose of your property as you wish; I for one shall not earn it
by sacrificing the best affections of the heart, nor by becoming a slave
to such a violent and indefensible temper as yours. As for me, I shall
not stand in need of your property--I will have enough of my own.”

They looked closely at each other; but that look was sufficient. The
cunning mother thoroughly understood the freemason glance of his eye,
and exclaimed,--

“Well, I see I am abandoned by all my children; but I will endeavor to
bear it. I now leave you to yourselves--to meditate and put in practice
whatever plot you please against my happiness. Indeed, I know what a
consolation my death would be to you all.”

She then withdrew, in accordance with the significant look which Harry
gave towards the door.

“Harry,” said Lindsay, holding out his hand, “you are not the son of my
blood, but I declare to heaven I love you as well as if you were.
Your conduct is noble and generous; ay, and as a natural consequence,
disinterested; there is no base and selfish principle in you, my dear
boy; and I honor and love you as if I were your father in reality.”

“Harry,” said Maria, kissing him, “I repeat and feel all that dear papa
has said.”

“And so do I,” exclaimed Charles, “and if I ever entertained any other
feeling, I fling it to the winds.”

“You all overrate me,” said Harry; “but, perhaps, if you were aware of
my private remonstrances with my mother upon her unfortunate principles
and temper, you would give me more credit even than you do. My object is
to produce peace and harmony between you, and if I can succeed in that
I shall feel satisfied, let my mother’s property go where it may. Of
course, you must now be aware that I separate myself from her and her
projects, and identify myself, as I said, with you all. Still, there is
one request I have to make of you, father, my dear father, for well I
may call you so; and it is that you will not, as an independent man and
a gentleman, attempt to urge this marriage, on which you seem to have
set your heart, between Charles and Goodwin’s daughter. You are not
aware of what I know upon this subject. She and Ferdora O’Connor are
about to be married; but I will not mention what I could mention until
after that ceremony shall have taken place.”

“Well,” said his sister, “you appear to speak very sincerely, Harry, but
I know and feel that there is some mistake somewhere.”

“Harry,” said Lindsay, “from what has occurred this morning, I shall be
guided by you. I will not press this marriage, neither shall I stoop to
seek an explanation.”

“Thank you, sir,” replied Harry. “I advise you as I do because I would
not wish to see our whole family insulted in your person.”

Maria and her brother Charles looked at each other, and seemed to
labor under a strange and somewhat mysterious feeling. The confidence,
however, with which Harry spoke evidently depressed them, and, as they
entertained not the slightest suspicion of his treachery, they left the
apartment each with a heavy heart.

Harry, from this time forward, associated more with his brother than he
had done, and seemed to take him more into his confidence. He asked him
out in all his sporting expeditions; and proposed that they should each
procure a shooting dress of the same color and materials, which was
accordingly done; and so strongly did they resemble each other, when
dressed in them, that in an uncertain light, or at a distance, it was
nearly impossible to distinguish the one from the other. In fact, the
brothers were now inseparable, Harry’s object being to keep Charles as
much under his eye and control as possible, from an apprehension that,
on cool reflection, he might take it into his head to satisfy himself
by a personal interview with Alice Goodwin as to the incomprehensible
change which had estranged her affection from him.

Still, although the affection of those brothers seemed to increase, the
conduct of Harry was full of mystery. That the confidence he placed
in Charles was slight and partial admitted of no doubt. He was in the
habit, for instance, of going out after the family had gone to bed, as
we have mentioned before; and it was past all doubt that he had been
frequently seen accompanied, in his midnight rambles, by what was known
in the neighborhood as the Black Spectre, or, by the common people, as
the _Shan-dhinne-dhue_, or the dark old man. These facts invested
his character, which, in spite of all his plausibility of manner, was
unpopular, with something of great dread, as involving on his part some
unholy association with the evil and supernatural. This was peculiarly
the age of superstition and of a belief in the connection of both men
and women with diabolical agencies; for such was the creed of the day.

One evening, about this time, Caterine Collins was on her way home to
Rathfillan, I when, on crossing a piece of bleak moor adjacent to the
town, a powerful young fellow, dressed in the truis, cloak, and barrad
of the period, started up from a clump of furze bushes, and addressed
her as follows:--

“Caterine,” said he, “are you in a hurry?”

“Not particularly,” she replied; “but in God’s name, Shawn, what brings
you here? Are you mad? or what tempts you to come within the jaws of the
law that are gaping for you as their appointed victim? Don’t you know
you are an outlaw?”

“I will answer your first question first,” he replied. “What tempted me
to come here? Vengeance--deep and deadly vengeance. Vengeance upon the
villain who has ruined Grace Davoren. I had intended to take her life
first; but I am an Irishman, and will not visit upon the head of
the innocent girl, whom this incarnate devil has tempted beyond her
strength, the crime for which he is accountable.”

“Well, indeed, Shawn, it would be only serving him right; but, in the
meantime, you had better be on your guard; it is said that he fears
neither God nor devil, and always goes well armed; so be cautious, and
if you take him at all, it must be by treachery.”

“No,” said the outlaw, indignantly, “I’ll never take him or any man by
treachery. I know I am an outlaw; but it was the merciless laws of the
country, and their injustice to me and mine, that made me so; I resisted
them openly and like a man; but, bad as I am supposed to be, I will
never stain either my name or my conscience by an act of cowardly
treachery. I will meet this dark villain face to face, and take my
revenge as a brave man ought. You say he goes well armed, and that is a
proof that he feels his own guilt; yes, he goes well armed, you say; so
do I, and it will not be the treacherous murderer that he will meet, but
the open foe.”

“Well,” replied Caterine, “that is just like you, Shawn; and it is no
wonder that the women were fond of you.”

“Yes,” said he, “but the girl that was dearer to me a thousand times
than my own life has proved faithless, because there is a stain upon my
name--a stain, but no crime, Caterine; a stain made by the law, but no
crime. Had her heart been loyal and true, she would have loved me ten
times more in consequence of my very disgrace--if disgrace I ought to
call it; but instead of that--but wait--O, the villain! Well, I shall
meet him, I trust, before long, and then, Caterine, ah, then!”

“Well, Shawn, if she has desalted you, I know one that loves you better
than ever she did, and that would never desart you, as Grace Davoren has
done.”

“Ah, Caterine,” replied the outlaw, sorrowfully, “I am past that now;
my heart is broke--I could never love another. What proof of truth or
affection could any other woman give me after the treachery of her who
once said she loved me so well? She said, indeed, some time ago, that it
was her father forced her to do it, but that was after she had seen him,
for well I know she often told me a different story before the night
of the bonfire and the shower of blood. Well, Caterine, that shower of
blood was not sent for nothing. It came as the prophecy of his fate,
which, if I have life, will be a bloody one.”

“Shawn,” replied Caterine, as if she had not paid much attention to his
words, “Shawn, dear Shawn, there is one woman who would give her life
for your love.”

“Ah,” said Shawn, “it’s aisily said, at all events--aisily said; but who
is it Caterine?”

“She is now speaking to you,” she returned. “Shawn, you cannot but
know that I have long loved you; and I now tell you that I love you
still--ay, and a thousand times more than ever Grace Davoren did.”

“You!” said Shawn, recoiling with indignation; “is it you, a spy, a
fortune-teller, a go-between, and, if all be true, a witch; you,
whose life and character would make a modest woman blush to hear them
mentioned? Why, the curse of heaven upon you! how dare you think of
proposing such a subject to me? Do you think because I’m marked by the
laws that my heart has lost anything of its honesty and manhood? Begone,
you hardened and unholy vagabond, and leave my sight.”

“Is that your language, Shawn?”

“It is; and what other language could any man with but a single spark of
honesty and respect for himself use toward you? Begone, I say.”

“Yes, I will begone; but perhaps you may live to rue your words: that is
all.”

“And, perhaps, so may you,” he replied. “Leave my sight. You are a
disgrace to the name of woman.”

She turned upon her heel, and on the instant bent her steps towards
Rathfillan House.

“Shawn-na-Middogue,” she said as she went along, “you talk about
revenge, but wait till you know what the revenge of an insulted woman
is. It is not an aisy thing to know your haunts; but I’ll set them upon
your trail that will find you out if you were to hide yourself in the
bowels of the earth, for the words you used to me this night. _Dar
manim_, I will never rest either night or day until I see you swing from
a gibbet.”

Instead of proceeding to the little town of Rathfillan, she changed her
mind and turned her steps to Rathfillan House, the residence, as our
readers are aware, of the generous and kind-hearted Mr. Lindsay.

On arriving there she met our old acquaintance, Barney Casey, on the way
from the kitchen to the stable. Observing that she was approaching the
hall-door with the evident purpose of knocking, and feeling satisfied
that her business could be with none of the family except Harry, he
resolved to have some conversation with her, in order, if possible,
to get a glimpse of its purport. Not, indeed, that he entertained any
expectation of such a result, because he knew the craft and secrecy of
the woman he had to deal with; but, at all events, he thought that he
might still glean something significant even by her equivocations, if
not by her very silence. He accordingly turned, over and met her.

“Well, Caterine, won’t this be a fine night when the moon and stars
comes out to show you the road home again afther you manage the affair
you’re bent on?”

“Why, what am I bent on?” she replied, sharply.

“Why, to build a church to-night, wid the assistance of Mr. Harry
Woodward.”

“Talk with respect of your masther’s stepson,” she replied, indignantly.

“And my sweet misthress’s son,” returned Barney, significantly.
“Why, Caterine, I hope you won’t lift me till I fall. What did I say
disrespectful of him? Faith, I only know that the wondher is how such
a devil’s scald could have so good and kind-hearted a son,” he added,
disentangling himself from her suspicions, knowing perfectly well, as
he did, that any unfavorable expression he might utter against that
vindictive gentleman would most assuredly be communicated to him with
comments much stronger than the text. This would only throw him out of
Harry’s confidence, and deprive him of those opportunities of probably
learning, from their casual conversation, some tendency of his
mysterious movements, especially at night; for that he was enveloped in
mystery--was a fact of which he felt no doubt whatsoever. He accordingly
resolved to cancel the consequences even of the equivocal allusion to
him which he had made, and which he saw at a glance that Caterine’s keen
suspicions had interpreted into a bad sense.

“So you see, Katty,” he proceeded, “agra-machree that you wor, don’t
lift me, as I said, till I fall; but what harm is it to be fond of a
spree wid a purty girl? Sure it’s a good man’s case; but I’ll tell you
more; you must know the misthress’s wig took fire this mornin’, and she
was within an inch of havin’ the house in flames. Ah, it’s she that blew
a regular breeze, threatened to make the masther and the other two take
to their travels from about the house and place, and settle the same
house and place upon Mr. Harry.”

“Well, Barney,” said Caterine, deeply interested, “what was the upshot?”

“Why, that Masther Harry--long life to him--parted company wid her on
the spot; said he would take part wid the masther and the other two, and
tould her to her teeth that he did not care a damn about the property,
and that she might leave it as a legacy to ould Nick, who, he said,
desarved it better at her hands than he did.”

“Well, well,” replied Caterine, “I never thought he was such a fool
as all that comes to. Devil’s cure to him, if she laves it to some one
else! that’s my compassion for him.”

“Well, but, Caterine, what’s the news? When will the sky fall, you that
knows so much about futurity?”

“The news is anything but good, Barney. The sky will fall some Sunday
in the middle of next week, and then for the lark-catching. But tell me,
Barney, is Mr. Harry within? because, if he is, I’d thank you to let him
know that I wish to see him. I have a bit of favor to ask of him about
my uncle Solomon’s cabin; the masther’s threatnin’ to pull it down.”

Now, Barney knew the assertion to be a lie, because it was only a day or
two previous to the conversation that he had heard Mr. Lindsay express
his intention of building the old herbalist a new one. He kept his
knowledge of this to himself, however.

“And so you want him to change the masther’s mind upon the subject.
Faith and you’re just in luck after this mornin’s skirmish--skirmish!
no bedad, but a field day itself; the masther could refuse him nothing.
Will I say what you want him for?”

“You may or you may not; but, on second thoughts, I think it will be
enough to say simply that I wish to spake to him particularly.”

“Very well, Caterine,” replied Barney, “I’ll tell him so.”

In a few minutes Harry joined her on the lawn, where she awaited him,
and the following dialogue took place between them:

“Well, Caterine, Casey tells me that you have something particular to
say to me.”

“And very particular indeed, it is, Mr. Harry.”

“Well, then, the sooner we have it the better; pray, what is it?”

“I’m afeard, Mr. Woodward, that unless you have some good body’s
blessin’ about you, your life isn’t worth a week’s purchase.”

“Some good body’s blessing!” he replied ironically; “well, never mind
that, but let me know the danger, if danger there be; at all events, I
am well prepared for it.”

“The danger then is this--and terrible it is--that born devil,
Shawn-na-Middogue, has got hold of what’s goin’ on between you and Grace
Davoren.”

“Between me and Grace Davoren!” he exclaimed, in a voice of well-feigned
astonishment. “You mean my brother Charles. Why, Caterine, that
soft-hearted and softheaded idiot, for I can call him nothing else, has
made himself a perfect fool about her, and what is worst of all, I am
afraid he will break his engagement with Miss Goodwin, and marry this
wench. Me! why, except that he sent me once or twice to meet her, and
apologize for his not being able to keep his appointment with her, I
know nothing whatsoever of the unfortunate girl, unless that, like a
fool, as she is, it seems to me that she is as fond of him as he, the
fool, on the other hand, is of her. As for my part, I shall deliver his
messages to her no more--and, indeed, it was wrong of me ever to do so.”

The moon had now risen, and Caterine, on looking keenly and
incredulously into his face, read nothing there but an expression of
apparent sincerity and sorrow for the indiscretion and folly of his
brother.

“Well,” she proceeded, “in spite of all you tell me I say that it does
not make your danger the less. It is not your brother but yourself
that he suspects, and whether right or wrong, it is upon you that his
vengeance will fall.”

“Well, but, Caterine,” he replied, “could you not see Shawn-na-Middogue,
and remedy that?”

“How, sir?” she replied.

“Why, by telling him the truth,” said the far-sighted villain, “that it
is my brother, and not I, that was the intriguer with her.”

“Is that generous towards your brother, Mr. Woodward? No, sir; sooner
than bring the vengeance of such a person as Shawn upon him, I would
have the tongue cut out of my mouth, or the right arm off my body.”

“And I, Caterine,” he answered, retrieving himself an well as he could;
“yes, I deserve to have my tongue cut out, and my right arm chopped off,
for what I have said. O, no; if there be danger let me run the risk,
and not poor, good, kind-hearted Charles, who is certainly infatuated
by this girl. He is to meet her to-morrow night at nine o’clock, in the
little clump of alders below the well, but I shall go in his place--that
is, if I can prevail upon him to allow me--and endeavor once for all
to put an end to this business: mark that I said, if he will allow me,
although I scarcely think he will. Now, good-night, and many thanks for
your good wishes towards myself and him. Accept of this, and good-night
again.” As he spoke he placed some money in her unreluctant hand, and
returned on his way home.



CHAPTER XIV. Shawn-na-Middogue Stabs Charles Lindsay

Shawn-na-Middogue Stabs Charles Lindsay in Mistake for his Brother


Shawn-na-Middogue, though uneducated, was a young man of no common
intellect. That he had been selected to head the outlaws, or rapparees,
of that day, was a sufficient proof of this. After parting from Caterine
Collins, on whom the severity of his language fell with such bitterness,
he began to reflect that he had acted with great indiscretion, to say
the least of it. He knew that if there was a woman in the barony who, if
she determined on it, could trace him to his most secret haunts, she was
that woman. He saw, too, that after she had left him, evidently in
deep indignation, she turned her steps towards Rathfillan House, most
probably with an intention of communicating to Harry Woodward the strong
determinations of vengeance which he had expressed against him. Here,
then, by want of temper and common policy, had he created two formidable
enemies against himself. This, he felt, was an oversight for which he
could scarcely forgive himself. He resolved, if possible, to repair the
error he had committed, and, with this object in view, he hung about the
place until her return should afford him an opportunity of making such
an explanation as might soothe her into good humor and a more friendly
feeling towards him. Nay, he even determined to promise her marriage, in
order to disarm her resentment and avert the danger which, he knew,
was to be apprehended from it. He accordingly stationed himself in the
shelter of a ditch, along which he knew she must pass on her way home.
He had not long, however, to wait. In the course of half an hour he saw
her approach, and as she was passing him he said in a low, confidential
voice,--

“Caterine!”

“Who is that?” she asked, but without exhibiting any symptoms of alarm.

“It’s me,” he replied, “Shawn.”

“Well,” she replied, “and what is that to me whether it’s you or not?”

“I have thought over our discourse a while ago, and I’m sorry for what
I’ve said;--will you let me see you a part of the way home?”

“I can’t prevent you from comin’,” she replied, “if you’re disposed to
come--the way is as free to you as to me.”

They then proceeded together, and our readers must gather from the
incidents which are to follow what the result was of Shawn’s policy
in his conversation with her on the way. It is enough to say that they
parted on the best and most affectionate terms, and that a certain
smack, very delicious to the lips of Caterine, was heard before Shawn
bade her good-night.

Barney Casey, who suspected there was something in the wind, in
consequence of the secret interview which took place between Caterine
Collins and Harry, conscious as he felt that it was for no good purpose,
watched that worthy gentleman’s face with keen but quiet observation, in
the hope of being able to draw some inference from its expression.
This, however, was a vain task. The face was impassable, inscrutable; no
symptom of agitation, alarm, or concealed satisfaction could be read in
it, or anything else, in short, but the ordinary expression of the most
perfect indifference. Barney knew his man, however, and felt aware, from
former observations, of the power which Woodward possessed of disguising
his face whenever he wished, even under the influence of the strongest
emotions. Accordingly, notwithstanding all this indifference of manner,
he felt that it was for no common purpose Caterine Collins sought an
interview with him, and with this impression on his mind he resolved to
watch his motions closely.

The next day Harry and Charles went out to course, accompanied by Barney
himself, who, by the way, observed that the former made a point to bring
a case of pistols and a dagger with him, which he concealed so as
that they might not be seen. This discovery was the result of Barney’s
vigilance and suspicions, for when Harry was prepared to follow his
brother, who went to put the dogs in leash, he said:

“Barney, go and assist Mr. Charles, and I will join you both on the
lawn.”

Barney accordingly left the room and closed the door after him; but
instead of proceeding, as directed, to join Charles, he deliberately put
his eye to the key-hole, and saw Harry secrete the pistols and dagger
about his person. Each, also, brought his gun at the suggestion of
Harry, who said, that although they went out merely to course, yet it
was not improbable that they might get a random shot at the grouse or
partridge as they went along. Upon all these matters Barney made his
comments, although he said nothing upon the subject even to Charles,
from whom he scarcely ever concealed a secret. That Harry was brave and
intrepid even to rashness he knew; but why he should arm himself with
such secrecy and caution occasioned him much conjecture. His intrigue
with Grace Davoren was beginning to be suspected. _Shawn-na-Middoque_
might have heard of it. Caterine Collins was one of Woodward’s
agents--at least it was supposed from their frequent interviews that
she was, to a certain degree, in his confidence; might not her request,
then, to see him on the preceding night proceed from an anxiety, on
her part, to warn him against some danger to be apprehended from that
fearful freebooter? This was well and correctly reasoned on the part of
Barney, and, with those impressions fixed upon his mind, he accompanied
the two brothers on the sporting expedition of the day.

We shall not dwell upon their success, which was even better than they
had expected. Nothing, however, occurred to render either pistols or
dagger necessary; but Barney observed that, on their return home, Harry
made it a point to come by the well where he and Grace Davoren were in
the habit of meeting, and, having taken his brother aside, he pointed
to the little dark clump of alders, which skirted a small grove, and,
having whispered something to him which he could not hear, they passed
on by the old, broken boreen, which we have described, and reached
home loaded with game, but without any particular adventure. Barney’s
vigilance, however, was still awake, and he made up his mind to
ascertain, if possible, why Harry had armed himself, for as yet he had
nothing but suspicion on which to rest. He knew that whenever he went
out at night or in the evening he always went armed; and this was only
natural, for the country was in a dangerous and disturbed state, owing,
as the report went, to the outrages against property which were said to
have been committed by Shawn-na-Middogue and his rapparees. During his
sporting excursions in the open day, however, he never knew him to go
armed in this manner before, because, on such occasions he had always
seen his pistols and dagger hanging against the wall, where he usually
kept them. On this occasion, however, Woodward went like a man who felt
apprehensive of some premeditated violence on the part of an enemy.
Judging, therefore, from what he had seen, as well as from what he
conjectured, Barney, as we said, resolved to watch him closely.

In the meantime, the state of poor Alice Goodwin’s health was
deplorable. The dreadful image of Harry Woodward, or, rather, the
frightful power of his Satanic spirit, fastened upon her morbid and
diseased imagination with such force, that no effort of her reason could
shake it off. That dreadful eye was perpetually upon her and before her,
both asleep and awake, and, lest she might have any one point on which
to rest for comfort, the idea of Charles Lindsay attachment to Grace
Davoren would come over her, only to supersede one misery by
introducing another. In this wretched state she was when the calamitous
circumstances, which we are about to relate, took place.

Barney Casey was a good deal engaged that evening, for indeed he was a
general servant in his master’s family, and was expected to put a hand
to, and superintend, everything. He was, therefore, out of the way for
a time, having gone to Rathfillan on a message for his mistress, whom he
cursed in his heart for having sent him. He lost little time, however,
in discharging it, and was just on his return when he saw Harry Woodward
entering the old boreen we have described; and, as the night was rather
dark, he resolved to ascertain--although he truly suspected--the
object of this nocturnal adventure. He accordingly dogged him at a safe
distance, and, in accordance with his suspicions, he found that Woodward
directed his steps to the clump of alders which he had, on their return
that day, pointed out to his brother. Here he (Barney) ensconced himself
in a close thicket, in order to watch the event. Woodward had not been
many minutes there when Grace Davoren joined him. She seemed startled,
and surprised, and disappointed, as Casey could perceive by her manner,
or rather by the tones of her voice; but, whatever the cause of her
disappointment may have been, there was little time left for either
remonstrances or explanation on the part of her lover. Whilst addressing
her, a young and powerful man bounded forward, and, brandishing a
long dagger--the dreaded middogue--plunged it into his body, and her
companion fell with a groan. The act was rapid as lightning, and the
moment the work of blood and vengeance had been accomplished, the young
fellow bounded away again with the same speed observable in the rapidity
of his approach. Grace’s screams and shrieks were loud and fearful.

“Murdherin’ villain of hell,” she shouted after Shawn--for it was
he--“you have killed the wrong man--you have murdered the innocent This
is his brother.”

Barney was at her side in a moment.

“Heavenly Father!” he exclaimed, shocked and astounded by her words,
“what means this? Is it Mr. Charles?”

“O, yes,” she replied, not conscious that in the alarm and terror of the
moment she had betrayed herself, or rather her paramour--“innocent Mr.
Charles I’m afeard is murdhered by that revengeful villain; and now,
Barney, what is to be done, and how will we get assistance to bring him
home? But, cheerna above! what will become of me!”

“Mr. Charles,” said Barney, “is it possible that it is you that is
here?”

“I am here, Barney,” he replied, with difficulty, “and, I fear, mortally
wounded.”

“God forbid!” replied his humble but faithful friend--“I hope it is not
so bad as you think.”

“Take this handkerchief,” said Charles, “tie it about my breast, and try
and stop the blood. I feel myself getting weak.”

This Barney proceeded to do, in which operation we shall leave him,
assisted by the unfortunate girl who was indirectly the means of
bringing this dreadful calamity upon him.

Shaivn-na-Middogue. was not out of the reach of hearing when Grace
shouted after him, having paused to ascertain, if possible, whether he
had done his work effectually. That Harry Woodward was Grace’s paramour,
he knew; and that Charles was innocent of that guilt, he also knew.
All that Caterine Collins had told him on the preceding night went for
nothing, because he felt that Woodward had coined those falsehoods
with a view to screen himself from his (Shawn’s) vengeance. But in the
meantime Grace’s words, uttered in the extremity of her terror, assured
him that there had been some mistake, and that one brother might
have come to explain and apologize for the absence of the other. He
consequently crept back within hearing of their conversation, and
ascertained with regret the mistake he had committed. Shawn, at night,
seldom went unattended by several of his gang, and on this occasion
he was accompanied by about a dozen of them. His murderous mistake
occasioned him to feel deep sorrow, for he was perfectly well acquainted
with the amiable and generous character which Charles bore amongst
his father’s tenantry. His life had been, not only inoffensive, but
benevolent; whilst that of his brother--short as was the time since
his return to Rathfillan House--was marked by a very licentious
profligacy,--a profligacy which he attempted in vain to conceal. Whilst
Grace Davoren and Casey were attempting to staunch the blood which
issued from the wound, four men, despatched by Shawn for the purpose,
came, as if alarmed by Grace’s shrieks, to the scene of the tragedy,
and, after having inquired as to the cause of its occurrence, precisely
as if they had been ignorant of it, they proposed that the only thing
to be done, so as to give him a chance for life, was to carry him
home without a moment’s delay. He was accordingly raised upon their
shoulders, and, with more sympathy than could be expected from such men,
was borne to his father’s house in apparently a dying state.

It is unnecessary to attempt any description of the alarm which his
appearance there created. His father and Maria were distracted; even his
mother manifested tokens of unusual sorrow, for after all she was his
mother; and nothing, indeed, could surpass the sorrow of the whole
family. The servants were all in tears, and nothing but sobs and
wailings could be heard throughout the house. Harry Woodward himself
put his handkerchief to his eyes, and seemed to feel a deep but
subdued sorrow. Medical aid was immediately sent for, but such was his
precarious condition that no opinion could be formed as to his ultimate
recover+y.

The next morning the town of Rathfillan, and indeed the parish at large,
were in a state of agitation, and tumult, and sorrow, as soon as the
melancholy catastrophe had become known. The neighbors and tenants
flocked in multitudes to learn the particulars, and ascertain his state.
About eleven o’clock Harry mounted his horse, and, in defiance of the
interdict that had been laid upon him, proceeded at a rapid pace to Mr.
Goodwin’s house, in order to disclose--with what object the reader may
conjecture--the melancholy event which had happened. He found Goodwin,
his wife, and Sarah Sullivan in the parlor, which he had scarcely
entered when Mr. Goodwin got up, and, approaching him in a state of
great alarm and excitement, exclaimed,--

“Good Heavens, Mr. Woodward! can this dreadful intelligence which we
have heard be true?”

“O, you have heard it, then,” replied Woodward. “Alas! yes, it is too
true, and my unfortunate brother lies with life barely in him, but
without the slightest hope of recovery. As for myself I am in a state of
absolute distraction; and were it not that I possess the consciousness
of having done everything in my power as a friend and brother to
withdraw him from this unfortunate intrigue, I think I should become
fairly crazed. Miss Goodwin has for some time past been aware of my deep
anxiety upon this very subject, because I deemed it a solemn duty on my
part to let her know that ha had degraded himself by this low attachment
to such a girl, and was consequently utterly unworthy of her affection.
I could not see the innocence and purity imposed upon, nor her generous
confidence placed on an unworthy object. This, however, is not a time
to deal harshly by him. He will not be long with us, and is entitled
to nothing but our forbearance and sympathy. Poor fellow! he has paid a
heavy and a fatal penalty for his crime. Alas, my brother! cut down in
the very prime of life, when there was still time enough for reformation
and repentance! O, it is too much!”

He turned towards the window, and, putting his handkerchief to his eyes,
did the pathetic with a very good grace.

“But,” said Mrs. Goodwin, “what were the exact circumstances under which
the deplorable act of vengeance was committed?”

“Alas! the usual thing, Mrs. Goodwin,” replied Harry, attempting to
clear his throat; “they met last night between nine and ten o’clock,
in a clump of alders, near the well from which the inhabitants of the
adjoining hamlet fetch their water. The outlaw, Shawn-na-Middogue,
a rejected lover of the girl’s, stung with jealousy and vengeance,
surprised them, and stabbed my unfortunate brother, I fear, to death.”

“And do you think there is no hope?” she added, with tears in her eyes;
“O, if he had only time for repentance!”

“Alas! madam, the medical man who has seen him scarcely holds out any
hope; but, as you say, if he had time even to repent, there would be
much consolation in that.”

“Well,” observed Goodwin, his eyes moist with tears, “after this day,
I shall never place confidence in man. I did imagine that if ever
there was an individual whose heart was the source of honor, truth,
generosity, disinterestedness, and affection, your brother Charles was
that man. I am confounded, amazed--and the whole thing appears to me
like a dream; at all events, thank God, our daughter has had a narrow
escape of him.”

“Pray, by the way, how is Miss Goodwin?” asked. Harry; “I hope she is
recovering.”

“So far from that,” replied her father, “she is sinking fast; in truth
we entertain but little hopes of her.”

“On the occasion of my last visit here you forbade me your house, Mr.
Goodwin,” said Woodward; “but perhaps, now that you are aware of
the steps I have taken to detach your daughter’s affections from an
individual whom I knew at the time to be unworthy of them, you may be
prevailed on to rescind that stern and painful decree.”

Goodwin, who was kind-hearted and placable, seemed rather perplexed, and
looked towards his wife, as if to be guided by her decision.

“Well, indeed,” she replied, “I don’t exactly know; perhaps we will
think of it.”

“No,” replied Sarah Sullivan, who was toasting a thin slice of bread for
Alice’s breakfast. “No; if you allow this man to come about the place,
as God is to judge me, you will both have a hand in your daughter’s
death. If the devils from hell were to visit here, she might bear it;
but at the present moment one look from that man would kill her.”

This remonstrance decided them.

“No, Mr. Woodward,” said Goodwin, “the truth is, my daughter entertains
a strong prejudice against you--in fact, a terror of you--and under
these circumstances, and considering, besides, her state of health, we
could not think of permitting your visits, at least,” he added, “until
that prejudice be removed and her health restored--if it ever shall be.
We owe you no ill-will, sir; but under the circumstances we cannot, for
the present, at least, allow you to visit us.”

“Well,” replied Woodward, “perhaps--and I sincerely trust--her health
will be restored, and her prejudices against me removed, and when better
times come about I shall look with anxiety to the privilege of renewing
my intimacy with you all.”

“Perhaps so,” returned Mr. Goodwin, “and then we shall receive your
visits with pleasure.”

Woodward then shook hands with him and his wife, and wished them a good
morning.

On his way home worthy Suil Balor began to entertain reflections upon
his prospects in life that he felt to be rather agreeable. Here was his
brother, whom he had kindly sent to apologize to Grace Davoren for
the impossibility from illness of his meeting her according to their
previous arrangement; yes, we say he feigned illness on that evening,
and prevailed on the unsuspecting young man to go in his stead, in
order, as he said, to give her the necessary explanations for his
absence. Charles undertook this mission the more willingly, as it was
his firm intention to remonstrate with the girl on the impropriety of
her conduct, in continuing a secret and guilty intrigue, which must end
only in her own shame and ruin. But when Harry deputed him upon such a
message he anticipated the very event which had occurred, or, rather,
a more fatal one still, for, despite his hopes of Alice Goodwin’s ill
state of health, he entertained strong apprehensions that his stepfather
might, by some accidental piece of intelligence, be restored to his
original impressions on the relative position in which she and Charles
stood. An interview between Mr. Lindsay and her might cancel all he had
done; and if every obstruction which he had endeavored to place between
their union were removed, her health might recover, their marriage take
place, and then what became of his chance for the property? It is
true he had managed his plans and speculations with great ability.
Substituting Charles, like a villain as he was, in his own affair with
Grace Davoren, he contrived to corroborate the falsehood by the tragic
incident of the preceding night. Now, if this would not satisfy Alice
of the truth of his own falsehood, nothing could. That Charles was
the _intrigant_ must be clear and palpable from what had happened, and
accordingly, after taking a serious review of his own iniquity, he felt,
as we said, peculiarly gratified with his prospects. Still, it cannot be
denied that an occasional shadow, not proceeding from any consciousness
of guilt, but from an apprehension of disappointment, would cast its
deep gloom across his spirit. With such terrible states of feeling the
machinations of guilt, no matter how successful its progress may be,
are from time to time attended; and even in his case the torments of the
damned were little short of what he suffered, from a dread of failure,
and its natural consequences--an exposure which would bar him out of
society. Still, his earnest expectation was that the intelligence of
the fate of her lover would, considering her feeble state of health,
effectually accomplish his wishes, and with this consoling reflection he
rode home.

His great anxiety now was, his alarm lest his brother should recover.
On reaching Rathfillan House he proceeded to his bedroom, where he found
his sister watching.

“My dear Maria,” said he, in a low and most affectionate voice, “is he
better?”

“I hope so,” she replied, in a voice equally low; “this is the first
sleep he has got, and I hope it will remove the fever.”

“Well, I will not stop,” said he, “but do you watch him carefully,
Maria, and see that he is not disturbed.”

“O, indeed, Harry, you may rest assured that I shall do so. Poor, dear
Charles, what would become of us all if we lost him--and Alice Goodwin,
too--O, she would die. Now, go, dear Harry, and leave him to me.”

Harry left the room apparently in profound sorrow, and, on going into
the parlor, met Barney Casey in the hall.

“Barney,” said he, “come into the parlor for a moment. My father is out,
and my mother is upstairs. I want to know how this affair happened
last night, and how it occurred that you were present at it. It’s a bad
business, Barney.”

“Devil a worser,” replied Barney, “especially for poor Mr. Charles.
I was fortunately goin’ down on my _kalie_ to the family of poor
disconsolate Granua (Grace), when, on passing the clump of alders, I
heard screams and shouts to no end. I ran to the spot I heard the skirls
comin’ from, and there I found Mr. Charles, lyin’ as if dead, and Grace
Davoren with her hands clasped like a mad woman over him. The strange
men then joined us, and carried him home, and that’s all I know about
it.”

“But, can you understand it, Barney? As for me, I cannot. Did Grace say
nothing during her alarm?”

“Divil a syllable,” replied Barney, lying without remorse; “she was
so thunderstruck with what happened that she could do nothing nor say
anything but cry out and scream for the bare life of her. They say she
has disappeared from her family, and that nobody knows where she has
gone to. I was at her father’s to-day, and I know they are searchin’ the
country for her. It is thought she has made away with herself.”

“Poor Charles,” exclaimed his brother, “what an unfortunate business it
has turned out on both sides! I thought he was attached to Miss Goodwin;
but it would appear now that he was deceiving her all along.”

“Well, Mr. Harry,” replied Barney, dryly, or rather with some severity,
“you see what the upshot is; treachery, they say, seldom prospers in
the long run, although it may for a while. God forgive them that makes a
practice of it. As for Master Charles, I couldn’t have dreamt of such a
thing.”

“Nor I, Barney. I know not what to say. It perplexes me, from whatever
point I look at it. At all events, I hope he may recover, and if he
does, I trust he will consider what has happened as a warning, and act
upon better principles. May God forgive him!”

And so ended their dialogue, little, indeed, to the satisfaction
of Harry, whom Barney left in complete ignorance of the significant
exclamations by which Grace Davoren, in the alarm of the moment, had
betrayed her own guilt, by stating that Shawn-na-Middogue had stabbed
the wrong man.

Sarah Sullivan--poor, thoughtless, but affectionate girl--on repairing
with the thin toast to her mistress’s bedroom, felt so brimful of the
disaster which had befallen Charles, that---now believing in his guilt,
as she did, and with a hope of effectually alienating Alice’s affections
from him--she lost not a moment in communicating the melancholy
intelligence to her.

“O, Miss Alice!” she exclaimed, “have you heard what has happened? O,
the false fend treacherous villain! Who would believe it? To lave
a beautiful lady like you, and take up with sich a vulgar vagabone!
However, he has suffered for it. _Shawn-na-Middogue_ did for him.”

“What do you mean, Sarah?” said her mistress, much alarmed by such a
startling-preface; “explain yourself. I do not understand, you.”

“But you soon will, miss. Shawn-na-Middogue found Mr. Charles Lindsay
and Grace Davoren together last night, and has stabbed him to death;
life’s only in him; and that’s the gentleman that pretended to love you.
Devil’s cure to the villain!”

She paused. The expression of her mistress’s face was awful. A pallor
more frightful than that of death, because it was associated with life,
overspread her countenance. Her eyes became dim and dull; her features
in a moment were collapsed, and resembled those of some individual
struck by paralysis--they were altogether without meaning. She clasped
and unclasped her hands, like one under the influence of strong
hysterical agony; she laid herself back in bed, where she had been
sitting up expecting her coffee, her eyes closed, for she had not
physical strength even to keep them open, and with considerable
difficulty she said, in a low and scarcely audible voice,--“My mother!”

Poor Sarah felt and saw the mischief she had done, and, with streaming
eyes and loud sobbings, lost not a moment in summoning Mrs. Goodwin.
In truth she feared that her mistress lay dying before her, and was
immediately tortured with the remorseful impression that the thoughtless
and indiscreet communication she had made was the cause of her death.
It is unnecessary to describe the terror and alarm of her mother, nor
of her father, when he saw her lying as it were between life
and dissolution. The physician was immediately sent for, but,
notwithstanding all his remedies, until the end of the second day, there
appeared no change in her. Towards the close of that day an improvement
was perceptible; she was able to speak and take some nourishment, but
it was observed that she never once made the slightest allusion to the
disaster which had befallen Charles Lindsay. She sank into a habitual
silence, and, unless when forced to ask for some of those usual
attentions which her illness required, she never ventured to indulge in
conversation on any subject whatsoever. One thing, however, struck Sarah
Sullivan, which was, that in all her startings, both asleep and awake,
and in all her unconscious ejaculations, that which appeared to press
upon her most was the unceasing horror of the Evil Eye. The name of
Charles Lindsay never escaped her, even in the feverish agitation of her
dreams, nor in those exclamations of terror and alarm which she uttered.

“O, save me!--save me from his eye--he is killing me! Yes, Woodward is a
devil--he is killing me--save me--save me!”

Well had the villain done his work; and how his web of iniquity was
woven out we shall see.

On leaving Barney, that worthy gentleman sought his mother, and thus
addressed her:--

“Mother,” said he, apparently much moved, “this is a melancholy, and I
trust in heaven it may not turn out a fatal, business. I’m afraid poor
Charles’s case is hopeless.”

“O, may God forbid, poor boy!” exclaimed Mrs. Lindsay; “for, although he
always joined his father against me, still he was in other respects most
obliging to every one, and inoffensive to all.”

“I know that, and I am sorry that this jade--and she is a handsome jade,
they say--should have gained such a cursed influence over him. That,
however, is not the question. We must think of nothing now but his
recovery. The strictest attention ought to be paid to him; and as it has
occurred to me that there is no female under this roof who understands
the management of a sick bed, we ought, under these circumstances, to
provide a nurse for him.”

“Well, indeed, that is true enough, Harry, and it is very kind and
considerate of you to think of it; but who will we get? The women here
are very ignorant and stupid.”

“I have been making inquiries,” he replied, “and I am told there is a
woman in Rathfillan, named Collins, niece to a religious herbalist or
herb doctor, who possesses much experience in that way. It is just such
a woman we want.”

“Well, then, let her come; do you go and engage her; but see that she
will not extort dishonest terms from you, because there is nothing but
fraud and knavery among these wretches.”

Harry lost little time in seeming the services of Caterine Collins, who
was that very day established as nurse-tender in Charles Lindsay’s sick
room.

Alice’s illness was now such as left little expectation of her recovery.
She was stated, and with good reason, to be in a condition absolutely
hopeless; and nothing could exceed the regret and sorrow which were felt
for the benevolent and gentle girl. We say benevolent, because, since
her accession to her newly-acquired property, her charities to the poor
and distressed were bountiful and generous, almost beyond belief; and
even during her illness she constituted her father as the agent--and
a willing one he was--of her beneficence. In fact, the sorrow for her
approaching death was deep and general, and the sympathy felt for her
parents such as rarely occurs in life.

Of course it is unnecessary to say that these tidings of her hopeless
illness did not reach the Lindsays. On the second morning after Harry’s
visit he asked for a private interview with his mother, which was
accorded to him.

“Mother,” said he, “you must pay the Goodwins another visit--a visit,
mark you, of sympathy and condolence. You forget all the unpleasant
circumstances that have occurred between the families. You forget
everything but your anxiety for the recovery of poor, dear Alice.”

“But,” replied his mother, “I do not wish to go. Why should I go to
express a sympathy which I do not feel? Her death is only a judicial
punishment on them for having inveigled your silly old uncle to leave
them the property which would have otherwise come to you as the natural
heir.”

“Mother,” said her dutiful son, “you have a nose, and beyond that nose
you never yet have been able to look with anything like perspicuity. If
you don’t visit them, your good-natured noodle of a husband will, and
perhaps the result of that visit may cut us out of the property forever.
At breakfast this morning you will propose the visit, which, mark
you, is to be made in the name and on behalf of all the family. You,
consequently, being the deputation on this occasion, both your husband
and Maria will not feel themselves called upon to see them. You can,
besides, say that her state of health precludes her from seeing any one
out of her own family, and thus all risk of an explanation will be
avoided. It is best to make everything safe; but that she can’t live I
know, because I feel that my power and influence are upon her, and that
the force of this Evil Eye of mine has killed her. I told you this
before, I think.”

“Even so,” said his mother; “it is only what I have said, a judicial
punishment for their villany. Villany, Harry, never prospers.”

“Egad, my dear mother,” he replied, “I know of nothing so prosperous:
look through life and you will see the villain thrive upon his fraud and
iniquity, where the honest man--the man of integrity, who binds himself
by all the principles of what are called honor and morality--is elbowed
out of prosperity by the knave, the swindler, and the hypocrite. O, no,
my dear mother, the two worst passports to independence and success in
life are truth and honesty.”

“Well, Harry, I am a bad logician, and will not dispute it with you; but
I am far from well, and I don’t think I shall be able to visit them for
two or three davs at least.”

“But, in the meantime, express your intention to do so--on behalf of
the family, mark; assume your right as the proprietor of this place,
and as its representative, and then your visit will be considered as the
visit of the whole family. In the meantime, mark me, the girl is dead. I
have accomplished that gratifying event, so that, after all, your visit
will be a mere matter of form. When you reach their house you will
probably find it the house of death.”

“And then,” replied his mother, “the twelve hundred a year is yours for
life, and the property of your children after you. Thank God!”

That morning at breakfast she expressed her determination to visit the
Goodwins, making it, she said, a visit from the family in general; such
a visit, she added, as might be proper on their (the Lindsays) part,
but yet such an act of neighborhood that, while it manifested sufficient
respect for them, would preclude all hopes of any future intercourse
between them.

Mr. Lindsay did not relish this much; but as he had no particular wish,
in consequence of Charles’s illness, to oppose her motives in making the
visit, he said she might manage it as she wished--he would not raise a
fresh breeze about it. He only felt that he was sincerely, sorry for the
loss which the Goodwins were about to experience.



CHAPTER XV. The Banshee.--Disappearance of Grace Davoren.


In the meantime it was certainly an unquestionable fact that Grace
Davoren had disappeared, and not even a trace of her could be found. The
unfortunate girl, alarmed at the tragic incident of that woful night,
and impressed with a belief that Charles Lindsay had been murdered by
Shawn-na-Middogue, had betaken herself to some place of concealment
which no search on behalf of her friends could discover. In fact,
her disappearance was involved in a mystery as deep as the alarm and
distress it occasioned. But what astonished the public most was the fact
that Charles, whose whole life had been untainted by a single act of
impropriety, much less of profligacy, should have been discovered in
such a heartless and unprincipled intrigue with the daughter of one of
his father’s tenants, an innocent girl, who, as such, was entitled to
protection rather than injury at his hands.

Whilst this tumult was abroad, and the country was in an unusual state
of alarm and agitation, Harry Woodward took, matters very quietly. That
he seemed to feel deeply for the uncertain and dangerous state of his
brother, who lay suspended, as it were, between life and death, was
evident to every individual of his family. He frequently took Caterine
Collins’s place, attended him personally, with singular kindness and
affection, gave him his drinks and decoctions with his own hand; and,
when the surgeon came to make his daily visit, the anxiety he evinced
in ascertaining whether there was any chance of his recovery was most
affectionate and exemplary. Still, as usual, he was out at night; but
the mystery of his whereabouts, while absent, could never be penetrated.
On those occasions he always went armed--a fact which he never attempted
to conceal. On one of these nights it so happened that Barney Casey was
called upon to attend at the wake of a relation, and, as his master’s
family were apprised of this circumstance, they did not of course expect
him home until a late hour. He left the wake, however, earlier than he
had proposed to do, for he found it a rather dull affair, and was on
his way home when, to his astonishment, or rather to his horror, he saw
Harry Woodward--also on his way home--in close conversation with
the supernatural being so well known by description as the
_Shan-dhinne-dhuv_; or Black Spectre. Now, Barney was half cowardly and
half brave--that is to say, had he lived in an enlightened age he would
have felt little terror of supernatural appearances; but at the period
of our story such was the predominance of a belief in ghosts, fairies,
evil spirits, and witches, that he should have been either less or more
than man could he have shaken off the prevailing superstitions, and the
gross credulity of the times in which he lived. As it was, he knew not
what to think. He remembered the character which had been whispered
abroad about Harry Woodward, and of his intercourse with supernatural
beings--he was known to possess the Evil Eye; and it was generally
understood that those who happened to be endowed with that accursed gift
were aided in the exercises of it by the powers of darkness and of evil.
What, then, was he to do? There probably was an opportunity of solving
the mystery which hung around the midnight motions of Woodward. If there
was a spirit before him, there was also a human being, in living flesh
and blood--an acquaintance, too--an individual whom he personally knew,
ready to sustain him, and afford, if necessary, that protection which,
under such peculiar circumstances, one fellow-creature has a right to
expect from another. Now Barney’s way home led him necessarily--and a
painful necessity it was--near the Haunted House; and he observed that
the place where they stood, for they had ceased walking, was about fifty
yards above that much dreaded mansion. He resolved, however, to make
the plunge and advance, but deemed it only good manners to give some
intimation of his approach. He was now within about twenty yards from
them, and made an attempt at a comic song, which, however, quivered off
into as dismal and cowardly a ditty as ever proceeded from human lips.
Harry and the Spectre, both startled by the voice, turned round
to observe his approach, when, to his utter consternation, the
Shan-dhinne-dhuv sank, as it were, into the earth and disappeared. The
hair rose upon Barney’s head, and when Woodward called out:

“Who comes there?”

He could scarcely summon voice enough to reply:

“It’s me, sir,” said he; “Barney Casey.”

“Come on, Barney,” said Woodward, “come on quickly;” and he had scarcely
spoken when Barney joined him.

“Barney,” said he, “I am in a state of great terror. I have felt ever
since I passed that Haunted House as if there was an evil spirit in my
company. The feeling was dreadful, and I am very weak in consequence of
it. Give me you arm.”

“But did you see nothing, sir?” said Barney; “didn’t it become visible
to you?”

“No,” replied the other; “but I felt as if I was in the presence of a
supernatural being, and an evil one, too.”

“God protect us, Mr. Harry! then, if you didn’t see it I did.”

“You did!” replied the other, startled; “and pray what was it like?”

“Why, a black ould man, sir; and, by all accounts that ever I could hear
of it, it was nothing else than the Shan-dhinne-dhuv. For God’s sake
let us come home, sir, for this, if all they say be true, is unholy and
cursed ground we’re standin’ on.”

“And where did it disappear?” asked Woodward, leading him by a circuit
from the spot where it had vanished.

“Just over there, sir,” replied Barney, pointing to the place. “But,
in God’s name, let us make for home as fast as we can. I’ll think every
minute an hour till we get safe undher our own roof.”

“Barney,” said Woodward, solemnly, “I have a request to make of you, and
it is this--the common report is, that the spirit in question follows
our family--I mean by my mother’s side. Now I beg, as you expect my
good will and countenance, that, for my sake, and out of respect for the
family in general, you will never breathe a syllable of what you have
seen this night. It could answer no earthly purpose, and would only
send abroad idle and unpleasant rumors throughout the country. Will you
promise this?”

“Of course I promise it,” replied Barney; “what object could I gain by
repeatin’ it?”

“None whatsoever. Well, then, be silent on the subject, and let us reach
home as soon as we can.”

It would be difficult to describe honest Barney’s feelings as they went
along. He imagined that he felt Harry’s arm tremble within his, and when
he thought of the reports concerning the evil spirit, and its
connection with Mrs. Lindsay’s family, his sensations were anything
but comfortable. He tossed and tumbled that night for hours in his
bed before he was able to sleep, and when he did sleep the
_Shan-dhinne-dhuv_ rendered his dreams feverish and frightful.

Precisely at this period, before Mrs. Lindsay had recovered from her
indisposition, and could pay her intended visit to the Goodwins, a
circumstance occurred which suggested to Harry Woodward one of the most
remorseless and Satanic schemes that ever was concocted in the heart of
man. He was in the habit occasionally of going down to the kitchen to
indulge in a smoke and a piece of banter with the servants. One evening,
whilst thus amusing himself, the conversation turned upon the prevailing
superstitions of the day. Ghosts, witches, wizards; astrologers,
fairies, leprechauns, and all that could be termed supernatural, or even
related to or aided by it, were discussed at considerable length,
and with every variety of feeling. Amongst the rest the Banshee was
mentioned--a spirit of whose peculiar office and character Woodward,
in consequence of his long absence from the country, was completely
ignorant.

“The Banshee!” he exclaimed; “what kind of a spirit is that? I have
never heard of it.”

“Why, sir,” replied Barney, who was present, “the Banshee--the Lord
prevent us from hearin’ her--is always the forerunner of death. She
attends only certain families--principally the ould Milesians, and
mostly Catholics, too; although, I believe, it’s well known that she
sometimes attends Protestants whose families have been Catholics or
Milesians, until the last of the name disappears. So that, afther all,
it seems she’s not over-scrupulous about religion.”

“But what do you mean by attending families?” asked Woodward; “what
description of attendance or service does she render them?”

“Indeed, Mr. Harry,” replied Barney, “anything but an agreeable
attendance. By goxty, I believe every family she follows would be very
glad to dispense with her attendance if they could.”

“But that is not answering my question, Casey.”

“Why, sir,” proceeded Barney, “I’ll answer it. Whenever the family that
she follows is about to have a death in it, she comes a little time
before the death tikes place, sits either undher the windy of the sick
bed or somewhere near the house, and wails and cries there as if her
very heart would break. They say she generally names the name of the
party that is to die; but there is no case known of the sick person ever
recoverin’ afther she has given the warnin’ of death.”

“It is a strange and wild superstition,” observed Woodward.

“But a very true one, sir,” replied the cook; “every one knows that a
Banshee follows the Goodwin family.”

“What! the Goodwins of Beech Grove?” said Harry.

“Yes, sir,” returned the cook; “they lost six children, and not one of
them ever died that she did not give the warnin’.”

“If poor Miss Alice heard it,” observed Barney, “and she in the state
she’s in, she wouldn’t live twenty-four hours afther it.”

“According to what you say,” observed Woodward, “that is, if it follows
the family, of course it will give the warning in her case also.”

“May God forbid,” ejaculated the cook, “for it’s herself, the darlin’
girl, that ‘ud be the bitther loss to the poor and destitute.”

This kind ejaculation was fervently echoed by all her fellow-servants;
and Harry, having finished his pipe, went to see how his brother’s
wound was progressing. He found him asleep, and Caterine Collins seated
knitting a stocking at his bedside. He beckoned her to the lobby, where,
in a low, guarded voice, the following conversation took place between
them:

“Caterine, have you not a niece that sings well? Barney Casey mentioned
her to me as possessing a fine voice.”

“As sweet a voice, sir, as ever came from a woman’s lips; but the poor
thing is delicate and sickly, and I’m afeard not long for this world.”

“Could she imitate a Banshee, do you think?”

“If ever woman could, she could. There’s not her aquil at the keene, or
Irish cry, livin’; she’s the only one can bate myself at it.”

“Well, Caterine, if you get her to go to Mr. Goodwin’s to-morrow night
and imitate the cry of the Banshee, I will reward her and you liberally
for it. You are already well aware of my generosity.”

“Indeed I am, Mr. Woodward; but if either you or I could insure her the
wealth of Europe, we couldn’t prevail on her to go by herself at
night. Except by moonlight she wouldn’t venture to cross the street of
Rathfillan. As to her, you may put that out of the question. She’s very
handy, however, about a sick bed, and I might contrive, undher some
excuse or other, to get her to take my place for a day or so. But here’s
your father. We will talk about it again.”

She then returned to the sick room, and Harry met Mr. Lindsay on the
stairs going up to inquire after Charles.

“Don’t go up, sir,” said he; “the poor fellow, thank God, is asleep, and
the less noise about him the better.”

Both then returned to the parlor.

About eleven o’clock the next night Sarah Sullivan was sitting by
the bedside of her mistress, who was then, fortunately for herself,
enjoying, what was very rare with her, an undisturbed sleep after the
terror and agitation of the day, when a low, but earnest and sorrowful
wailing was heard, immediately, she thought, under the window. It rose
and fell alternately, and at the close of every division of the cry
it pronounced the name of Alice Goodwin in tones of the most pathetic
lamentation and woe. The natural heat and warmth seemed to depart out of
the poor girl’s body; she felt like an icicle, and the cold perspiration
ran in torrents from her face.

“My darling misthress,” thought she, “it’s all over with you at last.
There is the sign--the Banshee--and it is well for yourself that you
don’t hear it, because it would be the death of you at once. However, if
I committed one mistake about Misther Charles’s misfortune, I will not
commit another. You shall never hear of this from me.”

The cry was then heard more distant and indistinct, but still loaded
with the same mournful expression of death and sorrow; but in a little
time it died away in the distance, and was then heard no more.

Sarah, though she had judiciously resolved to keep this awful intimation
a secret from Miss Goodwin, considered it her duty to disclose it to her
parents. We shall not dwell, however, upon the scene which occurred on
the occasion. A belief in the existence and office of the Banshee
was, at the period of which we write, almost universally held by the
peasantry, and even about half a century ago it was one of the strongest
dogmas of popular superstition. After the grief of the parents had
somewhat subsided at this dreadful intelligence, Mr. Goodwin asked Sarah
Sullivan if his daughter had heard the wail of this prophetic spirit of
death; and on her answering in the negative, he enjoined, her never to
breathe a syllable of the circumstance to her; but she told him she had
come to that conclusion herself, as she felt certain, she said, that the
knowledge of it would occasion her mistress’s almost immediate death.

“At all events,” said her master; “by the doctor’s advice we shall leave
this place tomorrow morning; he says if she has any chance it will be
in a change of air, of society, and of scenery. Everything here has
associations and recollections that are painful, and even horrible to
her. If she is capable of bearing an easy journey we shall set out for
the Spa of Ballyspellan, in the county of Kilkenny. He thinks the waters
of that famous spring may prove beneficial to her. If the Banshee, then,
is anxious to fulfil its mission it must follow us. They say it always
pays three visits, but as yet it has paid us only one.”

Mrs. Lindsay had now recovered from her slight indisposition, and
resolved to pay the last formal visit to the Goodwins,--a visit which
was to close all future intercourse between the families; and our
readers are not ignorant of her motives for this, nor how completely and
willingly she was the agent of her son Harry’s designs. She went in all
her pomp, dressed in satins and brocades, and attended by Barney Casey
in full livery. Her own old family carriage had been swept of its dust
and cobwebs, and put into requisition on this important occasion. At
length they reached Beech Grove, and knocked at the door, which was
opened by our old Mend, Tom Kennedy.

“My good man,” she asked, “are the family at home?”

“No, ma’am.”

“What! not at home, and Miss Goodwin so ill?--dying, I am told. Perhaps,
in consequence of her health, they do not wish to see strangers. Go and
say that Mrs. Lindsay, of Rathnllan House, is here.”

“Ma’am, they are not at home; they have left Beech Grove for some time.”

“Left Beech Grove!” she exclaimed; “and pray where are they gone to? I
thought Miss Goodwin was not able to be removed.”

“It was do or die with her,” replied Tom. “The doctor said there was but
one last chance--change of air, and absence from dangerous neighbors.”

“But you did not tell me where they are gone to.”

“I did not, ma’am, and for the best reason in life--because I don’t
know.”

“You don’t know! Why, is it possible they made a secret of such a
matter?”

“Quite possible, ma’am, and to the back o’ that they swore every one of
us upon the seven gospels never to tell any individual, man or woman,
where they went to.”

“But did they not tell yourselves?”

“Devil a syllable, ma’am.”

“And why, then, did they swear you to secrecy?”

“Why, of course, ma’am, to make us keep the secret.”

“But why swear you, I ask again, to keep a secret which you did not
know?”

“Why, ma’am, because they knew that in that case there was little danger
of our committin’ parjury; and because every saicret which one does not
know is sure to be kept.”

She looked keenly at him, and added, “I’m inclined to think, sirrah,
that you are impertinent.”

“Very likely, ma’am,” replied Tom, with great gravity. “I’ve a strong
notion of that myself. My father before me was impertinent, and his last
dying words to me were, ‘Tom, I lay it as a last injunction upon you
to keep up the principles of our family, and always to show nothing but
impertinence to those who don’t deserve respect.’”

With a face scarlet from indignation she immediately ordered her
carriage home, but before it had arrived there the intelligence from
another source had reached the family, together with the fact that the
Banshee had been heard by Mr. Goodwin’s servants under Miss Alice’s
window. Such, indeed, was the fact; and the report of the circumstance
had spread through half the parish before the hour of noon next day.

The removal of Alice sank heavily upon the heart of Harry Woodward; it
seemed to him as if she had gone out of his grasp, and from under the
influence of his eye, for, by whatever means he might accomplish it,
he was resolved to keep the deadly power of that eye upon her. He had
calculated upon the voice and prophetic wail of the Banshee as
being fatal in her then state of health; or was it this ominous and
supernatural foreboding of her dissolution that caused them to fly from
the place? He reasoned, as the reader may perceive, upon the principle
of the Banshee being, according to the superstitious notions entertained
of her, a real supernatural visitant, and not the unscrupulous and
diabolical imitation of her by Catherine Collins. Still he thought it
barely possible that the change of air and the waters of the celebrated
spring might recover her, notwithstanding all his inhuman anticipations.
His brother, also, according to the surgeon’s last report, afforded
hopes of convalescence. A kind of terror came over him that his plans
might fail, because he felt almost certain that if Alice and his brother
both recovered, Mr. Lindsay might, or rather would, mount his old hobby,
and insist on having them married, in the teeth of all opposition on
the part of either himself or his mother. This was a gloomy prospect for
him, and one which he could not contemplate without falling back upon
still darker schemes.

After the night on which Barney Casey had seen him and the Black Spectre
together we need scarcely say that he watched Barney closely, nor that
Barney watched him with as keen a vigilance. Whatever Woodward may have
actually felt upon the subject of the apparition, Barney was certainly
undecided as to its reality; or if there existed any bias at all, it was
in favor of that reality. Why did Woodward’s arm tremble, and why did
the man, who was supposed ignorant of fear, exhibit so much terror and
agitation on the occasion? Still, on the other hand, there appeared to
be a conversation, as it were, between them, and a familiarity of manner
considerably at variance with Woodward’s version of the circumstances.
Be this as it might, he felt it to be a subject on which he could, by no
process of reasoning, come to anything like a definite conclusion.

Woodward now determined to consult his mother as to the plan of their
future operations. The absence of Alice, and the possible chance of her
recovery, rendered it necessary that some new series of projects should
be adopted; but although several had occurred to him, he had not yet
come to a definite resolution respecting the selection he would make.
With this view he and his conscientious mother closeted themselves in
her room, and discussed the state of affairs in the following dialogue:

“Mother,” said he, “this escape of Miss Curds-and-whey is an untoward
business. What, after all, if she should recover?”

“Recover!” exclaimed the lady; “why, did you not assure me that such an
event was impossible--that you were killing her, and that she must die?”

“So I still think; but so long as the notion of her recovery exists,
even only as a dream, so certainly ought we to provide against such a
calamity.”

“Ah! Harry,” she exclaimed, “you may well term it a calamity, for such
indeed it would be to you.”

“Well, but what do you think ought to be done, my dear mother? I
am anxious to have both your advice and opinion upon our future
proceedings. Suppose change of air--the waters of that damned brimstone
spring, and above all things, the confidence she will derive from the
consciousness that she is removed from me and out of my reach--suppose,
I say, that all these circumstances should produce a beneficial effect
upon her, then how do I stand?”

“Why, with very little hope of the property,” she replied; “and then
what tenacity of life she has! Why, there are very few girls who would
not have been dead long ago, if they had gone through half what she has
suffered. Well, you wish to ask me how I would advise you to act?”

“Of course I do.”

“Well, then, you have heard the old proverb: It is good to have two
strings to one’s bow. We shall set all consideration of her aside for a
time, and turn our attention to another object.”

“What or who is that, mother?”

“You remember I mentioned some time ago the names of a neighboring
nobleman and his niece, who lives with him. The man I allude to as Lord
Bilberry, but is now Earl of Cockletown. He was raised to this rank for
some services he rendered the government against the tories, who had
been devastating the country, and also against some turbulent papists
who were supposed to have privately encouraged them in their outrages
against Protestant life and property. He was a daring and intrepid man
when in his prime of life, and appeared to seek danger for its own sake.
He is now an old man, although a young peer, and was always considered
eccentric, which he is to the present day. Some people look upon him as
a fool, and others as a knave; but in balancing his claims to each, it
has never yet been determined on which side the scale would sink. He
is the proprietor of a little fishing village on the coast, and on this
account he assumed the title of Cockletown; and when he built himself a
mansion, as they term it, he would have it called by no other name than
that of Cockle Hall. It is true he laughs at the thing himself, and
considers it a good joke.”

“And so it is,” replied her son; “but what about the lady, his niece?”

“Why, she is a rather interesting person.”

“Ahem! person!”

“Yes, about thirty-four or so; but she will inherit his property.”

“And have you any notion of what that may amount to?” asked her
calculating son.

“I could not exactly say,” she replied; “but I believe it is handsome.
A great deal of it is mountain, but they say there are large portions of
it capable of being reclaimed.”

“But how can the estate go to her?”

“Simply because there is no other heir,” replied his mother; “they are
the last of the family. It is not entailed.”

“Thirty-four!” ruminated Woodward. “Well, I have seen very fine girls at
thirty-four; but in personal appearance and manner what is she like?”

“Why, perhaps a critical eye might not call her handsome; but the
general opinion on that point is in her favor. Her manners are
agreeable, so are her features; but it is said that she is fastidious
in her lovers, and has rejected many. It is true most of them were
fortune-hunters, and deserved no better success.”

“But what do you call me, mother?”

“Surely not a fortune-hunter, Harry. Is not there your granduncle’s
large property who is a bachelor, and you are his favorite.”

“But don’t you know, mother, that, as respects my granduncle, I have
confided that secret to you already?”

“I know no such thing, you fool,” she replied, looking at him with
an expression in her odious eyes which could not be described; “I am
altogether ignorant of that fact; but is there not the twelve hundred
per annum which reverts to you on the demise of that dying girl?”

“True, my dear mother, true; you are right, I am a fool. Of course I
never told you the secret of my disinheritance by the old scoundrel.”

“Ah, Harry, I fear you played your cards badly there. You knew he was
religious, and yet you should become a seducer; but why make free with
his money?”

“Why? Why, because he kept me upon the tight curb; but, as these matters
are known only to ourselves, I see you are right. I am still to be
considered his favorite--his heir--and am here only on, a visit.”

“Well, but, Harry, he must have dealt liberally with you on your
departure from him?”

“He! Don’t you know I was obliged to fly?--to take French leave, I
assure you. I reached Rathfillan House with not more than twenty pounds
in my pocket.”

“But how does it happen that you always appear to have plenty of money?”

“My dear mother, there is a secret there; but it is one which even you
shall not know,--or come, you shall know it. Did you ever hear of a
certain supernatural being which follows your family, which supernatural
being is known by the name of the Black Spectre, or some such
denomination which I cannot remember?”

“I don’t wish to hear it named,” replied his mother, deeply agitated.
“It resembles the Banshee, and never appears to any one of our family
except as a precursor of his death by violence.”

Woodward started for a moment, and could not avoid being struck at the
coincidence of the same mission having been assigned to the two spirits,
and he reflected, with an impression that was anything but agreeable,
upon his damnable suggestion of having had recourse to the vile agency
of Caterine Collins in enacting the said Banshee, for the purpose of
giving the last fatal blow to the almost dying Alice Goodwin. He felt,
and he had reason to feel, that there was a mystery about the Black
Spectre, which, for the life of him, he could not fathom. He was,
however, a firm and resolute man, and after a moment or two’s thought he
declined to make any further disclosure on the subject, but reverted to
the general topic of their conversation.

“Well, mother,” said he, “after all, your speculation may not be a bad
one; but pray, what is the lady’s name?”

“Riddle--Miss Riddle. She is of the Clan-Riddle family, a close relation
to the Nethersides of Middle town.”

“And a devilish enigmatical name it is,” replied her son, “as is that of
all her connections.”

“Yes, but they were always close and prudent people, who kept their
opinions to themselves, and wrought their way in the world with great
success, and without giving offence to any party. If you marry her,
Harry, I would advise you to enter public life, recommend yourself to
the powers that be, and, my word for it, you stand a great chance of
having the title of Cockletown revived in your person.”

“Well, although the title is a ridiculous one, I should have no
objection to it, notwithstanding; but there will certainly arise some
difficulty when we come to the marriage settlements. There will be sharp
lawyers there, whom we cannot impose upon; and you know, mother, I am
without any ostensible property.”

“Yes, but we can calculate upon the death of cunning Alice, who, by her
undue and flagitious influence over your uncle, left you so.”

“Ay, but such a calculation would never do either with her uncle or the
lawyers. I think we have nothing to fall back upon, mother, but your own
property. If you settle that upon me everything will go right.”

“And leave myself depending upon Lindsay? No, no,” replied this selfish
and penurious woman; “never, Harry--never, never; you must wait until I
die for that. But I can tell you what we can do; let us enter upon the
negotiation--let us say for the time being that you have twelve hundred
a-year, and, while the business is proceeding, what is there to prevent
you from going to recruit your health at Balleyspellan, and kill out
Alice Goodwin there, as well as if she remained at home? By this plan,
before the negotiations are closed, you will be able to meet Miss Riddle
with twelve hundred a-year at your back. Alice Goodwin! O, how I hate
and detest her--ay, as I do hell!”

“The plan,” replied her son, “is an excellent one. We will commence
operations with Lord Cockletown and Miss Riddle, in the first place; and
having opened negotiations, as you say, I shall become unwell, and go
for a short time to try what efficacy the waters of Ballyspellan may
have on my health--or rather on my fortunes.”

“We shall visit them to-morrow,” said the mother.

“So be it,” replied the son; and to this resolution they came, which
closed the above interesting dialogue between them. We say interesting,
for if it has not been such to the reader, it was so at least to
themselves.



CHAPTER XVI. A House of Sorrow.

--After which follows a Courting Scene.


The deep sorrow and desolation of spirit introduced by the profligate
destroyer into the humble abode of peace and innocence is an awful thing
to contemplate. In our chapter headed “The Wake of a Murderer” we
have attempted to give a picture of it. The age, indeed, was one of
licentiousness and profligacy. The reigning monarch, Charles the Second,
of infamous memory, had set the iniquitous example to his subjects, and
surrounded his court by an aristocratic crew, who had scarcely anything
to recommend them but their imitation of his vices, and this was
always a passport to his favor, whilst virtue, morality, and honor were
excluded with contempt and derision. In fact, the corrupt atmosphere
of his court carried its contagion throughout the empire, until the
seduction of female innocence became the fashion of the day, and no man
could consider himself entitled to a becoming position in society who
had not distinguished himself by half a dozen criminal intrigues either
with the wives or daughters of his acquaintances. When we contemplate
for a moment the contrast between the abandoned court of that royal
profligate, and that under which we have the happiness to live--the
one, a sty of infamy, licentiousness, and corruption; the other, a well,
undented of purity, virtue, and honor, to whose clear mind unadulterated
waters nothing equivocal, or even questionable, dares to approach,
much less the base or the tainted--we say that, on instituting this
comparison and contrast, the secret of that love and affectionate
veneration which we bear to our pure and highminded Queen, and the pride
which we feel in the noble example which she and her Royal Consort have
set us, requires no illustration whatsoever. The affection and gratitude
of her people are only the meed due to her virtues and to his. We need
not apologize to our readers for this striking contrast. The period and
the subject of our narrative, as well as the melancholy scene to which
we are about to introduce the reader, rendered it an impossibility to
avoid it.

We now proceed to the humble homestead of Torley Davoren; a homestead
which we have already described as the humble abode of peace and
happiness. Barney Casey, who felt anxious to know from the parents of
Grace Davoren whether any trace or tidings of her had been heard of,
went to pay the heart-broken family a visit for that purpose.

On entering, he found the father seated at his humble hearth, unshaven,
and altogether a man careless and negligent of his appearance. He sat
with his hands clasped before him, and his heavy eyes fixed on the
embers of the peat fire which smouldered on the hearth. The mother
was at her distaff, and so were the other two females--to wit, her
grandmother and Grace’s sister. But the mother! gracious heaven, what a
spirit of distress and misery breathed from those hopeless and agonizing
features! There was not only natural sorrow there, occasioned by the
disappearance of her daughter, but the shame which resulted from
her fall and her infamy; and though last not least, the terrible
apprehension that the hapless girl had rushed by suicidal means into the
presence of an offended God, “unanointed, unaneled,” with all her sins
upon her head. Her clothes were hanging from the branches of a large
burdock* against the wall, and from time to time the father cast
his eyes upon them with a look in which might be read the hollow but
terrible expression of despair.

     * The branches of the burdock, when it is cut, trimmed, and
     seasoned, are used by the humble classes to hang their
     clothes upon. They grow upwards towards the top of the
     stalk, and, in consequence of this, are capable of
     sustaining the heaviest garment.

Honest Barney felt his heart deeply moved by all this, and, sooth
to say, his natural cheerfulness and lightness of spirit completely
abandoned him at the contemplation of the awful anguish which pressed
them down. There is nothing which makes such a coward of the heart as
the influence of such a scene. He felt that he stood within a circle
of misery, and that it was a solemn and serious task even to enter into
conversation with them. But, as he had come to make friendly inquiries
about the unfortunate girl, he forced himself to break this pitiable but
terrible silence of despair.

“I know,” said he, with a diffident and melancholy spirit, “that it is
painful to you all to make the inquiries that I wish to make; but still
let me ask you if you have got any account of her?”

The mother’s heart had been bursting-pent up as it were--and this
allusion to her withdrew the floodgates of its sorrow; she spread out
her arms, and fising up approached her husband, and throwing them about
his neck, exclaimed, in tones of the most penetrating grief,--

“O, Torley, Torley, my husband, was she not our dearest and our best?”

The husband embraced her with a flood of tears.

“She was,” said he, “she was.” But immediately looking upon her sister
Dora, he said, “Dora, come here--bring Dora to me,” and his wife went
over and brought her to him.

“O, Dora dear,” said he, “I love you. But, darling, I never loved you as
I loved her.”

“But was I ever jealous of that, father?” replied Dora, with tears.
“Didn’t we all love her? and did any one of you love her more than
myself? Wasn’t she the pride of the whole family? But I didn’t care
about her disgrace, father, if we had her back with us. She might
repent; and if she did, every one would forgive their favorite--for sure
she was every one’s favorite; and above all, God would forgive her.”

“I loved her as the core of my heart,” said the grandmother; “but
you spoiled her yourselves, and indulged her too much in dress and
everything she wished for. Had you given her less of her own way, and
kept her more from dances and merry-makings, it might be better for
yourselves and her today; still, I grant you, it was hard to do it--for
who, mavrone, could refuse her anything? O! God sees my heart how I pity
you, her father, and you, too, her mother, above all. But, Torley, dear,
if we only had her--if we only had her back again safe with us--then
what darling Dora says might be true, and her repentance would wash
away her shame--for every one loved her, so that they wouldn’t judge her
harshly.”

“I can bear witness to that,” said Barney; as it is, every one pities
her, and but very few blame her. It is all set down to her innocence and
want of experience, ay, and her youthful years. No; if you could only
find her, the shame in regard of what I’ve said would not be laid
heavily upon her by the people.”

“O,” exclaimed her father, starting up, “O, Granua, Granua, my heart’s
life! where are you from us? Was not your voice the music of our hearth?
Did not your light laugh keep it cheerful and happy? But where are you
now? O, will no one bring me back my daughter? Where is my child? she
that was the light--the breakin’ of the summer mornin’ amongst us! But
wait; they say the villain is recoverin’ that destroyed her--well--he
may recover from the blow of Shawn-na-Middogue, but he will get a blow
from me that he won’t recover from. I will imitate Morrissy--and will
welcome his fate.”

“Aisy, Torley,” said Casey; “hould in a little. You are spakin’ now of
Masther Charles?”

“I am, the villain! warn’t they found together?”

“I have one question to ask you,” proceeded Barney, “and it is
this--when did you see or spake with Shawn-na-Middogue?”

“Not since that unfortunate night.”

“Well, all I can tell you is this--that Masther Charles had as much to
do with the ruin of your daughter as the king of Jerusalem. Take my
word for that. He is not the stuff that such a villain is made of, but I
suspect who is.”

“And who do you suspect, Barney?”

“I say I only suspect; but, so long as it is only suspicion, I will
mention no names. It wouldn’t be right; and for that reason I will wait
until I have betther information. But, after all,” he proceeded, “maybe
nothing wrong has happened.”

The mother shook her head: “I know to the contrairy,” she replied,
“and intended on that very night to bring her to an account about her
appearance, but I never had the opportunity.”

The father here wrung his hands, and his groans were dreadful.

“Could you see Shawn-na-Middogue?” asked Barney.

“No,” replied Davoren; “he, too, has disappeared; and although he is
hunted like a bag-fox, nobody can find either hilt or hair of him.”

“Might it not be possible that she is with him?” he asked again.

“No, Barney,” replied her mother, “we know Shawn too well for that. He
knows how we loved her, and what we would suffer by her absence. Shawn,
though driven to be an outlaw, has a kind heart, and would never allow
us to suffer what we are sufferin’ on her account. O, no! we know Shawn
too well for that.”

“Well,” replied Barney, meditatively, “there’s one thing I’m inclined to
think: that whoever was the means of bringing shame and disgrace upon
poor Granua will get a touch of his middogue that won’t fail as the
first did. Shawn now knows his man, and, with the help of God, I hope
he won’t miss his next blow. I must now go; and before I do, let me tell
you that, as I said before, Masther Charles is as innocent of the shame
brought upon poor Granua as the king of Jerusalem.”

There is a feeling of deep but silent sorrow which weighs down the
spirit after the death of some beloved individual who is taken away from
among the family circle. It broods upon, and casts a shadow of the most
profound gloom over the bereaved heart; but let a person who knew the
deceased, and is capable of feeling a sincere and friendly sympathy for
the survivors, enter into this circle of sorrow; let him or her dwell
upon the memory of the departed; then that silent and pent-up grief
bursts out, and the clamor of lamentation is loud and vehement. It was
so upon this occasion. When Barney rose to take his departure, a low
murmur of grief assailed his ears; it gradually became more loud; it
increased; it burst into irrepressible violence--they wept aloud; they
flew to her clothes, which hung, as we said, motionless upon the stalk
of burdock against the wall; they kissed them over and over again; and
it was not until Barney, now deeply affected, succeeded in moderating
their sorrow, that these strong and impassioned paroxysms were checked
and subdued into something like reasonable grief. Having consoled and
pacified them as far as it was in his power, he then took his departure
under a feeling of deep regret that no account of the unfortunate girl
had been obtained.

The next day Mrs. Lindsay and Harry prepared to pay the important visit.
As before, the old family carriage was furbished up, and the lady once
more enveloped in her brocades and satins. Harry, too, made it a point
to appear in his best and most becoming habiliments; and, truth to tell,
an exceedingly handsome and well-made young fellow he was. The dress
of the day displayed his manly and well-proportioned limbs to the best
advantage, whilst his silver-hilted sword, in addition to the general
richness of his costume, gave him the manner and appearance of an
accomplished cavalier. Barney’s livery was also put a second time into
requisition, and the coachman’s cocked hat was freshly crimped for the
occasion.

“Is it true, mother?” inquired Harry, as they went along, “that this old
noodle has built his residence as much after the shape of a cockle-shell
as was possible to be accomplished?”

“Perfectly true, as you will see,” she replied.

“But what could put such a ridiculous absurdity into his head?”

“Because he thought of the name before the house was built, and he
got it built simply to suit the name. ‘There is no use,’ said he, ‘in
calling it Cockle Hall unless it resembles a cockle;’ and, indeed, when
you see it, you will admit the resemblance.”

“Egad,” said her son, “I never dreamed that fate was likely to cramp me
in a cockleshell. I dare say there is a touch of sublimity about it. The
associations are in favor of it.”

“No,” replied his mother, “but it has plenty of comfort and convenience
about, it. The plan was his own, and he contrived to make it,
notwithstanding its ludicrous shape, one of the most agreeable
residences in the country. He is a blunt humorist, who drinks a good
deal, and instead of feeling offence at his manner, which is rather
rough, you will please him best by answering him exactly in his own
spirit.”

“I am glad you gave me this hint,” said her son; “I like that sort of
thing, and it will go hard if I don’t give him as good as he brings.”

“In that case,” replied the mother, “the chances will be ten to one in
your favor. Seem, above all things, to like his manner, because the old
fool is vain of it, and nothing gratifies him so much.”

“But about the niece? What is the cue there, mother?”

“The cue of a gentleman, Harry--of a well-bred and respectful gentleman.
You may humor the old fellow to the top of his bent; but when you become
the gentleman with her, she will not misinterpret your manner with
her uncle, but will look upon the transition as a mark of deference to
herself. And now you have your instructions: be careful and act upon
them. Miss Riddle is a girl of sense, and, they say, of feeling; and it
is on this account, I believe, that she is so critical in scrutinizing
the conduct and intellect of her lovers. So there is my last hint.”

“Many thanks, my dear mother; it will, I think, be my own fault if
I fail with either uncle or niece, supported as I shall be by your
eloquent advocacy.”

On arriving at Cockle Hall, Harry, on looking out of the carriage
window, took it for granted that his mother had been absolutely
bantering him. “Cockle Hall!” he exclaimed: “why, curse the hall I see
here, good, bad, or indifferent. What did you mean, mother? Were you
only jesting?”

“Keep quiet,” she replied, “and above all things don’t seem surprised
at the appearance of the place. Look precisely as if you had been in it
ever since it was built.”

The appearance of Cockle Hall was, indeed, as his mother had very
properly informed him, ludicrous in the extreme. It was built on a
surface hollowed out of a high bank, or elevation, with which the roof
of it was on a level. It was, of course, circular and flat, and the roof
drooped, or slanted off towards the rear, precisely in imitation of a
cockle-shell. There was, however, a complete _deceptio visus_ in it. To
the eye, in consequence of the peculiarity of its position, it appeared
to be very low, which, in point of fact, was not exactly the case,
for it consisted of two stories, and had comfortable and extensive
apartments”. There was a paved space wide enough for two carriages to
pass each other, which separated it from the embankment that surrounded
it. Altogether, when taken in connection with the original idea of its
construction, it was a difficult thing to look at it without mirth. On
entering the drawing-room, which Harry did alone--for his mother,
having seen Miss Riddle in the parlor, entered it in order to have a
preliminary chat with her--her son found a person inside dressed in a
pair of red plush breeches, white stockings a good deal soiled, a yellow
long-flapped waistcoat, and a wig, with a cue to it which extended down
the whole length of his back,--evidently a servant in dirty lively.
There was something _degagee_ and rather impudent in his manner and
appearance, which Harry considered as in good keeping with all he had
heard of this eccentric nobleman. Like master like man, thought he.

“Well,” said the servant, looking hardly at him, “what do you want?”

“You be cursed,” replied Harry; “don’t be impertinent; do you think I’m
about to disclose my business to you, you despicable menial? Why don’t
you get your stockings washed? But if you wish to know what I want, I
want your master.”

The butler, footman, or whatever he might hive been, fixed a keen look
upon him, accompanied by a grin of derision that made the visitor’s
gorge rise a good deal.

“My master,” said the other, “is not under this roof. What do you think
of that?”

“You mean the old cockle is not in his shell, then,” replied Harry.

“Come,” said the other, with a chuckle of enjoyment, “curse me, but
that’s good. Who are you?--what are you? You are in good feathers--only
give an account of yourself.”

Harry was a keen observer, but was considerably aided by what he had
heard from his mother. The rich rings, however, which he saw sparkling
on the fingers of what he had conceived to be the butler or footman,
at once satisfied him that he was then addressing the worthy nobleman
himself. In the meantime, having made this discovery, he resolved to act
the farce out.

“Why should I give an account of myself to you, you cursed old sot?--you
drink, sirrah: I can read it in your face.”

“I say, give an account of yourself; what’s your business here?”

“Come, then,” replied Harry, “as you appear to be a comical old
scoundrel, I don’t care, for the joke’s sake, if I do. I am coming to
court Miss Riddle, ridiculous old Cockletown’s niece.”

“Why are you coming to court her?”

“Because I understand she will have a good fortune after old Cockle
takes his departure.”

“Eh, confound me, but that’s odd; why, you are a devilish queer fellow.
Did you ever see Lord Cockletown?”

“Not I,” replied Harry; “nor I don’t care a curse whether I do or not,
provided I had his niece secure.”

“Did you ever see the niece?”

“Don’t annoy me, sirrah. No, I didn’t; neither do I care if I never did,
provided I secure old Cockle’s money and property. If it could be so
managed, I would prefer being married to her in the dark.”

The old peer walked two or three times through the room in a kind of
good-humored perplexity, raising his wig and scratching his head
under it, and surveying Woodward from time to time with a serio-comic
expression.

“Of course you are a profligate, for that is the order of the day?”

“Why, of course I am,” replied Harry.

“Any intrigues--eh?”

“Indeed,” replied the other, pulling a long face, “I am ashamed to
answer you on that subject. Intrigues! I regret to say only half a dozen
yet, but my prospects in that direction are good.”

“Have you fought? Did you ever commit murder?”

“It can scarcely be called by that name. It was in tavern brawls; one
was a rascally cockleman, and the other a rascally oyster-man.”

“How did you manage the oysterman with a knife, eh?”

“No, sirrah; with my sword I did him open.”

“Have you any expectation of being hanged?”

“Why, according to the life I have led, I think there is every
probability that I may reach that honorable position.”

The old peer could bear this no longer. He burst out into a loud laugh,
which lasted upwards of two minutes.

“Faith,” said Harry, “if you had such a prospect before you, I don’t
think you would consider it such a laughing matter.”

“Curse you, sir, do you know who I am?”

“Curse yourself, sir,” replied the other, “no, I don’t; how should I,
when I never saw you before?”

“Sir, I am Lord Cockletown.”

“And, sir, I am Harry Woodward, son--favorite son--to, Mrs. Lindsay of
Rathfillan House.”

“What! are you a son of that old fagot?”

“Her favorite son, as I said; that old fagot, sir, is my mother.”

“Ay, but who was your father?” asked his lordship, with a grin, “for
that’s the rub.”

“That is the rub,” said Woodward, laughing; “how the devil can I tell?”

“Good again,” said his lordship; “confound me but you are a queer one. I
tell you what, I like you.”

“I don’t care a curse whether you do or not, provided your niece does.”

“Are you the fellow that has been abroad, and returned home lately?”

“I am the very fellow,” replied Woodward, with a ludicrous and
good-humored emphasis upon the word fellow.

“There was a bonfire made for you on your return?”

“There was, my lord.”

“And there fell a shower of blood upon that occasion?”

“Not a doubt of it, my lord.”

“Well, you are a strange fellow altogether. I have not for a long time
met a man so much after my own heart.”

“That is because our dispositions resemble each other. If I had the
chance of a peerage, I would be as original as your lord-ship in the
selection of my title; but I trust I shall be gratified in that, too;
because, if I marry your niece, I will enter into public life, make
myself not only a useful, but a famous man, and, of course, the title of
Cockletown will be revived in my person, and will not perish with you.
No, my lord, should I marry your niece, your title shall descend with
your blood, and there is something to console you.”

“Come,” said the old peer, “shake hands. Have you a capacity for public
business?”

“I was born for it, my lord. I feel that fact; besides, I have a
generous ambition to distinguish myself.”

“Well,” said the peer, “we will talk all that over in a few days. But
don’t you admit that I am an eccentric old fellow?”

“And doesn’t your lordship admit that I am an eccentric young fellow?”

“Ay, but, harkee, Mr. Woodward,” said the peer, “I always sleep with one
eye open.”

“And I,” replied Harry, “sleep with both eyes open.”

“Come, confound me, that beats me, you must get on in life, and I will
consider your pretensions to my niece.”

At this moment his mother and Miss Riddle entered the drawing-room,
which, notwithstanding the comical shape of the mansion, was spacious,
and admirably furnished. Miss Riddle’s Christian name was Thomasina; but
her eccentric uncle never called her by any other appellation than Tom,
and occasionally Tommy.

“Mrs. Lindsay, uncle,” said the girl, introducing her.

“Eh? Mrs. Lindsay! O! how do you do, Mrs. Lindsay? How is that
unfortunate devil, your husband?”

Now Mrs. Lindsay was one of those women who, whenever there was a
selfish object in view, could not only suppress her feelings, but
exhibit a class of them in direct opposition to those she actually felt.

“Why unfortunate, my lord?” she asked, smiling.

“Why, because I am told he plays second fiddle at home, and a devilish
deal out of tune too, in general. You play first, ma’am; but they
say, notwithstanding, that there’s a plentiful lack of harmony in your
concerts.”

“All,” she replied, “your lordship must still have your joke, I
perceive; but, at all events, I am glad to see you in such spirits.”

“Well, you may thank your son for that. I say, Tom,” he added,
addressing his niece, “he’s a devilish good fellow; a queer chap, and
I like him. Woodward, this is Tom Riddle, my niece. This scamp, Tom,
is that woman’s son, Mr. Woodward. He’s an accomplished youth: I’ll be
hanged if he isn’t. I asked him how many intrigues he has had, and he
replied, with a dolorous face, only half a dozen yet. He only committed
two murders, he says; and when I asked him if he thought there was any
probability of his being hanged, he replied that, from a review of his
past life, and what he contemplated in the future, he had little doubt
of it.”

Harry Woodward was indeed, a most consummate tactician. From the moment
Miss Riddle entered the room, his air and manner became that of a most
polished gentleman; and after bowing to her when introduced, he cast,
from time to time, a glance at her, which told her, by its significance,
that he had only been gratifying her uncle by playing into his whims and
eccentricities. In the meantime the heart of Mrs. Lindsay bounded with
delight at the progress which she saw, by the complacent spirit of the
old peer, honest and adroit Harry had made in his good opinion.

“Miss Riddle,” said he, “his lordship and I have been bantering each
other; but although I considered myself what I may term, an able hand at
it, yet I find I am no match for him.”

“Well, not exactly, I believe,” replied his lordship; “but,
notwithstanding, you are one of the best I have met.”

“Why, my lord,” replied Woodward, “I like the thing; and, indeed, I
never knew any one fond of it who did not possess a good heart and a
candid disposition; so, you see, my lord, there is a compliment for each
of us.”

“Yes, Woodward, and we both deserve it.”

“I trust Mr. Woodward,” observed his niece, “that you don’t practise
your abilities as a banterer upon our sex.”

“Never! Miss Riddle; that would be ungenerous and unmanly. There is
nothing due to your sex but respect, and that, you know, is incompatible
with banter.

“The wit that could wantonly sport with the modesty of woman degenerates
into impudence and insult;” and he accompanied the words with a low and
graceful bow.

This young fellow, thought Miss Riddle, is a gentleman.

“Yes, but, Mr. Woodward, we sometimes require a bantering; and, what is
more, a remonstrance. We are not perfect, and surely it is not the part
of a friend to overlook our foibles or our errors.”

“True, Miss Riddle, but it is not by bantering they will be reclaimed.
A friendly remonstrance, delicately conveyed, is one thing, but the
buffoonery of a banter is another.”

“What’s that?” said the peer, “buffoonery! I deny it, sir, there is no
buffoonery in banter.”

“Not, my lord, when it occurs between gentlemen,” replied Woodward, “but
you know, with the ladies it is a different thing.”

“Ay, well, that’s not bad; a proper distinction. I tell you what,
Woodward, you are a clever fellow; and I’m not sure but I’ll advocate
your cause with Tom there. Tom, he tells me he is coming to court you,
and he says he doesn’t care a fig about either of us, provided he could
secure your fortune. Ay, and, what’s more, he says that if you and he
are married, he hopes it will be in the dark. What do you think of that
now?”

Miss Riddle did not blush, nor affect a burst of indignation, but she
said what pleased both Woodward and his mother far better.

“Well, uncle,” she replied, calmly, “even if he did say so, I believe
he only expressed in words what most, if not all, of my former lovers
actually felt, but were too cautious to acknowledge.”

“I trust, Miss Eiddle,” said Harry, smiling graciously, “that I am
neither so silly nor so stupid as to defend a jest by anything like
a serious apology. You will also be pleased to recollect that, as an
argument for my success, I admitted two murders, half a dozen intrigues,
and the lively prospect of being hanged. The deuce is in it, if these
are not strong qualifications in a lover, especially in a lover of
yours, Miss Riddle.”

The reader sees that the peer was anything but a match for Woodward, who
contrived, and with perfect success, to turn all his jocular attacks to
his own account.

Miss Riddle smiled, for the truth was that Harry began to rise rapidly
in her good opinion. His sprightliness was gentlemanly and agreeable,
and he contrived, besides, to assume the look and air of a man who only
indulged in it in compliment to her uncle, and, of course, indirectly
to herself, with whom, it was but natural, he should hope to make him
an advocate. Still the expression of his countenance, as he managed it,
appeared to her to be that of a profound and serious thinker--one whose
feelings, when engaged, were likely to retain a strong hold of his
heart. That he should model his features into such an expression is by
no means strange, when we reflect with what success hypocrisy can stamp
upon them all those traits of character for which she wishes to get
credit from the world.

“Come, Tom,” said his lordship, “it’s time for luncheon; we can’t
allow our friends to go without refreshments. I say, Woodward, I’m a
hospitable old fellow; did you ever know that before?”

“I have often heard it, my lord,” replied the other, “and I hope to
have still better proof of it.” This was uttered with a significant, but
respectful glance, at the niece, who was by no means displeased at it.

“Ay! ay!” said his lordship, laughing, “the proof of the pudding is
in the eating. Well, you shall have an opportunity, and soon, too; you
appear to be a blunt, honest fellow; and hang me but I like you.”

Miss Riddle now went out to order in the refreshments, but not without
feeling it strange how her uncle and herself should each contemplate
Woodward’s character in so different a light--the uncle looking upon him
as a blunt, honest fellow, whilst to her he appeared as a man of sense,
and a perfect gentleman Such, however, was the depth of his hypocrisy,
that he succeeded at once in pleasing both, and in deceiving both.

“Well, Woodward, what do you think of Tom?” asked his lordship.

“Why, my lord, that she is an admirable and lovely girl.”

“Well, you are right, sir; Tom is an admirable girl, and loves her old
uncle as if he was her father, or maybe a great deal better; she will
have all I am worth when I pop off, so there’s something for you to
think upon.”

“No man, my lord, capable of appreciate ing her could think of anything
but herself.”

“What! not of her property?”

“Property, my-lord; is a very secondary subject when taken into
consideration with the merits of the lady herself. I am no enemy to
property, and I admit its importance as an element of happiness when
reasonably applied, but I am neither sordid nor selfish; and I know
how little, after all, it contributes to domestic enjoyment, unless
accompanied by those virtues which constitute the charm of connubial
life.”

“Confound me but you must have got that out of a book, Woodward.”

“Out of the best book, my lord--the book of life and observation.”

“Why, curse it, you are talking philosophy, though.”

“Only common sense, my lord.”

His lordship, who was walking to and fro in the room, turned abruptly
round, looked keenly at him, and then, addressing Mrs. Lindsay, said,--

“Why, upon my soul, Mrs. Lindsay, we must try and do something with this
fellow; he’ll be lost to the world if we don’t. Come, I say, we must
make a public man of him.”

“To become a public man is his own ambition, my lord,” replied Mrs.
Lindsay; “and although I am his mother, and may feel prejudiced in his
favor, still I agree with your lordship that it is a pity to see such
abilities as his unemployed.”

“Well, madam, we shall consider of it. What do you think, Woodward, if
we made a bailiff of you?”

At this moment Miss Riddle entered the room just in time to hear the
question.

“The very thing, my lord; and the first capture I should make would be
Miss Riddle, your fair niece here.”

“Curse me, but the fellow’s a cat,” said the peer, laughing. “Throw
him as you will, he always falls upon his legs. What do you think, Tom?
Curse me but your suitor here talked philosophy in your absence.”

“Only common sense, Miss Riddle,” said Harry. “Philosophy, it is said,
excludes feeling; but that is not a charge which I ever heard brought
against common sense.”

“I am an enemy neither to philosophy nor common sense,” replied his
niece, “because I think neither of them incompatible with feeling; but I
certainly prefer common sense.”

“There’s luncheon announced,” said the peer, rubbing his hands, “and
that’s a devilish deal more comfortable than either of them. Come, Mrs.
Lindsay; Woodward, take Tom with you.”

They then descended to the dining-room, where the conversation was
lively and amusing, the humorous old peer furnishing the greater
proportion of the mirth.

“Mrs. Lindsay,” said he, as they were preparing to go, “I hope, after
all, that this clever son of yours is not a fortune-hunter.”

“He need not be so, my lord,” replied his mother, “and neither is he. He
himself will have a handsome property.”

“Will have. I would rather you wouldn’t speak in the future tense,
though. Woodward,” he added, addressing that gentleman, “remember that I
told you that I sleep with one eye open.”

“If you have any doubts, my lord, on this subject,” replied Woodward,
“you may imitate me: sleep with both open.”

“Ay, as the hares do, and devil a bit they’re the better for it; but, in
the meantime, what property have you, or will you have? There is nothing
like coming to the point.”

“My lord,” replied Woodward, “I respect Miss Riddle too much to enter
upon such a topic in her presence. You must excuse me, then, for the
present; but if you wish for precise information on the subject, I refer
you to my mother, who will, upon a future occasion--and I trust it will
be soon--afford you every satisfaction on this matter.”

“Well,” replied his lordship, “that is fair enough--a little vague,
indeed--but no matter, your mother and I will talk about it. In the
meantime you are a devilish clever fellow, and, as I said, I like you;
but still I will suffer no fortune-hunter to saddle himself upon my
property. I repeat it, I sleep with one eye open. I will be happy to
see you soon, Mr. Woodward; but remember I will be determined on this
subject altogether by the feelings of my niece Tom here.”

“I have already said, my lord,” replied Woodward, “that, except as
a rational element in domestic happiness, I am indifferent to the
consideration or influence of property. The prevailing motives with me
are the personal charms; the character, and the well-known virtues of
your niece. It is painful to me to say even this in her presence, but
your lordship has forced it from me. However, I trust that Miss Riddle
understands and will pardon me.”

“Mr. Woodward,” she observed, “you have said nothing unbecoming a
gentleman; nothing certainly but that which you could not avoid saying.”

After the usual forms of salutation at parting, Harry and his mother
entered the old carriage and proceeded on their way home.

“Well, Harry,” said his mother, “what do you think?”

“A hit,” he replied; “a hit with both, but especially with the niece,
who certainly is a fine girl. If there is to be any opposition, it will
be with that comical old buffoon, her uncle. He says he sleeps with
one eye open, and I believe it. You told me it could not be determined
whether he was more fool or knave; but, from all I have seen of him, the
devil a bit of fool I can perceive, but, on the contrary, a great deal
of the knave. Take my word for it, old Cockle-town is not to be imposed
upon.”

“Is there no likelihood of that wretch, Alice Goodwin, dying?” said his
mother.

“That is a case I must take in hand,” returned the son. “I shall go
to Ballyspellan and put an end to her. After that we can meet old
Cockletown with courage. I feel that I am a favorite with his niece, and
she, you must have perceived, is a favorite with him, and can manage
him as she wishes, and that is one great point gained--indeed, the
greatest.”

“No,” replied his mother, “the greatest is the death of Alice Goodwin.”

“Be quiet,” said her worthy son; “that shall be accomplished.”



CHAPTER XVII. Description of the Original Tory

--Their Manner of Swearing


We have introduced an Irish outlaw, or tory, in the person of
Shawn-na-Middoque, and, as it may be necessary to afford the reader a
clearer insight into this subject, we shall give a short sketch of the
character and habits of the wild and lawless class to which he belonged.
The first description of those savage banditti that has come down to us
with a distinct and characteristic designation, is known as that of
the wild band of tories who overran the South and West of Ireland both
before the Revolution and after it. The actual signification of the word
_tory_, though now, and for a long time, the appellative of a political
party, is scarcely known except to the Irish scholar and historian. The
term proceeds from the Irish noun _toir_, a pursuit, a chase; and from
that comes its cognate, _toiree_, a person chased, or pursued--thereby
meaning an outlaw, from the fact that the individuals to whom it
was first applied were such as had, by their murders and robberies,
occasioned themselves to be put beyond the protection of all laws, and,
consequently, were considered outlaws, or tories, and liable to be shot
down without the intervention of judge or jury, as they often were,
wherever they could be seen or apprehended. We believe the word first
assumed its distinct character in the wars of Cromwell, as applied to
the wild freebooters of Ireland.

Tory-hunting was at one time absolutely a pastime in Ireland, in
consequence of this desperate body of people having proved the common
enemy of every class, without reference to either religious or political
distinction. We all remember the old nursery song, which, however
simple, is very significant, and affords us an excellent illustration of
their unfortunate condition, and the places of their usual retreat.

     “I’ll tell you a story about Johnny Magrory,
     Who went to the wood and shot a tory;
     I’ll tell you another about his brother.
     Who went to the wood and shot another.”

From this it is evident that the tories of the time of Cromwell and
Charles the Second were but the lineal descendants of the thievish wood
kernes mentioned by Spenser, or at least the inheritors of their
habits. Defoe attributes the establishment of the word in England to the
infamous Titus Oates.

“There was a meeting,” says he “(at which I was present), in the
city, upon the occasion of the discovery of some attempt to stifle the
evidence of the witnesses (about the Popish plot), and tampering with
Bedlow and Stephen Dugdale. Among the discourse Mr. Bedlow said ‘he had
letters from Ireland; that there were some tories to be brought over
hither, who were privately to murder Dr. Oates and the said Bedlow.’
The doctor, whose zeal was very hot, could never hear any man after this
talk against the plot, or against the witnesses, but he thought he was
one of the tories, and called almost every man who opposed him in his
discourse a tory--till at last the word became popular. Hume’s account
of it is not very much different from this.

“The court party,” says he, “reproached their antagonists with their
affinity to the fanatical conventiclers of Scotland, who were known by
the name of Whigs.* The country party found a resemblance between the
courtiers and the Popish banditti in Ireland, on whom the appellation of
tory was affixed. And after this manner these foolish terms of reproach
came into public and general use.”

     * The word _whig_ is taken from the fact, that in Scotland
     it was applied to milk that had become sour; and to this day
     milk that has lost its sweetness is termed by the Scotch,
     and their descendants in the north of Ireland, whigged milk.

It is evident, from Irish history, that the original tories, politically
speaking, belonged to no party whatever. They were simply thieves,
robbers, and murderers on their own account. Every man’s hand was
against them, and certainly their hands were against every man. The fact
is, that in consequence of the predatory nature of Irish warfare, which
plundered, burned, and devastated as it went along, it was impossible
that thousands of the wretched Irish should not themselves be driven
by the most cruel necessity, for the preservation of their lives and of
those of their families, to become thieves and plunderers in absolute
self-defence. Their habitations, such as they were, having been
destroyed and laid in ruins, they were necessarily driven to seek
shelter in the woods, caves, and other fastnesses of the country, from
which they issued forth in desperate hordes, armed as well as they
could, to rob and to plunder for the very means of life. Goaded by
hunger and distress of every kind, those formidable and ferocious “wood
kernes” only paid the country back, by inflicting on it that plunder
and devastation which they had received at its hands. Neither is it
surprising that they should make no distinction in their depredations,
because they experienced, to their cost, that no “hosting,” on either
or any side, ever made a distinction with them. Whatever hand was
uppermost, whether in the sanguinary struggles of their rival chiefs, or
in those between the Irish and English, or Anglo-Irish, the result was
the same to them. If they were not robbed or burned out to-day, they
might be to-morrow; and under such circumstances to what purpose could
they be expected to exercise industrious or laborious habits, when they
knew that they might go to bed in comfort at night, and rise up beggars
in the morning? It is easy to see, then, that it was the lawless and
turbulent state of the country that reduced them to such a mode of life,
and drove them to make reprisals upon the property of others, in the
absence of any safe or systematic way of living. There is no doubt that
a principle of revenge and retaliation animated their proceedings, and
that they stood accountable for acts of great cruelty and murder, as
well as of robbery. The consequence necessarily was, that they felt
themselves beyond the protection of all law, and fearfully distinct in
the ferocity of their character from the more civilized population of
the country, which waged an exterminating warfare against them under the
sanction and by the assistance of whatever government existed.

It was about the year 1689 that they began to assume or to be
characterized by a different designation--we mean that of rapparees; so
called, it is said, from the fact of their using the half pike or short
rapier; although, for our part, we are inclined to think that they were
so termed from the word _rapio_, to plunder, which strikes us as the
most appropriate and obvious. At all events it is enough to say that the
_tories_ were absorbed in the rapparees, and their name in Ireland and
Great Britain, except as a political class, was forgotten and lost in
that of the rapparees, who long survived them.

Barney Casey was, as the reader must have perceived, a young fellow
of good sense and very acute observation. He had been, since an early
period of his youth, domesticated in the family of Mr. Lindsay, who
respected him highly for his attachment and integrity. He had a brother,
however, who, with his many good qualities, was idle and headstrong. His
name was Michael, and, sooth to say, the wild charm of a freebooter’s
life, in addition to his own indisposition to labor for his living,
were more than the weak materials of his character could resist. He
consequently joined Shawn-na-Middogue and his gang, and preferred the
dangerous and licentious life of a robber and plunderer to that of
honesty and labor--precisely as many men connected with a seafaring life
prefer the habits of the smuggler or the pirate to those of the
more honorable or legitimate profession. Poor Barney exerted all his
influence with his brother with a hope of rescuing him from the society
and habits of hia dissolute companions, but to no purpose. It was a
life of danger and excitement--of plans and projects, and changes, and
chases, and unexpected encounters--of retaliation, and, occasionally,
the most dreadful revenge. Such, however, was the state of society at
that time, that those persons who had connected themselves with these
desperate outlaws were by no means afraid to pay occasional visits to
their own relatives, and from time to time to hold communication with
them. Nay, not only was this the fact, but, what is still more strange,
many persons who were related to individuals connected with this daring
and unmanageable class were in the habit of attending their nightly
meetings, sometimes for the purpose of preventing a robbery, or of
killing a family whom they wished to suffer.

One night, during this period of our narrative, Barney’s brother
contrived to have secret interview with him for the purpose of
communicating some information to him which had reached his ears from
Shawn-na-Middogue, to the effect that Caterine Collins had admitted to
him (Shawn), upon his promise of marrying her--a promise made only for
the purpose of getting into her confidence, and making her useful as
an agent to his designs--that she knew, she said, that it was not his
brother Charles who had brought unfortunate Grace Davoren to ruin, but
Harry Woodward, and, she added, when it was too late, she suspected
something from his manner, of his intention to send Charles, on that
disastrous night, in his stead. But Shawn, who knew Caterine and her
connections well, recommended Michael Casey to apprise his brother that
he could not keep too sharp an eye upon the movements of both, but,
above all things, to try and induce him to set Woodward in such a way
that he could repair the blow upon him, which, in mistake, he had dealt
to his innocent brother. Now, although Barney almost detested Woodward,
yet he was incapable of abetting Shawn’s designs upon Suit Balor.

“No,” said he to his brother, “I would die first. It is true I do not
like a bone in his body, but I will never lend myself to such a cowardly
act as that; besides, from all I know of Shawn, I did not think he would
stoop to murder.”

“Ay, but think of our companions,” replied hia brother, “and think too,
of what a notion they have of it. Shawn, however, is a different man
from most, if not all, of them--and he says he was urged on by a fit
of fury when he found the man, that he thought the destroyer of Grace
Davoren, speaking to her in such a lonely and suspicious place. It
was his intention to have bidden him to stand on his guard and defend
himself, but jealousy and revenge overcame him at the moment, and he
struck the blow. Thank God that it failed; but you may take my word
that the next won’t--because Shawn now swears, that without preface or
apology, or one moment’s warning, he will stab him to the heart wherever
he can meet him.”

“It’s a bad life,” replied Barney, “that Shawn’s leading; but, poor
fellow, he and his resaved hard treatment--their house and place torn
down and laid in rains, and instead of protection from government, they
found themselves proclaimed outlaws. What could he and they do?
But, Michael, it was a different thing with you. Our family were
comfortable--too much so, indeed, for you; you got idle habits and a
distaste for work, and so, rather than settle down to industry, you
should join them.”

“Ay, and so would you, if you knew the life we lead.”

“That might be,” replied his brother, “if I didn’t happen to think of
the death you die.”

“As to that,” said Michael, “we have all made up our minds; shooting and
hanging will get nothing out of us but the death-laugh at our enemies.”

“Ay, enemies of your own making,” said Barney; “but as to the
death-laugh on the gallows, remember that that is at your own expense.
It will be what we call on the wrong side of the mouth, I think. But in
regard of these nightly meetings of yours, I would have no objection to
see one of them. Do you think I would be allowed to join you for an hour
or two, that I might hear and see what you say and do?”

“You may, Barney; but you know it isn’t every one that would get that
privilege; but in ordher to make sure, I’ll spake to Shawn about it.
Leave is light, they say; and as he knows you’re not likely to turn a
spy upon our hands, I’m certain he won’t have any objection.”

“When and where will you meet next?” asked Barney.

“On the very spot where Shawn struck his middogue into the body of
Masther Charles,” replied his brother. Shawn has some oath of revenge to
make against Woodward, because he suspects that the villain knows where
poor Granua Davoren is.”

“Well, on that subject he may take his own coorse,” replied Barney; “but
as for me, Michael, I neither care nor will think of the murdher of a
fellow-crature, no matther how wicked he may be, especially when I know
that it is planned for him. As a man and a Christian, I cannot lend
myself to it, and of coorse--but this is between ourselves--I will put
Mr. Woodward on his guard.”

Those were noble sentiments, considering the wild and licentious period
of which we write, and the dreadfully low estimate at which human life
was then held.

“Act as you like,” replied Michael; “but this I can tell you, and this I
do tell you, that if, for the safety of this villain, you take a single
step that may bring _Shawn-na-Middogue_ into danger, if you were my
brother ten times over I will not prevent him--Shawn I mean--from
letting loose his vengeance upon you. No, nor upon Rathfillan House and
all that it contains, you among the number.”

“I will do nothing,” replied Barney, firmly, “to bring Shawn or any of
you into danger; but as sure as I have a Christian soul to be saved, and
my life in my body, I will, as I said, put Mr. Harry Woodward upon his
guard against him. So now, if you think it proper to let me be present
at your meeting, knowing what you know, I will go, but not otherwise.”

“I feel, Barney,” said his brother, “that my mind is much hardened of
late by the society I keep. I remember when I thought murder as horrible
a thing as you do, but now it is not so. The planning and the plotting
of it is considered only as a good joke among us.”

“But why don’t you lave them, then?” said Barney. “The pious principles
of our father and mother were never such as they practise and preach
among you. Why don’t you lave them, I say?”

“Don’t you know,” replied Michael, “that that step would be my death
warrant? Once we join them we must remain with them, let what may
happen. No man laving them, unless he gets clear of the country
altogether, may expect more than a week’s lease of life; in general not
so much. They look upon him as a man that has been a spy among them, and
who has left them to make his peace, and gain a fortune from government
for betraying them; and you know how often it has happened.”

“It is too true, Michael,” replied his brother, “for unfortunately it
so happens that, whether for good or evil, Irishmen can never be got to
stand by each other. Ay, it is true--too true. In the meantime call on
me to-morrow with liberty from Shawn to attend your meeting, and we will
both go there together.”

“Very well,” replied his brother, “I will do so.”

The next night was one of tolerably clear moonlight; and about the
hour of twelve or one o’clock some twenty or twenty-five outlaws were
assembled immediately adjoining the spot where Charles Lindsay was
so severely and dangerously wounded. The appearance of those men was
singular and striking. Their garbs, we need scarcely inform our readers,
were different from those of the present day. Many--nay, most, if not
all of them, were bitter enemies to the law, which rendered it penal for
them to wear their glibs, and in consequence most of those present had
them in full perfection around their heads, over which was worn the
_barrad_ or Irish cap, which, however, was then beginning to fall into
desuetude. There was scarcely a man of them on whose countenance was not
stamped the expression of care, inward suffering, and, as it would seem,
the recollection of some grief or sorrow which had befallen themselves
or their families. There was something, consequently, determined and
utterly reckless in their faces, which denoted them to be men who had
set at defiance both the world and its laws. They all wore the _truis_,
the brogue, and beneath the cloaks which covered them were concealed the
celebrated Irish skean or mid-dogue, so that at the first glance they
presented the appearance of men who were in a peaceful garb and unarmed.
The persons of some of them were powerful and admirably symmetrical,
as could be guessed from their well-defined outlines. They arranged
themselves in a kind of circle around Shawn-na-Middogue, who stood in
the centre as their chief and leader. A spectator, however, could not
avoid observing that, owing to the peculiarity of their costume, which,
in consequence of their exclusion from society, not to mention the
poverty and hardship which they were obliged to suffer, their appearance
as a body was wild and almost savage. In their countenances was blended
a twofold expression, composed of ferocity and despair. They felt
themselves excommunicated, whether justly or not, from the world and its
institutions, and knew too well that society, and the laws by which it
is regulated and protected, were hunting them like beasts of prey for
their destruction. Perhaps they deserved it, and this consideration
may still more strongly account for their fierce and relentless-looking
aspect. There is, in the meantime, no doubt that, however wild,
ferocious, and savage they may have appeared, the strong and terrible
hand of injustice and oppression had much, too much, to do with the
crimes which they had committed, and which drove them out of the pale
of civilized life. Altogether the spectacle of their appearance there
on that night was a melancholy, as well as a fearful one, and ought to
teach statesmen that it is not by oppressive laws that the heart of man
can be improved, but that, on the contrary, when those who project and
enact them come to reap the harvest of their policy, they uniformly find
it one of violence and crime. So it has been since the world began,
and so it will be so long as it lasts, unless a more genial and humane
principle of legislation shall become the general system of managing,
and consequently, of improving society.

“Now, my friends,” said Shawn-na-Middogue, “you all know why we are
here. Unfortunate Granua Davoren has disappeared, and I have brought you
together that we may set about the task of recovering her, whether
she is living or dead. Even her heart-broken parents would feel it
a consolation to have her corpse in order that they might give it
Christian burial. It will be a shame and a disgrace to us if she is not
found, as I said, living or dead. Will you all promise to rest neither
night nor day till she is found? In that case swear it on your skeans.”

In a moment every skean was out, and, with one voice, they said, “By the
contents of this blessed iron, that has been sharpened for the hearts of
our oppressors, we will never rest, either by night or by day, till we
find her, living or dead”--every man then crossed himself and kissed his
skean--“and, what is more,” they added, “we will take vengeance upon the
villain that ruined her.”

“Hould,” said Shawn; “do you know who he is?”

“By all accounts,” they replied, “the man that you struck.”

“No!” exclaimed Shawn, “I struck the wrong man; and poor Granua was
right when she screamed out that I had murdered the innocent. But now,”
 he added, “why am I here among you? I will tell you, although I suppose
the most of you know it already: it was good and generous Mr. Lindsay’s
she-devil of a wife that did it; and it was her he-devil of a son, Harry
Woodward, that ruined Granua Davoren. My mother happened to say that
she was a heartless and tyrannical woman, that she had the Evil Eye,
and that a devil, under the name of Shan-dhinne-dhuv, belonged to her
family, and put her up to every kind of wickedness. This, which was
only the common report, reached her ears, and the consequence was that
because we were-behind in the rent only a single gale, she sent in her
bailiffs without the knowledge of her husband, who was from home at the
time, and left neither a bed under us nor a roof over us. At all events,
it is well for her that she was a woman; but she has a son born in her
own image, so far, at least, as a bad heart is concerned; that son is
the destroyer of Granua Davoren; but not a man of you must raise his
hand to him: he must be left to my vengeance. Caterine Collins has told
me much more about him, but it is useless to mention it. The Evil Spirit
I spoke of, the Shan-dhinne-dhuv, and he have been often seen together;
but no matter for that; he’ll find the same spirit badly able to protect
him; so, as I said before, he must be left to my vengeance.”

“You mentioned Caterine Collins?” said one of them. “Caterine has
friends here, Shawn. What is your opinion of her?”

“Yes,” observed another, “she has friends here; but, then, she has
enemies too, men who have a good right to hate the ground she walks on.”

“Whatever my opinion of Caterine Collins may be,” said Shawn, “I will
keep it to myself; I only say, that the man who injures her is no friend
of mine. Isn’t she a woman? And, surely, we are not to quarrel with, or
injure a defenceless woman.”

By this piece of policy Shawn gained considerable advantage. His purpose
was to preserve such an ascendency over that cunning and treacherous
woman as might enable him to make her useful in working out his own
designs, his object being, not only on that account, but for the sake
of his own personal safety, to stand well with both her friends and her
enemies.

Other matters were discussed, and plans of vengeance proposed and
assented to, the details of which would afford our readers but slight
gratification. After their projects had been arranged, this wild and
savage, but melancholy group, dispersed, and so intimately were
they acquainted with the intricacies of cover and retreat which then
characterized the surface of the country, that in a few minutes they
seemed rather to have vanished like spectres than to have disappeared
like living men. Shawn, however, remained behind in order to hold some
private conversation with Barney Casey.

“Barney,” said he, “I wish to speak, to you about that villain
Woodward.”

“I don’t at all doubt,” replied this honest and manly peasant, “that he
is a villain; but at the same time, Shawn, you must remember that I am
not a tory, and that I will neither aid nor assist you in your designs
of murdher upon him. I received betther principles from my father and
the mother who bore me; and indeed I think the same thing may be said of
yourself, Shawn. Still and all, there is no doubt but that, unlike that
self-willed brother of mine, you had heavy provocation to join the life
you did.”

“Well, Barney,” replied Shawn, in a melancholy tone of voice, “if the
same oppressions were to come on us again, I think I would take another
course. My die, however, is cast, and I must abide by it. What I wanted
to say to you, however, is this:--You are livin’ in the same house
with Woodward; keep your eye on him--watch him well and closely; he is
plotting evil for somebody.”

“Why,” said Barney, “how do you know that?”

“I have it,” replied Shawn, “from good authority. He has paid three
or four midnight visits to Sol, the herb docthor, and you know that a
greater old scoundrel than he is doesn’t breathe the breath of life.
It has been long suspected that he is a poisoner, and they say that in
spite of the poverty he takes on him, he is rich and full of money.
It can be for no good, then, that Woodward consults him at such
unseasonable hours.”

“Ay; but who the devil could he think of poisoning?” said Barney. “I see
nobody he could wish to poison.”

“Maybe, for all that, the deed is done,” replied Shawn. “Where, for
instance, is unfortunate Granua? Who can tell that he hasn’t dosed her?”

“I believe him villain enough to do it,” returned the other; “but still
I don’t think he did. He was at home to my own knowledge the night
she disappeared, and could know nothing of what became of her. I think
that’s a sure case.”

“Well,” said Shawn, “it may be so; but in the manetime his stolen
visits to the ould herb docthor are not for nothing. I end, then, as I
began--keep your eye on him; watch him closely--and now, good night.”

These hints were not thrown away upon Barney, who was naturally of an
observant turn; and accordingly he kept a stricter eye than ever upon
the motions of Harry Woodward. This accomplished gentleman, like every
villain of his class, was crafty and secret in everything he did and
said; that is to say, his object was always to lead those with whom
he held intercourse, to draw the wrong inference from his words and
actions. Even his mother, as the reader will learn, was not in his
full confidence. Such men, however, are so completely absorbed in the
management of their own plans, that the latent principle or motive
occasionally becomes apparent, without any consciousness of its
exhibition on their part. Barney soon had an opportunity of suspecting
this. His brother Charles, after what appeared to be a satisfactory
convalescence, began to relapse, and a fresh fever to set in. The first
person to communicate the melancholy intelligence to Woodward happened
to be Barney himself, who, on meeting him early in the morning, said,--

“I am sorry, Mr. Woodward, to tell you that Masther Charles is a great
deal worse; he spent a bad night, and it seems has got very feverish.”

A gleam of satisfaction--short and transient, but which, however, was
too significant to be misunderstood by such a sagacious observer as
Barney--flashed across his countenance--but only for a moment. He
recomposed his features, and assuming a look expressive of the deepest
sorrow, said,--

“Good heavens, Casey, do you tell me that my poor brother is worse, and
we all in such excellent spirits at what we considered his certain but
gradual recovery?”

“He is much worse, sir; and the masther this morning has strong doubts
of his recovery. He’s in great affliction about him, and so are they
all. His loss would be felt in the neighborhood, for, indeed, it’s he
that was well beloved by all who knew him.”

“He certainly was a most amiable and affectionate young fellow,” said
Woodward, “and, for my part, if he goes from us through the means of
that murdering blow, I shall hunt Shawn-na-Middogue to the death.”

“Will you take a friend’s advice?” replied Barney: “we all of us wish,
of coorse, to die a Christian death upon our beds, that we may think
of the sins we have committed, and ask the pardon of our Saviour and
inthersessor for them. I say, then, if you wish to die such a death,
and to have time to repent of your sins, avoid coming across
Shawn-na-Middogue above all men in the world. I tell you this as a
friend, and now you’re warned.”

Woodward paused, and his face became black with a spirit of vengeance.

“How does it happen, Casey,” he asked, “that you are able to give
me such a warning? You must have some particular information on the
subject.”

“The only information I have on the subject is this--that you are set
down among most people as the man who destroyed Grace Davoren, and not
your brother; Shawn believes this, and on that account, I say, it
will be well for you to avoid him. He believes, too, that you have her
concealed somewhere--although I don’t think so; but if you have, Mr.
Woodward, it would be an act of great kindness--an act becomin’ both
a gentleman and a Christian--to restore the unfortunate girl to her
parents.”

“I know no more about her than you do, Casey. How could I? Perhaps my
poor brother, when he is capable of it, may be able to afford us some
information on the subject. As it is I know nothing of it, but I shall
leave nothing undone to recover her if she be alive, or if the thing can
be accomplished. In the meantime all I can think of is the relapse of
my poor brother. Until he gets better I shall not be able to fix my mind
upon anything else. What is Grace Davoren or Shaivn-nu-Middogue--the
accursed scoundrel--to me, so long as my dear Charles is in a state of
danger?”

“Now,” said he, when they parted “now to work earth and hell to secure
Shaum-na-Middogue. He has got my secret concerning the girl Davoren, and
I feel that while he is at large I cannot be safe. There is a reward for
his head, whether alive or dead, but that I scorn. In the meantime, I
shall not lose an hour in getting together a band who will scour the
country along with myself, until we secure him. After that I shall be at
perfect liberty to work out my plans without either fear of, or danger
from, this murdering ruffian.”



CHAPTER XVIII. The Toir, or Tory Hunt.


Harry Woodward now began to apprehend that, as the reader sees, either
his star or that of _Shawn-na-Middogue_ must be in the ascendant. He
accordingly set to work with all his skill and craft to secure his
person and offer him up as a victim to the outraged laws of his country,
and to a government that had set a price upon his head, as the leader of
the outlaws; or, what came nearer to his wish, either to shoot him down
with his own hand, or have him shot by those who were on the alert for
such persons. The first individual to whom he applied upon the subject
was his benevolent step-father, who he knew was a magistrate, and whose
duty was to have the wretched class of whom we write arrested or shot as
best they might.

“Sir,” said he, “I think after what has befallen my dear brother Charles
that this murdering villain, Shawn-na-Middogue, who is at the head of
the tories and outlaws, ought to be shot, or taken up and handed over to
government.”

“Why,” asked Mr. Lindsay, “what has happened in connection with
Shawn-na-Middogue and your brother?”

“Why, that it was from his hand he received the wound that may be his
death. That, I think, is sufficient to make you exert yourself; and
indeed it is, in my opinion, both a shame and a scandal that the
subject has not been taken up with more energy by the magistracy of the
country.”

“But who can tell,” replied Lindsay, “whether it was Shawn-na-Middogue
that stabbed Charles? Charles himself does not know the individual who
stabbed him.”

“The language of the girl, I think,” replied Woodward, “might indicate
it. He was once her lover--”

“But she named nobody,” replied the other; “and as for lovers, she had
enough of them. If Shawn-na-Middogue is an outlaw now, I know who made
him so. I remember when there wasn’t a better conducted boy on your
mother’s property. He was a credit to his family and the neighborhood;
but they were turned out in my absence by your unfeeling mother there,
Harry; and the fine young fellow had nothing else for it but the life of
an outlaw. Confound me if I can much blame him.”

“Thank you, Lindsay,” replied his wife; “as kind as ever to the woman
who brought you that property. But you forget what the young scoundrel’s
mother said of me--do you? that I had the Evil Eye, and that there was a
familiar or devil connected with me and my family?”

“Egad! and I’m much of her opinion,” replied her husband; “and if she
said it, I give you my honor it is only what every one who knows you
says, and what I, who know you best, say as well as they. Begone,
madam--leave the room; it was your damned oppression made the boy a
tory. Begone, I say--I will bear with your insolence no longer.”

He stood up as he spoke--his eye flashed, and the stamp of his foot
made the floor shake. Mrs. Lindsay knew her husband well, and without a
single syllable in reply she arose and left the room.

“Harry,” proceeded his stepfather, “I shall take no proceedings against
that unfortunate young man--tory though he be; I would resign my
magistracy sooner. Do not, therefore, count on me.”

“Well, sir,” said he, with a calm but black expression of countenance,
“I will not enter into domestic quarrels; but I am my mother’s son.”

“You are,” replied Lindsay, looking closely at him--“and I regret it. I
do not like the expression of your face--it is bad; worse I have seldom
seen.”

“Be that expression what it may, sir,” replied Woodward, “by the heavens
above me I shall rest neither night nor day until I put an end to
Shawn-na-Middogue.”

“In the meantime you shall have no assistance from me, Harry; and it ill
becomes your mother’s son--the woman whose cruelty to the family made
him what he is--to attempt to hunt him down. On the contrary, I tell
you as a friend to let him pass; the young man is desperate, and his
vengeance, or that of his followers, may come on you when you least
expect it. It is not his death that will secure you. If he dies through
your means, he will leave those behind him who will afford you but short
space to settle your last account.”

“Be the consequences what they may,” replied Woodward, “either he or I
shall fall.”

He left the room after expressing this determination, and his
step-father said,--

“I’m afraid, Maria, we don’t properly understand Master Harry. I am
much troubled by what has occurred just now. I fear he is a hypocrite
in morals, and without a single atom of honorable principle. Did you
observe the expression of his face? Curse me if I think the devil
himself has so bad a one. Besides, I have heard something about him that
I don’t like--something which I am not going to mention to you; but I
say that in future we must beware of him.”

“I was sorry, papa, to see the expression of his face,” replied Maria;
“it was fearful; and above all things the expression of his eye. It made
me feel weak whenever he turned it on me.”

“Egad, and it had something of the same effect on myself,” replied her
father. “There is some damned expression in it that takes away one’s
strength. Well,” as I said, “we must beware of him.”

Woodward’s next step was to pay a visit to Lord Cockletown, who, as he
had gained his title in consequence of his success in tory-hunting, and
capturing the most troublesome and distinguished outlaws of that day,
was, he thought, the best and most experienced person to whom he could
apply for information as to the most successful means of accomplishing
his object. He accordingly waited on his lordship, to whom he thought,
very naturally, that this exploit would recommend him. His lordship
was in the garden, where Woodward found him in hobnailed shoes, digging
himself into what he called his daily perspirations.

“Don’t be surprised, Mr. Woodward,” said he, “at my employment; I am
taking my every-day sweat, because I feel that I could not drink as I
do and get on without it. Well, what do you want with me? Is it anything
about Tom? Egad, Tom says she rather likes you than otherwise; and if
you can satisfy me as to property settlements, and all that, I won’t
stand in your way; but, in the meantime, what do you want with me now?
If it’s Tom’s affair, the state of your property comes first.”

“No, my lord, I shall leave all dealings of business between you and my
mother. This is a different affair, and one on which I wish to have your
lordship’s advice and direction.”

“Ay, but what is it? Confound it, come to the point.”

“It is a tory-hunt, my lord.”

“Who is the tory, or who are the tories? Come, I’m at home here. What’s
your plan?”

“Why, simple pursuit. We have the _posse comitatus_.”

“The _posse comitatus!_--the posse devil; what do the tories care about
the posse comitatus? Have you bloodhounds?”

“No, my lord, but I think we can procure them.”

“Because,” proceeded his lordship, “to go hunt a tory without
bloodhounds is like looking for your grandmother’s needle in a bottle of
straw.”

“I am thankful to your lordship for that hint,” replied Harry Woodward;
“but the truth is, I have been almost since my infancy out of the
country, and am consequently, very ignorant of its usages.”

“What particular tory are you going to hunt?’”

“A fellow named Shawn-na-Middogue.”

[Illustration: PAGE 736-- _Shawn-na-Middogue_, your mother’s victim]

“Ah! _Shawn-na-Middogue_, your mother’s victim? Don’t hunt him. If you’re
wise you’ll keep your distance from that young fellow. I tell you, Mr.
Woodward, there will be more danger to yourself in the hunt than
there will be to him. It’s a well-known fact that it was your mother’s
severity to his family that made a tory of him; and, as I said before, I
would strongly recommend you to avoid him. How many bloodhounds have you
got?”

“Why, I think we can muster half a dozen.”

“Ay, but do you know how to hunt them?”

“Not exactly; but I suppose we may depend upon the instinct of the
dogs.”

“No, sir, you may not, unless to a very limited extent. Those tories
always, when pursued by bloodhounds, go down the wind whenever it is
possible, and, consequently, leave very little trail behind them. Your
object will be, of course, to hunt them against the wind; they will
consequently have little chance of escape, unless, as they are often in
the habit of doing, they administer a sop.”

“What is a sop, my lord?”

“A piece of raw beef or mutton, kept for twenty-four hours under the
armpit until it becomes saturated with the moisture of the body; after
this, administer it to the dog, and instead of attacking he will follow
you over the world. The other sop resorted to by these fellows is the
middogue, or skean, and, as they contrive to manage its application, it
is the surer of the two. Should you like to see Tom?”

“Unquestionably, my lord. I intended before going to have requested the
honor of a short interview.”

“Ay, of course, to make love. Well, I tell you that Tom, like her
uncle, has her wits about her. Go up, then, you will find her in the
withdrawing-room; and listen--I desire that you will tell her of your
tory-hunting project, and ask her opinion upon it. Now, don’t forget
that, because I will make inquiries about it.”

Woodward certainly found her in what was then termed the
withdrawing-room. She was in the act of embroidering, and received him
with much courtesy and kindness.

“I hope your mother and family are all well, Mr. Woodward,” she said;
“as for your sister Maria she is quite a stay-at-home. Does she ever
visit any one at all?”

“Very rarely, indeed, Miss Riddle: but I think she will soon do herself
the pleasure of calling upon you.”

“I shall feel much obliged, Mr. Woodward. From what I have heard, and
the little I have seen of her, a most amiable girl You have had a chat
with my kind-hearted, but eccentric uncle?”

“I have; and he imposed it on me as a condition that I should mention to
you an enterprise on which I am bent.”

“An enterprise! Pray, what is it?”

“Why, a tory-hunt; I am going to hunt down Shawn-na-Middogue, as he is
called, and I think it will be rendering the country a service to get
rid of him.”

Miss Riddle’s face got pale as ashes; and she looked earnestly and
solemnly into Woodward’s face.

“Mr. Woodward,” said she, “would you oblige me with one simple request?
Do not hunt down Shawn-na-Middogue: my uncle and I owe him our lives.”

“How is that, Miss Riddle?”

“Do you not know that my uncle was a tory hunter?”

“I have certainly heard so,” replied Woodward; “and I am, besides, aware
of it from the admirable instructions which he gave me concerning the
best method of hunting them down.”

“Yes, but did he encourage you in your determination of hunting down
Shawn-na-Middogue?”

“No, certainly; but, on the contrary, advised me to pass him by--to have
nothing to do with him.”

“Did he state his reasons for giving you such advice?”

“He mentioned something with reference to certain legal proceedings
taken by my mother against the family of Shawn-na-Middogue. But I
presume my mother had her own rights to vindicate, and beyond that I
know nothing of it. He nearly stabbed my brother to death, and I
will leave no earthly means unattempted to shoot the villain down, or
otherwise secure him.”

“Well, you are aware that my uncle was the most successful and
celebrated tory-hunter of his day, and rendered important services to
the government in that capacity--services which have been liberally
rewarded.”

“I am aware of it, Miss Riddle.”

“But you are not aware, as I am, that this same Shawn-na-Middogue saved
my uncle’s life and mine on the night before last?”

“How could I, Miss Riddle?”

“It is a fact, though, and I beg you to mark it; and I trust that if
you respect my uncle and myself, you will not engage in this cruel and
inhuman expedition.”

“But your uncle mentioned nothing of this to me, Miss, Riddle.”

“He does not know it yet. I have been all yesterday thinking over the
circumstance, with a view of getting his lordship to interfere with
the government for this unfortunate youth; but I felt myself placed
in circumstances of great difficulty and delicacy with respect to your
family and ours. I hope you understand me, Mr. Woodward. I allude to the
circumstances which forced him to become an outlaw and a tory, and it
struck me that my uncle could not urge any application in his favor
without adverting to them.”

“O, Miss Riddle, if you feel an interest in his favor, he shall
experience no molestation from me.”

“The only interest which I feel in him is that of humanity, and
gratitude, Mr. Woodward; but, indeed, I should rather say that the
gratitude should not be common to a man who saved my uncle’s life and
mine.”

“And pray may I ask how that came about? At all events he has made me
his friend forever.”

“My uncle and I were returning home from dinner,--we had dined at Squire
Dawson’s,--and on coming to a lonely part of the road we found our
carriage surrounded by a party of the outlaws, who shouted out, ‘This is
the old tory-hunter, who got his wealth and title by persecuting us,
and now we will pay him home for all,’ ‘Ay,’ observed another, ‘and
his niece is with him, and we will have her off to the mountains.’ The
carriage was immediately surrounded, and I know not to what an extent
their violence and revenge might have proceeded, when Shawn same
bounding among them with the air of a man who possessed authority over
them.

“‘Stop,’ said he; ‘on this occasion they must go free, and on every
occasion. Lord Cockletown, let him be what he may before, is of late a
good landlord, and a friend to the people. His niece, too, is--’ He then
complimented me upon some trifling acts of kindness I had paid to his
family when--hem--ahem--in fact, when they stood much in need of it.”

This was a delicate evasion of any allusion to the cruel conduct of his
mother towards the outlaw’s family.

“When,” she went on, “he had succeeded in restraining the meditated
violence of the tories, he approached me--for they had already dragged
me out, and indeed it was my screaming that brought him with such haste
to the spot. ‘Now, Miss Riddle,’ said he, in a low whisper which my
uncle could not hear, ‘one good act deserves another; you were kind to
my family when they stood sorely in need of it. You and your uncle are
safe, and, what is more, will be safe: I will take care of that; but
forget Shawn-na Middogue, the outlaw and tory, or if ever you mention
his name, let it be in a spirit of mercy and forgiveness. Mr. Woodward,
you will not hunt down this generous young man?”

“I would as soon hunt down my father, Miss Riddle, if he were alive. I
trust you don’t imagine that I can be insensible to such noble conduct.”

“I do not think you are, Mr. Woodward; and I hope you will allow the
unfortunate youth to remain unmolested until my uncle, to whom I shall
mention this circumstance this day, may strive to have him restored to
society.”

We need scarcely assure our readers that Woodward pledged himself in
accordance with her wishes, after which he went home and prepared such a
mask for his face, and such a disguise of dress for his person, as, when
assumed, rendered it impossible for any one to recognize him. Such was
the spirit in which he kept his promise to Miss Riddle, and such the
honor of every word that proceeded from his hypocritical lips.

In the meantime the preparations for the chase were made with the most
extraordinary energy and caution. Woodward had other persons engaged in
it, on whom he had now made up his mind to devolve the consequences of
the whole proceedings. The sheriff and the _posse comitatas_, together
with assistance from other quarters, had all been engaged; and as some
vague intelligence of _Shawn-na-Midoque’s_ retreat had been obtained,
Woodward proceeded in complete disguise before daybreak with a party,
not one of whom was able to recognize him, well armed, to have what was,
in those days, called a tory-hunt.

The next morning was dark and gloomy. Gray, heavy mists lay upon the
mountain-tops, from which, as the light of the rising sun fell upon
them, they retreated in broken masses to the valleys and lower grounds
beneath them. A cold, chilly aspect lay upon the surface of the earth,
and the white mists that had descended from the mountain-tops, or were
drawn up from the ground by the influence of the sun, were, although
more condensed, beginning to get a warmer look.

Notwithstanding the secrecy with which this enterprise was projected it
had taken wind, and many of those who had suffered by the depredations
of the tories were found joining the band of pursuers, and many others
who were friendly to them, or who had relations among them, also made
their appearance, but contrived to keep somewhat aloof from the main
body, though not at such a distance as might seem to render them
suspected; their object being to afford whatever assistance they
could, with safety to themselves and without incurring any suspicion of
affinity to the unfortunate tories.

The country was of intricate passage and full of thick woods. At this
distance of time, now that it is cleared and cultivated, our readers
could form no conception of its appearance then. In the fastnesses and
close brakes of those woods lay the hiding-places and retreats of the
tories--“the wood kernes” of Spenser’s day. A tory-hunt at that time,
or at any time, was a pastime of no common, danger. Those ferocious
and determined banditti had little to render life desirable. They
consequently set but a slight value upon it. The result was that the
pursuits after them by foreign soldiers, and other persons but slightly
acquainted with the country, generally ended in disaster and death to
several of the pursuers.

On the morning in question the tory-hunters literally beat the woods
as if they had been in the pursuit of game, but for a considerable time
with little effect. Not the appearance of a single tory was anywhere
visible; but, notwithstanding this, it so happened that some one of
their enemies occasionally dropped, either dead or wounded, by a shot
from the intricacies and covers of the woods, which, upon being
searched and examined, afforded no trace whatsoever of those who did
the mischief. This was harassing and provocative of vengeance to the
military and such wretched police as existed in that day. No search
could discover a single trace of a tory, and many of those in the
pursuit were obliged to withdraw from it--not unreluctantly, indeed, in
order to bear back the dead and wounded to the town of Rathfillan.

As they were entering an open space that lay between two wooded
enclosures, a white hare started across their path, to the utter
consternation of those who were in pursuit. Woodward, now disguised and
in his mask, had been for a considerable time looking behind him, but
this circumstance did not escape his notice, and he felt, to say
the least of it, startled at her second appearance. It reminded him,
however, of the precautions which he had taken; and he looked back from
time to time, as we have said, in expectation of something appertaining
to the pursuit. At length he exclaimed,

“Where are the party with the blood-hounds? Why have they not joined us
and come up with us?

“They have started a wolf,” replied one of them, “and the dogs are after
him; and some of them have gone back upon the trail of the wounded men.”

“Return for them,” said he; “without their assistance we can never
find the trail of these accursed tories; but, above all, of
Shawn-na-Middoque.”

In due time the dogs were brought up, but the trails were so various
that they separated mostly into single hunts, and went at such a rapid
speed that they were lost in the woods.

At length two of them who came up first, gave tongue, and the body of
pursuers concentrated themselves on the newly-discovered trail, keeping
as close to the dogs as they could. Those two had quartered the woods
and returned to the party again when they fell upon the slot of some
unfortunate victim who had recently escaped from the place. The pursuit
now became energetic and full of interest, if we could forget the
melancholy and murderous fact that the game pursued were human victims,
who had nothing more nor less to expect from their pursuers than the
savage wolves which then infested the forests--a price having been laid
upon the heads of each.

After some time the party arrived at the outskirts of the wood, and
an individual was seen bounding along in the direction of the
mountains--the two dogs in full pursuit of him. The noise, the
animation, and the tumult of the pursuit were now astounding, and rang
long and loud over the surface of the excited and awakened neighborhood,
whilst the wild echoes of their inhuman enjoyment were giving back their
terrible responses from the hills and valleys around them. The shouting,
the urging on of the dogs by ferocious cries of encouragement, were
loud, incessant, and full of a spirit which, at this day, it is terrible
to reflect upon. The whole country was alive; and the loud, vociferous
agitation which disturbed it, resembled the influence of one of those
storms which lash the quiet sea into madness. Fresh crowds joined them,
as we have said, and the tumult still became louder and stronger. In the
meantime, _Shawn-na-Middogue’s_ case--it was he--became hopeless--for
it was the speed of the fleetest runner that ever lived to that of
two powerful bloodhounds, animated, as they were, by their ferocious
instincts. Indeed, the interest of the chase was heightened by the
manner and conduct of the dogs, which, when they came upon the trail of
the individual, in question, yelped aloud with an ecstatic delight that
gave fresh courage to the vociferous band of pursuers.

“Who can that man be?” asked one of them; “he seems to have wings to his
feet.”

“By the sacred light of day,” exclaimed another, “it is no other than
the famous _Shawn-na-Middogue_ himself. I know him well; and even if I
did not, who could mistake him by his speed of foot?”

“Is that he?” said the mask; “then fifty pounds in addition to the
government reward to the man who will shoot him down, or secure him,
living or dead: only let him be taken.”

Just then four or five persons, friends of course to the unfortunate
outlaw, came in before the dogs across the trail, in consequence
of which the animals became puzzled, and lost considerable time in
regaining it, whilst Shawn, in the meantime, was fast making his way to
the mountains.

The reward, however, offered by the man in the black mask--for it was
a black one--accelerated the speed of the pursuers, between whom a
competition of terrible energy and action arose as to which of them
should secure the public reward and the premium that were offered for
his blood. Shawn, however, had been evidently exhausted, and sat down
considerably in advance of them, on the mountain side, to take breath,
in order to better the chance of effecting his escape; but whilst
seated, panting after his race, the dogs gained rapidly upon him. Having
put his hand over his eyes, and looked keenly down--for he had the sight
of an eagle--the approach of the dogs did not seem at all to alarm him.

“Ah, thank God, they will have him soon,” said the mask, “and it is a
pity that we cannot give them the reward. Who owns those noble dogs?”

“You will see that very soon, sir,” replied a man beside him; “you will
see it very soon--you may see it now.”

As he uttered the words the dogs sprang upon Shawn, wagged their tails
as if in a state of most ecstatic delight, and began to caress him and
lick his face.

“Finn, my brave Finn!” he exclaimed, patting him affectionately, “and
is this you? and Oonah, my darling Oonah, did the villains think that my
best friends would pursue me for my blood? Come now,” said he, “follow
me, and we will lead them a chase.”

During this brief rest, however, four of the most active of his
pursuers, who knew what is called the lie of the country, succeeded,
by passing through the skirt of the wood in a direction where it, was
impossible to observe them, in coming up behind the spot where he had
sat, and consequently, when he and his dogs, or those which had been
once his, ascended its flat summit, the four men pounced upon him. Four
against one would, in ordinary cases, be fearful odds; but Shawn knew
that he had two stanch and faithful friends to support him. Quick as
lightning his _middogue_ was into one of their hearts, and almost as
quickly were two more of them seized by the throats and dragged down by
the powerful animals that defended him. The fourth man was as rapidly
despatched by a single blow, whilst the dogs were literally tearing out
the throats of their victims. In the course of about ten minutes, what
between Shawn’s middogue and the terrible fangs and strength of those
dreadful animals, the four men lay there four corpses. Shawn’s danger,
however, notwithstanding his success, was only increasing. His pursuers
had now gained upon him, and when he looked around he found himself
hemmed in, or nearly so. Speed of foot was everything; but, what was
worst of all, with reference to his ultimate escape, four other dogs
were making their way up the mountains--dogs to which he was a stranger,
and he knew right well that they would hunt him with all the deadly
instincts of blood. They were, however, far in the distance, and he
felt little apprehension from them. Be this as it may, he bounded off
accompanied by his faithful friends, and not less than twenty shots were
fired after him, none of which touched him. The number of his pursuers,
dogs included, almost made his heart sink; and would have done so, but
that he was probably desperate and reckless of life. He saw himself
almost encompassed; he heard the bullets whistling about him, and
perceived at a glance that the chances of his escape were a thousand to
one against him. With a rapid sweep of his eye he marked the locality.
It also was all against him. There was a shoreless lake, abrupt and deep
to the very edge, except a slip at the opposite side, lying at his feet.
It was oblong, but at each end of it there was nothing like a pass for
at least two or three miles. If he could swim across this he knew
that he was safe, and that he could do so he felt certain, provided
he escaped the bullets and the dogs of the pursuers. At all events he
dashed down and plunged in, accompanied by his faithful attendants. Shot
after shot was sent after him; and so closely did some of them reach
him, that he was obliged to dive and swim under water from time to
time, in order to save himself from their aim. The strange bloodhounds,
however, which had entered the lake, were gaining rapidly on him, and
on looking back he saw them within a dozen yards of him. He was now,
however, beyond the reach of their bullets, unless it might be a
longer shot than ordinary, but the four dogs were upon him, and in the
extremity of despair he shouted out,--“Finn and Oonah, won’t you save
me?” Shame upon the friendship and attachment of man! In a moment two of
the most powerful of the strange dogs were in something that resembled
a death struggle with his brave and gallant defenders. The other two,
however, were upon himself; but by a stab of his middogue he despatched
one of them, and the other he pressed under water until he was drowned.

In the meantime, whilst the four other dogs were fighting furiously in
the water, Shawn, having felt exhausted, was obliged to lie on his back
and float, in order to regain his strength.

A little before this contest commenced, the black mask and a number of
the pursuing party were standing on the edge of the lake looking on,
conscious of the impossibility of their interference.

“Is there no stout man and good swimmer present,” exclaimed the mask,
“who will earn the fifty pounds I have offered for the capture of that
man?”

“Here am I,” said a powerful young fellow, the best swimmer, with the
exception of Shawn-na-Middogue, in the province. “I am like a duck in
the water; but upon my sowl, so is he. If I take him, you will give me
the fifty pounds?”

“Unquestionably; but you know you will have the government reward
besides.”

“Well, then, here goes. I cannot bring my carbine with me; but even
so--we will have a tug for it with my skean.”

He threw off his coat and barrad, and immediately plunged in and swam
with astonishing rapidity towards the spot where Shawn and the dogs--the
latter still engaged in their ferocious contest--were in the lake. Shawn
now had regained considerable strength, and was about to despatch the
enemies of his brave defenders, when, on looking back to the spot on the
margin of the lake where his pursuers stood, he saw the powerful young
swimmer within a few yards of him. It was well for him that he had
regained his strength, and such was his natural courage that he
felt rather gratified at the appearance of only a single individual.
“Shawn-na-Middogue,” said the young fellow, “I come to make you a
prisoner. Will you fight me fairly in the water?”

“I am a hunted outlaw--a tory,” replied Shawn, “and will fight you the
best way I can. If we were on firm earth I would fight you on your
own terms. If there is to be a fight between us, remember that you are
fighting for the government reward, and I for my life.”

“Will you fight me,” said the man, “without using your middogue?”

“I saw you take a skean from between your teeth as I turned round,”
 replied Shawn, “and I know now that you are a villain and a treacherous
ruffian, who would take a cowardly advantage of me if you could.”

The fellow made a plunge at Shawn, who was somewhat taken by surprise.
They met and grappled in the water, and the contest between them was,
probably, one of the fiercest and most original that ever occurred
between man and man. It was distinctly visible to the spectators on
the shore, and the interest which it excited in them can scarcely be
described. A terrible grapple ensued, but as neither of them wished to
die by drowning, or, in fact, to die under such peculiar circumstances
at all, there was a degree of caution in the contest which required
great skill and power on both sides. Notwithstanding this caution,
however, still, when we consider the unsubstantial element on which
the battle between them raged--for rage it did--there were frightful
alternatives of plunging and sinking between them.

Shawn’s opponent was the stronger of the two, but Shawn possessed in
activity what the other possessed in strength. The waters of the lake
were agitated by their struggles and foamed white about them, whilst, at
the same time, the four bloodhounds tearing each other beside them
added to the agitation. Shawn and his opponent clasped each other and
frequently disappeared for a very brief space, but the necessity to
breathe and rise to the air forced them to relax the grasps and seek the
surface of the water; so was it with the dogs. At length, Shawn, feeling
that his middogue had got entangled in his dress, which the water had
closely contracted about it, rendering it difficult, distracted as
he was by the contest, to extricate it, turned round and swam several
strokes from his enemy, who, however, pursued him with the ferocity of
one of the bloodhounds beside them. This ruse was to enable Shawn to
disengage his middogue, which he did. In the meantime this expedient of
Shawn’s afforded his opponent time to bring out his skean,--two weapons
which differed very little except in name. They once more approached one
another, each with the armed hand up,--the left,--and a fiercer and more
terrible contest was renewed. The instability of the element, however,
on which they fought, prevented them from using their weapons with
effect. At all events they played about each other, offering and warding
off the blows, when Shawn exclaimed,--having grasped his opponent with
his right arm,--

“I am tired of this; it must be now sink or swim between us. To die here
is better than to die on the gallows.”

As he spoke both sank, and for about half a minute became invisible. The
spectators from the shore now gave them both over for lost; one of
them only emerged with the fatal middogue in his hand, but his opponent
appeared not, and for the best reason in the world: he was on his way
to the bottom of the lake. Shawn’s exhaustion after such a struggle now
rendered his situation hopeless. He was on the point of going down when
he exclaimed:

“It is all in vain now; I am sinking, and me so near the only slip that
is in the lake. Finn and Oonah, save me; I am drowning.”

The words were scarcely out of his lips when he felt the two faithful,
powerful, and noble animals, one at each side of him--seeing as they
did, his sinking state--seizing him by his dress, and dragging him
forward to the slip we have mentioned. With great difficulty he got
upon land, but, having done so, he sat down; and when his dogs, in
the gambols of their joy at his safety, caressed him, he wept like an
infant--this proscribed outlaw and tory. He was now safe, however, and
his pursuers returned in a spirit of sullen and bitter disappointment,
finding that it was useless to continue the hunt any longer.



CHAPTER XIX. Plans and Negotiations.


We have already said that Woodward was a man of personal courage, and
without fear of anything either living or dead, yet, notwithstanding
all this, he felt a terror of _Shawn-na-Middogue_ which he could not I
overcome. The escape--the extraordinary escape of that celebrated young
tory--depressed and vexed him to the heart. He was conscious, however,
of his own villany and of his conduct to Grace Davoren, whom Shawn had
loved, and, as Shakespeare says, “conscience makes cowards of us all.”
 One thing, however, afforded him some consolation, which was that his
disguise prevented him from from being known as the principal person
engaged in the attempt to hunt down the outlaw. He knew that after the
solemn promise he had given Miss Riddle, any knowledge on her part of
his participation in the pursuit of that generous but unfortunate young
man would have so completely sunk him in her opinion, as an individual
professing to be a man of honor, that she would have treated his
proposals with contempt, and rejected him with disdain. At all events,
his chief object now was to lose no time in prosecuting his suit with
her. For this purpose he urged his mother to pay Lord Cockletown another
visit, in order to make a formal proposal for the hand of his niece in
his name, with a view of bringing the matter to an issue with as
little delay as might be. His brother, who had relapsed, was in a very
precarious condition, but still slightly on the recovery, a circumstance
which filled him with alarm. He only went out at night occasionally, but
still he went out, and, as before, did not return until about twelve,
but much more frequently one, two, and sometimes three o’clock. Nobody
in the house could understand the mystery of these midnight excursions,
and the servants of the family, who were well aware of them, began to
look on him with a certain undefined terror as a man whose unaccountable
movements were associated with something that was evil and supernatural.
They felt occasionally that the power of his eye was dreadful; and as
it began to be whispered about that it was by its evil influence he had
brought Alice Goodwin to the very verge of the grave for the purpose of
getting at the property, which was to revert to him in case she should
die without issue, there was not one of them who, on meeting him, either
in or about the house, would run the risk of looking him in the face. In
fact, they experienced that kind of fear of him which a person might
be supposed to feel in the case of a spirit; and this is not surprising
when we consider the period in which they lived.

Be this as it may, his mother got up the old carriage once more and
set out on her journey to Cockle Hall--her head filled with many an
iniquitous design, and her heart with fraud and deceit. On reaching
Cockle Hall she was ushered to the withdrawing-room, where she found his
lordship in the self-same costume which we have already described. Miss
Eiddle was in her own room, so that she had the coast clear--which was
precisely what she wanted.

“Well, Mrs. Lindsay, I’m glad to see you. How do you do, madam? Is your
son with you?” he added, shaking hands with her.

“No, my lord.”

“O! an embassadress, then?”

“Something in that capacity, my lord.”

“Then I must be on my sharps, for I am told you are a keen one. But tell
me--do you sleep with one eye open, as I do?”

“Indeed, my lord,” she replied, laughing, “I sleep as other people do,
with both eyes shut.”

“Well, then, what’s your proposal?--and, mark me, I’m wide awake.”

“By all accounts, my lord, you have seldom been otherwise. How could you
have played your cards so well and so succassfully if you had not?”

“Come, that’s not bad--just what I expected, and I like to deal with
clever people. Did you put yourself on the whetstone before you came
here? I’ll go bail you did.”

“If I did not I would have little chance in dealing with your lordship,”
 replied Mrs, Lindsay.

“Come, I like that, too;--well said, and nothing but the truth. In fact
it will be diamond cut diamond between us--eh?”

“Precisely, my lord. You will find me as sharp as your lordship, for the
life of you.”

“Come, confound me, I like that best of all--a touch of my own
candor;--we’re kindred spirits, Mrs. Lindsay.”

“I think so, my lord. We should have been man and wife.”

“Egad, if we had I shouldn’t have played second fiddle, as I’m told poor
Lindsay does; however, no matter about that--even a good second is not
so bad. But now about the negotiations--come, give a specimen of your
talents. Let us come to the point.”

“Well, then, I am here, my lord, to propose, in the name of my son
Woodward, for the hand of Miss Riddle, your niece.”

“I see; no regard for the property she is to have, eh?”

“Do you think me a fool, my lord? Do you imagine that any one of common
sense would or should overlook such an element between parties who
propose to marry? Whatever my son may do--who is deeply attached to
Miss Riddle--I am sure I do not, nor will not, overlook it; you may rest
assured of that, my lord.”

Old Cockletown looked keenly at her, and their eyes met; but, after a
long and steady gaze, the eyes of the old peer quailed, and he felt,
when put to an encounter with hers, that to which was attributed such
extraordinary influence. There sparkled in her steady black orb a
venomous exultation, mingled with a spirit of strong and contemptuous
derision, which made the eccentric old nobleman feel rather
uncomfortable. His eye fell, and, considering his age, it was decidedly
a keen one. He fidgeted upon the chair--he coughed, hemmed, then looked
about the room, and at length exclaimed, rather in a soliloquy,--

“Second fiddle! egad, I’m afraid had we been man and wife I should never
have got beyond it. Poor Lindsay! It’s confoundedly odd, though.”

“Well, Mrs. Lindsay--ahem--pray proceed, madam; let us come to the
property. How does your son stand in that respect?”

“He will have twelve hundred a year, my lord.”

“I told you before, Mrs. Lindsay, that I--don’t like the future
tense--the present for me. What has he?”

“It can scarcely be called the future tense, my lord, which you seem to
abhor so much. Nothing stands between him and it but a dying girl.”

“How is that, madam?”

“Why, my lord, his Uncle Hamilton, my brother, had a daughter, an only
child, who died of decline, as her mother before her did. This foolish
child was inveigled into an unaccountable affection for the daughter
of Mr. Goodwin--a deep, designing, artful girl--who contrived to gain a
complete ascendency over both father and daughter. For months before
my niece’s death this cunning girl, prompted by her designing family,
remained at her sick bed, tended her, nursed her, and would scarcely
allow a single individual to approach her except herself. In short,
she gained such an undue and iniquitous influence over both parent and
child, that her diabolical object was accomplished.”

“Diabolical! Well, I can see nothing diabolical in it, for so far.
Affection and sympathy on the one hand, and gratitude on the other--that
seems much more like the thing. But proceed, madam.”

“Why, my poor brother, who became silly and enfeebled in intellect by
the loss of his child, was prevailed on by Miss Goodwin and her family
to adopt her as his daughter, and by a series of the most artful and
selfish manoeuvres they succeeded in getting the poor imbecile and
besotted old man to make a will in her favor; and the consequence was
that he left her twelve hundred a year, both to her and her issue,
should she marry and have any; but in case she should have no issue,
then, after her death, it was to revert to my son Woodward for whom it
was originally intended by my brother. It was a most unprincipled and
shameful transaction on the part of these Goodwins. Providence, however,
would seem to have punished them for their iniquity, for Miss Goodwin is
dying--at least, beyond all hope. The property, of course, will soon
be in my son’s possession, where it ought to have been ever since his
uncle’s death. Am I not right, then, in calculating on that property as
his?”

“Why, the circumstances you speak of are recent; I remember them well
enough. There was a lawsuit about the will?”

“There was, my lord.”

“And the instrument was proved strictly legal and valid?”

“The suit was certainly determined against us.”

“I’ll tell you what, Mrs. Lindsay; I am certain that I myself would have
acted precisely as your brother did. I know the Goodwins, too, and I
know, besides, that they are incapable of reverting to either fraud or
undue influence of any kind. All that you have told me, then, is, with
great respect to you, nothing but mere rigmarole. I am sorry, however,
to hear that the daughter, poor girl, is dying. I hope in God she will
recover.”

“There is no earthly probability--nay, possibility of it--which is a
stronger word--I know, my lord, she will die, and that very soon.”

“You know, madam! How the deuce can you know? It is all in the hands of
God. I hope she will live to enjoy her property.”

“My lord, I visited the girl in her illness, and life was barely in her;
I have, besides, the opinion of the physician who attended her, and
of another who was called in to consult upon her state, and both have
informed me that her recovery is hopeless.”

“And what opinion does your son, Woodward, entertain upon the subject?”

“One, my lord, in complete keeping with his generous character. He is as
anxious for her recovery as your lordship.”

“Well, I like that, at all events; it is a good point in him. Yes,
I like that--but, in the meantime, here are you calculating upon a
contingency that may never happen. The calculation is, I grant, not
overburdened with delicacy of feeling; but still it may proceed from
anxiety for the settlement and welfare of your son. Not an improbable
thing on the part of a mother, I grant that.”

“Well, then, my lord,” asked Mrs. Lindsay, “what is to be done? Come to
the point, as you very properly say yourself.”

“In the first place bring me the written opinions of those two doctors.
They ought to know her state of health best, and whether she is likely
to recover or not. I know I am an old scoundrel in entering into a
matrimonial negotiation upon a principle so inhuman as the poor lady’s
death; but still, if her demise is a certain thing, I don’t see why
men of the world should not avail themselves of I such a circumstance.
Now, I wish to see poor Tom settled before I die; and, above all things,
united to a gentleman. Your son Woodward, Mrs. Lindsay, is a gentleman,
and what is more, I have reason to believe Tommy likes him. She speaks
well of him, and there is a great deal in that; because I know that if
she disliked him she would not conceal the fact. She has, occasionally,
much of her old uncle’s bluntness about her, and will not say one thing
and think another; unless, indeed, when she has a design in it, and then
she is inscrutable.”

“My own opinion is this, my lord: let my son wait upon Miss Riddle--let
him propose for her--and if she consents, why the marriage settlements
may be drawn up--at once and the ceremony performed.”

“Let me see,” he replied. “That won’t do. I will never marry off poor
Tommy upon a speculation which may never after all be realized. No,
no--I’m awake there; but I’ll tell you what--produce me those letters
from the physician or physicians who attended her; then, should Tom give
her consent, the settlements may be drawn up, and they can lie unsigned
until the girl dies--and then let them be married. Curse me, I’m an old
scoundrel again, however, as to that the whole world is nothing but one
great and universal scoundrel, and it is nothing but to see Tom the wife
of a gentleman in feeling, manners, and bearing, that I consent even to
this conditional arrangement.”

“Well,” replied the lady, “be it so; it is as much as either of us can
do under the circumstances.”

Ay, and more than we ought to do. I never was without a conscience; but
of all the poor pitiful scoundrels of a conscience that ever existed, it
was the greatest. But why should I blame it? It loved me too well; for,
after some gentle rebukes when I was about to do a rascally act, it
quietly withdrew all opposition and left me to my own will.”

“Ah, we all know you too well, my lord, to take your own report of your
own character. However, I am glad that matters have proceeded so far.
I shall do what your lordship wishes as to the opinions of the medical
men. The lawyers, with our assistance, will manage the settlements.”

“Yes; but this arrangement must be kept a secret from Tom, because if
she knew of it she would knock up the whole project.”

“She shall not from me, my lord.”

“Nor from me, I promise you that. But now for another topic. I am glad
your son had nothing to do with the dreadful chase of that unfortunate
Shawn-na-Middogue; he pledged his honor to Tom that he would rather
protect than injure him.”

“So, my lord, he would, ever since his conversation with Miss Riddle on
the subject.”

This, indeed, was very honestly said, inasmuch as it was she herself who
had furnished him with the mask and other of the disguises.

“Well, I think so; and I believe him to be a gentleman, certainly.
This unfortunate tory saved Tom’s life and mine the other night;
but, independently of that, Mrs. Lindsay, no son of yours should have
anything to do in his pursuit or capture. You understand me. It is my
intention to try what I can do to get him a pardon from government, and
rescue him from the wild and lawless life he is leading.”

Mrs. Lindsay merely said,--“If my son Woodward could render you
any assistance, I am sure he would feel great pleasure in doing so,
notwithstanding that it was this same Shawn-na-Middogue who, perhaps,
has murdered his brother, for he is by no means out of danger.”

“What--he? Shawn-na-Middogue! Have you any proof of that?”

“Not positive or legal proof, my lord, but! at least a strong moral
certainty. However, it is a subject on which I do not wish to speak.”

“By the way, I am very stupid; but no wonder. When a man approaches
seventy he can’t be expected to remember everything. You will excuse me
for not inquiring after your son’s health; how is he?”

“Indeed, my lord, we know not what to say; neither does the doctor who
attends him--the same, by the way, who attended Miss Goodwin. At present
he can say neither yes or no to his recovery.”

“No, nor will not as long as he can; I know those gentry well. Curse
the thing on earth frightens one of them so much as any appearance of
convalescence in a patient. I had during my life about half a dozen fits
of illness, and whenever they found that I was on the recovery, they
always contrived to throw me back with their damned nostrums, for a
month or six weeks together, that they might squeeze all they could out
of me. O, devilish rogues! devilish rogues!”

Mrs. Lindsay now asked to see his niece, and the peer said he would send
her down, after which he shook hands with her, and once more cautioned
her against alluding to the arrangement into which they had entered
touching the matrimonial affairs already discussed. It is not our
intention to give the conversation between the two ladies, which was,
indeed, not one of long duration. Mrs. Lindsay simply stated that she
had been deputed by her son, Woodward, to have the honor of making a
proposal in his name to her uncle, in which proposal she, Miss Riddle,
was deeply concerned, but that her son himself would soon have the
greater honor of pleading his own cause with the fair object of his most
enthusiastic affection. To this Miss Riddle said neither yes nor no;
and, after a further chat upon indifferent topics, the matron took her
departure, much satisfied, however, with the apparent suavity of the
worthy peer’s fair niece.

It matters not how hard and iniquitous the hearts of mothers may be,
it is a difficult thing to extinguish in them the sacred principle of
maternal affection. Mrs. Lindsay, during her son Charles’s illness, and
whilst laboring under the apprehension that she was about to lose him,
went to his sick room after her return from Lord Coccletown’s, and,
finding he was but slightly improving,--if improving at all,--she felt
herself much moved, and asked him how he felt.

“Indeed, my dear mother,” he replied, “I can scarcely say; I hardly know
whether I am better or worse.”

Harry was in the room at the time, having gone up to ascertain his
condition.

“O, come, Charles,” said she, “you were always an affectionate son, and
you must strive and recover. If it may give you strength and hope, I now
tell you that the property which I intended to leave to Harry here, I
shall leave to you. Harry will not require it; he will be well off--much
better than you imagine. He will have back that twelve hundred a year
when that puny girl dies. She is, probably, dead by this time, and he
will, besides, become a wealthy man by marriage.”

“But I think, my dear mother, that Harry has the best claim to it; he is
your firstborn, and your eldest son.”

“He will not require it,” replied his mother; “he is about to be married
to Miss Riddle, the niece of Lord Cockle town.”

“Are you quite sure of that, mother?” asked Harry, with a brow as black
as midnight.

“There is an arrangement made,” she replied; “the marriage settlements
are to be drawn up, but left unsigned until the death of Alice Goodwin.”

Charles here gave a groan of agony, which, for the life of him, he could
not suppress.

“She will not die, I hope,” said he; “and, mother, as for the property,
leave it to Harry. I don’t think you ought to change your contemplated
arrangements on my account, even should I recover.”

“Yes, Charles, but I will--only contrive and live; you are my son, and
as sure as I have life you will be heir to my property.”

“But Maria, mother,” replied the generous young man; “Maria--” and he
looked imploringly and affectionately into her face.

“Maria will have an ample portion; I have taken care of that. I will
not leave my property to those who are strangers to my blood, as a
son-in-law must be. No, Charles, you shall have my property. As for
Harry, as I said before, he won’t stand in need of it.”

“Of course you saw Miss Riddle to-day, mother?” asked. Harry.

“I did.”

“Of course, too, you mentioned the matter to her?”

“To be sure I did.”

“And what did she say?”

“Why, I think she acted just as every delicate-minded girl ought. I
told her you would have the honor of proposing to herself in person. She
heard me, and did not utter a syllable either for or against you. What
else should any lady do? You would not have her jump at you, would you?
Nothing, however, could be kinder or more gracious than the reception
she gave me.”

“Certainly not, mother; to give her consent before she was solicited
would not be exactly the thing; but the uncle is willing?”

“Upon the conditions I said; but his niece is to know nothing of these
conditions: so be cautious when you see her.”

“I don’t know how it is,” replied Harry; “I have been thinking our last
interview over; but it strikes me there is, notwithstanding her courtesy
of manner, a hard, dry air about her which it is difficult to penetrate.
It seems to me as if it were no easy task to ascertain whether she is in
jest or earnest. Her eye is too calm and reflecting for my taste.”

“But,” replied his mother, “those, surely, are two good qualities in any
woman, especially in her whom you expect to become your wife.”

“Perhaps so,” said he;’”but she is not my wife yet, my dear mother.”

“I wish she was, Harry,” observed his brother, “for by all accounts she
is an excellent girl, and remarkable for her charity and humanity to the
poor.”

His mother and Harry then left the room, and both went to her own
apartment, where the following conversation took place between them:

“Harry,” said she, “I hope you are not angry at the determination I
expressed to leave my property to Charles should he recover?”

“Why should I, my dear mother?” he replied; “your property is your own,
and of course you may leave it to whomsoever you wish. At all events, it
will remain in your own family, and won’t go to strangers, like that of
my scoundrel old uncle.”

“Don’t speak so, Harry, of my brother; silly, besotted, and overreached
he was when he acted as he did; but he never was a scoundrel, Harry.”

“Well, well, let that pass,” replied her son; “but the question now is,
What am I to do? What step should I first take?”

“I don’t understand you.”

“Why, I mean whether should I start directly for Ballyspellan and put
this puling girl out of pain, or go in a day or two and put the
question at once to Miss Riddle, against whom, somehow, I feel a strong
antipathy.”

“Ah, Harry, that’s your grandfather all over; but, indeed, our family
were full of strong antipathies and bitter resentments. Why do you feel
an antipathy against the girl?”

“Who can account for antipathies, mother? I cannot account for this.”

“And perhaps on her part the poor girl is attached to you.”

“Well, but you have not answered my question. How am I to act? Which
step should I take first--the quietus, of ‘curds-and-whey,’ or the
courtship? The sooner matters come to a conclusion the better. I wish,
if possible, to know what is before me: I cannot bear uncertainty in
this or anything else.”

“I scarcely know how to advise you,” she replied; “both steps are of
the deepest importance, but certainly which to take first is a necessary
consideration. I am of opinion that our best plan is simply to take a
day or two to think it over, after which we will compare notes and come
to a conclusion.” And so it was determined.

We need scarcely assure our readers that honest and affectionate
Barney Casey felt a deep interest in the recovery of the generous and
kind-hearted Charles Lindsay, nor that he allowed a single day to pass
without going, at least two or three times, to ascertain whether there
was any appearance of his convalescence. On the day following that on
which Mrs. Lindsay had declared the future disposition of her property
he went to see Charles as usual, when the latter, after having stated to
him that he felt much better, and the fever abating, he said,--

“Casey, I have rather strange news for you.”

“Be it good, bad, or indifferent, sir,” replied Barney, “you could
tell me no news that would plaise me half so much as that there is a
certainty of your gettin’ well again.”

“Well, I think there is, Barney. I feel much better to-day than I have
done for a long while--but the news, are you not anxious to hear it?”

“Why, I hope I’ll hear it soon, Masther Charles, especially if it’s
good; but if it’s not good I’m jack-indifferent about it.”

“It is good, Barney, to me at least, but not so to my brother Woodward.”

Barney’s ears, if possible, opened and expanded themselves on hearing
this. To him it was a double gratification: first, because it was
favorable to the invalid, to whom he was so sincerely attached; and
secondly, because it was not so to Woodward, whom he detested.

“My mother yesterday told me that she has made up her mind to leave me
all her property if I recover, instead of to Harry, for whom she had
originally intended it.”

Barney, on hearing this intelligence, was commencing to dance an Irish
jig to his own music, and would have done so were it not that the
delicate state of the patient prevented him.

“Blood alive, Masther Charles!” he exclaimed, snapping his fingers in a
kind of wild triumph, “what are you lying there for? Bounce to your feet
like a two-year ould. O, holy Moses, and Melchisedek the divine, ay, and
Solomon, the son of St. Pettier, in all his glory, but that is news!”

“She told my brother Woodward, face to face, that such was her fixed
determination.”

“Good again; and what did he say?”

“Nothing particular, but that he was glad it was to stay in the family,
and not go to strangers, like our uncle’s--alluding, of course, to his
will in favor of dear Alice Goodwin.”

“Ay, but how did he look?” asked Barney.

“I didn’t observe, I was rather in pain at the time; but, from a passing
glimpse I got, I thought his countenance darkened a little; but I may be
mistaken.”

“Well, I hope so,” said Barney. “I hope so--but--well, I am glad to find
you are betther, Masther Charles, and to hear the good piece of
fortune you have mentioned. I trust in God your mother will keep her
word--that’s all.”

“As for myself,” said Charles, “I am indifferent about the property; all
that presses upon my heart is my anxiety for Miss Goodwin’s recovery.”

“Don’t be alarmed on that account,” said Casey! “they say the waters
of Ballyspellan would bring the dead to life. Now, good-by, Masther
Charles; don’t be cast down--keep up your spirits, for something tells
me that’s there’s luck before you, and good luck, too.”

After leaving him Barney began to ruminate. He had remarked an
extraordinary change in the countenance and deportment of Harry
Woodward during the evening before and the earlier part of that day. The
plausible serenity of his manner was replaced by unusual gloom, and that
abstraction which is produced by deep and absorbing thought. He seemed
so completely wrapped up in constant meditation upon some particular
subject, that he absolutely forgot to guard himself against observation
or remark, by his usual artifice of manner. He walked alone in the
garden, a thing he was not accustomed to do; and during these walks he
would stop and pause, then go on slowly and musingly, and stop and pause
again. Barney, as we have said before, was a keen observer, and
having watched him from a remote corner of the garden in which he
was temporarily engaged among some flowers, he came at once to the
conclusion that Woodward’s mind was burdened with something which
heavily depressed his spirits, and occupied his whole attention.

“Ah,” exclaimed Barney, “the villain is brewing mischief for some one,
but I will watch his motions if I should pass sleepless nights for it.
He requires a sharp eye after him, and it will go hard with me or I
shall know what his midnight wanderings mean; but in the meantime I must
keep calm and quiet, and not seem to watch him.”

Whilst Barney, who was unseen by Woodward, having been separated from
him by a fruit hedge over which he occasionally peeped, indulged in this
soliloquy, the latter, in the same deep and moody meditation, extended
his walk, his brows contracted, and dark as midnight.

“The damned hag,” said he, speaking unconsciously aloud, “is this the
affection which she professed to bear me? Is this the proof she gives of
the preference which she often expressed for her favorite son? To leave
her property to that miserable milksop, my half-brother! What devil
could have tempted her to this? Not Lindsay, certainly, for I know he
would scorn to exercise any control over her in the disposition of her
property, and as for Maria, I know she would not. It must then have been
the milksop himself in some puling fit of pain or illness; and ably must
the beggarly knave have managed it when he succeeded in changing the
stern and flinty heart of such a she-devil. Yes, unquestionably that
must be the true meaning of it; but, be it so for the present; the
future is a different question. My plans are laid, and I will put them
into operation according as circumstances may guide me.”

Whatever those plans were, he seemed to have completed them in his own
mind. The darkness departed from his brow; his face assumed its usual
expression; and, having satisfied himself by the contemplation of his
future course of action, he walked at his usual pace out of the garden.

“Egad,” thought Barney, “I’m half a prophet, but I can say no more than
I’ve said. There’s mischief in the wind; but whether against Masther
Charles or his mother, is a puzzle to me. What a dutiful son, too! A
she-devil! Well, upon my sowl, if he weren’t her son I could forgive him
for that, because it hits her off to a hair--but from the lips of a son!
O, the blasted scoundrel! Well, no matther, there’s a sharp pair of eyes
upon him; and that’s all I can say at present.”

When the medical attendant called that day to see his patient he found,
on examining Charles, and feeling his pulse, that he was decidedly and
rapidly on the recovery. On his way down stairs he was met by Woodward,
who said,

“Well, doctor, is there any chance of my dear brother’s recovery?”

“It is beyond a chance now, Mr. Wood-ward; he is out of danger; and
although his convalescence will be slow, it will be sure.”

“Thank God,” said the cold-blooded hypocrite; “I have never heard
intelligence more gratifying. My mother is in the withdrawing-room, and
desired me to say that she wishes to speak with you. Of course it is
about my brother; and I am glad that you can make so favorable a report
of him.”

On going down he found Mrs. Lindsay alone, and having taken a seat and
made his daily report, she addressed him as follows:

“Doctor, you have taken a great weight off my mind by your account of my
son’s certain recovery.”

“I can say with confidence, as I have already said to his anxious
brother, madam, that it is certain, although it will be slow. He is out
of danger at last. The wound is beginning to cicatrize, and generates
laudable pus. His fever, too, is gone; but he is very weak still,--quite
emaciated,--and it will require time to place him once more on his legs.
Still, the great fact is, that his recovery is certain. Nothing unless
agitation of mind can retard it; and I do not see anything which can
occasion that.”

“Nothing, indeed, doctor; but, doctor, I wish to speak to you on another
subject. You have been attending Miss Goodwin during her very strange
and severe illness. You have visited her, too, at Ballyspellan.”

“I have, madam. She went there by my directions.”

“How long is it since you have seen her?”

“I saw her three days ago.”

“And how was she?”

“I am afraid beyond hope, madam. She is certainly not better, and I can
scarcely say she is worse, because worse she cannot be. The complaint
is on her mind; and in that case we all know how difficult it is for a
physician to minister to a mind diseased.”

“You think, then, she is past recovery?”

“Indeed, madam, I am certain of it, and I deeply regret it, not only for
her own sake, but for that of her heart-broken parents.”

“My dear doctor--O, by the way, here is your fee; do not be surprised at
its amount, for, although your fees have been regularly paid--”

“And liberally, madam.”

“Well, in consequence of the favorable and gratifying report which
you have this day made, you must pardon an affectionate mother for the
compensation which she now offers you. It is far beneath the value of
your skill, your anxiety for my son’s recovery, and the punctuality of
your attendance.”

“What! fifty pounds, madam! I cannot accept it,” said he, exhibiting it
in his hand as he spoke.

“O, but you must, my dear doctor; nor shall the liberality of the mother
rest here. Come, doctor, no remonstrance; put it in your pocket, and
now hear me. You say Miss Goodwin is past all hope. Would you have any
objection to write me a short note stating that fact?”

“How could I, madam?” replied the good-natured, easy man, who, of
course, could never dream of her design in asking him the question.
Still, it seemed singular and unusual, and quite out of the range of
his experience. This consideration startled him into reflection, and
something like a curiosity to ascertain why she, who, he felt aware, was
of late at bitter feud with Miss Goodwin and her family--the cause of
which was well known throughout the country--should wish to obtain such
a document from him.

“Pardon me, madam; pray, may I inquire for what purpose you ask me to
furnish such a document?”

“Why, the truth is, doctor, that there are secrets in all families, and,
although this is not, strictly speaking, a secret, yet it is a thing
that I should not wish to be mentioned out of doors.”

“Madam, you cannot for a moment do me such injustice as to imagine
that I am capable of violating professional confidence. I consider
the confidence you now repose in me, in the capacity of your family
physician, as coming under that head.”

“You will have no objection, then, to write the note I ask of you?”

“Certainly not, madam.”

“But there is Dr. Lendrum, who joined you in consultation in my son’s
case, as well I believe, as in Miss Goodwin’s. Do you think you could
get him to write a note to me in accordance with yours? Speak to him,
and tell him that I don’t think he has been sufficiently remunerated for
his trouble in the consultations you have had with him here.”

“I shall do so, madam, and I think he will do himself the pleasure of
seeing you in the course of to-morrow.”

Both doctors could, with a very good conscience, furnish Mrs. Lindsay
with the opinions which she required. She saw the other medical
gentleman on the following day, and, after handing him a handsome
douceur, he felt no hesitation in corroborating the opinion of his
brother physician.

Having procured the documents in question, she transmitted them,
enclosed in a letter, to Lord Cockletown, stating that her son Woodward,
who had been seized by a pleuritic attack, would not be able, she
feared, to pay his intended visit to Miss Biddle so soon as he had
expected; but, in the meantime, she had the honor of enclosing him the
documents she alluded to on the occasion of her last visit. And this
she did with the hope of satisfying his lordship on the subject they
had been discussing, and with a further hope that he might become an
advocate for her son, at least until he should be able to plead his own
cause with the lady herself, which nothing but indisposition prevented
him from doing. The doctor, she added, had advised him to try the waters
of the Spa of Ballyspellan for a short time, as he had little doubt that
they would restore him to perfect health. She sent her love to dear Miss
Riddle, and hoped ere long to have the pleasure of clasping her to her
heart as a daughter.



CHAPTER XX. Woodward’s Visit to Ballyspellan.


After a consultation with his mother our worthy hero prepared for his
journey to this once celebrated Spa, which possessed even then a certain
local celebrity, that subsequently widened to an ampler range. The
little village was filled with invalids of all classes; and even the
farmers’ houses in the vicinity were occupied with individuals in quest
of health. The family of the Goodwins, however, were still in deep
affliction, although Alice, for the last few days, was progressing
favorably. Still, such was her weakness, that she was unable to walk
unless supported by two persons, usually her maid and her mother or her
father. The terrible influence of the Evil Eye had made too deep and
deadly an impression ever, she feared, to be effaced; for, although
removed from Woodward’s blighting gaze, that eye was perpetually upon
her, through the medium of her strong but diseased imagination. And who
is there who does not know how strongly the force of imagination acts?
On this subject she had now become a perfect hypochondriac. She could
not shake it off, it haunted her night and day; and even the influence
of society could scarcely banish the dread image of that mysterious and
fearful look for a moment.

The society at Ballyspellan was, as the society in such places usually
is, very much mixed and heterogeneous. Many gentry were there--gentlemen
attempting to repair constitutions broken down by dissipation and
profligacy; and ladies afflicted with a disease peculiar, in those days,
to both sexes, called the spleen--a malady which, under that name,
has long since disappeared, and is now known by the title of nervous
affection. There was a large public room, in imitation of the more
celebrated English watering-places, where the more respectable portion
of the company met and became acquainted, and where, also, balls and
dinners were occasionally held. Not a wreck of this edifice is now
standing, although, down to the days of Swift and Delany, it possessed
considerable celebrity, as is evident from the ingenious verses written
by his friend to the Dean upon this subject.

The principal individuals assembled at it on this occasion were Squire
Manifold, whose complaint, as was evident by his three chins, consisted
in a rapid tendency to obesity, which his physician had told him might
be checked, if he could prevail on himself to eat and drink with a less
gluttonous appetite, and take more exercise. He had already had a fit
of apoplexy, and it was the apprehension of another, with which he was
threatened, that brought him to the Spa. The next was Parson Topertoe,
whose great enemy was the gout, brought on, of course, by an ascetic and
apostolic life. The third was Captain Culverin, whose constitution had
suffered severely in the wars, but which he attempted to reinvigorate
by a course of hard drinking, in which he found, to his cost, that the
remedy was worse than the disease. There were also a great variety of
others, among whom were several widows whose healthy complexions were
anything but a justification for their presence there, especially in the
character of invalids. Mr. Goodwin, his wife, and daughter, we need not
enumerate. They lodged in the house of a respectable farmer, who lived
convenient to the village, where they found themselves exceedingly snug
and comfortable. In the next house to them lodged a Father Mulrenin, a
friar, who, although he attended the room and drank the waters, was an
admirable specimen of comic humor and robust health. There was also
a Miss Rosebud, accompanied by her mother, a blooming widow, who had
married old Rosebud, a wealthy bachelor, when he was near sixty. The
mother’s complaint was also the spleen, or vapors; indeed, to tell the
truth, she was moved by an unconquerable and heroic determination to
replace poor old Rosebud by a second husband. The last whom we shall
enumerate, although not the least, was a very remarkable character of
that day, being no other than Cooke, the Pythagorean, from the county of
Waterford. He held, of course, the doctrines of Pythagoras, and believed
in the transmigration of souls. He lived upon a vegetable diet, and
wore no clothing which had been taken or made from the wool or skins of
animals, because he knew that they! must have been killed before these
_exuviae_ could be applied to human use. His dress, consequently, during
the inclemency of winter and the heats of summer, consisted altogether
of linen, and even his shoes were of vegetable fabric. Our readers,
consequently, need not feel surprised at the complaint of the
philosopher, which was a chronic and most excruciating rheumatism that
racked every bone in his Pythagorean body. He was, however, like a
certain distinguished teetotaler and peace preserver of our own city and
our own day, a mild and benevolent man, whose monomania affected nobody
but himself, and him it did affect through every bone of his body. He
was attended by his own servants, especially by his own cook--for he was
a man of wealth and considerable rank in the country--in order that he
could rely upon their fidelity in seeing that nothing contrary to his
principles might be foisted upon him. He had his carriage, in which
he drove out every day, and into which and out of which his servants
assisted him. We need scarcely assure our readers that he was the
lion of the place, or that no individual there excited either so much
interest or curiosity. Of the many others of various, but subordinate
classes we shall not speak. Wealthy farmers, professional men, among
whom, however, we cannot omit Counsellor Puzzlewell, who, by the way,
had one eye upon Miss Rosebud and another upon the comely-widow herself,
together with several minor grades down to the very paupers of society,
were all there.

About this period it was resolved to have a dinner, to be followed by a
ball in the latter part of the evening. This was the project of Squire
Manifold, whose physician attended him like, or very unlike, his shadow,
for he was a small thin man, with sharp eyes and keen features, and so
slight that if put into the scale against the shadow he would scarcely
weigh it up. The squire’s wife, who was a cripple, insisted that he
should accompany her husband, in order to see that he might not gorge
himself into the apoplectic fit with which he was threatened. His first
had a peculiar and melancholy, though, to spectators, a ludicrous effect
upon him. He was now so stupid, and made such blunders in conversation,
that the comic effect of them was irresistible; especially to to those
who were not aware of the cause of it, but looked upon the whole thing
as his natural manner. He had been, ever since his arrival at the
accursed Spa, kept by Doctor Doolittle upon short commons, both as
to food and drink; and what with the effect of the waters, and severe
purgatives administered by the doctor, he felt himself in a state
little short of purgatory itself. The meagre regimen to which he was so
mercilessly subjected gave him the appetite of a shark, Indeed, the bill
of fare prescribed for him was scarcely sufficient to sustain a boy of
twelve years of age. In consequence of this he had got it into his
head that the season was a season of famine, and on this calamitous
dispensation of Providence he kept harping from morning to night. The
idea of the dinner, however, was hailed by them all as a very agreeable
project, for which the squire, who only thought of the opportunity it
would give himself to enjoy a surfeit, was highly complimented. It was
to be in the shape of a modern table d’hote: every gentleman was to pay
for himself and such of his party as accompanied him to it. Even
the Pythagorean relished the proposal, for although peculiar in his
opinions, he was sufficiently liberal, and too much of a gentleman,
to quarrel with those who differed from him. Mr. Goodwin, too, was
a consenting party, and mentioned the subject to Alice in a cheerful
spirit, and with a hope that she might be able to rally and attend it.
She promised to do so if she could; but said it chiefly depended on
the state of health in which she might find herself. Indeed, if ever
a beautiful and interesting girl was to be pitied, she, most
unquestionably, was an object of the deepest compassion.

It was not merely what she had to suffer from the Evil Eye of the demon
Woodward, but from the fact which had reached her ears of what she
considered the profligate conduct of his brother Charles, once her
betrothed lover. This latter reflection, associated with the probability
of his death, when joined to the terrible malady which Woodward had
inflicted on her, may enable our readers to perceive what the poor girl
had to suffer. Still she told her father that she would be present if
her health permitted her, “especially,” she added, “as there was no
possibility of Woodward being among the guests.”

“Why, my dear child,” said her father, “what could put such an absurd
apprehension into your head?”

“Because, papa, I don’t think he will ever let me out of his power until
he kills me. I don’t think he will come here; but I dread to return
home, because I fear that if I do he will obtrude himself on me; and I
feel that another gaze of his eye would occasion my death.”

“I would call him out,” replied the father, “and shoot him like a dog,
to which honest and faithful animal it is a sin to compare the villain.”

“And then I might be left fatherless!” she exclaimed. “O, papa, promise
me that you never will have recourse to that dreadful alternative.”

“But my darling, I only said so upon the supposition of your death by
him.”

“But mamma!”

“Come, come, Alice, get up your spirits, and be able to attend this
dinner. It will cheer you and do you good. We have been discussing
soap bubbles. Give up thinking of the scoundrel, and you will soon
feel yourself well enough. In about another month we will start for
Killarney, and see the lakes and the magnificent scenery by which they
are surrounded.”

“Well, dear papa, I shall go to this dinner if I am at all able; but
indeed I do not expect to be able.”

In the meantime every preparation was made for the forthcoming banquet.
It was to be on a large scale, and many of the neighboring gentry
and their families were asked to it, The knowledge that Cooke, the
Pythagorean, was at the Well had taken wind, and a strong curiosity
had gone abroad to see him. This eccentric gentleman’s appearance was
exceedingly original, if not startling. He was, at least, six feet
two, but so thin, fleshless, and attenuated, that he resembled a living
skeleton. This was the more strange, inasmuch as in his earlier days he
had been robust and stout, approaching even to corpulency. His dress was
as remarkable as his person, if not more so. It consisted of bleached
linen, and was exceedingly white; and so particular was he in point of
cleanliness, that he put on a fresh dress every day. He wore a pair of
long pantaloons that, unfortunately for his symmetry, adhered to his
legs and thighs as closely as the skin; and as the aforesaid legs
and thighs were skeletonic, nothing could be more ludicrous than his
appearance in them. His vest was equally close; and as the hanging cloak
which he wore over it did not reach far enough down his back, it was
impossible to view him behind without convulsive laughter. His shoes
were made of some description of foreign bark, which had by some
chemical process been tanned into toughness, and on his head he wore
a turban of linen, made of the same material which furnished his
other garments. Altogether, a more ludicrous figure could not be seen,
especially if a person happened to stand behind him when he bowed.
Notwithstanding all this, however, he possessed the manners and bearing
of a gentleman; the only thing remarkable about him, beyond what we have
described, being a peculiar wildness of the eyes, accompanied, however,
by an unquestionable expression of great benignity.

We leave the company at the Well preparing for the forthcoming
dinner and return to Rathfillan House, where Harry Woodward is making
arrangements for his journey to Ballyspellan, which now we believe goes
by the name of Johnstown. Under every circumstance of his life he was a
plotter and a planner, and had at all times some private speculation in
view. On the present occasion, in addition to his murderous design
upon Miss Goodwin, he resolved to become a wife-hunter, for, being well
acquainted, as he was, with the tone and temper of English society at
its most celebrated watering places, and. the matrimonial projects and
intrigues which abound at them, he took it for granted that he might
stand a chance of making a successful hit with a view to matrimony. One
thing struck him, however, which was, that he had no horse, and could
not go there mounted, as a gentleman ought. It is true his step-father
had several horses, but not one of them beyond the character of a
common hack. He resolved, therefore, to purchase a becoming nag for his
journey, and with this object he called upon a neighboring farmer, named
Murray, who possessed a very beautiful animal, rising four, and which he
learned was to be disposed of.

“Mr. Murray,” said he, “I understand you have a young horse for sale.”

“I have, sir,” replied Murray; “and a better piece of flesh is not in
the country he stands in.”

“Could I see him?”

“Certainly, sir, and try him, too. He is not flesh and bone at all,
sir--devil a thing he is but quicksilver. Here, Paudeen, saddle Brien
Boro for this gentleman. You won’t require wings, Mr. Woodward; Brien
Boro will show you how to fly without them.”

“Well,” replied Woodward, “trial’s all; but at any rate, I’m willing to
prefer good flesh and bone to quicksilver.”

In a few minutes the horse was brought out, saddled and bridled, and
Woodward, who certainly was an excellent horseman, mounted him and tried
his paces.

“Well, sir,” said Murray, “how do you like him?”

“I like him well,” said Woodward. “His temper is good, I know, by his
docility to the bit.”

“Yes, but you haven’t tried him at a ditch; follow me and I’ll show you
as pretty a one as ever a horse crossed, and you may take my word it
isn’t every horse could cross it. You have a good firm seat, sir; and I
know you will both do it in sportsman-like style.”

Having reached the ditch, which certainly was a rasper, Woodward reined
round the animal, who crossed it like a swallow.

“Now,” said Murray, “unless you wish to ride half a mile in order to get
back, you must cross it again.”

This was accordingly done in admirable style, both by man and horse;
and Woodward, having ridden him back to the farmyard, dismounted, highly
satisfied with the animal’s action and powers.

“Now, Mr. Murray,” said he, “what’s his price?”

“Fifty guineas, sir; neither more nor less.”

“Say thirty and we’ll deal.”

“I don’t want money, sir,” replied the sturdy farmer, “and I won’t part
with the horse under his value. I will get what I ask for him.”

“Say thirty-five.”

“Not a cross under the round half hundred; and I’m glad it is not your
mother that is buying him.”

“Why so?” asked Woodward; and his eye darkly sparkled with its malignant
influence.

“Why, sir, because if I didn’t sell him to her at her own terms, he
would be worth very little in a few days afterwards.”

The observation was certainly an offensive one, especially when made to
her son.

“Will you take forty for him?” asked Woodward, coolly.

“Not a penny, sir, under what I said. You are clearly a good judge of a
horse, Mr. Woodward, and I wonder that a gentleman like you would offer
me less than I ask, because you cannot but know that it is under his
value.”

“I will give no more,” replied Woodward; “so there is an end to it. Let
me see the horse’s eyes.”

He placed himself before the animal, and looked steadily into his eyes
for about five minutes, after which he said,--

“I think, Mr. Murray, you would have acted more prudently had you taken
my offer. I bade you full value for the horse.”

To Murray’s astonishment the animal began to tremble excessively; the
perspiration was seen to flow from him in torrents; he appeared feeble
and collapsed; and seemed scarcely able to stand on his limbs, which
were shaking as if with terror under him.

“Why, Mr. Murray,” said Woodward, “I am very glad I did not buy him;
the beast is ill, and will be for the dogs of the neighborhood in three
days’ time.”

“Until the last five minutes, sir, there wasn’t a sounder horse in
Europe.”

“Look at him now, then,” said Woodward; “do you call that a sound horse?
Take him into the stable; before the expiration of three days you will
be flaying him.”

His words were prophetic. In three days’ time the fine and healthy
animal was a carcass.

“Ah!” said the farmer, when he saw the horse lying dead before him,
“this fellow is his mother’s son. From the time he looked into the
horse’s eyes the poor beast sank so rapidly that he didn’t pass the
third day alive. And there are fifty guineas out of my pocket. The curse
of God on him wherever he goes!”

Woodward provided himself, however, with another horse, and in due time
set out for the Spa at Ballyspellan.

The dinner was now fixed for a certain day, and Squire Manifold
felt himself in high spirits as often as he could recollect the
circumstance--which, indeed, was but rarely, the worthy epicure’s memory
having nearly abandoned him. Topertoe, of the gout, and he were
old acquaintances and companions, and had spent many a merry night
together--both, as the proverb has it, being tarred with the same stick.
Topertoe was as great a glutton as the other, but without his desperate
voracity in food, whilst in drink he equalled if he did not surpass him.
Manifold would have forgotten every thing about the dinner had he not
from time to time been reminded of it by his companion.

“Manifold, we will have a great day on Thursday.”

“Great!” exclaimed Manifold, who in addition to his other stupidities,
was as deaf as a post; “great--eh? What size will it be?”

“What size will it be? Why, confound it, man, don’t you know what I’m
saying?”

“No, I don’t--yes, I do--you are talking about something great. O, I
know now--your toe you mean--where the gout lies. They say, it begins at
the great toe, and goes up to the stomach. I suppose Alexander the Great
was gouty and got his name from that.”

“I’m talking of the great dinner we’re I to have on Thursday,” shouted
Topertoe. “We’ll have a splendid feed then, my famous old trencherman,
and I’ll take care that Doctor Doolittle shall not stint you.”

“There won’t be any toast and water--eh?”

“Devil a mouthful; and we are to have the celebrated Cooke, the
Pythagorean.”

“Ay, but is he a good cook?”

“He’s the celebrated Pythagorean, I tell you.”

“Pythagorean--what’s that? I thought you said he was a cook. Does he
understand venison properly? O, good Lord! what a life I’m leading!
Toast and water--toast and water. But it’s all the result of this
famine. And yet they know I’m wealthy. I say, what’s this your name is?”

“Never mind that--an old acquaintance. Hell and torments! what’s this?
O!”

“The weather’s pleasant, Topertoe. I say, Topertoe, what’s this your
name is?”

“O! O!” exclaimed Topertoe, who felt one or two desperate twinges of
his prevailing malady; “curse me, Manifold, but I think I would exchange
with you; your complaint is an easy one compared to mine. You are a mere
block, and will pop off without pain, instead of being racked like a
soul in perdition as I am.”

“Your soul in perdition--well I suppose it will. But don’t groan and
scream so--you I are not there yet; when you are you will have plenty
of time to groan and scream. As for myself, I will be likely to sleep
it out there. I think, by the way, I had the pleasure of knowing you
before; your face is familiar to me. What’s this you call the man that
attends sick people?”

“A doctor. O! O! Hell and torments! what is this? Yes, a doctor. O! O!”

“Ay, a doctor. Confound me, but I think my head’s going around like
a top. Yes, a--a--a--a doctor. Well, the doctor says that I and Parson
Topertoe led a nice life of it--one a glutton and the other a drunkard.
Do you know Topertoe? Because if you don’t I do. He is a damned
scoundrel, and squeezed his tithes out of the people with pincers of
blood.”

“Manifold, your gluttony has brought you to a fine pass. Are you alive
or not?”

“Eh? Curse all dry toast and water! But it’s all the consequence of this
year of famine. Pray, sir, what do you eat?”

“Beef, mutton, venison, fowl, ham, turbot, salmon, black sole, with all
the proper and corresponding sauces and condiments.”

“O Lord! and no toast and water, beef tea, and oatmeal gruel? Heavens!
how I wish this year of famine was past. It will be the death of me.
I say, what’s this your name is? Your face is familiar to me somehow.
Could you aid me in poisoning the--the--what you call him--ay, the
doctor?”

“Nothing more easily done, my dear Manifold. Contrive to let him take
one of his own doses, and he’s done for.”

“Wouldn’t ratsbane do? I often think he’s a rat.”

“In face and eyes he certainly looks very like one.”

“Are you aware, sir, that my wife’s a cripple? She’s paralyzed in her
lower limbs.”

“I am perfectly aware of that melancholy fact.”

“Are you aware that she’s jealous of me?”

“No, not that she’s jealous of you now; but perfectly aware that she had
good cause to be so.”

“Ay, but the devil of it is that the paralysis you speak of never
reached her tongue.”

“I speak of--‘twas yourself spoke of it.”

“She sent me here because it happens to be a year of famine--what is
commonly called a hard season--and she stitched the little blasted
doctor to me that I might die legitimately under medical advice. Isn’t
that very like murder--isn’t it?”

“Ah, my dear friend, thank God that you are not a parson, having a
handsome wife and a handsome curate, with the gout to support you and
keep you comfortable. You would then feel that there are other twinges
worse than those of the gout.”

“Ay, but is there anything wrong about your head?”

“Heaven knows. About a twelvemonth ago I felt as if there were two
sprouts budding out of my forehead, but on putting up my hand I
could feel nothing. It was as smooth as ever. It must have been
hypochondriasis. The curate, though, is a handsome dog, and, like
yourself, it was my wife sent me here.”

“Is your wife a cripple?”

“Faith, anything but that.”

“How is her tongue? No paralysis in that quarter?”

“On the contrary, she is calm and soft-spoken, and perfectly sweet and
angelic in her manner.”

“But was it in consequence of the famine she sent you here? Toast and
water!--toast and water! O Lord!”

This dialogue took place in Manifold’s lodgings, where Topertoe, aided
by a crutch and his servant, was in the habit of visiting him. To
Manifold, indeed, this was a penal settlement, in consequence of the
reasons which we have already stated.

The Pythagorean, as well as Topertoe, was also occasionally forced to
the use of crutches; and it was certainly a strange and remarkable thing
to witness two men, each at the extreme point of social indulgence,
and each departing from reason and common-sense, suffering from the
consequences of their respective errors; Manifold, a most voracious
fellow, knocked on the head by an attack of apoplexy, and Cooke, the
philosopher, suffering the tortures of the damned from a most violent
rheumatism, produced by a monomania which compelled him to decline
the simple enjoyment of reasonable food and dress. Cooke’s monomania,
however, was a rare one. In Blackwood’s Magazine there appeared, several
years ago, an admirable writer, whose name we now forget, under the
title of a modern Pythagorean; but that was merely a _nom de guerre_,
adopted, probably, to excite a stronger interest in the perusal of his
productions. Here, however, was a man in whom the principle existed upon
what he considered rational and philosophic grounds. He had gotten
the philosophical blockhead’s crotchet into his head, and carried the
principle, in a practical point of view, much further than ever the old
fool himself did in his life.



CHAPTER XXI. The Dinner at Ballyspellan

--The Appearance Woodward.--Valentine Greatrakes.


The Thursday appointed for the dinner at length arrived. The little
village was all alive with stir and bustle, inasmuch as for several
months no such important event had taken place. It was, in fact, a
gala day; and the poorer inhabitants crowded about the inn to watch the
guests arriving, and the paupers to solicit their alms. Twelve or one
was then the usual hour for dinner, but in consequence of the large
scale on which it was to take place and the unusual preparations
necessary, it was not until the hour of two that the guests sat down to
table. Some of the principal names we have already mentioned--all the
males, of course, invalids--but, as we have said, there were a good
number of the surrounding gentry, their wives and daughters, so that the
fete was expected to come off with great eclat. Topertoe was dressed, as
was then the custom, in full canonical costume, with, his silk cassock
and bands, for he was a doctor of divinity; and Manifold was habited in
the usual dress of the day--his falling collar exhibiting a neck whose
thickness took away all surprise as to his tendency to apoplexy. The
lengthy figure of the unsubstantial Pythagorean was cased in linen
garments, almost snow-white, through which his anatomy might be read as
distinctly as if his living skeleton was naked before them. Mrs. Rosebud
was blooming and expanded into full flower, whilst Miss Rosebud was just
in that interesting state when the leaves are apparently in the act of
bursting out and bestowing their beauty and fragrance on the gratified
senses of the beholder. Dr. Doolittle, who was a regular wag--indeed
too much so ever to succeed in his profession--entered the room with his
three-cocked hat under his arm, and the usual gold-headed cane in his
hand; and, after saluting the company, looked about after Manifold,
his patient. He saluted the Pythagorean, and complimented him upon his
philosophy, and the healthful habits engendered by a vegetable diet, and
so primitive a linen dress--a dress, he said, which, in addition to its
other advantages, ought to be generally adopted, if only for the sake of
its capacity for showing off the symmetry of the figure. He was himself
a warm admirer of the principle, and begged to have the honor of shaking
hands with the gentleman who had the courage to carry it out against
all the prejudices of a besotted world. He accordingly seized the
philosopher’s hand, which was then in a desperately rheumatic state, as
the little scoundrel well knew, and gave it such a squeeze of respect
and admiration that the Pythagorean emitted a yell which astonished and
alarmed the whole room.

“Death and torture, sir--why did you squeeze my rheumatic hand in such a
manner?”

“Pardon me, Mr. Cooke--respect and admiration for your principles.”

“Well, sir, I will thank you to express what you may feel in plain
language, but not in such damnable squeezes as that.”

“Pardon me, again, sir; I was ignorant that the rheumatism was in your
hand; you know I am not your physician; perhaps if I were you could bear
a friendly shake of it without all that agony. I very much regret the
pain I unconsciously, and from motives of the highest respect, have put
you to.”

“It is gone--do not mention it,” said the benevolent philosopher.
“Perhaps I may try your skill some of these days.”

“I assure you, sir,” said Doolittle, “that I am forcing Mr. Manifold
here to avail himself of your system--a simple vegetable diet.”

“O Lord!” exclaimed Manifold, in a soliloquy--for he was perfectly
unconscious of what was going on--“toast and water, toast and water!
That and a season of famine--what a prospect is before me! Doolittle
is a rat, and I will hire somebody to give him ratsbane. Nothing but a
vegetable diet, and be hanged to him! What’s ratsbane an ounce?”

“You hear, sir,” said Doolittle, addressing the Pythagorean; “you
perceive that I am adopting your system?”

“Mr. Doolittle,” replied Cooke, “from this day forth you are my
physician--I intrust you with the management of my rheumatism; but, in
the meantime, I think the room is devilishly cold.”

Captain Culverin now entered, swathed up, and, as was evident, somewhat
tipsy.

“Eh! confound me, philosopher, your hand,” he exclaimed, putting out his
own to shake hands with him.

“I can’t, sir,” replied Cooke; “I am afflicted with rheumatism. You seem
unwell, captain; but if you gave up spirituous liquors--such as wine and
usquebaugh--you would find yourself the better for it.”

“What does all this mean?” asked Manifold. “At all events Doolittle’s a
rat. A vegetable diet, a year of famine, toast, and water--O Lord!”

Dinner, however, came, and the little waggish doctor could not, for the
life of him, avoid his jokes. Cooke’s dish of vegetables was placed for
him at a particular part of the table; but the doctor, taking Manifold
by the hand, placed him in the philosopher’s seat, whom he afterwards
set before a magnificent sirloin of beef--for, truth to speak, the
little man acted as a kind of master of the ceremonies to the company at
Ballyspellan.

“What’s this?” exclaimed Manifold. “Perdition! here is nothing but a
dish of asparagus before me! What kind of treatment is this? Were we not
to have a great dinner, Topertoe? Alexander the Great!”

“And who placed me before a sirloin of beef?” asked the philosopher;
“I, who follow the principles of the Great Pythagorean. I am nearly sick
already with the fume of it. Good heavens! a sirloin of beef before a
vegetarian.”

Of course Manifold and the philosopher exchanged places, and the dinner
proceeded. Mr. and. Mrs. Goodwin were present, but Alice was unable to
come, although anxious to do so in order to oblige her parents. It is
unnecessary to describe the gastric feats of Manifold and Topertoe. The
voracity of the former was astonishing, nor was that of the latter much
less; and when the dishes were removed and the tables cleared for their
compotations, the faces of both gentlemen appeared as if they were about
to explode. The table was now supplied with every variety of liquor, and
the conversation began to assume that convivial tone peculiar to such
assemblies. The little doctor was placed between Manifold and the
Pythagorean, who, by the way, was exceedingly short-sighted; and on the
other side of him sat Parson Topertoe, who seemed to feel something
like a reprieve from his gout. When the liquor was placed on the table,
after dinner, the Pythagorean got to his feet, filled a large glass of
water, and taking a gulp of it, leaving it about half full, he proceeded
as follows:

“Gentlemen: considering the state of morals in our unfortunate country,
arising as it does from the use of intoxicating liquors and the flesh
of animals, I feel myself called upon to impress upon the consciences
of this respectable auditory the necessity of studying the admirable
principles of the great philosopher whose simplicity of life in food and
drink I humbly endeavor to imitate. Modern society, my friends, is all
wrong, and, of course, is proceeding upon an erroneous and pernicious
system--that of eating the flesh of animals and indulging in the use,
or rather the abuse, of liquors, that heat the blood and intoxicate the
brain into the indulgence of passion and the commission of crime.”

Here the little doctor threw a glass of usquebaugh--now called
whiskey--into the half-emptied cup which stood before Cooke.

“A vegetable diet, gentlemen, is that which was appointed for us by
Providence, and water like this our drink. And, indeed, water like
this is delicious drink. The Spa of Ballyspellan stands unrivalled for
strength and flavor, and its capacity of exhilarating the animal spirits
is extraordinary. You see, gentlemen, how copiously I drink it; servant,
fill my glass again--thank you.”

In the meantime, and before he touched it, the doctor whipped another
glass of whiskey into it--an act which the Pythagorean, who was, as
we have said, unusually tall, and kept his eye upon the company, could
neither suspect nor see.

“It has been ignorantly said that the structure of the human mouth is an
argument against me as to the quality of our food, and that the growth
of grapes is a proof that wine was ordained to be drank by men. It
is perfectly well known that a man may eat a bushel of grapes without
getting drunk; because the pure vegetable possesses no intoxicating
power any more than the water which I am now drinking--and delicious
water it is!”

Here the doctor dug his elbow into the fat ribs of Topertoe, whose face,
in the meantime, seemed in a blaze of indignation.

“I tell you what, philosopher, curse me, but you are an infidel.”

“I have the honor, sir,” he replied, “to be an infidel--as every
philosopher is. The truth of what I am stating to you has been tested
by philosophers, and it has been ascertained, that no quantity of grapes
eaten by an individual could make him drunk.”

The doctor gave the parson another dig, and winked at him to keep quiet.

“Sir,” said the parson, unable, however, to restrain himself, “confound
me if ever I heard such infidel opinions expressed in my life. Damn your
philosophy; it is cursed nonsense, and nothing else.”

“A vegetable diet,” proceeded Cooke, “is a guarantee for health and long
life--O Lord!” he exclaimed, “this accursed rheumatism will be the death
of me.”

“What is he saying?” asked Manifold.

“He is talking philosophy,” replied the doctor, with a comic grin, “and
recommending a vegetable diet and pure water.”

“A devilish scoundrel,” said Manifold. “He’s a rat, too. Doolittle’s a
rat; but I’ll poison him; yes, I’ll dose him with ratsbane, and then I
can eat, drink, and swill away. Is the philosopher’s wife a cripple?”

“He has no wife,” replied Doolittle.

“And what the devil, then, is he a philosopher for? What on earth
challenges philosophy in a husband so much as a wife,--especially if
she’s a cripple and has the use of her tongue?”

“Not being a married man myself,” replied the doctor, “I can give you no
information on the subject; or rather I could if I would; but it would
not be for your comfort:--ask Manifold.”

“Ay; but he says there’s something wrong about his head--sprouts
pressing up, or something that way. Ask Mrs. Rosebud will she hob or nob
with me. Mrs. Rosebud,” he proceeded, addressing the widow, “hob or nob?”

Mrs. Rosebud, knowing that he was nothing more nor less than a gouty
old parson, bowed to him very coldly, but accepted his challenge,
notwithstanding.

“Mrs. Rosebud,” he added, “what kind of a man was old Rosebud?”

“His family name,” replied the widow, “was not Rosebud but Yellowboy;
and, indeed, to speak the truth, my dear old Rosebud had all the marks
and tokens of the original family name upon him, for he was as thin as
the philosopher there, and as yellow as saffron. His mother, however,
the night before he was born, dreamed that she was presented with a
rosebud, and the name, being somewhat poetical, was adopted by himself
and the family as a kind of set-off against the duck-foot color of the
ancestral skin.”

The philosopher, in the meantime, finding himself interrupted, stood,
with a complacent countenance, awaiting a pause in which he might
proceed. At length he got an opportunity of resuming.

“The world,” he added, “knows but little of the great founder of so many
systems and theories connected with human life and philosophy. It was
he who invented the multiplication table, and solved the forty-seventh
proposition of the first book of Euclid. It was he who, from his
profound knowledge of music, first discovered the music of the
spheres--a divine harmony, which, from its unbroken continuity, and
incessant play in the heavenly bodies, we are incapable of hearing.”

“Where the deuce, then, is the use of it?” cried Captain Culverin; “it
must be a very odd kind of music which we cannot hear.”

“The great Samian, sir, could hear it; but only in his heart and
intellect, and after he had discovered the truthful doctrine of the
metempsychosis, or transmigration of souls.”

“The transmigration of soles; why, my dear sir, doesn’t every fishwoman
understand that?” observed the captain. “Was the fellow a fisherman?”

“His great discovery, however, if mankind would only adopt it, was the
healthful one of a vegetable diet, carried out by a fixed determination
not to wear any dress made up from the skins or fleeces of animals that
have been slain by man, but philosophically to confine himself to
plain linen as I do. O Lord! this rheumatism will be the death of me.
Pythagoras was one of the greatest philosophers.”

Here the doctor threw another glass of usquebaugh into the cup which
stood before the Pythagorean, which act, in consequence of his great
height and short sight, he did not perceive, but imagined that he was
drinking the well water.

“Philosopher,” said Captain Culverin, “hob or nob, a glass with you.”

“With pleasure, captain,” said the Pythagorean, “only I wish you would
adopt my principles--a vegetable diet and _aqua pura_.

“Upon my credit,” observed Father Mulrenin, “I think the _aqua pura_ is
the best of it. It is blessed water, this well water, and it ought to be
so, because the parson consecrated it. Hob or nob with me, Mr. Cooke.”

“With pleasure, sir,” replied Mr. Cooke, again; “and I do assure you,
Father Mulrenin, that I think the parson’s consecration has improved the
water.”

“Sorra doubt of it,” replied the friar; “and I am sure the doctor there
will support me in the article of the parson’s consecration.”

“The great Samian,” proceeded Cooke, “the great Samian--”

“My dear philosopher,” said the facetious friar, “never mind your great
Samian, but follow up your principles and drink your water.”

The mischievous doctor had thrown another glass into his cup: “Drink
your water, and set us all a philosophical example of sobriety.”

“That I always do,” said the philosopher, staggering a little; “that
I always do: the water is delicious, and I think my rheumatism has
departed from me. Mr. Manifold, hob or nob!”

“No,” replied Manifold, “confound me if I will. You are the fellow that
eats nothing but vegetables, and drinks nothing but water. Do you think
I will hob or nob with a water-drinking rascal like you? Do you think I
will put my wine against your paltry water?”

“Don’t call it paltry,” replied the Pythagorean; “it is delicious. You
know not how it elevates the spirits and, so to speak, philosophizes the
whole system of man. I am beginning to feel extremely happy.”

“I think so,” replied the friar; “but wasn’t it a fact, as a proof of
your metempsychosis, that the great author of your doctrine was at
the siege of Troy some centuries before he came into the world as the
philosopher Pythagoras?”

“Yes, sir,” replied his follower, “he fought for the Greeks in
the character of Euphorbus, in the Trojan war, was Hermatynus, and
afterwards a fisherman; his next transformation having been into the
body of Pythagoras.”

“What an extraordinary memory he must have had,” said the friar.
“Now, can you yourself remember all the bodies your soul has passed
through?--but before I expect you to answer me,--hob or nob again,--this
is famous water, my dear philosopher.”

“It is famous water, Father Mulrenin; and the parson’s consecration has
given it a power of exhilaration which is astonishing.” The doctor had
thrown another glass of usquebaugh into his cup, of course unobserved.

“Why,” said the friar, “if I’m not much mistaken, you will feel
the benefit of it. It is purely philosophical water, and fit for a
philosopher like you to drink.”

The company now were divided into little knots, and the worthy
philosopher found it necessary to take his seat. He felt himself in a
state of mind which he could not understand; but the delicious flavor of
the water still clung to him, and, owing to his shortness of sight,
and the doctor’s wicked wit,--if wit it could be called,--he continued
drinking spirits and water until he became perfectly--or, in the
ordinary phrase--blind drunk, and was obliged to be carried to bed.

In the meantime, a new individual had arrived; and, having ascertained
from the servants that there was a great dinner on that day, he inquired
if Mr. Goodwin and his family were present at it. He was informed that
Mr. Goodwin and Mrs. Goodwin were there, but that Miss Goodwin was
unable to come. He asked where Mr. Goodwin and Mrs. Goodwin resided,
and, having been informed on this point, he immediately passed to the
farmer’s house where they lodged.

Now, it so happened that there was a neat garden attached to the house,
in which was an arbor of willows where Miss Goodwin was in the habit of
sitting, and amusing herself by the perusal of a book. It contained an
arm-chair, in which she frequently reclined, sometimes after the slight
exertion of walking; it also happened that she occasionally fell
asleep. There were two modes of approach to the farmer’s house--one by
the ordinary pathway, and another much shorter, which led by a gate that
opened into the garden. By this last the guide who pointed out the house
to Woodward directed him to proceed, and he did so. On passing through,
his eye caught the summer house, and he saw at a glance that Alice
Goodwin was there, and asleep. She was, indeed, asleep, but it was
a troubled sleep, for the demon gaze of the terrible eye which she
dreaded, and which had almost blasted her out of life, she imagined was
one more fixed upon her. Woodward approached with a stealthy step, and
saw that, even although asleep, she was deeply agitated, as was evident
by her moanings. He contemplated her features for a brief space.

“Ah,” he said to himself, “I have done my work. Although beautiful, the
stamp of death is upon her. One last gaze and it will all be over. I am
before her in her dream. My eye is upon her in her morbid and diseased
imagination, but what will the consequence be when she awakens and finds
it upon her in reality?”

As those thoughts passed through his mind, she gave a scream, and
exclaimed,--

“O, take him away! take him away! he is killing me!” and as she uttered
the words she awoke.

Now, thought he, to secure my twelve hundred a year; now, for one
glance, with the power of hell in its blighting influence, and all is
over; my twelve hundred is safe to me and mine forever.

On awakening from her terrible dream, the first object that presented
itself to her was the fixed gaze of that terrific eye. It was now
wrought up to such a concentration of malignity as surpassed all that
even her imagination had ever formed of it. Fixed--diabolical in its
aspect, and steady as fate itself--it poured upon the weak and alarmed
girl such a flood of venomous and prostrating influence that her shrieks
were too feeble to reach the house when calling for assistance. She
seemed to have been fascinated to her own destruction. There the eye
was fastened upon her, and she felt herself deprived of the power of
removing her own from his.

“O my God!” she exclaimed, “I am lost--help, help; the murderous eye is
upon me!”

“It is enough,” said Woodward; “good by, Miss Goodwin. I was simply
contemplating your beauty, and I am sorry to see that you are in so weak
a state. Present my compliments to your father and mother; and I think
of me as a man whose affection you have indignantly spurned--a man,
however, I whose eye, whatever his heart may be, is not to be trifled
with.”

He then made her a low bow, and took his departure back through the
garden.

“It is over,” said he; “_finitum est_, the property is mine; she cannot
be saved now; I have taken her life; but no one can say that I have shed
her blood. My precious mother will be delighted to hear this. Now, we
will be free to act with old Cockletown and his niece; and if she does
not turn out a good wife--if she crosses me in my amours---for amours I
will have,--I shall let her, too, feel what my eye can do.”

Alice’s screams, after his departure from the garden, brought out Sarah
Sullivan, who, aided by another servant, assisted her between them to
reach the house, where she was put to bed in such a state of weakness,
alarm, and terror as cannot be described. Her father and mother were
immediately sent for, and, on arriving at her bedside, found her
apparently in a dying state. All she could find voice to utter was,--

“He was here--his eye was upon me in the summer house. I feel I am
dying.”

Doctor Doolittle and Father Mulrenin were both sent for, but she had
fallen into an exhausted slumber, and it was deemed better not to
disturb her until she might gain some strength by sleep. Her parents,
who felt so anxious about her health, and the faint hopes of her
recovery, now made fainter by the incident which had just occurred, did
not return to the assembly, and the consequence was that Woodward and
they did not meet.

When the hour for the dance, however, arrived, the tables for
refreshments were placed in other and smaller rooms, and the larger one
in which they had dined was cleared out for the ball. The simple-hearted
Pythagorean had slept himself sober, without being aware of the cause of
his break-down at the dinner, and he now appeared among them in a gala
dress of snow-white linen. He was no enemy to healthy amusements, for
he could not forget that the great philosopher whom he followed had won
public prizes at the Olympic games. He consequently frisked about in
the dance with an awkwardness and a disregard of the graces of motion,
which, especially in the jigs, convulsed the whole assembly, nor did
any one among them laugh more loudly than he did himself. He especially
addressed himself too, and danced with, Mrs. Rosebud, who, as she was
short, fat, and plump, exhibited as ludicrous a contrast with the almost
naked anatomical structure which frisked before her as the imagination
could conceive.

“Upon my credit,” observed the Mar, “I see that extremes may meet. Look
at the philosopher, how he trebles and capers it before the widow. Faith,
I should not feel surprised if he made Mrs. Pythagoras of her before
long.”

This, however, was not the worst of it, for what or who but the devil
himself should tempt the parson, with his gout strong upon him, to
select Miss Rosebud for a dance, whilst the philosophic rheumatist was
frisking it as well as he could with her mother? The room was in an
uproar. Miss Rosebud, who possessed much wicked humor, having, as the
lady always has, the privilege, called for one of the liveliest tunes
then known. The parson’s attempt to keep time made the uproar still
greater; but at length it ceased, for neither the philosopher nor the
parson could hold out any longer, and each retired in a state of torture
to his seat. The mirth having now subsided, a gentleman entered the
room, admirably dressed, on whom the attention of the whole company
was turned, He was tall, elegantly formed, and at a first glance was
handsome. The expression of his eyes, however, was striking--startling.
It was good--brilliant; it was bad and strange, and, to those who
examined it closely, such as they had never witnessed before. Still he
was evidently a gentleman: there could be no mistake about that. His
manner, his dress, and his whole bearing, made them all feel that he was
entitled to respect and courtesy. Little did they imagine that he was a
murderer, and that he entered the room under the gratifying impression
of his having killed Alice Goodwin. It was Harry Woodward. The evening
was now advanced, but, after his introduction to the company, he joined
in their amusements, and had the pleasure of dancing with both Mrs.
Rosebud and her daughter; and after having concluded his dance with the
latter, some tidings reached the room, which struck the whole company
with a feeling of awe. It was at first whispered about, but it at length
became the general topic of conversation. Alice Goodwin was dying, and
her parents were in a state of distraction. Nobody could tell why, but
it appeared she was at the last gasp, and that there was some mystery in
her malady. Many speculations were broached upon the subject. Woodward
preserved silence for a time, but just as he was about to make some
observations with reference to her illness, a tall, handsome gentleman
entered the room and bowed with much grace to the company.

Father Mulrenin started up, and, shaking hands with him, said,--

“I know now, sir, that you have got my letter.”

“I have got it,” replied the other, “and I am here accordingly.”

As he spoke, his eye glanced around the room, the most distinguished
figure in which, beyond comparison, was that of Woodward, who instantly
recognized him as the gentleman whom he had met on the morning of his
departure from the hospitable roof of Mr. Goodwin, on his return home,
and, we may add, between whom and himself that extraordinary trial of
the power of will, as manifested by the power of the eye, took place so
completely to his own discomfiture. They were both gentlemen, and bowed
to each other very courteously, after which they approached and shook
hands, and whilst the stranger held Woodward’s hand in his during their
short but friendly chat, it was observed that Woodward’s face got as
pale as death, and he almost immediately tottered towards a seat from
weakness.

“Don’t be alarmed,” said the stranger; “you now feel that the principle
of good is always able to overcome the principle of evil.”

“Who or what are you?” asked Woodward, faintly.

“I am a plain country gentleman, sir; and something more, a man of
wealth and distinction; but who, unlike my friend Cooke here, do not
make myself ridiculous by absurd eccentricities, and the adoption of the
nonsensical doctrines of Pythagoras, so utterly at variance with reason
and Christian truth. You know, my dear Cooke, I could have cured you of
your rheumatism had you possessed common-sense; but who could cure any
man who guards his person against the elements by such a ludicrous and
unsubstantial dress as yours?”

“I am in torture,” replied Cooke; “I was tempted to dance with a pretty
woman, and now I am suffering for it.”

“As for me,” exclaimed Topertoe, “I am a match, and more than a match,
for you in suffering. O, this accursed gout!”

“I suppose you brought it on by hard drinking, sir,” said the stranger.
“If that be so, I shall not undertake to cure you unless you give up
hard drinking.”

“I will do anything,” replied Topertoe, “provided you can allay my pain.
I also was tempted to dance as well as the philosopher; and now the
Christian parson and the pagan Pythagorean are both suffering for it.”

“What is all this about?” exclaimed Manifold. “O Lord! is he going to
put them on a vegetable diet, relieved by toast and water--toast and
water?”

The stranger paid but little attention to Manifold, because he saw by
his face and the number of his chins that he was past hope; but turning
towards Topertoe and the Pythagorean, he requested them both to sit
beside each other before him. He then asked Topertoe where his gout
affected him, and having been informed that it was principally in his
great toe and right foot, he deliberately stripped the foot, and having
pressed his hands upon it for about the space of ten minutes, he
desired his patient to rise up and walk. This he did, and to his utter
astonishment, without the slightest symptom or sensation of pain.

“Why, bless my soul!” exclaimed the parson, “I am cured; the pain is
altogether gone. Let me have a bumper of claret.”

“That will do,” observed the stranger. “You are incurable. You will
plunge once more into a life of intemperance and luxury, and once more
your complaint, from which you are now free, will return to you.
You will not deny yourself the gratification of your irrational and
senseless indulgences, and yet you expect to be cured. As for me, I can
only remove the malady of such persons as you for the present, or
time being; but, so long as you return to the exciting cause of it, no
earthly skill or power in man can effect a permanent cure. Now, Cooke, I
will relieve you of your rheumatism; but unless you exchange this flimsy
stuff for apparel suited to your climate and condition, I feel that I am
incapable of rendering you anything but a temporary relief.”

He passed his hands over those parts of his limbs most affected by
his complaint, and in a short time he (the philosopher) found himself
completely free from his pains.

During those two most extraordinary processes Woodward looked on with
a degree of wonder and of interest that might be truly termed intense.
What the operations which took place before him could mean he knew not,
but when the stranger turned round to the friar and said,--“Now bring me
to this unhappy girl,” Woodward seized his hat, feeling a presentiment
that he was going to the relief of Alice Goodwin, and with hasty steps
proceeded to the farm house in which she and her parents lodged. He
was now desperate, and resolved, if courtesy failed, to force one more
annihilating glance upon her before the mysterious stranger should
arrive. We need scarcely inform our readers that he was indignantly
repulsed by the family; but he was furious, and in spite of all
opposition forced his way into her bedroom, to which he was led by her
groans--dying groans they were considered by all around her. He rushed
into her bed-room, and fixed his eye upon her with something like the
fury of hell in it. The poor girl on seeing him a second time fell back
and moaned as if she had expired. The villain stood looking over her in
a spirit of the most malignant triumph.

“It is done now,” said he; “there she lies--a corpse--and I am now
master of my twelve hundred a year.”

He had scarcely uttered the words when he felt a powerful hand grasp him
by the shoulder, and send him with dreadful violence to the other side
of the room. On turning round to see who the person was who had
actually twirled him about like an infant, he found the large, but
benevolent-looking stranger standing at Alice’s bedside, his finger
upon the pulse and his eyes intently fixed upon her apparently lifeless
features. He then turned round to Woodward, and exclaimed in a voice of
thunder,--

“She is not dead, villain, and will not die on this occasion: begone,
and leave the room.”

“Villain!” replied Woodward, putting his hand to his sword: “I allow no
man to call me villain unpunished.”

The stranger contemptuously and indignantly waved his hand to him, as
much as to say--presently, presently, but not now. The truth is, the
loud tones of his voice had caused Alice to open her eyes, and instead
of trading the dreaded being before her, there stood the symbol of
benevolence and moral power, with his mild, but clear and benignant eye
smiling upon her.

“My dear child,” said he, “look upon me and give me your hands. You
shall, with the assistance of that God who has so mysteriously gifted
me, soon be well, and free from the evil and diabolical influence which
I has been for such selfish and accursed purposes exercised over you.”

He then took her beautiful but emaciated hands into his own, which were
also soft and beautiful, and keeping his eyes fixed upon hers, he
then, with that necessary freedom which physicians exercise with their
patients, pressed his hands after a time upon her temples, her head, her
eyes, and her heart, the whole family being present, servants and all.
The effect was miraculous. In the course of twenty minutes the girl was
recovered; her spirits--her health had returned to her. Her eyes smiled
as she turned them with delight upon her father and mother.

“O, papa!” she exclaimed, smiling, “O, dear mamma, what can this mean?
I am; cured, and what is more, I am no longer afraid of that vile,
bad man. May the God of heaven be praised for this! but how will we
thank--how can we thank the benevolent gentleman who has rescued me from
death?”

“More thanks are due,” replied the stranger, smiling, “to Father
Mulrenin here, who acquainted me in a letter, not only with your
melancholy condition, but with the supposed cause of it. However, let
your thanks be first returned to God, whose mysterious instrument I only
am. Now, sir,” said he, turning to Woodward, “you laid your hand upon
your sword. I also wear a sword, not for aggression but defence. You
know we met before. I was not then aware of your personal history, but
I am now. I have just returned from London, where I was at the court of
his Majesty Charles the Second. While in London I met your granduncle,
and from him I learned your history, and a bad one it is. Now, sir, I
beg to inform you that your malignant and diabolical influence over the
person of this young lady has ceased forever. As to the future, she is
free from that influence; but if I ever hear that you attempt to intrude
yourself into her presence, or to annoy her family, I will have you
secured in the jail of Waterford in forty-eight hours afterwards, for
other crimes that render you liable to the law.”

“And pray who are you?” asked Woodward, with a blank and crestfallen
countenance, but still with a strong feeling of enmity and bitterness--a
feeling which he could not repress. “Who are you who presume to dictate
to me upon my conduct and course of life?”

“Who am I?” replied the stranger, assuming an air of incredible dignity.
“Sir, my name is VALENTINE GREATRAKES, a person on whom God has bestowed
powers which, apart from inspiration, have seldom for centuries ever
been vouchsafed to man.”

Woodward got pale again. He had heard of his extraordinary powers of
curing almost every description of malady peculiar to the human frame,
and without another word slunk out of the room. On hearing his name
Mr. and Mrs. Goodwin rushed to him, seized his hands, and with the
enthusiasm of grateful hearts each absolutely wept upon his broad and
ample bosom. He was at this period about forty-six; but seeing Alice’s
face lit up with joy and delight, he stooped down and kissed her as a
father would a daughter who had recovered from the death struggle. “My
dear child,” he said, “you are now saved; but you must remain here for
some time longer, because I do not wish to part with you until I shall
have completely confirmed the sanative influence with which God
has enabled me to reinvigorate you and others. As for your selfish
persecutor, he will trouble you no more. He knows now what the
consequences would be if he attempt it.”



CHAPTER XXII.

History of the Black Spectre.


Woodward returned to the public room, where he was soon followed by
Father Mulrenin and Greatrakes, who were shortly joined by Mr. Goodwin;
Mrs. Goodwin having remained at home with Alice. The dancing went on
with great animation, and when the hour of supper arrived there was a
full and merry table. The friar was in great glee, but from time to time
kept his eye closely fixed upon Woodward, whose countenance and conduct
he watched closely; It might have been about the hour of midnight, if
not later, when, after a short lull in the conversation, Father Mulrenin
addressed Mr. Goodwin as follows:--

“Mr. Goodwin, is there not a family in your neighborhood named Lindsay?”

“There is,” replied Goodwin; “and a very respectable family, too.”

“By the way, there is a very curious tradition, or legend, connected
with the family of Mr. Lindsay’s wife: have you ever heard of it?”

“That such a tradition, or legend, exists, I believe,” he replied, “but
there are many versions of it--although I have never heard any of
them distinctly; something I did hear about what is termed the
_Shan-dhinne-dhuv_, or the Black Spectre.”

“Well, then,” proceeded the friar, “if the company has no objection to
hear an authentic account of this fearful apparition, I will indulge
them with a slight sketch of the narrative:

“When Essex was over here in the Elizabethan wars--and a nice hand he
made of them; not, God knows, that we ought to regret it, but I like a
good general whether he is for us or against us--devil a doubt of that:
well, when Essex was over here conducting them (with reverence be
it spoken) it so happened that he had a scoundrel with him by name
Hamilton--and a thorough scoundrel was he. O Lord! if I had lived in
those days, and wasn’t in Orders to tie my hands up--but no matter; this
same scoundrel was one of the handsomest vagabonds in the English camp.
Well and good; but, indeed, to tell God’s truth, it was neither well nor
good, because, as I said, the man was a first-rate, tiptop scoundrel;
but you will find that he was a devilish sight more so before I have put
a period to my little narration. Mr. Woodward, will you hob or nob? I
think your name is Woodward?”

“With great pleasure, sir,” replied Woodward; “and you are right, my
name is Woodward; but proceed with your narrative, for, I assure you, I
feel very much interested in it, especially in that portion of it which
relates to the Black Spectre. Though not a believer in supernatural
appearances, I feel much gratification in listening to accounts of them.
Pray proceed, sir.”

“Well sir, it so happened that this Hamilton, who had been originally
a Scotch Redshank, became privately acquainted with a beautiful and
wealthy orphan girl, a relation of the O’Neils; and it so happened
again, that whether they made a throw on the dice for it or not, he won
her affections. So far, however, there was nothing very particularly
obnoxious in it, because we know that intermarriages between Catholics
and Protestants may disarm the parties of their religious prejudices
against each other; and although I cannot affirm the truth of what I am
about to say from my own experience, still, I think I have been able to
smell out the fact that little Cupid is of no particular religion, and
can be claimed by no particular church; or rather I should say that he
is claimed by all churches and all creeds. This Hamilton, as I said, was
exceedingly handsome, but it seems from the tradition that it was by the
beauty of his eyes that Eva O’Neil was conquered, just as the first
Eve was by the eyes and tongue of the serpent. Not, God knows, that the
great Eve was any great shakes, for she left the world in a nice plight
by falling in love with a serpent; but upon my credit she was not the
first woman, excuse the blunder, who fell in love with a serpent, and
suffered accordingly. I appeal to Pythagoras there.”

“It is an allegory,” replied the Pythagorean, “and simply means that we
are innocent so long as we are young, and that when we come to maturity
we are corrupted and depraved by our passions.”

“How the sorra can you say that,” replied the friar, “when you know that
Adam and Eve were created full-grown?”

“Pray go on with your tradition,” said Greatrakes, “and let us hear the
history of the Black Spectre. I am not myself an infidel in the history
of supernatural appearances, and I wish to hear you out.”

“Well, then,” replied the friar, “you shall. The villain proposed
marriage to this beautiful young orphan, and as he was a handsome
vagabone, as I have stated, he was accepted; but his eyes, above all
things, were irresistible. They were married by a Protestant clergyman,
and immediately afterwards by a Catholic priest, who was far advanced
in years. The lady would submit to no marriage but a legal one. The
marriage, however, was private; for Hamilton knew that Essex was aware
of his having been during this event a married man, and that his
wife, who was a distant relation of the Earl’s, was still living. The
marriage, however, came to Essex’s ears, and Hamilton was called to
account. He denied the marriage, the old priest having been now dead,
and none but the Protestant clergyman of the parish being alive to bear
testimony to the fact of the marriage. He endeavored to prevail upon the
clergyman also to deny the marriage, which he refused to do, whereupon
he was found murdered. His wife by this marriage having learned from
Essex that Hamilton had most treacherously deceived her, fell into
premature labor and died; but her last words were an awful curse upon
him, and his children after him, to the last generation.

“‘May the Eye that lured me to destruction,’ she said, ‘become a curse
to you and your descendants forever! May it blight and kill all those
whom it looks upon, and render it dreadful and dreaded to all those who
will place confidence in you or your descendants!’”

“God knows I couldn’t much blame her; it was her last Christian
benediction to the villain who had destroyed her, and, setting-charity
aside, I don’t see how she could have spoken otherwise.

“When the proofs of the marriage, however, were about to be brought
against him, the Protestant clergyman, who, on discovering his iniquity,
was too honest to conceal it, and who felt bitterly the fraud that had
been practised on him, was found murdered, as I have said, because he
was now the only evidence left against Hamilton’s crime. The latter
did not, however, get rid of him by that atrocious and inhuman act. The
spirit of that man haunts the family from that day to this; it is always
a messenger of evil to them whenever he appears, and it matters not
where they go or where they live, he is sure to follow them, and to
fasten upon some of the family, generally the wickedest, of course,
as his victim. Now, Mr. Woodward, what do you think of that family
tradition?”

“I think of it,” replied Woodward, “with contempt, as I do of everything
that proceeds from the lips of an ignorant and illiterate Roman Catholic
priest.”

“Sir,” replied the friar, “I am not the inventor of this family
tradition, nor of the crime which is said--however justly I know not--to
have given rise to it; but this I do know, that no man having claims to
the character of a gentleman would use such language to a defenceless
man as you have just used to me. The legend is traditionary in your
family, and I have only given it as I have heard it. If I were not a
clergyman I would chastise you for your insolence; but my hands are
bound up, and you well know it.”

“Friar,” said Greatrakes, “when you know that your hands are bound up,
you should have avoided insulting any man. You should not have related
a piece of family history--perhaps false from beginning to end--in the
presence of a gentleman so intimately connected with that family as you
knew him to be. It was no topic for a common room like this, and it was
quite unjustifiable in you to have introduced it.”

“I feel, sir, that you are perfectly right,” replied the good-natured
friar, “and I ask Mr. Woodward’s pardon for having, without the
slightest intention of offence to him, done so. You will recollect that
he himself expressed an anxiety to hear it.”

“All I say upon the subject,” observed the Pythagorean, “is simply this,
that Pythagoras himself could not have cured me of the rheumatism as my
friend Valentine Greatrakes has done.”

“You will require no cure, and, what is better, no necessity for cure,”
 replied Greatrakes, smiling, “if you will have only common sense, my
dear Cooke. Clothe yourself in warm and comfortable garments, and feed
your miserable carcass with good beef and mutton, and, in addition
to which, like myself and the friar here, take a warm tumbler of good
usquebaugh punch to promote digestion.”

“I will never abandon my principles,” replied the philosopher. “Linen
and vegetable diet forever.”

Manifold was asleep after his gorge,--a sleep from which he never
awoke,--but Doctor Doolittle, anxious to secure Cooke as a patient,
became quite eloquent upon the advantages of a vegetable diet, and of
the Pythagorean system in general; after which the conversation of the
night closed, and the guests departed to their respective lodgings.

The night was still an beautiful. The moon was about to sink, but still
she emitted that faint and shadowy light which lends such calm, but
picturesque beauty to the nocturnal landscape. Woodward was alone;
but it would be difficult to find language in which to describe the
bitterness of his feelings and the frightful sense of his disappointment
on finding, not only that his infamous design upon the life of Alice
Goodwin had been frustrated, but on feeling certain that she had been
restored to perfect health before his eyes. This, however, was not
the worst of it. He had calculated on killing her, and consequently of
securing the twelve hundred a year, on the strength of which he and his
mother could confidently negotiate with the old nobleman, who always
slept with one eye open. In the venom and dark malignity of his heart
he cursed Alice Goodwin, he cursed Valentine Greatrakes, he cursed
the world, and he cursed God, or rather would have cursed him had he
believed in the existence of such a being.

In this mood of mind he was proceeding to his lodgings, when he espied
before him the _Shan-dhinne-dhuv_, or Black Spectre with the middogue in
his hand. He stood and looked at it steadily.

“What is this?” said he, addressing the figure before him. “What pranks
are you playing now? Do you think me a fool? What brought you here? and
what do you mean by this pantomimic nonsense, Mr. Conjurer?”

The figure, of course, made no reply, except by gesture. It brandished
the middogue, or dagger, however, and pointed it three times at his
heart. The spot upon which this strange interview occurred was perfectly
clear of anything that could conceal an individual. In fact it was an
open common. Woodward, consequently, led astray by circumstances with
which the reader will become subsequently acquainted, started forward
with the intention of reaching the individual whom he suspected of
indulging himself in playing with his fears, or rather with jocularly
intending to excite them. He sprang forward, we say, and reached the
spot on which the Black Spectre had stood, but our readers may judge
of his surprise when he found that the spectre, or whatever it was,
had disappeared, and was nowhere, or any longer, visible. Place of
concealment there was none. He examined the ground about him. It was
firm and compact, and without a fissure in which a rat could, conceal
itself.

There is no power in human nature which enables the heart of man, under
similar circumstances, to bear the occurrence of such a scene as we have
described, unmoved. The man was hardened--an infidel, an atheist; but,
notwithstanding all this, a sense of awe, wonder, and even, in some
degree, of terror, came over his heart, which nearly unnerved him.
Most atheists, however, are utter profligates, as he was; or silly
philosophers, who, because they take their own reason for their guide,
will come to no other conclusion than that to which it leads them. “It
is simply a hallucination,” said he to himself, “and merely the result
of having heard the absurd nonsense of what that ignorant and credulous
old friar related tonight concerning my family. Still it is strange,
because I am cool and sober, and in the perfect use of my senses. This
is the same appearance which I saw before near the Haunted House, and of
which I never could get any account. What if there should be--?”

He checked himself and proceeded to his lodgings, with an intention of
returning home the next morning; which he did, after having failed in
the murderous mission which he undertook to accomplish.

“Mother,” said he, after his return home, “all is lost: Alice Goodwin
has been restored to perfect health by Valentine Greatrakes, and
my twelve hundred a year is gone for ever. How can we enter into
negotiations with that sharp old scoundrel, Lord Cockle-town, now?
I assure you I had her at the last gasp, when Greatrakes came in and
restored her to perfect health before my face. But, setting that aside
for the present, is there such a being as what is termed the Black
Spectre, mysteriously connected, if I may say so, with our family?”

His mother’s face got pale as death.

“Why do you ask, Harry?” said she.

“Because,” he replied, “I have reason to think that I have seen it
twice.”

“Alas! alas!” she exclaimed, “then the doom of the curse is upon you. It
selects only one of every generation on which to work its vengeance. The
third appearance of it will be fatal to you.”

“This is all contemptible absurdity, my dear mother. I don’t care if I
saw it a thousand times. How can it interfere with my fate?”

“It does not interfere,” she replied, “it only intimates it, and
whatever the nature of the individual’s death among our family may be,
it shadows it out. What signs did it make to you?”

“It brandished what is called in this country a middogue, or Irish
dagger, at my heart.”

His mother got pale again.

“Harry,” said she, “I would recommend you to leave the kingdom. Avoid
the third warning!”

“Mother,” he replied, “this certainly is sad nonsense. I have no notion
of leaving the kingdom in consequence of such superstitious stuff as
this; all these things are soap bubbles; put your finger on them and
they dissolve into nothing. How is Charles? for I have not yet seen
him.”

“Improving very much, although not able yet to leave his room.”

Woodward walked about and seemed absorbed in thought.

“It is a painful thing, mother,” said he, “that Charles is so long
recovering. Do you know that I am half inclined to think he will never
recover? His wound was a dreadful one, and its consequences on his
constitution will, I fear, be fatal.”

“I hope not, Harry,” she replied, “for ever since his illness I have
found that my heart gathers about him with an affection that I have
never felt for him before.”

“Your resolution, then, is fixed, I suppose, to leave him your
property?”

“It is fixed; there is, or can be, no doubt about it. Once I come to a
determination I am immovable. We shall be able to wheedle Lord
Cockletown and his niece.”

Harry paused a moment, then passed out of the room, and retired to his
own apartment.

Here he remained for hours. At the close of the evening he appeared in
the withdrawing-room, but still in a silent and gloomy state.

The perfect cure of Miss Goodwin had spread like wildfire, and reached
the whole country.

Greatrake’s reputation was then at its highest, and the number of his
cures was the theme of all conversation, Barney Casey had well marked
Woodward since his return from Ballyspellan, and having heard, in
connection with others, that Miss Goodwin had been cured by Greatrakes,
he resolved to keep his eye upon him, and, indeed, as the event will
prove, it was well he did so.

That night, about the hour of twelve o’clock, Barney, who had suspected
that he (Woodward) had either murdered Grace Davoren in order to
conceal his own guilt, or kept her in some secret place for the most
unjustifiable purposes, remarked that, as was generally usual with him,
he did not go to bed at the period peculiar to the habits of the family.

“There is something on my mind this night,” said Barney; “I can’t tell
what it is; but I think he is bent on some villainous scheme that ought
to be watched, and in the name of God I will watch him.”

Woodward went out of the house more stealthily than usual, and took his
way towards the town of Rathfillan. A good way in the distance behind
him might be discovered another figure dogging his footsteps, that
figure being no other than the honest figure of Barney Casey. On
went Woodward unsuspicious that he was watched, until he reached the
indescribable cabin of Sol Donnel, the old herbalist. The night had
become dark, and Barney was able, without being seen, to come near
enough to Woodward to hear his words and observe his actions. He tapped
at the old man’s window, which, after some delay and a good deal of
grumbling, was at length opened to him. The hut consisted of only one
room--a fact which Barney well knew.

“Who is there?” said the old herbalist. “Why do you come at this hour to
deprive me of my rest? Nobody comes for any good purpose at such an hour
as this.”

“Open your door, you hypocritical old sinner, and I will speak to you.
Open your door instantly.”

“Wait, then; I will open it; to be sure--I will open it; because I know
whoever you are that if there was not something extraordinary in it, it
isn’t at this hour you’d be coming to me.”

“Open the door I say, and then I shall speak to you.”

The window, which the old herbalist had opened, and, in the hurry of
the moment, left unshut, remained unshut, and Barney, after Woodward had
entered, stood close to it in order to hear the conversation which might
pass between them.

“Now,” said Woodward, after he had entered the hut, “I want a dose
from you. One of my dogs, I fear, is seized with incipient symptoms of
hydrophobia, and I wish to dose him to death.”

“And what hour is this to come for such a purpose?” asked Sol Donnel. “It
isn’t at midnight that a man comes to me to ask for a dose of poison for
a dog.”

“You are very right in that,” replied Woodward; “but the truth is, that
I had an assignation with a girl in the town, and I thought that I might
as well call upon you now as at any other time.”

The eye of the old sinner glistened, for he knew perfectly well that the
malady of the dog was a fable.

“Well,” said he, “I can give you the dose, but what’s to be the
recompense?”

“What do you ask?” replied the other. “I will dose nothing under five
pounds.”

“Are you certain that your dose will be sure to effect its purpose?”
 asked Woodward.

“As sure as I am of life,” replied the old sinner; “one glass of it
would settle a man as soon as it would a dog;” and as he spoke he
fastened his keen, glittering eyes upon Woodward. The glance seemed to
say, I understand you, and I know that the dog you are about to give the
dose to walks upon two legs instead of four.

“Now,” said Woodward after having secured the bottle, “here are your
five pounds, and _mark me_----” he looked sternly in the face of the
herbalist, but added not another word.

The herbalist, having secured the money and deposited it in his pocket,
said, with a malicious grin,

“Couldn’t you, Mr. Woodward, have prevented yourself from going to the
expense of five pounds for poisoning a dog, that you could have shot
without all this expense?”

Woodward looked at him. “Your life,” said he, “will not be worth a day’s
purchase if you breathe a syllable of what took place between us this
night. Sol Donnel, I am a desperate man, otherwise I would not have come
to you. Keep the secret between us, for, if you divulge it, you may take
my word for it that you will not survive it twenty-four hours. Now, be
warned, for I am both resolute and serious.”

The herbalist felt the energy of his language and was subdued.

“No,” he replied, “I shall never breathe it; kill your dog in your own
way; all I can say is, that half a glass of it would kill the strongest
horse in your stable; only let me remark that I gave you the bottle to
kill a dog!”

“Now,” thought Barney Casey, “what can all this mean? There is none
of the dogs wrong. He is at some devil’s work; but what it is I do not
know; I shall watch him well, however, and it will go hard or I shall
find out his purpose.”

As Woodward was about to depart he mused for a time, and at length
addressed the herbalist.

“Suppose,” said he, “that I wish to kill this dog by slow degrees, would
it not be a good plan to give him a little of it every day, and let him
die, as it were, by inches?”

“That my bed may be made in heaven but it is a good thought, and by
far the safest plan,” replied the herbalist, “and the very one I would
recommend you. A small spoonful every day put into his coffee or her
coffee, as the case may be, will, in the course of a fortnight or three
weeks, make a complete cure.”

“Why, you old scoundrel, who ever heard of a dog drinking coffee?”

“I did,” replied the old villain, with another grin, “and many a time
it is newly sweetened for them, too, and they take it until they fall
asleep; but they forget to waken somehow. Taste that yourself, and
you’ll find that it is beautifully sweetened; because if it was given to
the dog in its natural bitter state he might refuse to take it at all,
or, what would be worse and more dangerous still, he might suspect the
reason why it was given to him.”

The two persons looked each other in the face, and it would, indeed,
be difficult to witness such an expression as the countenance of each
betrayed. That of the herbalist lay principally in his ferret eyes. It
was cruel, selfish, cunning, and avaricious. The eye of the other was
dark, significant, vindictive, and terrible. In his handsome features
there was, when contrasted with those of the herbalist, a demoniacal
elevation, a satanic intellectuality of expression, which rendered the
contrast striking beyond belief. The one appeared with the power of
Apollyon, the god of destruction, conscious of that power; the other
as his mere contemptible agent of evil-subordinate, low, villanous, and
wicked.

Woodward, after a significant look, bade him good night, and took his
way home.

Barney Casey, however, still dogged him stealthily, because he knew not
whether the dose was intended for Grace Davoren or his brother Charles.
Mrs. Lindsay had made no secret of her intention to leave her property
to the latter, whose danger, and the state of whose health, had awakened
all those affections of the mother which had lain dormant in her heart
so long. The revivification of her affections for him was one of those
capricious manifestations of feeling which can emanate from no other
source but the heart of a mother. Independently of this, there was in
the mind of Mrs. Lindsay a principle of conscious guilt, of hardness of
heart, of all want of common humanity, that sometimes startled her into
terror. She knew the villany of her son Woodward, and, after all, the
heart of a woman and a mother is not like the heart of a man. There is a
tendency to recuperation in a woman’s and a mother’s heart, which can
be found nowhere else; and the contrast which she felt herself forced
to institute between the generous character of her son Charles and the
villany of Woodward broke down the hard propensities of her spirit, and
subdued her very wickedness into something like humanity. Virtue and
goodness, after all, will work their way, especially where a mother’s
feelings, conscious of the evil and conscious of the good, are forced
to strike the balance between them. This consideration it was which
determined Mrs. Lindsay, in addition to other considerations already
alluded to, to come to the resolution of leaving her property to her son
Charles. There is, besides, a want of confidence and of mutual affection
in villany which reacts upon the heart, precisely as it did upon that of
Mrs. Lindsay. She knew that her eldest son was in intention a murderer;
and there is a terrible summons in conscience which sometimes awakens
the soul into a sense of virtue and truth.

Be this as it may, Barney Casey’s vigilance was ineffectual. From the
night on which Woodward got the bottle from the herbalist, Charles
Lindsay began gradually and slowly to decline. Barney’s situation in the
family was that of a general servant, in fact, a man of all work, and
the necessary consequence was, that he could not contravene the conduct
of Harry Woodward, although he saw clearly that, notwithstanding
Charles’s wound was nearly healed, his general health was getting worse.

Now, the benevolence and singular power of Valentine Greatrakes are
historical facts which cannot be contradicted. After about a month from
the time he cured Alice Goodwin he came to the town of Rathfillan, with
several objects in view, one of which was to see Alice Goodwin, and to
ascertain that her health was perfectly reestablished. But the other
and greater one was that which we shall describe. Mr. Lindsay, having
perceived that his son Charles’s health was gradually becoming worse,
though his wound was healed, and on finding that the physician who
attended him could neither do anything for his malady, nor even account
for it, or pronounce a diagnosis upon its character, bethought him
of the man who had so completely cured Alice Goodwin. Accordingly, on
Greatrakes’s visit to Rathfillan, he waited upon him, and requested, as
a personal favor, that he would come and see his dying son, for indeed
Charles at that time was apparently not many days from death. This
distinguished and wealthy gentleman at once assented, and told Mr.
Lindsay that he “would visit his sen the next day.

“I may not cure him,” said he, “because there are certain complaints
which cannot be cured. Such complaints I never attempt to cure; and even
in others that are curable I sometimes fail. But wherever there is a
possibility of cure I rarely fail. I am not proud of this gift; on the
contrary, it has subdued my heart into a sense of piety and gratitude to
God, who, in his mercy, has been pleased to make me the instrument of so
much good to my fellow-creatures.”

Mr Lindsay returned home to his family in high spirits, and on his way
to the house observed his stepson Woodward and Barney Casey at the door
of the dog-kennel.

“I maintain the dog is wrong,” said Woodward, “and to me it seems an
incipient case of hydrophobia.”

“And to me,” replied Barney, “it appears that his complaint is hunger,
and that you have simply deprived him of his necessary food.”

At this moment Mr. Lindsay approached them, and exclaimed,--

“Harry, let your honest and affectionate heart cheer up. Valentine
Greatrakes will be here to-morrow, and will cure Charles, as he cured
Alice Goodwin, and then we will have them married; for if he recovers
I am determined on it, and will abide no opposition from any quarter.
Indeed, Harry, your mother is now willing that they should be married,
and is sorry that she ever opposed it. Your mother, thank God, is a
changed woman, and thank God the change is one that makes my very heart
rejoice.”

“God be praised,” exclaimed Barney, “that is good news, and makes my
heart rejoice nearly as much as yours.”

“Father,” said Woodward, “you have taken a heavy load off my mind.
Charles is certainly very ill, and until Greatrakes comes I shall make
it a point to watch and nurse-tend him myself.”

“It is just what I would expect from your kind and affectionate heart,
Harry,” replied Lindsay, rather slowly though, who then passed into
the house to communicate the gratifying intelligence to his wife and
daughter.

The intensity of Woodward’s malignity and villany was such that, as we
have mentioned before, on some occasions he forgot himself into such
a state of mind, and, what was worse, into such an expression of
countenance, as, especially to Barney Casey, who so deeply suspected
him, challenged observation. After Lindsay had gone he put his hand to
his chin, and said, still with caution,--

“Yes, poor fellow, I will watch him myself this night; for if he
happened to die before Greatrakes comes to-morrow, what an affliction
would it not be to the family, and especially to myself, who love him so
well. Yes, in order to sustain and support him, I will watch him and act
as his nurse this night.”

There was, however, such an expression on his countenance as could not
be mistaken even by a common observer, much less by such an acute one
as Barney Casey, who had his eye upon him for such a length of time!
His countenance, Barney saw plainly, was as dark as hell, and seemed to
catch its inspiration from that damnable region.

“Barney,” said he, “I shall watch the sick bed, and nurse my brother
Charles tonight, in order, if possible, to sustain him until Greatrakes
cures him to-morrow.”

“Ah, it’s you that is the affectionate brother,” replied Barney, who had
read deliberate murder in his countenance. “But,” he exclaimed, after
Woodward had gone, “if you watch him this night, I will watch you. You
know now that he stands between you and your mother’s property, and you
will put him out of the way if you can. Yes, I will watch you well this
night.”

The minute poisoned doses which he had contrived to administer to his
brother were always followed by an excessive thirst. Now, Barney had,
as we have often said, strong suspicions; but on this occasion he was
determined to place himself in a position from which he could watch
every movement of Woodward without being suspected himself. His usual
sleeping place was in a low gallery below stairs; but it so happened
that there was a closet beside Charles’s bed in which there was neither
bed nor furniture of any kind, with the exception of a single chair. The
door between them had, as is usual, two panes of glass in; it, through
which any person in the dark could see what happened in the room in
which Charles slept.

Barney locked the door on the inside, and it was well that he did so,
for in a short time Woodward came in, with a guilty and a stealthy pace,
and having looked, like a murderer, about the room, he approached the
closet door and tried to open it; but finding that it was locked his
apprehensions vanished, and he deliberately, on seeing that his brother
was asleep, took a bottle out of his pocket, and having poured about a
wine-glassful of the poison into the small jug which contained the usual
drink of the patient, he left the room, satisfied that, as soon as
his brother awoke, he would take the deadly draught. When he departed,
Barney came out, and having substituted another for it--for there was a
variety of potions on the sick table--he, too, stealthily descended
the stairs, and going to the dog-kennel deliberately administered the
pernicious draught to the dog which Woodward had insisted was unwell.
He happily escaped all observation, and accomplished his plan without
either notice or suspicion. He stayed in the kennel in order to watch
the effects of the potion upon the dog, who died in the course of about
fifteen minutes after having received it.

“Now,” said Barney, “I think I have my thumb upon him, and it will go
hard with me or I will make him suffer for this hellish intention to
murder his brother. Mr. Greatrakes is a man of great wealth and high
rank; he is, besides, a magistrate of the county, and, please God, I
will disclose to him all that I have seen and suspect.”

Barney, under the influence of these feelings, went to bed, satisfied
that he had saved the life of Charles Lindsay, at least for that night,
but at the same time resolved to bring his murderous brother to an
account for his conduct.



CHAPTER XXIII. Greatrakes at Work--Denouement


Greatrakes was on his way from Birch Grove to Rathnllan House the next
day when he was met by Barney Casey, who had been on the lookout for
him. Barney, who knew not his person, was not capable of determining
whether he was the individual whom he wanted or not. At all events he
resolved at once to ascertain that fact. Accordingly, putting his hand
to his hat, he said, with a respectful manner,--

“Pray, sir, are you the great Valentine Great Rooke, who prevents the
people from dyin’?”

“I am Valentine Greatrakes,” he replied, with a smile; “but I cannot
prevent the people from dying.”

“Begad, but you can prevent them from being sick, at any rate. I am
myself sometimes subject to a colic, bad luck to it--(this was a lie,
got up for the purpose of arresting the attention of Greatrakes)--and
maybe if you would be kind enough to rub me down you would drive the
wind out of me and cure me of it, for at least, by all accounts through
the whole parish, it’s a windy colic that haunts me.”

Greatrakes, who was a man of great goodnature, and strongly susceptible
of humor, laughed very heartily at Barney’s account of his miserable
state of health.

“Well,” said he, “my good friend, let me tell you that the colic you
speak of is one of the most healthy diseases we have. Don’t, if you
regard your constitution, and your health, ever attempt to get rid of
it. Your constitution is a windy constitution, and that is the reason
why you are graciously afflicted with a windy colic.”

It was, in fact, diamond cut diamond between the two. Barney, who had
never had a colic in his life, shrugged his shoulders very dolefully at
the miserable character of the sympathy which was expressed for him; and
Greatrakes, from his great powers of observation, saw that every word
Barney uttered with respect to his besetting malady was a lie.

At length Barney’s countenance assumed an expression of such honest
sincerity and feeling that Greatrakes was at once struck by it, and he
kept his eye steadily fixed upon him.

“Sir,” said Barney, “I understand you are a distinguished gentleman and
a magistrate besides?”

“I am certainly a magistrate,” replied Greatrakes; “but what is your
object in asking the question, my good fellow?”

“I understand you are going to our Masther Charles Lindsay. Now, I wish
to give you a hint or two concerning him. His brother--he of the Evil
Eye--according to my most solemn and serious opinion, is poisoning him
by degrees. I think he has been dosing him upon a small scale, so as to
make him die off by the effects of poison, without any suspicion being
raised against himself; but when his father told him yesterday that you
were to come this day to cure him, his brother insisted that he should
sit up with him, and nurse-tend him himself. I was aware of this, and
from a conversation I heard him have with an old herbalist, named Sol
Donnel, I had suspicions of his design against his brother’s life. He
strove to kill Miss Goodwin by the damnable force and power of his Evil
Eye, and would have done so had not you cured her.”

“And are you sure,” replied Greatrakes, “that it is not his Evil Eye
that is killing his brother?”

“I don’t know that,” replied Barney; “perhaps it may be so.”

“No,” replied Greatrakes, “from all I have read and heard of its
influence it cannot act upon persons within a certain degree of
consanguinity.”

“I would take my oath,” said honest Barney, “that it is the poison that
acts in this instance.”

He then gave him a description of Woodward’s having poured the
poison--or at least what he suspected to be such--into the drink which
was usually left at the bedside of his brother, and of its effect upon
the dog.

Greatrakes, on hearing this, drew up his horse, and looking Barney
sternly in the face, asked him,--

“Pray, my good fellow, did Mr. Woodward ever injure or offend you?”

“No, sir,” replied Barney, “never in any instance; but what I say I say
from my love for his brother, whose life, I can swear, he is tampering
with. It is a weak word, I know, but I will use a stronger, for I say he
is bent upon his murder by poison.”

“Well,” said Greatrakes, “keep your counsel for the present. I will
study this matter, and examine into it; and I shall most certainly
receive your informations against him; but I must have better
opportunities for making myself acquainted with the facts. In the
meantime keep your own secret, and leave the rest to me.”

When Greatrakes reached Rathfillan House the whole family attended him
to the sick bed of Charles. Woodward was there, and appeared to feel a
deep interest in the fate of his brother. Greatrakes, on looking at him,
said, before he applied the sanative power which God had placed in his
constitution,--

“This young man is dying of a slow and subtle poison, which some person
under the roof of this house has been administering to him in small
doses.”

As he uttered these words he fixed his eyes upon Woodward, whose face
quailed and blanched under the power and significance of his gaze.

“Sir,” replied Lindsay, “with the greatest respect for you, there is not
a single individual under this roof who would injure him. He is beloved
by every one. The sympathy felt for him through the whole parish is
wonderful--but by none more than by his brother Woodward.”

This explanation, however, came too late. Greatrakes’s impressions were
unchanged.

“I think I will cure him,” he proceeded; “but after his recovery let him
be cautious in taking any drink unless from the hands of his mother or
his father.”

He then placed his hands over his face and chest, which he kept rubbing
for at least a quarter of an hour, when, to their utter astonishment,
Charles pronounced himself in as good health as he had ever enjoyed in
his lift.

“This, sir,” said he, “is wonderful; why, I am perfectly restored to
health. As I live, this man must have the power of God about him to
be able to effect such an extraordinary cure: and he has also cured my
darling Alice. What can I say? Father, give him a hundred--five hundred
pounds.”

Greatrakes smiled.

“You don’t know, it seems,” he replied, “that I do not receive
remuneration for any cures I may effect. I am wealthy and independent,
and I fear that if I were to make the wonderful gift which God has
bestowed on me the object of mercenary gain, it might be withdrawn from
me altogether. My principle is one of humanity and benevolence. I will
remain in Rathfillan for a fortnight, and shall see you again,” he
added, addressing himself to Charles. “Now,” he proceeded, “mark me, you
will require neither drinks nor medicine of any description. Whatever
drinks you take, take them at the common table of the family. There are
circumstances connected with your case which, as a magistrate of the
county, I am I resolved to investigate.”

He looked sternly at Woodward as he uttered the last words, and then
took his departure to Rathfillan, having first told Barney Casey to call
on him the next day.

After Greatrakes had gone, Woodward repaired to the room of his mother,
in a state of agitation which we cannot describe.

“Mother,” said he, “unless we can manage that old peer and his niece, I
am a lost man.”

“Do not be uneasy,” replied his mother; “whilst you were at Ballyspellan
I contrived to manage that. Ask me nothing about it; but every
arrangement is made, and you are to be married this day week. Keep
yourself prepared for a settled case.”

What the mother’s arguments in behalf of the match may have been, we
cannot pretend to say. We believe that Miss Riddle’s attachment to his
handsome person and gentlemanly manners overcame all objections on the
part of her uncle, and nothing now remained to stand in the way of their
union.

The next day Barney Casey waited upon Greatrakes, according to
appointment, when the following conversation took place between them:--

“Now,” said Greatrakes, solemnly, “what is your name?”

As he put the question with a stern and magisterial air, his tablets and
pencil in hand, which he did with the intention of awing Barney into a
full confession of the exact truth--a precaution which Barney’s romance
of the windy colic induced him to take,--“I say,” he repeated, “what’s
your name?”

Barney, seeing the pencil and tablets in hand, and besides not being
much, or at all, acquainted with magisterial investigations, felt rather
blank, and somewhat puzzled at this query.

He accordingly resorted to the usage of the country, and commenced
scratching a rather round bullet head.

“My name, your honor,” he replied; “my name, couldn’t you pass that by,
sir?”

“No,” said Greatrakes, “I cannot pass it by. In this business it is
essential that I should know it.”

“Ay,” replied Barney, “but maybe you have some treacherous design in it,
and that you are goin’ to take the part of the wealthy scoundrel against
the poor man; and even if you did, you wouldn’t be the first magistrate
who did it.”

Greatrakes looked keenly at him. The observation he expressed was
precisely in accordance with the liberality of his own feelings.

“Don’t be alarmed,” he added; “if you knew my character, which it is
evident you do not, you would know that I never take the part of the
rich man against the poor man, unless when there is justice on the part
of the wealthy man, and crime, unjustifiable and cruel crime, on the
part of the poor man, which, I am sorry to say, is not an unfrequent
case. Now, I must insist, as a magistrate, that you give me your name.”

“Well, then,” replied the other, “I’m one Barney Casey, sir, who lives
in Rathfillan House, as a servant to Mr. Lindsay, step-father to that
murtherin’ blackguard.”

Greatrakes then examined him closely, and made him promise to come to
Rathfillan that night, in order that he might accompany him to the hut
of old Sol Donnel, the herbalist.

“I am resolved,” said he, “to investigate this matter, and in my
capacity of a magistrate to bring the guilty to justice.”

“Faith, sir,” replied Barney, “and I’m not the boy who is going to stand
in your way in such a business as that. You know that it was I that put
you up to it, and any assistance I can give you in it you may reckon on.
Although not a magistrate, as you are, maybe I’m just as fond of justice
as yourself. Of coorse I’ll attend you to-night, and show you the
devil’s nest in which Sol Donnel and his blessed babe of a niece, by
name Caterine Collins, live.”

Greatrakes took down the name of Caterine Collins, and after having
arranged the hour at which Barney was to conduct him to Sol Donnel’s
hut, they separated.

About eleven o’clock that night Barney and Greatrakes reached the
miserable-looking residence in which this old viper lived.

“Now,” said Greatrakes, addressing the herbalist, “my business with you
is this: I have a bitter enemy who wants to establish a claim upon my
property, and I wish to put him out of my way. Do you understand me? I
am a wealthy man, and can reward you well.”

“I never talk of these things in the presence of a third party,” replied
the herbalist, looking significantly at Barney, whom he well knew.

“Well,” replied the other, “I dare say you are right. Casey, go out and
leave us to ourselves.”

There was a little hall in the house, which hall was in complete
obscurity. Barney availed himself of this circumstance, opened the door
and clapped it to as if he had gone out, but remained at the same time
in the inside.

“No, sir,” replied Sol Donnel, ignorant of the trick which Barney had
played upon him, “I never allow a third person to be present at any of
those conversations about the strength and power of my herbs. Now, tell
me, what it is that you want me to do for you.”

“Why, to tell you the truth,” replied Greatrakes, “I never heard of your
name until within a few days ago, that you were mentioned to me by Mr.
Henry Woodward, who told me that you gave him a dose to settle a dog
that was laboring under the first symptoms of hydrophobia. Well, the dog
is dead by the influence of the bottle you gave him; but now that we
are by ourselves I tell you at once that I want a dose for a man who is
likely, if he lives, to cut me out of a large property.”

“O, Cheernah!” exclaimed the old villain, “do you think that I who lives
by curin’ the poor for nothing, or next to nothing, could lend myself to
sich a thing as that?”

“Very well,” replied the other, preparing to take his departure, “you
have lost fifty pounds by the affair at all events.”

“Fifty pounds!” exclaimed the other, whilst his keen and diabolical eyes
gleamed with the united spirit of avarice and villany. “Fifty pounds!
well how simple and foolish some people are. Why now, if you had a dog,
say a setter or a pointer, that from fear of madness you wished to get
rid of, and that you had mentioned it to me, I could give you a bottle
that would soon settle it; I don’t go above a dog or the inferior
animals, and no man that has his senses about him ought to ask me to do
anything else.”

“Well, then, I tell you at once that, as I said, it is not for a dog,
but for a worse animal, a man, my own cousin, who, unless I absolutely
contrive to poison him, will deprive me of six thousand a year. Instead
of fifty I shall make the recompense a hundred, after having found that
your medicine is successful.”

The old villain’s eye gleamed again at the prospect of such liberality.

“Well now,” said he, “see what it is for a pious man to forget his
devotions, even for one day. I forgot to say my Leadan Wurrah this
mornin’, and that is the raison that your temptation has overcome me.
You must call then to-morrow night, because I have nothing now, barrin’
what ‘ud excite the bowels, and it seems that isn’t what you want; but
if you be down here about this same hour to-morrow night, you shall have
what will put your enemy out of the way.”

“That will do then,” replied Greatrakes, “and I shall depend on you.”

“Ay,” replied the old villain, “but remember that the act is not mine
but your own. I simply furnish you with the necessary means--your own
act will be to apply them.”

On leaving the hut, Greatrakes was highly gratified on finding that
Barney Casey had overheard their whole conversation.

“You will serve as a corroborative evidence,” said he.

The herbalist, at all events, was entrapped, and not only his
disposition to sell botanical poisons, but his habit of doing so, was
clearly proved to the benevolent magistrate.

On the next night he got the poison, and having consulted with Casey, he
said he would not urge the matter for a few days, as he wished, in
the most private way possible, to procure further evidence against the
guilty parties.

In the meantime, every preparation was made in both families for
Woodward’s wedding. The old peer, who had cross-examined his niece upon
the subject, discovered her attachment to Woodward; and as he wished
to see her settled before his death with a gentlemanly and respectable
husband--a man who would be capable of taking care of the property
which he must necessarily leave her, as she was his favorite and his
heiress--and besides, he loved her as a daughter--he was resolved that
Woodward and she should be united.”

“I don’t care a fig,” said he, “whether this Woodward has property or
not. He is a gentleman, respectably connected, of accomplished manners,
handsome in person, and if he has no fortune, why you have; and I think
the best thing you can do is to accept him without hesitation. The
comical rascal,” said he, laughing heartily, “took me in so completely
during our first interview, that he became a favorite with me.”

“I think well of him,” replied his firm-minded niece; “and even I admit
that I love him, as far as a girl of such a cold constitution as mine
may; but I tell you, uncle, that if I discovered a taint of vice or want
of principle in his character, I could fling him off with contempt.”

“I wish to heaven,” replied the uncle, rather nettled, “that we could
have up one of the twelve apostles. I dare say some of them, if they
were disposed to marry, might come up to your mark.”

“Well, uncle, at all events I like him sufficiently to consent that he
should become my husband.”

“Well, and is not that enough; bless my heart, could you wish to go
beyond it?”

In the meantime, very important matters were proceeding, which bore
strongly upon Woodward’s destiny. Greatrakes had collected--aided,
of course, by Barney Casey, who was the principal, but not the sole,
evidence against him--such a series of facts, as, he felt, justified him
in receiving informations against him.

At this crisis a discovery was made in connection with the Haunted
House, which was privately, through Casey, communicated to Greatrakes,
who called a meeting of the neighboring magistrates upon it. This he
did by writing to them privately to meet him on a particular day at his
little inn in Rathfillan. For obvious reasons, and out of consideration
to his feelings, Mr. Lindsay’s name was omitted. At all events the night
preceding the day of Woodward’s marriage with Miss Riddle had arrived,
but two circumstances occurred on that evening and on that night which
not only frustrated all his designs upon Miss Riddle, or rather upon her
uncle’s property, but--however, we shall not anticipate.

It was late in the evening when Miss Riddle was told by a servant that a
young man, handsome and of fine proportions, wished to see her for a few
minutes.

“Not that I would recommend you to see him,” said the serving-woman who
delivered the message. “He is, to be sure, very handsome; but, then, he
is one of those wild people, and armed with a great mid-dogue or dagger,
and God knows what his object may be--maybe to take your life. As sure
as I live he is a tory.”

“That may be,” replied Miss Riddle; “but I know, by your description of
him, that he is the individual to whose generous spirit I and my dear
uncle owe our lives: let him be shown in at once to the front parlor.”

In a few minutes she entered, and found Shawn before her.

“O Shawn!” said she, “I am glad to see you. My uncle is using all his
interest to get you a pardon--that is, provided you are willing to
abandon the wild life to which you have taken.”

“I am willing to abandon it,” he replied; “but I have one task to
perform before I leave it. You have heard of the toir, or tory-hunt,
which was made after me and others; but chiefly after me, for I was the
object they wanted to shoot down, or rather that he, the villain, wanted
to murder under the authority of those cruel laws that make us tories.”

“Who do you mean by he?” asked Miss Riddle.

“I mean Harry Woodward,” he replied. “He hunted me, disguised by a black
mask.”

“But are you sure of that, Shawn?”

“I am sure of it,” he replied; “and it was not until yesterday that I
discovered his villany. I know the barber in Rathfillan where the black
mask was got for him, I believe, by his wicked mother.”

Miss Riddle, who was a strong-minded girl, paused, and was silent for a
time, after which she said,--

“I am glad you told me this, Shawn. I spoke to him in your favor, and he
pledged his honor to me previous to the terrible hunt you allude to, and
of which the whole country rang, that he would never take a step to
your prejudice, but would rather protect you as far as he could, in
consequence of your having generously saved my dear uncle’s life and
mine.”

“The deeper villain he, then. He is upon my trail night and day. He
ruined Grace Davoren, who has disappeared, and the belief of the people
is that he has murdered her. He possesses the Evil Eye too, and would
by it have murdered Miss Goodwin, of Beech Grove, in order to get back
the property which his uncle left her, only for the wonderful power of
Squire Greatrakes, who cured her. And, besides, I have raison to know
that he will be arrested this very night for attempting to poison his
brother. I am a humble young man, Miss Riddle, but I am afeard that if
you marry him you will stand but a bad chance for happiness.”

“She was again silent, but, after a pause, she said--

“Shawn, do you want money?”

“I thank you, Miss Riddle,” he replied, “I don’t want money: all I want
is, that you will not be desaved by one of the most damnable villains on
the face of the earth.”

There was an earnestness and force of truth in what the generous young
tory said that could not be mistaken. He arose, and was about to take
his leave, when he said,--

“Miss Riddle, I understand he is about to be married to you to-morrow.
Should he become your husband, he is safe from my hand--and that on your
account; but as it may not yet be too late to spake, I warn you
against his hypocrisy and villany--against the man who destroyed Grace
Davoren--who would have killed Miss Goodwin with his Evil Eye, in order
to get back the property which his uncle left her, and who would have
poisoned his own brother out of his way bekase his mother told him she
had changed her mind in leaving it to him (Woodward), and came to the
resolution of leaving it to his brother, and that was the raison why he
attempted to poison him. All these things have been proved, and I have
raison to believe that he will sleep--if sleep he can--in Waterford
jail before to-morrow mornin’. But,” he added, with a look which was so
replete with vengeance and terror, that it perfectly stunned the girl,
“perhaps he won’t, though. It is likely that the fate of Grace Davoren
will prevent him from it.”

He did not give her time to reply, but instantly disappeared, and left
her in a state of mind which our readers may very well understand.

She immediately went to her uncle’s library, where the following brief
dialogue occurred:

“Uncle, this marriage must not and shall not take place.”

“What!” replied the peer; “then he is none of the twelve apostles.”

“You are there mistaken,” said she; “he is one of them. Remember Judas.”

“Judas! What the deuce are you at, my dear niece?”

“Why, that he is a most treacherous villain: that’s what I’m at,” and
her face became crimson with indignation.

“But what’s in the wind? Don’t keep me in a state of suspense. Judas!
Confound it, what a comparison! Well, I perceive you are not disposed to
become Mrs. Judas. You know me, however, well enough: I’m not going
to press you to it. Do you think, my dear niece, that Judas was a
gentleman?”

“Precisely such a gentleman, perhaps, as Mr. Woodward is.”

“And you think he would betray Christ?”

“He would poison his brother, uncle, because he stands between him and
his mother’s property, which she has recently expressed her intention of
leaving to that brother--a fact which awoke something like compassion in
my breast for Woodward.”

“Well, then, kick him to hell, the scoundrel. I liked the fellow in
the beginning, and, indeed, all along, because he had badgered me so
beautifully,--which I thought few persons had capacity to,--and in
consequence, I entertained a high opinion of his intellect, and be
hanged to him; kick him to hell, though.”

“Well, my dear lord and uncle, I don’t think I would be capable of
kicking him so far; nor do I think it will be at all necessary, as
my opinion is, that he will be able to reach that region without any
assistance.”

“Come, that’s very well said, at all events--one of your touchers, as I
call them. There, then, is an end to the match and marriage, and so be
it.”

She here detailed at further length, the conversation which she had with
Shawn-na-Middogue; mentioned the fact, which had somehow become well
known, of his having wrought the ruin of Grace Davoren, and concluded by
stating that, notwithstanding his gentlemanly manners and deportment, he
was unworthy either the notice or regard of any respectable female.

“Well,” said the peer, “from, all you have told me I must say you have
had a narrow escape; I did suspect him to be a fortune-hunter; but then
who the deuce can blame a man for striving to advance himself in life?
However, let there be an end to it, and you must only wait until a
better man comes.”

“I assure you, my dear uncle, I am in no hurry; so let that be your
comfort so far as I am concerned.”

“Well, then,” said the peer, “I shall write to him to say that the
marriage, in consequence of what we have heard of his character, is
off.”

“Take whatever steps you please,” replied his admirable niece; “for most
assuredly, so far as I am concerned, it is off. Do you imagine, uncle,
that I could for a moment think of marrying a seducer and a poisoner?”

“It would be a very queer thing if you did,” replied her uncle; “but
was it not a fortunate circumstance that you came to discover his
real character in time to prevent you from becoming the wife of such a
scoundrel?”

“It was the providence of God,” said his niece, “that would not suffer
the innocent to become associated with the guilty.”

Greatrakes, in the meantime, was hard at work. He and the other
magistrates had collected evidence, and received the informations
against Woodward, the herbalist, and the mysterious individual who
was in the habit of appearing about the Haunted House as the
_Shan-dhinne-dhuv_, or the Black Spectre. Villany like this cannot be
long concealed, and will, in due time, come to light.

During the dusk of the evening preceding Woodward’s intended marriage,
an individual came to Mr. Lindsay’s house and requested to see Mr.
Woodward. That gentleman came down, and immediately recognized the
person who had, for such a length of time, frightened the neighborhood
as the _Shan-dhinne-dhuv_ or the Black Spectre. He was shown into the
parlor, and, as there was no one present, the following dialogue took
place, freely and confidentially, between them:--

“You must fly,” said the Spectre, or, in other words, the conjurer, whom
we have already described,--“you must fly, for you are to be arrested
this night. Our establishment for the forgery of bad notes must also
be given up, and the Haunted House must be deserted. The magistrates,
somehow, have smelled out the truth, and we must change our lodgings. We
dodged them pretty well, but, after all, these things can’t last long.
On to-morrow night I bid farewell to the neighborhood; but you cannot
wait so long, because on this very night you are to be arrested. It
is very well that you sent Grace Davoren, at my suggestion, from the
Haunted House to what is supposed to be the haunted cottage, in the
mountains, where Nannie Morrissy soon joined her. I supplied them with
provisions, and had a bed and other articles brought to them, according
to your own instructions, and I think that, for the present, the safest
place of concealment will be there.”

Woodward became terribly alarmed. It was on the eve of his marriage, and
the intelligence almost drove him into distraction.

“I will follow your advice,” said he, “and will take refuge in what is
called the haunted cottage, for this night.”

His mysterious friend now left him, and Woodward prepared to seek the
haunted cottage in the mountains. Poor Grace Davoren was in a painful
and critical condition, but Woodward had engaged Caterine Collins to
attend to her: for what object, will soon become evident to our readers.

Woodward, after night had set in,--it was a mild night with faint
moonlight,--took his way towards the cottage that was supposed to be
haunted, and which, in those days of witchcraft and. superstition,
nobody would think of entering. We have already described it, and that
must suffice for our readers. On entering a dark, but level moor, he
was startled by the appearance of the Black Spectre, which, as on two
occasions before, pointed its middogue three times at his heart. He
rushed towards it, but on arriving at the spot he could find nothing. It
had vanished, and he was left to meditate on it as best he might.

We now pass to the haunted cottage itself. There lay Grace Davoren,
after having given birth to a child; there she lay--the victim of the
seducer, on the very eve of dissolution, and beside her, sitting on the
bed, the unfortunate Nannie Morrissy, now a confirmed and dying maniac.

“Grace,” said Nannie, “you, like me, were ruined.”

“I was,” replied Grace, in a voice scarcely audible.

“Ay, but you didn’t murder your father, though, as I did; that’s one
advantage I have over you--ha! ha! ha!”

“I’m not so sure of that, Nannie,” replied the dying girl; “but where’s
my baby?”

“O! yes, you have had a baby, but Caterine Collins took it away with
her.”

“My child! my child! where is my child?” she exclaimed in a low, but
husky voice; “where’s my child? and besides, ever since I took that
bottle she gave me I feel deadly sick.”

“Will I go for your father and mother--but above all things for your
father? But then if he punished the villain that ruined you and brought
disgrace upon your name, he might be hanged as mine was.”

“Ah! Nannie,” replied poor Grace; “my father won’t die of the gallows;
but he will of a broken heart.”

“Better to be hanged,” said the maniac, whose reason, after a lapse of
more than a year, was in some degree returning, precisely as life was
ebbing out, “bekase, thank God, there’s then an end to it.”

“I agree with you, Nannie, it might be only a long life of suffering;
but I wouldn’t wish to see my father hanged.”

“Do you know,” said Nannie, relapsing into a deeper mood of her
mania,--“do you know that when I saw my father last he wouldn’t nor
didn’t spake to me? The house was filled with people, and my little
brother Frank--why now isn’t it strange that I feel somehow as if I will
never wash his face again nor comb his white head in order to prepare
him for mass?--but whisper, Grace, sure then I was innocent and had not
met the destroyer.”

The two unhappy girls looked at each other, and if ever there was a gaze
calculated to wring the human heart with anguish and with pity, it was
that gaze. Both of them were, although unconsciously, on the very eve of
dissolution, and it would seem as if a kind of presentiment of death had
seized upon both at the same time.

“Nannie,” said Grace, “do you know that I’m afeard we’re both goin’ to
die?”

“And why are you afeard of it?” asked Nannie. “Many a time I would ‘a
given the world to die.”

“Why,” replied Grace, who saw the deep shadows of death upon her wild,
pale, but still beautiful countenance,--“why Nannie, you have your
wish--you are dying this moment.”

Just as Grace spoke the unfortunate girl seemed as if she had been
stricken by a spasm of the heart. She gave a slight start--turned up her
beautiful, but melancholy eyes to heaven, and exclaimed, as if conscious
of the moment that had come,--

“Forgive me, O God!” after which she laid herself calmly down by the
side of Grace and expired. Grace, by an effort, put her hand out and
felt her heart, but there was no pulsation there--it did not beat, and
she saw by the utter lifelessness of her features that she was dead, and
had been relieved at last from all her sorrows.

“Nannie,” she said, “your start before me won’t be long. I do not wish
to live to show a shamed face and a ruined character to my family and
the world. Nannie, I am coming; but where is my child? Where is that
woman who took it away? My child! Where is my child?”

Whilst this melancholy scene was taking place, another of a very
different description was occurring near the cottage. Two poachers, who
were concealed in a hazel copse on the brow of a little glen beside
it, saw a woman advance with an infant, which, by its cries, they felt
satisfied was but newly born.

Its cries, however, were soon stilled, and they saw her deposit it in a
little grave which had evidently been prepared for it. She had covered
it slightly with a portion of clay, but ere she had time to proceed
further they pounced upon her.

“Hould her fast,” said one of them, “she has murdered the infant. At all
events, take it up, and I will keep her safe.”

This was done, and a handkerchief, the one with which she had strangled
it, was found tightly tied about its neck. That she was the instrument
of Woodward in this terrible act, who can doubt? In the meantime both
she and the dead body of the child were brought back to Rathfillan,
where, upon their evidence, he was at once committed to prison, the
handkerchief having been kept as a testimony against him, for it was at
once discovered to be her own property.

During all this time Grace Davoren lay dying, in a state of the most
terrible desolation, with the dead body of Nannie Morrissy on the bed
beside her. What had become of her child, and of Caterine Collins, she
could not tell. She had, however, other reflections, for the young,
but guilty mother was not without strong, and even tender, domestic
affections.

“O!” she exclaimed, in her woful solitude and utter desolation, “if I
only had the forgiveness of my father and mother I could die happy; but
now I feel that death is upon me, and I must die alone.”

A footstep was heard, and it relieved her. “Oh! this is Caterine,” she
said, “with the child.”

The door opened, and the young tory, Shawn-na-Middogue, entered. He
paused for a moment and looked about him.

“What is this?” said he, looking at the body of Nannie Morrissy; “is it
death?”

“It is death,” replied Grace, faintly; “there is one death, but, Shawn,
there will soon be another. Shawn, forgive me, and kiss me for the sake
of our early love.”

“I am an outlaw,” replied the stern young tory; “but I will never kiss
the polluted lips of woman as long as she has breath in her body.”

“But Caterine Collins has taken away my child, and has not returned with
it.”

“No, nor ever will,” replied the outlaw. “She was the instrument of
your destroyer. But I wish you to be consoled, Grace. Do you see that
middogue? It is red with blood. Now listen. I have avenged you; that
middogue was reddened in the heart of the villain that wrought your
ruin. As far as man can be, I am now satisfied.”

“My child!” she faintly said; “my child! where is it?”

Her words were scarcely audible. She closed her eyes and was silent. The
outlaw looked closely into her countenance, and perceived at once that
death was there. He felt her pulse, her heart, but all was still.

[Illustration: PAGE 774-- Kiss you for the sake of our early love]

“Now,” said he, “the penalty you have paid for your crime has taken away
the pollution from your lips, and I will kiss you for the sake of our
early love.”

He then kissed her, and rained showers of tears over her now unconscious
features. The two funerals took place upon the same day; and, what was
still more particular, they were buried in the same churchyard. Their
unhappy fates were similar in more than one point. The selfish and
inhuman seducer of each became the victim of his crime; one by the just
and righteous vengeance of a heart-broken and indignant father, and
the other by the middogue of the brave and noble-minded outlaw. Who the
murderer of Harry Woodward, or rather the avenger of Grace Davoren,
was, never became known. The only ears to which the outlaw revealed the
secret were closed, and her tongue silent for ever.

The body of Woodward was found the next morning lifeless upon the
moors; and when death loosened the tongues of the people, and when the
melancholy fate of Grace Davoren became known, there was one individual
who knew perfectly well, from moral conviction, who the avenger of her
ruin was.

“Uncle,” said Miss Riddle, while talking with him on the subject, “I
feel who the avenger of the unfortunate and beautiful Grace Davoren is.”

“And who is he, my dear niece?”

“It shall never escape my lips, my lord and uncle.”

“Egad, talking of escapes, I think you have had a very narrow one
yourself, in escaping from that scoundrel of the Evil Eye.”

“I thank God for it,” she replied, and this closed their conversation.

There is little now to be added to our narrative. We need scarcely
assure our readers that Charles Lindsay and Alice Goodwin were in due
time made happy, and that Ferdora O’Connor, who had been long attached
to Maria Lindsay, was soon enabled to call her his beloved wife.

The devilish old herbalist, and his equally devilish niece, together
with the conjurer and forger, who had assumed the character of the
Black Spectre, were all hanged, through the instrumentality of Valentine
Greatrakes, who had acquired so many testimonies of their villainy and
their crimes as enabled him, in conjunction with the other magistrates
of the county, to obtain such a body of evidence against them as no jury
could withstand. It was, probably, well for Woodward that the middogue
of the outlaw prevented him from sharing the same fate, and dying a
death of public disgrace.

Need we say that honest Barney Casey was rewarded by the love of Sarah
Sullivan, who, soon after their marriage, was made housekeeper in
Mr. Lindsay’s family; and that Barney himself was appointed to the
comfortable situation of steward over his property?

Lord Cockletown exercised all his influence with the government of the
day to procure a pardon for Shawn-na-Middogue, but without effect. He
furnished him, however, with a liberal sum of money, with which he left
the country, but was never heard of more.

Miss Riddle was married to a celebrated barrister, who subsequently
became a judge.





*** End of this LibraryBlog Digital Book "The Evil Eye; Or, The Black Spector - The Works of William Carleton, Volume One" ***

Copyright 2023 LibraryBlog. All rights reserved.



Home